GE Energy
System Guide, Volume II Mark* VI Control GEH-6421M
g
These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met during installation, operation, and maintenance. The information is supplied for informational purposes only, and GE makes no warranty as to the accuracy of the information included herein. Changes, modifications and/or improvements to equipment and specifications are made periodically and these changes may or may not be reflected herein. It is understood that GE may make changes, modifications, or improvements to the equipment referenced herein or to the document itself at any time. This document is intended for trained personnel familiar with the GE products referenced herein.
GE may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter in this document. The furnishing of this document does not provide any license whatsoever to any of these patents.
This document contains proprietary information of General Electric Company, USA and is furnished to its customer solely to assist that customer in the installation, testing, operation, and/or maintenance of the equipment described. This document shall not be reproduced in whole or in part nor shall its contents be disclosed to any third party without the written approval of GE Energy.
GE provides the following document and the information included therein as is and without warranty of any kind, expressed or implied, including but not limited to any implied statutory warranty of merchantability or fitness for particular purpose.
If further assistance or technical information is desired, contact the nearest GE Sales or Service Office, or an authorized GE Sales Representative.
© 2004 - 2008 General Electric Company, USA. All rights reserved. Revised: 080314 Issued : 040120 * Trademark of General Electric Company ARCNET is registered trademark of Datapoint Corporation. AutoCAD is a registered trademark of Autodesk, Inc. Belden is a registered trademark of Belden Electronic Wire and Cable of Cooper. Celeron is a trademark of Intel Corporation. CIMPLICITY is a registered trademark of GE Fanuc Automation North America, Inc. Flamarrest is a trademark of Akzo Nobel N.V. IEEE is a registered trademark of Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation. Kevlar is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours Company. Keyphasor is a registered trademark of Bently Nevada Corporation. Modbus is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation. NEC is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association. PI DataLink is a registered trademark of OSI Software Inc. POSIX is a registered trademark of the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). Proximitor and Velomitor are registered trademarks of Bently Nevada. QNX is a registered trademark of QNX Software Systems, Ltd. (QSSL). Siecor is registered trademark of Corning Cable Systems Brands, Inc. Tefzel is a registered trademark of E I du Pont de Nemours Company. ThinWire is a trademark of Xerox Corporation. Vibro-meter is a registered trademark of Vibro-Meter, Inc. Windows and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. 3M is a trademark of 3M Company.
We welcome comments and suggestions to make this publication more useful.
Your Name Today’s Date Your Company’s Name and Address Job Site GE Requisition No.
Publication No. Your Job Function / How You Use This Publication
Publication Issue/Revision Date
If needed, how can we contact you? Fax No. Phone No. E-mail Address
General Rating Excellent Good Fair Poor Additional Comments Contents ____________________________________________________________ Organization ____________________________________________________________ Technical Accuracy ____________________________________________________________ Clarity ____________________________________________________________ Completeness ____________________________________________________________ Drawings / Figures ____________________________________________________________ Tables ____________________________________________________________ Referencing ____________________________________________________________ Readability ____________________________________________________________ Specific Suggestions (Corrections, information that could be expanded on, and such.) Page No. Comments _____ _________________________________________________________________________________ _____ _________________________________________________________________________________ _____ _________________________________________________________________________________ _____ _________________________________________________________________________________ _____ _________________________________________________________________________________ _____ _________________________________________________________________________________
Other Comments (What you like, what could be added, how to improve, and such.) ________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________
Overall grade (Compared to publications from other manufacturers of similar products, how do you rate this publication?) Superior Comparable Inferior Do not know Comment ____________________________________________
Detach and fax or mail to the address noted above.
g Reader CommentsTo: GE Energy Documentation Design, Rm. 293 1501 Roanoke Blvd. Salem, VA 24153-6492 USA Fax: 1-540-387-8651 (GE Internal DC 8-278-8651)
........................................................................ Fold here and close with staple or tape.......................................................................................... ____________________________ ____________________________ ____________________________
GE Energy Documentation Design, Rm. 293 1501 Roanoke Blvd. Salem, VA 24153-6492 USA ..........................................................................................Fold here first ........................................................................................................
Place stamp here.
Safety Symbol Legend
Indicates a procedure, condition, or statement that, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury or death.
Indicates a procedure, condition, or statement that, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to or destruction of equipment.
Indicates a procedure, condition, or statement that should be strictly followed in order to optimize these applications.
Note Indicates an essential or important procedure, condition, or statement.
This equipment contains a potential hazard of electric shock or burn. Only personnel who are adequately trained and thoroughly familiar with the equipment and the instructions should install, operate, or maintain this equipment.
Isolation of test equipment from the equipment under test presents potential electrical hazards. If the test equipment cannot be grounded to the equipment under test, the test equipment’s case must be shielded to prevent contact by personnel.
To minimize hazard of electrical shock or burn, approved grounding practices and procedures must be strictly followed.
To prevent personal injury or equipment damage caused by equipment malfunction, only adequately trained personnel should modify any programmable machine.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II Contents • I
Contents
I/O Overview 5 Relay Board Summary ................................................................................................................................. 8 Trip Terminal Board Summary .................................................................................................................... 9 Simplex DIN-Rail Mounted Terminal Board Summary............................................................................... 9
UCV Controller 13 Controller Overview................................................................................................................................... 13 UCVG Controller ....................................................................................................................................... 15 UCVF Controller........................................................................................................................................ 18 UCVE Controllers ...................................................................................................................................... 20 UCVD Controller ....................................................................................................................................... 27 UCVB Controller ....................................................................................................................................... 29 Alarms ........................................................................................................................................................ 31 UCV Board UCVD Controller Runtime Errors.......................................................................................... 32
VAIC Analog Input/Output 35 VAIC Analog Input/Output........................................................................................................................ 35 TBAI Analog Input/Output ........................................................................................................................ 48 DTAI Simplex Analog Input/Output.......................................................................................................... 54
VAMA Acoustic Monitoring 59 VAMA Acoustic Monitoring ..................................................................................................................... 59 DDPT Simplex Dynamic Pressure Transducer Input................................................................................. 73
VAMB Acoustic Monitoring Input 79 VAMB Acoustic Monitoring...................................................................................................................... 79
VAOC Analog Output 97 VAOC Analog Output................................................................................................................................ 97 TBAO Analog Output .............................................................................................................................. 103 DTAO Simplex Analog Output................................................................................................................ 107
VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output 111 VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output ....................................................................................................... 111 TBCI Contact Input with Group Isolation................................................................................................ 118 TICI Contact Input with Point Isolation ................................................................................................... 123 DTCI Simplex Contact Input with Group Isolation ................................................................................. 127 TRLYH1B Relay Output with Coil Sensing ............................................................................................ 131 TRLYH1C Relay Output with Contact Sensing....................................................................................... 136 TRLYH1D Relay Output with Servo Integrity Sensing........................................................................... 141 TRLYH1E Solid-State Relay Output ....................................................................................................... 147 TRLYH1F Relay Output with TMR Contact Voting ............................................................................... 153 DRLY Simplex Relay Output .................................................................................................................. 160
II • Contents GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
VCMI Bus Master Controller 165 VCMI Bus Master Controller ................................................................................................................... 165
VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip 175 VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip ......................................................................................................... 175 TGEN Generator Monitor ........................................................................................................................ 183 TRLYH1B Relay Output with Coil Sensing ............................................................................................ 187 TRLYH1F Relay Output with TMR Contact Voting ............................................................................... 193
VPRO Turbine Protection Board 201 VPRO Emergency Turbine Protection ..................................................................................................... 201 TPRO Emergency Protection ................................................................................................................... 219 TREG Turbine Emergency Trip ............................................................................................................... 226 TRES Turbine Emergency Trip................................................................................................................ 233 TREL Turbine Emergency Trip ............................................................................................................... 239
VPYR Pyrometer Board 245 VPYR Pyrometer Input ............................................................................................................................ 245 TPYR Pyrometer Input............................................................................................................................. 261
VRTD RTD Input 265 VRTD RTD Input..................................................................................................................................... 265 TRTD RTD Input ..................................................................................................................................... 273 DRTD Simplex RTD Input ...................................................................................................................... 279
VSVA Servo Control 285 VSVA Servo Control................................................................................................................................ 285
VSCA Serial Communication Input/Output 317 VSCA Serial Communication Input/Output............................................................................................. 317 DSCB Simplex Serial Communication Input/Output ............................................................................... 326 DPWA Transducer Power Distribution .................................................................................................... 329
VSVO Servo Control 333 VSVO Servo Control................................................................................................................................ 333 TSVO Servo Input/Output........................................................................................................................ 369 DSVO Simplex Servo Input/Output ......................................................................................................... 377
VTCC Thermocouple Input 385 VTCC Thermocouple Input...................................................................................................................... 385 TBTC Thermocouple Input ...................................................................................................................... 395 DTTC Simplex Thermocouple Input........................................................................................................ 399
VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip 403 VTUR Primary Turbine Protection .......................................................................................................... 403 TTURH1B Primary Turbine Protection Input .......................................................................................... 419 TRPG Turbine Primary Trip..................................................................................................................... 426
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II Contents • III
TRPL Turbine Primary Trip..................................................................................................................... 431 TRPS Turbine Primary Trip ..................................................................................................................... 434 TTSA Trip Servo Interface....................................................................................................................... 438 DTUR Simplex Pulse Rate Input ............................................................................................................. 441 DTRT Simplex Primary Trip Relay Interface .......................................................................................... 444 DRLY Simplex Relay Output .................................................................................................................. 447
VVIB Vibration Monitor Board 451 VVIB Vibration Monitor.......................................................................................................................... 451 TVIB Vibration Input............................................................................................................................... 472 DVIB Simplex Vibration Input ................................................................................................................ 477
TTPW Power Conditioning Board 483 TTPW Power Conditioning...................................................................................................................... 483
VME Rack Power Supply 491 VME Rack Power Supply ........................................................................................................................ 491
VME Redundant Power Supply 507 Redundant Power Supply ......................................................................................................................... 507
Power Distribution Modules 517 PDM Power Distribution Modules........................................................................................................... 517 PPDA Power Distribution System Feedback ........................................................................................... 527 DS2020DACAG2 ac-dc Power Conversion............................................................................................. 531
Replacement/Warranty 537 Pack/Board Replacement ......................................................................................................................... 537 Renewal/Warranty.................................................................................................................................... 540
Glossary of Terms 541
IV • Contents GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Notes
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II I/O Overview • 5
The following table lists all the I/O processor boards, the number of I/O per processor that they support, and their associated standard terminal boards. Some standard terminal boards have simplex and TMR versions (in addition to simplex DIN-rail mounted ones). Refer to the section, simplex DIN-rail mounted terminal board summary for simplex DIN-rail mounted terminal board information.
I/O Processor Boards and Standard Terminal Boards
I/O Processor Board
I/O Signal Type
Number of I/O per Processor
Associated Terminal Boards
VAIC Analog inputs, 0-1 mA, 4-20 mA, voltage Analog outputs, 4-20 mA, 0-200 mA
20 4
TBAI TBAI
VAOC Analog outputs, 4-20 mA 16 TBAO VCCC Contact inputs
Solenoid outputs Dry contact relay outputs
48 12 12
TBCI, TICI TRLY TRLY
VCRC Contact inputs Solenoid outputs Dry contact relays outputs
48 12 12
TBCI TRLY TRLY
VGEN Analog inputs, 4-20 mA Potential transformers, gen (1) bus (1) Current transformers on generator Relay outputs (optional)
4 2 3 12
TGEN TGEN TGEN TRLY
VPRO Pulse rate inputs Potential transformers, gen (1), bus (1) Thermocouple inputs Analog inputs, 4-20 mA Trip solenoid drivers Trip interlock inputs Emergency-stop input (hardwired) Economizing relays Trip solenoid drivers Emergency-stop input (hardwired) Economizing relays
3 2 3 3 3 7 1 3 3 1 3
TPRO TPRO TPRO TPRO TREG (through J3) TREG (through J3) TREG (through J3) TREG (through J3) TREG (2nd board through J4) TREG (2nd board through J4) TREG (2nd board through J4)
VPYR Pyrometer temperature inputs (4/probe)
Keyphasor® shaft position inputs
2 2
TPYR TPYR
VRTD Resistance temperature device (RTD) 16 TRTD VSCA Serial I/O communications 6 DSCB VSVO Servo outputs to hydraulic servo valve
LVDT inputs from valve position LVDT excitation outputs Pulse rate inputs for flow monitoring Pulse rate probe excitation
4 12 8 2 2
TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO TSVO
VTCC Thermocouple inputs 24 TBTC
VAMA Acoustic monitoring (Simplex only) 2 DDPT
I/O Overview
6 • I/O Overview GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
I/O Processor Board
I/O Signal Type
Number of I/O per Processor
Associated Terminal Boards
VAMB Acoustic monitoring (Simplex only) 18 TAMB VTURH1B Pulse rate magnetic speed pickups
Potential transformers, generator and bus Shaft current and voltage monitor Breaker Interface Flame detectors (Geiger-Mueller) Trip solenoid drivers for ETDs
4 2 2 1 8 3
TTUR TTUR TTUR TTUR TRPG (through J4) TRPG (through J4)
VTURH2B Same as above, plus 3 trip solenoid drivers TRPG (2nd board through J4A)
VVIB Shaft Proximitor®/seismic probes (Vib/Displ/Accel) Shaft proximity probes (displacement) Shaft proximity reference (Keyphasor)
16 8 2
TVIB TVIB TVIB
Terminal Board Terminal Block Features
Many of the terminal boards in the Mark VI use a 24-position pluggable barrier terminal block (179C9123BB). These terminal blocks have the following features:
• Made from a polyester resin material with 130°C (266 °F) rating • Terminal rating is 300 V, 10 A, UL class C general industry, 0.375 in creepage,
0.250 in strike • UL and CSA code approved • Screws finished in zinc clear chromate and contacts in tin • Each block screw is number labeled 1 through 24 or 25 through 48 in white • Recommended screw tightening torque is 8 in lbs
Terminal Board Disconnect Switch (TBSW)
The Mark VI Terminal Board Disconnect Switch (TBSW) provides an individual disconnect switch for each of the 48 customer I/O points on Mark VI terminal boards in the following figure. This facilitates such procedures as continuity checking, isolation for test, and others. Two TBSW assemblies are required for each terminal board, one numbered 1-24, the other numbered 25-48 (GE part numbers 336A4940CHG1 and 336A4940CHG2 respectively). The TBSW fits and connects into the terminal boards’ 24-point pluggable barrier terminal block receptacles.
The TBSW is designed for continuous 5 A rms current at 300 V rms and complies with EN61010-1 clearance specifications. The NEMA power/voltage class rating (A, E, F, G) for the TBSW is dependant on the terminal board the TBSW is mounted upon see the following table.
Top View Front View Side View TBSW Mounted to Terminal Block
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II I/O Overview • 7
The TBSW is not to be used for live circuit interruption. The circuit must be de-energized before the circuit is either closed or opened by the TBSW.
TBSW/Terminal Board Applications Summary
In the following table lists the TBSW/terminal board applications for the Mark VI. An OK indicated in the TBSW applications column indicates an approved application of the TBSW for terminal board specifications for voltage and current. Those board points that require limiting the terminal boards application are indicated with a note number (corresponding notes follow the table).
TBSW/Terminal Board Applications
Board
Type
TBSW Applications CSA NEMA
TBTC Thermocouples OK OK TRTD RTDs OK OK TBAI Analog inputs OK OK TBAO Analog outputs OK OK TBCI Contact inputs OK OK TICI Contact inputs Note 1 Note 2 TRLY Contact outputs Note 1 Note 2 TSVO Servo I/O OK OK TTUR Turbine I/O OK OK TRPG Flame I/O Note 3 Note 3 TREG OK OK
TRPL OK OK
TREL OK OK
TRPS OK OK
TRES OK OK
TPRO OK OK
TVIB OK OK
TGEN OK OK
TPYR OK OK
Table Notes:
1. The inputs on the TICI and TRLY boards are high voltage isolated inputs. The TBSW is classified by CSA for use up to 300 V rms. Circuits applied to the TICI or TRLY terminal board with the TBSW installed must be externally limited to 300 V rms. Care must also be taken to assure that no adjacent circuits, that when both are operating, do not exceed 300 V rms between them.
2. NEMA ratings are given according to the power and voltage limiting abilities of the circuit. The TICI and TRLY terminal boards carry no components that are designed to limit voltage or current. For this reason, the TBSW application limitations for these two terminal boards will depend on the customer’s ability to install voltage and current limiting devices on the TBSW circuits according to NEMA guidelines. The following chart indicates the NEMA class and the voltage it must be limited too before it can be applied to the TBSW. Voltages are for circuit voltage, and circuit to adjacent circuit voltage.
8 • I/O Overview GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Class Voltage Description
A 50 V peak
All circuits which cannot be otherwise classified. Use this rating when no external current and voltage limiting devices are present.
E 225 V peak
Known and controlled transient voltages without sufficient current limiting impedance.
F 300 V rms
Known and controlled voltages with short-circuit power 10 kVA or less.
G 300 V rms
Known and controlled voltages with short-circuit power 500VA or less.
3. The TRPG flame detectors require a 335 V dc circuit. The TBSW is classified by CSA and NEMA for use up to 300 V rms. Circuits applied to the TRPG terminal board flame detectors with the TBSW installed must be must be limited to 300 V rms, disallowing the use of the TBSW when the flame detectors are operational.
Relay Board Summary Mark VI Relay Board Features
Feature
DRLYH1A DRLYH1B
TRLYH1B
TRLYH1C TRLYH2C
TRLYH1D
TRLYH1E TRLYH2E TRLYH3E
TRLYH1F TRLYH2F
Fused solenoid driver relays
0 6 6 6 0 12 (with WPDF)
# Dry circuit relays
12 5 5 0 12 12 (without WPDF)
Relay Type Mechanical Form C
Mechanical Form C
Mechanical Form C
Mechanical Form C
Solid-State Form A
Mechanical H1F = Form A H2F = Form B
Control Simplex Simplex and TMR
Simplex and TMR
Simplex and TMR
Simplex and TMR
TMR Only
# Ignition transformer outputs
0 1 1 0 0 0
Relay suppression
No MOV MOV and R-C
MOV No No
Solenoid relay sensing type/quantity
No Relay coil current/6
Relay NO contact voltage/6
Solenoid resistance /6
No Relay coil current /12 (WPDF)
Other relay sensing type/quantity
No Relay coil current/6
Relay NO contact voltage/6
N/A Relay NO contact voltage/ 12
Relay coil current /12 (no WPDF)
Solenoid fuse sense
N/A 6 6 6 N/A 12 (WPDF)
Operating voltage V ac
120/240 120/240 H1=120/ 240H2=No
No H3= 120/240 120
Operating voltage V dc
28/125 24/125 H1=125 H2=24
24/ 110/ 125
H2=28 H3=125
28/125
Internal switching power supply
No No No Yes No No
Daughterboards None None 18 None None WPDF Terminal type Euro-box Barrier Barrier Barrier Barrier Barrier
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II I/O Overview • 9
Trip Terminal Board Summary Mark VI Trip Terminal Board Features
Board
TMR
Simplex
Output Contacts, 125 V dc, 1 Amp
Output Contacts, 24 V dc, 3 Amp
ESTOP
Input Contacts, Dry, 125 V dc
Input Contacts, Dry, 24 V dc
Economy Resistor
TRPGH1A* Yes No Yes No No No No No TRPGH1B Yes No Yes Yes No No No No TRPGH2A* No Yes Yes No No No No No TRPGH2B No Yes Yes Yes No No No No TREGH1A* Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No Yes TREGH1B Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes TREGH2B Yes No Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes TRPLH1A Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No No TRELH1A Yes No Yes Yes No Yes No No TRELH2A Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes No TRPSH1A Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No TRESH1A Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No No TRESH2A Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes No
*These boards will become obsolete.
Simplex DIN-Rail Mounted Terminal Board Summary Speed control systems for small turbines require a simplified system architecture. Simplex control is used to reduce cost and save space. Compact DIN-rail mounted terminal boards are available instead of the larger T-type terminal boards used on TMR systems. IONet is not used since the D-type terminal boards cable directly into the control chassis to interface with the I/O boards.
In the VME rack, a VCMI board provides two-way communication between the controller and the I/O processor boards. The controller Ethernet port is used to communicate with other system components, such as an operator interface or PLC. Additional PLC I/O can be tied into the system using the controller Genius port. A typical system is illustrated in the following figure. The system is powered by 24 V dc, and uses a low voltage version of the standard VME rack power supply.
The board designations and functions along with the corresponding I/O processor boards are listed in the following table. In all cases, the signal conditioning on the DIN-type terminal boards is the same as on the T-type boards, and the I/O specifications described apply. However, the number of inputs and outputs, and the grounding provisions differ, and the boards do not support TMR. Permanently mounted high-density Euro-Block terminal blocks are used to save space. The blocks have terminals accepting wire sizes up to one #12 wire, or two #14 wires. The typical wire size used is #18 AWG.
10 • I/O Overview GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
x x x x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x x
VTUR
VTCC
VTUR
VAIC
VAIC
VSVO
VSVO
VRTD
VCRC
SPARE
UCVB
VCMI
Ethernet
Serial Modbuscommunication
COM2
To sequencer& operatorinterface Power
Supply
Fan
DTRTTransit-ion Bd.
DTURTurbineControl
DRLYRelayOutput
DTAIAnalogInputs
DTTCThermo-couples
DTCIContactInputs
DRLYRelay
Outputs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
24 V dcpower
DRTDRTD
Inputs
DSVOServo
Outputs
DTURTurbineControl
DTTCThermo-couples
DTAIAnalogInputs
DTAIAnalogInputs
DTAIAnalogInputs
DTCIContactInputs
DRLYRelay
Outputs
DRTDRTD
Inputs
DSVOServo
Outputs
DSVOServo
Outputs
DSVOServo
Outputs
Small Simplex System Rack, Boards, and Cabling
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II I/O Overview • 11
Simplex DIN-Rail Mounted Terminal Boards
DIN Euro Size Terminal board
Number of Points
Description of I/O
I/O Processor Board
DTTC 12 Thermocouple temperature inputs with one cold junction reference
VTCC
DRTD 8 RTD temperature inputs VRTD DTAI 10
2 Analog current or voltage inputs with on-board 24 V dc power supply Analog current outputs, with choice of 20 mA or 200 mA
VAIC
DTAO 8 Analog current outputs, 0-20 mA VAOC DTCI 24 Contact Inputs with external 24 V dc excitation VCRC (or VCCC) DRLY 12 Form-C relay outputs, dry contacts, customer powered VCRC (or VCCC) DTRT -------- Transition board between VTUR and DRLY for solenoid
trip functions VTUR
DTUR 4 Magnetic (passive) pulse rate pickups for speed and fuel flow measurement
VTUR
DSVO 2 6 2
Servo valve outputs with choice of coil currents from 10 mA to 120 mA LVDT valve position sensors with on-board excitation Active pulse rate probes for flow measurement, with 24 V dc excitation provided
VSVO
DVIB 8 4 1
Shaft Proximitor/seismic probes (Vib/Displ/Accel) Shaft proximity probes (displacement) Shaft proximity reference (Keyphasor)
VVIB
Grounding
During panel design, provisions for grounding the terminal board and wiring shields must be made. These connections should be as short as possible. A metal grounding strip can be firmly mounted to the panel on the right hand side of the terminal board. Shields and the SCOM connection can be conveniently made to this strip. Note that only the thermocouple board has screws for the shield wires.
The VME rack is grounded to the mounting panel by the metal-to-metal contact under the mounting screws. No wiring to the ground terminal is required. For more grounding information, refer to Volume I, Chapter 5.
12 • I/O Overview GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Notes
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II UCV Controller • 13
Controller Overview The Mark* VI UCV_ controller is a 6U high, single or double slot, single board computer (SBC) that operates the turbine application code. The controller mounts in a VME rack called the control module and communicates with the turbine I/O boards through the VME bus. The controller operating system is QNX®, a real time, multitasking OS designed for high-speed, high-reliability industrial applications. Three communication ports provide links to operator and engineering interfaces as follows:
• Ethernet connections to the UDH for communication with HMIs, and other control equipment
• RS-232C connection for setup using the COM1 port • RS-232C connection for communication with distributed control systems (DCS)
using the COM2 port (such as Modbus® slave)
Operation
The controller is loaded with software specific to its application to steam, gas, and land-marine aeroderivative (LM), or balance of plant (BOP) products. It can execute up to 100,000 rungs or blocks per second, assuming a typical collection of average size blocks. An external clock interrupt permits the controller to synchronize to the clock on the VCMI communication board to within ±100 microseconds.
External data is transferred to and from the control system database (CSDB) in the controller over the VME bus by the VCMI communication board. In a simplex system, the data consists of the process inputs and outputs from the I/O boards. In a TMR system, the data consists of the voted inputs from the input boards, singular inputs from simplex boards, computed outputs to be voted by the output hardware, and the internal state values that must be exchanged between the controllers.
Note Application software can be modified online without requiring a restart.
Controller Versions
Five controller versions are in use:
• The single-slot UCVE is the current generation controller used in most new systems.
• The double-slot UCVF is the high-end current generation controller used in only the systems that require it.
• The single-slot UCVG features performance between the UCVE and the UCVF and may be used as a direct replacement for any previous controller version without necessitating a backplane upgrade.
Note The double-slot UCVB and UCVD are no longer shipped with new systems, but are still in use in older systems.
UCV Controller
14 • UCV Controller GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
The UCVE and UCVF may also be used to replace earlier revision controllers, but require a backplane upgrade. If replacing a UCVB, an Ethernet cabling upgrade from 10Base2 to 10Base-T is also required.
Diagnostics
If a failure occurs in the Mark VI controller while it is running application code, the rotating status LEDs (if supported) on the front panel stop and an internal fault code is generated.
If a failure occurs in the Mark VI controller, a diagnostic alarm is generated that can be read from the toolbox. In the UCVB and UCVD, these diagnostics are also encoded by flashing LEDs on the front panel. The error numbers and descriptions are available on the toolbox help screen. Additional information can also be obtained from the controller COM1 serial port. For further information, refer to GEH-6421, Vol. I Mark VI System Guide, Chapter 7, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics.
Installation
A control module contains (at a minimum) the controller and a VCMI. Three rack types can be used: the GE Fanuc integrator’s rack shown in the following figure and two sizes of Mark VI racks shown in the section, VCMI - Bus Master Controller. The GE Fanuc rack is shorter and is used for stand-alone modules with remote I/O only. The Mark VI racks are longer and can be used for local or remote I/O. Whichever rack is used, a cooling fan is mounted either above or below the controller. The stand-alone control module implemented with a GE Fanuc integrator’s rack also requires a VDSK board to supply fan power and provide the rack identification through an ID plug.
x
Power Supply
VCMIH2 Communication Board withThree IONet Ports (VCMIH1 with OneIONet is for Simplex systems)
ControllerUCVX
Interface BoardVDSK
x x x
POWERSUPPLY
VME Rack
Cooling Fanbehind Panel
Fan 24 VdcPower
Typical Controller Mounted in Rack with Communication Board
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II UCV Controller • 15
UCVG Controller The UCVG is a single-slot board using an Intel® Ultra Low Voltage Celeron™ 650 MHz processor with 128 MB of flash memory and 128 MB of SDRAM. Two 10BaseT/100BaseTX (RJ-45 connector) Ethernet ports provide connectivity. The first Ethernet port allows connectivity to the UDH for configuration and peer-to-peer communication.
The second Ethernet port is for use on a separate IP logical subnet and can be used for Modbus or private Ethernet Global Data (EGD) network. This Ethernet port is configured through the toolbox. The controller validates its toolbox configuration against the existing hardware each time the rack is powered up.
Note A separate subnet address allows the controller to uniquely identify an Ethernet port. IP subnet addresses are obtained from the Ethernet network administrator (for example, 192.168.1.0, 192.168.2.0).
COM1 RS-232C port forinitial controller setupCOM2 RS-232C port forserial communication
Mark VI Controller UCVGH1
LAN1
RST
UCVGH1
Status LEDs
R: Board reset. (red)P: Power is present. (green) I: IDE activity is occurring. (yellow)B: Booting. BIOS boot in progress. (red)
Monitor port for GE use
Keyboard/mouse portfor GE use
M/K
MP
C
COM2:1
SVGA
ETHERNET 1Primary Ethernet port forUnit Data Highway (UDH)communication (toolbox)
x
x
LAN2
USB
ETHERNET 2Secondary Ethernet port forexpansion I/O communication
Ethernet Status LEDsActive (Blinking = Active)
(Solid = Inactive)Link (Yellow = 10BaseT)
(Green = 100BaseTX)Active (Blinking = Active)
(Solid = Inactive)Link (Yellow = 10BaseT)
(Green = 100BaseTX)
Status LEDsS
Reset Switch
2 1
Two individual USB connectors
[
(allows the system to bereset from the front panel)
UCVG Controller
16 • UCV Controller GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Note The factory setting of the battery is in the disabled position. To enable the battery, set SW10 to the closed position as shown in the following drawing.
(SW10shown inclosedposition)
(Do not change2-3 setting)
AS ShippedSetting
UCVG Controller Side View
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II UCV Controller • 17
UCVG Controller Specifications
Item Specification
Microprocessor Intel Ultra Low Voltage Celeron 650 MHz Memory 128 MB SDRAM
128 MB Compact Flash Module 256 KB Advanced Transfer Cache
Operating System QNX Programming Control block language with analog and discrete blocks; Boolean logic represented in relay
ladder diagram format. Supported data types include: Boolean 16-bit signed integer 32-bit signed integer 32-bit floating point 64-bit long floating point
Primary Ethernet Interface (Ethernet 1)
Twisted pair 10BaseT/100BaseTX, RJ-45 connector: TCP/IP protocol used for communication between controller and toolbox
EGD protocol for communication with CIMPLICITY® HMI, and Series 90-70 programmable logic controllers (PLCs) Ethernet Modbus protocol supported for communication between controller and third-party DCS
Secondary Ethernet Interface (Ethernet 2)
Twisted pair 10BaseT/100BaseTX, RJ-45 connector: EGD protocol Ethernet Modbus protocol supported for communication between controller and third-party DCS
COM Ports Two micro-miniature 9-pin D connectors: COM1 Reserved for diagnostics, 9600 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit
COM2 Used for serial Modbus® communication, 9600 or 19200 baud
Power Requirements UCVGH1
+5 V dc, 4 A typical, 5.4 A maximum +12 V dc, less than 1 mA typical - 12 V dc, less than 1 mA typical
Expansion site PMC expansion site available, IEEE® 1386.1 5V PCI
Environment Operating temperature: 0ºC to 70ºC (32 ºF to 158 ºF) Storage temperature: -40ºC to 80ºC (-40 ºF to 176 ºF)
Note The UCVG controller contains a Type 1 Lithium battery. Replace only with equivalent battery type, rated 3.3 V, 200 mA.
18 • UCV Controller GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
UCVF Controller The UCVF is a double-slot board using an 850 MHz Intel Pentium® III processor with 16 or 128 MB of flash memory and 32 MB of DRAM. Two 10BaseT/100BaseTX (RJ-45 connector) Ethernet ports provide connectivity. The first Ethernet port allows connectivity to the UDH for configuration and peer-to-peer communication.
The second Ethernet port is for use on a separate IP logical subnet. This Ethernet port is configured through the toolbox. The controller validates its toolbox configuration against the existing hardware each time the rack is powered up.
Note A separate subnet address allows the controller to uniquely identify an Ethernet port. IP subnet addresses are obtained from the Ethernet network administrator (for example, 192.168.1.0, 192.168.2.0).
COM1 RS-232C port forinitial controller setupCOM2 RS-232C port forserial communication
Mark VI Controller UCVFH2
STATUS
LAN1
RST
UCVFH2
Status LEDsVMEbus SYSFAILFlash ActivityPower StatusCPU Throttle Indicator
Monitor port for GE use
Keyboard/mouse portfor GE use
M/K
MEZZANINE
COM
1:2
SVGA
ETHERNET 1Primary Ethernet port for UnitData Highway (UDH)communication (toolbox)
x
x
Note: To connect thebatteries that enableNVRAM and CMOS, setjumper E8 to pins 7-8 ("IN")and jumper E10 to ("IN").
LAN2
USB
ETHERNET 2Secondary Ethernet port forexpansion I/O communication
Ethernet Status LEDsActive (Blinking = Active) (Solid = Inactive)Link (Yellow = 10BaseT) (Green = 100BaseTX)Active (Blinking = Active) (Solid = Inactive)Link (Yellow = 10BaseT) (Green = 100BaseTX)
x
x UCVF Controller
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II UCV Controller • 19
UCVF Controller Specifications
Item Specification
Microprocessor Intel Pentium III 850 MHz Memory 32 MB DRAM
16 or 128 MB Compact Flash Module 256 KB Advanced Transfer Cache Battery-backed SRAM - 8K allocated as NVRAM for controller functions
Operating System QNX Programming Control block language with analog and discrete blocks; Boolean logic represented in
relay ladder diagram format. Supported data types include: Boolean 16-bit signed integer 32-bit signed integer 32-bit floating point 64-bit long floating point
Primary Ethernet Interface (Ethernet 1)
Twisted pair 10BaseT/100BaseTX, RJ-45 connector: TCP/IP protocol used for communication between controller and toolbox EGD protocol for communication with CIMPLICITY HMI, and Series 90-70 PLCs Ethernet Modbus protocol supported for communication between controller and third-party DCS
Secondary Ethernet Interface (Ethernet 2)
Twisted pair 10BaseT/100BaseTX, RJ-45 connector: EGD protocol Ethernet Modbus protocol supported for communication between controller and third-party DCS
COM Ports Two micro-miniature 9-pin D connectors: COM1 Reserved for diagnostics, 9600 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit COM2 Used for serial Modbus communication, 9600 or 19200 baud
Power Requirements UCVFH2
+5 V dc, 6 A typical, 7 A maximum +12 V dc, 200 mA typical, 400 mA maximum -12 V dc, 2.5 mA typical
20 • UCV Controller GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
UCVE Controllers The UCVE is available in multiple forms: UCVEH2 and UCVEM01 to UCVMEM05. The UCVEH2 is the standard Mark VI controller. It is a single-slot board using a 300 MHz Intel Celeron processor with 16 or 128 MB of flash memory and 32 MB of DRAM. A single 10BaseT/100BaseTX (RJ-45) Ethernet port provides connectivity to the UDH.
The UCVEM_ _ modules have all the features of the UCVEH2 with the addition of supporting additional Ethernet ports and Profibus. Some UCVEM_ _ modules support secondary 10BaseT/100BaseTX Ethernet ports for use on a separate IP logical subnet. The secondary Ethernet port is configured through the toolbox. The controller validates its toolbox configuration against the existing hardware each time the rack is powered up. A separate subnet address allows the controller to uniquely identify an Ethernet port.
ETHERNET 1Ethernet port for UDHcommunication
COM1 RS-232C port forinitial controller setup
COM2 RS-232C port forserial communication
Mark VI Controller UCVEH2
Monitor port for GE use
Keyboard/mouse portfor GE use
STATUS
LAN
RST
UCVEH2
PC
MIP
MEZZANINE
COM1:2
SVGA
x
x
Note: To connect thebatteries that enableNVRAM and CMOS, setjumper E8 to pins 7-8 ("IN")and jumper E10 to ("IN").
Status LEDs
VME bus SYSFAILFlash ActivityPower Status
Ethernet Status LEDs
Active (Blinking = Active) (Solid = Inactive)
Link (Yellow = 10BaseT) (Green = 100BaseTX)
M/K
UCVE Controller
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II UCV Controller • 21
UCVE Controller Specifications
Item Specification
Microprocessor Intel Celeron 300 MHz Memory 32 MB DRAM
16 or 128 MB Compact Flash Module 128 KB L2 cache Battery-backed SRAM - 8K allocated as NVRAM for controller functions
Operating System QNX Programming Control block language with analog and discrete blocks; Boolean logic represented in
relay ladder diagram format. Supported data types include: Boolean 16-bit signed integer 32-bit signed integer 32-bit floating point 64-bit long floating point
Primary Ethernet Interface (Ethernet 1)
Twisted pair 10BaseT/100BaseTX, RJ-45 connector: TCP/IP protocol used for communication between controller and toolbox EGD protocol for communication with CIMPLICITY HMI and Series 90-70 PLCs Ethernet Modbus protocol supported for communication between controller and third-party DCS
COM Ports Two micro-miniature 9-pin D connectors: COM1 Reserved for diagnostics, 9600 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit COM2 Used for serial Modbus communication, 9600 or 19200 baud
Power Requirements UCVEH2
+5 V dc, 6 A typical, 8 A maximum +12 V dc, 180 mA typical, 250 mA maximum -12 V dc, 180 mA typical, 250 mA maximum
UCVEM01 Controller Specifications
Item Specification
Secondary Ethernet Interface (Ethernet 2)
Twisted pair 10BaseT/100BaseTX, RJ-45 connector: EGD protocol Ethernet Modbus protocol supported for communication between controller and third party DCS
Power Requirements +5 V dc, 6.2 A typical, 8.2 A maximum +12 V dc, 180 mA typical, 250 mA maximum -12 V dc, 180 mA typical, 250 mA maximum
22 • UCV Controller GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Note For specifications common to all UCVE modules, refer to UCVEH2 Controller Specifications.
COM1 RS-232C port forinitial controller setupCOM2 RS-232C port forserial communication
Mark VI Controller UCVEM01
STATUS
LAN
RST
UCVEM01
Status LEDs
VME bus SYSFAILFlash ActivityPower Status
Monitor port for GE use
Ethernet Status LEDs
Active (Blinking = Active) (Solid = Inactive)Link (Yellow = 10BaseT) (Green = 100BaseTX)
Speed (Off = 10BaseT) (On = 100BaseTX)
Link/Active
Keyboard/mouse portfor GE use
Note: UCVEMxx modulesare shipped with thebatteries enabled.
M/K
PC
MIP
MEZZANINE
COM
1:2
SVGA
SPEED LINK/ ACT
ETHERNET 1Primary Ethernet port forUDH communication(toolbox)
ETHERNET 2Secondary Ethernet port forexpansion I/O communication
x
x UCVEM01 Front Panel
UCVEM02 Controller Specifications
Item Specification
Secondary Ethernet Interfaces (Ethernet 2-4)
Twisted pair 10BaseT/100BaseTX, RJ-45 connector: EGD protocol Ethernet Modbus protocol supported for communication between controller and third-party DCS
Power Requirements +5 V dc, 8.3 A typical, 10.3 A maximum +12 V dc, 180 mA typical, 250 mA maximum -12 V dc, 180 mA typical, 250 mA maximum
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II UCV Controller • 23
Note For specifications common to all UCVE modules, refer to UCVEH2 Controller Specifications.
STATUS
LAN
PC
MIP
MEZZANINE
COM1:2
SVGA
x
x
UCVEM02
0
0
1
1
2
2
3
3
PMC
610
RST
COM1 RS-232C port forinitial controller setup
COM2 RS-232C port forserial communication
Monitor port for GE use
Keyboard/mouse portfor GE use
ETHERNET 1Primary Ethernet port for UDHcommunication (toolbox)
Secondary Ethernet ports forexpansion I/O communication:
ETHERNET 2
Not used
ETHERNET 3
ETHERNET 4
Status LEDs
VME bus SYSFAILFlash ActivityPower Status
M/K
Mark VI Controller UCVEM02
Ethernet Status LEDs
Active (Blinking = Active) (Solid = Inactive)
Link (Yellow = 10BaseT) (Green = 100BaseTX)
Note: UCVEMxx modulesare shipped with thebatteries enabled.
UCVEM02 Front Panel
UCVEM03 Controller Specifications
Item Specification
PROFIBUS Interface (PROFIBUS 1-2) PROFIBUS DP master class 1 Power Requirements +5 V dc, 8.2 A typical, 10.2 A maximum
+12 V dc, 180 mA typical, 250 mA maximum -12 V dc, 180 mA typical, 250 mA maximum
24 • UCV Controller GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Note For specifications common to all UCVE modules, refer to UCVEH2 Controller Specifications.
STATUS
LAN
PC
MIP
MEZZANINE
COM1:2
SVGA
x
x
RST
COM1 RS-232C port forinitial controller setup
COM2 RS-232C port forserial communication
Monitor port for GE use
Keyboard/mouse portfor GE use
ETHERNET 1Primary Ethernet port for UDHcommunication (toolbox)
Status LEDsLeft: Power StatusMiddle: Flash ActivityRight: VME bus SYSFAIL
Ethernet Status LEDsTop: Active (Blinking = Active) (Solild = Inactive)Bottom: Link (Yellow = 10BaseT) (Green = 100BaseTX)
M/K
Mark VI Controller UCVEM03
UCVEM03
x
x
PC
I ME
ZZANIN
E C
AR
D 2
PCI M
EZZA
NIN
E C
AR
D 1
PC
I ME
ZZAN
INE
CAR
D 0
PROFIBUS 1PROFIBUS Serial InterfaceTransmit Active LED
PROFIBUS 2PROFIBUS Serial InterfaceTransmit Active LED
Note: UCVEMxx modulesare shipped with thebatteries enabled.
UCVEM03 Front Panel
UCVEM04 Controller Specifications
Item Specification
PROFIBUS Interface (PROFIBUS 1-3)
PROFIBUS DP master class 1
Power Requirements +5 V dc, 9.2 A typical, 11.2 A maximum +12 V dc, 180 mA typical, 250 mA maximum -12 V dc, 180 mA typical, 250 mA maximum
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II UCV Controller • 25
Note For specifications common to all UCVE modules, refer to UCVEH2 Controller Specifications.
STATUS
LAN
PC
MIP
MEZZANINE
COM1:2
SVGA
x
x
RST
COM1 RS-232C port forinitial controller setup
COM2 RS-232C port forserial communication
Monitor port for GE use
Keyboard/mouse portfor GE use
ETHERNET 1Primary Ethernet port for UDHcommunication (toolbox)
Status LEDsLeft: Power StatusMiddle: Flash ActivityRight: VMEbus SYSFAIL
M/K
Mark VI Controller UCVEM04
x
x
PC
I ME
ZZANIN
E C
AR
D 2
PCI M
EZZA
NIN
E C
AR
D 1
PC
I ME
ZZAN
INE
CAR
D 0
PROFIBUS 1PROFIBUS Serial InterfaceTransmit Active LED
PROFIBUS 2PROFIBUS Serial InterfaceTransmit Active LED
UCVEM04
PROFIBUS 3PROFIBUS Serial InterfaceTransmit Active LED
Ethernet Status LEDsTop: Active (Blinking = Active) (Solild = Inactive)Bottom: Link (Yellow = 10BaseT) (Green = 100BaseTX)
Note: UCVEMxx modulesare shipped with thebatteries enabled.
UCVEM04 Front Panel
UCVEM05 Controller Specifications
Item Specification
Secondary Ethernet Interface (Ethernet 2)
Twisted pair 10BaseT/100BaseTX, RJ-45 connector: EGD protocol Ethernet Modbus protocol supported for communication between controller and third-party DCS
PROFIBUS Interface (PROFIBUS 1)
PROFIBUS DP master class 1
Power Requirements +5 V dc, 7.2 A typical, 9.2 A maximum +12 V dc, 180 mA typical, 250 mA maximum -12 V dc, 180 mA typical, 250 mA maximum
26 • UCV Controller GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Note For specifications common to all UCVE modules, refer to UCVEH2 Controller Specifications.
Mark VI Controller UCVEM05
STATUS
LAN
RST
PC
MIP
MEZZANINE
COM
1:2
SVGA
x
x
Status LEDs
VMEbus SYSFAILFlash ActivityPower Status
M/K
UCVEM05
SPEED LINK/ ACT
PROFIBUS 1PROFIBUS Serial InterfaceTransmit Active LED
ETHERNET 2Secondary Ethernet port forexpansion I/O communication
COM1 RS-232C port forinitial controller setupCOM2 RS-232C port forserial communication
Monitor port for GE use
Keyboard/mouse portfor GE use
ETHERNET 1Primary Ethernet port for UDHcommunication (toolbox)
Ethernet Status LEDs
Active (Blinking = Active) (Solid = Inactive)Link (Yellow = 10BaseT) (Green = 100BaseTX)
Speed (Off = 10BaseT) (On = 100BaseTX)
Link / Active
Note: UCVEMxx modulesare shipped with thebatteries enabled.
UCVEM05 Front Panel
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II UCV Controller • 27
UCVD Controller The UCVD is a double-slot board using a 300 MHz AMD K6 processor with 8 MB of flash memory and 16 MB of DRAM. A single 10BaseT (RJ-45 connector) Ethernet port provides connectivity to the UDH.
The UCVD contains a double column of eight status LEDs. These LEDs are sequentially turned on in a rotating pattern when the controller is operating normally. When an error condition occurs, the LEDs display a flashing error code that identifies the problem. For more information, refer to GEH-6410, Innovation Series Controller System Manual.
HAR
D D
ISK
LPT1
x x
x x
RESET
ETH
ER
NET
MO
NIT
OR
CO
M1
CO
M2
KEYB
OAR
DM
OU
SE
UCVD H2
GENIUS
H LSLOT1
ENET
BSLV
BMAS
SYS
ACTIVE
FLSHGENA
Status LEDs showing Runtime Error Codesresulting from startup, configuration, ordownload problems
Hard disk connector for GE use
Receptacle for Genius cable plug
Ethernet port for UDHcommunication
Controller and communicationstatus LEDs
Monitor port for GE UseOnly
COM1 RS-232C port forinitial controller setup
Special ports for GE Use,printer, keyboard, andmouse
COM2 RS-232C port forserial communications
Mark VI Controller UCVDH1, H2
ISBus drive LAN (Not Used)
UCVD Controller Front Panel
28 • UCV Controller GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
UCVD Controller Specification
Item Specification
Microprocessor AMD-K6 300 MHz Memory 16 MB DRAM
8 MB Flash Memory in UCVD 256 KB of level 2 cache
Operating System
QNX
LEDs LEDs on the faceplate provide status information as follows: ACTIVE Processor is active SLOT 1 Controller configured as slot 1 controller in VME rack BMAS VME master access is occurring ENET Ethernet activity BSLV VME slave access is occurring STATUS Display rotating LED pattern when OK Display flashing error code when faulted FLSH Writing to Flash memory GENX Genius I/O is active
Programming Control block language with analog and discrete blocks; Boolean logic represented in relay ladder diagram format. Supported data types include: Boolean 16-bit signed integer 32-bit signed integer 32-bit floating point 64-bit floating point
Ethernet Interface
Twisted pair 10BaseT, RJ-45 connector TCP/IP protocol used for communication between controller and toolbox Serial Request Transfer Protocol (SRTP) interface between controller and HMI EGD protocol for communication with CIMPLICITY HMI, and Series 90-70 PLCs Ethernet Modbus protocol supported for communication between controller and third-party DCS
COM Ports Two micro-miniature 9-pin D connectors: COM1 Reserved for diagnostics, 9600 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit COM2 Used for serial Modbus communication, 9600 or 19200 baud
Power Requirements
+5 V dc, 6 A +12 V dc, 200 mA -12 V dc, 200 mA
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II UCV Controller • 29
UCVB Controller The UCVB is a double-slot board using a 133 MHz Intel Pentium processor with 4 MB of flash memory and 16 MB of DRAM. A single 10Base2 (BNC connector) Ethernet port provides connectivity to the UDH.
The UCVB contains a double column of eight status LEDs. These LEDs are sequentially turned on in a rotating pattern when the controller is operating normally. When an error condition occurs, the LEDs display a flashing error code that identifies the problem. For more information, refer to GEH-6410, Innovation Series Controller System Manual.
x x
x x
RESET
ETH
ERN
ETM
ON
ITO
RC
OM
1
CO
M2
HAR
D D
ISK
LPT1
DLA
N
KEY
BOA
RD
MO
USE
UCVB G1
GENIUS
H LSLOT1
ENET
BSLV
BMAS
SYS
ACTIVE
FLSHGENA
1 0DLAN DROP
1
8
Status LEDs showing Runtime Error Codesresulting from startup, configuration, ordownload problems
Hard disk connector for GE use
DLAN network connection (Not Used)
Receptacle for Genius cable plug
Ethernet port for UDHcommunication
Controller and communicationstatus LEDs
Monitor port for GE UseOnly
COM1 RS-232C port forinitial controller setup
Special ports for GE use,printer, keyboard, andmouse
DLAN network drop numberconfiguration dip switches (Not Used)
COM2 RS-232C port forserial communications
Mark VI Controller UCVBG1
UCVB Controller Front Panel
30 • UCV Controller GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
UCVB Controller Specification
Item Specification
Microprocessor Intel Pentium 133 MHz Memory 16 MB DRAM
4 MB Flash Memory in UCVB 256 KB of level 2 cache
Operating System QNX LEDs LEDs on the faceplate provide status information as follows:
ACTIVE Processor is active SLOT 1 Controller configured as slot 1 controller in VME rack BMAS VME master access is occurring ENET Ethernet activity BSLV VME slave access is occurring STATUS Display rotating LED pattern when OK Display flashing error code when faulted FLSH Writing to Flash memory GENX Genius I/O is active
Programming Control block language with analog and discrete blocks; Boolean logic represented in relay ladder diagram format. Supported data types include: Boolean 16-bit signed integer 32-bit signed integer 32-bit floating point 64-bit long floating point
Ethernet Interface Thinwire™ 10Base2, BNC connector:
TCP/IP protocol used for communication between controller and toolbox SRTP interface between controller and HMI EGD protocol for communication with CIMPLICITY HMI, and Series 90-70 PLCs Ethernet Modbus protocol supported for communication between controller and third-party DCS
COM Ports Two micro-miniature 9-pin D connectors: COM1 Reserved for diagnostics, 9600 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit COM2 Used for serial Modbus communication, 9600 or 19200 baud
DLAN+ Interface Interface to DLAN+, a high speed multidrop network based on ARCNET®, using a token passing, peer to peer protocol
Power Requirements
+5 V dc, 5.64 A +12 V dc, 900 mA -12 V dc, 200 mA
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II UCV Controller • 31
Alarms
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
31 I/O Compatibility Code Mismatch Outdated configuration in the VCMI 32 Diagnostic Queue Overflow Too many diagnostics are occurring simultaneously 33 Foreground Process Outdated runtime version 34 Background Process Outdated runtime version 37 Idle Process Outdated runtime version 38 Ambient Air Overt temperature Warning. The
rack is beginning to overheat. The rack fan has failed or the filters are clogged.
39 CPU Over temperature Fault. The controller CPU has overheated and may fail at any time.
The rack fan has failed or the filters are clogged.
40 Genius I/O Driver Process Outdated runtime version 41 Register I/O Process Outdated runtime version 42 Modbus Driver Process Outdated runtime version 43 Ser Process Outdated runtime version 44 Rcvr Process Outdated runtime version 45 Trans Process Outdated runtime version 46 Mapper Process Outdated runtime version 47 SRTP Process Outdated runtime version 48 Heartbeat Process Outdated runtime version 49 Alarm Process Outdated runtime version 50 Queue Manager Process Outdated runtime version 51 EGD Driver Process Outdated runtime version 52 ADL Dispatcher Process Outdated runtime version 53 ADL Queue Process Outdated runtime version 54 DPM Manager Process Outdated runtime version 68 Genius IOCHRDY Hangup Outdated runtime version 70 Genius Lock Retry Outdated runtime version 71 Genius Outdated runtime version 72 Application Code Online Load Failure Application code error 74 Application Code Startup Load Failure Application code error 75 Application Code Expansion Failure Application code error 76 ADL/BMS Communication Failure with the VCMI The VCMI firmware version is too old to work with this
controller runtime version. 77 NTP Process Outdated runtime version 78 Outdated Controller Topology Download application code and reboot 79 Outdated VCMI Topology Download configuration to VCMI and reboot 80 No VCMI Topology Old VCMI firmware doesn’t support controller/VCMI
topology checking. Upgrade VCMI firmware. 81 Platform Process Outdated runtime version 82 Hardware Configuration Error The controller hardware doesn’t match the configuration
specified by the toolbox. Use the toolbox to view the errors in the controller trace buffer (for example: View General Dump the trace buffer).
83 Register I/O Write/Command Limit Exceeded Verify that the total command rate of all Modbus interfaces does not exceed the maximum.
84 State Exchange Voter Packet Mismatch Verify that all three controllers are executing the same application code.
85 Maximum Number of Boolean State Variables Exceeded
The application code is using too many Boolean variables. Move some functions to other controllers.
32 • UCV Controller GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
86 Too Many EGD Producers Configured for Fault Tolerant Support
The controller can redirect data over the IONET from a maximum of 16 EGD producers. Data from subsequent producers will be lost in the event of an Ethernet failure.
87 Too Many EGD Points Configured for Fault Tolerant Support
The controller can redirect a maximum of 1400 bytes of data over the IONET. Subsequent EGD points will be lost in the event of an Ethernet failure.
88 Producing Fault Tolerant EGD Data The controller is redirecting data from the Ethernet to another controller over the IONET.
89 Requesting Fault Tolerant EGD Data The controller is requesting that Ethernet data be redirected to it over the IONET from another controller.
90 Process Alarm Queue Is Full Subsequent process alarms will be lost unless the current alarms are acknowledged and cleared by the operator.
91 Hold List Queue Is Full Subsequent hold alarms will be lost unless the current alarms are acknowledged and cleared by the operator.
92 Data Initialization Failure Verify that all controllers are executing the same application code. If no VCMI is used (simulation mode), verify that the clock source is set to internal. If a VCMI is used, verify that the clock source is set to external.
93 Pcode mismatch between TMR controllers Download the same application code to all three controllers 94 Unable to start up Dynamic Data Recorder Outdated runtime version - download runtime and restart. 95 Dynamic Data Recorder Configuration Fault Revalidate the application code and then select the Update
Dynamic Data Recorder button from the toolbox toolbar 96 Dynamic Data Recorder Process Outdated runtime version - download runtime and restart
UCV Board UCVD Controller Runtime Errors In addition to generating diagnostic alarms, the UCVB and the UCVD controller boards display status information on front panel LEDs. The Status LED group on these controllers contains eight segments in a two vertical column layout as shown in the following figure. These LEDs display controller errors if a problem occurs. The right-most column makes up the lower hexadecimal digit and the left-most column makes up the upper digit (the least significant bits on the bottom). Numerical conversions are provided with the fault code definitions.
Note For all controllers, refer to the stats line in the toolbox.
SLOT1ACTIVE
ENETBMAS
SYSBSLV
H L
STATUS
FLSHGENA
For example, flashingin this pattern:
is error 0x43, decimal 67
Controller front panel F
F
F
F
Flashing Controller Status LEDs Indicate Error Codes
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II UCV Controller • 33
If the controller detects certain system errors (typically during boot-up or download), it displays flashing and non-flashing codes on these green status LEDs. These codes correspond to runtime errors listed in the toolbox help file. The following table describes the types of errors displayed by the LEDs.
Controller Runtime Errors
Controller Condition Status LED Display
Controller successfully completes its boot-up sequence and begins to execute application code
Displays a walking ones pattern consisting of a single lighted green LED rotating through the bank of LEDs.
Error occurs during the BIOS phase of the boot-up sequence
Non-flashing error code is displayed
Error occurs during the application code load
Flashing error codes are displayed until the error has been corrected and either the application code is downloaded again, or the controller is rebooted.
Error occurs while the controller is running
May freeze with only a single LED lighted. No useful information can be interpreted from the LED position. Fault codes are generated internally.
34 • UCV Controller GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Notes
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAIC Analog Input/Output • 35
VAIC Analog Input/Output
Functional Description
The Analog Input/Output (VAIC) board accepts 20 analog inputs and controls 4 analog outputs. Each terminal board accepts 10 inputs and 2 outputs. Cables connect the terminal board to the VME rack where the VAIC processor board is located. VAIC converts the inputs to digital values and transfers them over the VME backplane to the VCMI board, and then to the controller. For outputs, the VAIC converts digital values to analog currents and drives these through the terminal board into the customer circuit.
VAIC supports both simplex and triple modular redundant (TMR) applications. When used in a TMR configuration, input signals on the terminal board are fanned out to three VME board racks R, S, and T, each containing a VAIC. Output signals are driven with a proprietary circuit that creates the desired current using all three VAICs. In the event of a hardware failure, the bad VAIC is removed from the output and the remaining two boards continue to produce the correct current. When used in a simplex configuration, the terminal board provides input signals to a single VAIC, which provides all of the current for outputs.
Compatibility
There are two generations of the VAIC board with corresponding terminal boards. The original VAIC includes all versions prior to and including VAICH1C. VAICH1B is included in this generation. When driving 20 mA outputs these boards support up to 500 Ω load resistance at the end of 1000 ft of #18 wire. This generation of board requires terminal board TBAIH1B or earlier for proper operation. They also work properly with all revisions of DTAI terminal boards.
The newest VAICH1D and any subsequent releases are designed to support higher load resistance for 20 mA outputs drive voltage: up to 18 V is available at the terminal board screw terminals. This permits operation into loads of 800 Ω with 1000 ft of #18 wire with margin. This generation of the board requires TBAIH1C or later, or any revision of STAI.
VAIC Analog Input/Output
36 • VAIC Analog Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
VME bus to VCMI
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VAIC
J3
J4
VAIC Board
VME Rack R
TBAI Terminal Board
Cable to VMERack S
Cable to VMERack T
TBAI Terminal Board
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
JS1
JR1
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
JS1
JR1
JT1JT1
ToRackT
ToRackS
VAIC, Analog Input Terminal Boards, and Cabling (TMR System)
Installation
To install the V-type board
1 Power down the VME processor rack
2 Slide in the board and push the top and bottom levers in with your hands to seat its edge connectors
3 Tighten the captive screws at the top and bottom of the front panel
Note Cable connections to the terminal boards are made at the J3 and J4 connectors on the lower portion of the VME rack. These are latching type connectors to secure the cables. Power up the VME rack and check the diagnostic lights at the top of the front panel. For details, refer to the section on diagnostics in this document.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAIC Analog Input/Output • 37
Operation
The VAIC board accepts 20 analog inputs, controls 4 analog outputs, and contains signal conditioning, an analog MUX, A/D converter, and D/A converter. The type of analog input, either voltage, 4-20 mA, or ±1 mA, is selected by jumpers on the terminal board. Two of the four analog output circuits are 4-20 mA and the other two can be configured for 4-20 mA or 0-200 mA. Inputs and outputs have noise suppression circuitry to protect against surge and high frequency noise.
The following table displays the analog I/O capacity of VAIC, using two TBAI terminal boards.
Quantity Analog Input Types Quantity Analog Output Types
16 ±10 V dc, or ±5 V dc, or 4-20 mA 2 0-20 mA or 0-200 mA 4 4-20 mA, or ± 1 mA 2 0-20 mA
Current Limit
JR1 J3/4
Analog Input Terminal BoardTBAI
250ohm
Open
1 ma
20 ma
J#A+24 V dc
+/-1 ma
4-20 ma
Return
Current Limit
NoiseSuppr-ession
250 ohms
Open
Vdc
20 ma
J#A
+24 V dc
+/-5,10 Vdc
4-20 ma
Return
2 circuits perterminal board
8 circuits perterminal board
5k ohms
200 ma
20 maJO
Signal
Return
Jump select on onecircuit only; #2 Circuitis 4-20 ma only
P28V
PCOM
P28V
Two output circuits
J#BReturn
J#B
SCOM
Return
<R> Module
Analog InputBoard VAIC
Controller
A/D
Application Software
Connectorsat
bottom ofVME rack
Excitation
CurrentRegulator/
Power Supply
D/A
ID
T
Typical transmitter,Mark VI powered
NS
NS
NS
VAIC and Analog Input Terminal Board, Simplex System
38 • VAIC Analog Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
In a TMR system, analog inputs fan out to the three control racks from JR1, JS1, and JT1. The 24 V dc power to the transducers comes from all three VME racks and is diode OR selected on the terminal board. Each analog current output is fed by currents from all three VAICs. The actual output current is measured with a series resistor, which feeds a voltage back to each VAIC. The resulting output is the voted middle value (median) of the three currents. The following figure shows VAIC in a TMR arrangement.
Current Limit
JR1
Terminal Board TBAI
250ohm
Open
1 ma
20 ma
J#B
+24 Vdc
+/-1 ma
4-20 ma
Return
Current Limit
NoiseSuppr-ession
250 ohms
Open
Vdc
20 ma
J#A
2 circuits pertermination board
8 circuits pertermination board
5k ohms
JO
Signal
Return
Two output circuits#2 circuit is 4-20
mA only
JS1
JT1
200 ma
20 ma
ST
ST
P28V<S>P28V<T>P28VR
P28VR
J#B
PCOM
Return
Return
SCOM
PCOM
J#A
<R> Module
Analog InputBoard VAIC
Controller
D/A
Application Software
Connectorsat
bottom ofVME rack
Excitation
To rack<S>
To rack<T>
Filter 2 Pole
A/D
CurrentRegulator/
Power Supply
J3/J4
ID
ID
ID
+24 V dc
+/-5,10 Vdc
4-20 ma
Return
T
Typical transmitter,Mark VI powered
NS
NS
NS
VAIC and Analog Input Terminal Board, TMR System
Note With the noise suppression and filtering, the input ac common mode rejection (CMR) is 60 dB, and the dc CMR is 80 dB.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAIC Analog Input/Output • 39
Transmitters/transducers can be powered by the 24 V dc source in the control system, or can be powered independently. Diagnostics monitor each output and a suicide relay disconnects the corresponding output if a fault cannot be cleared by a command from the processor. Hardware filters on the terminal board suppress high frequency noise. Additional software filters on VAIC provide configurable low pass filtering.
Compressor Stall Detection
VAIC firmware includes gas turbine compressor stall detection, executed at 200 Hz. Two stall algorithms can be selected. Both use the first four analog inputs, scanned at 200 Hz. One algorithm is for small LM gas turbines and uses two pressure transducers (refer to the figure, Small (LM) Gas Turbine Compressor Stall Detection Algorithm). The other algorithm is for heavy-duty gas turbines and uses three pressure transducers (refer to the figure, Heavy Duty Gas Turbine Compressor Stall Detection Algorithm).
Real-time inputs are separated from the configured parameters for clarity. The parameter CompStalType selects the type of algorithm required, either two transducers or three. PS3 is the compressor discharge pressure. A drop in this pressure (PS3 drop) indicates possible compressor stall. The algorithm also calculates the rate of change of discharge pressure, dPS3dt, and compares these values with configured stall parameters (KPS3 constants).
The compressor stall trip is initiated by VAIC, which sends the signal to the controller where it is used to initiate a shutdown. The shutdown signal can be used to set all the fuel shut-off valves (FSOV) through any relay output.
40 • VAIC Analog Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
VAIC, 200 Hz scan rate
Input, cctx*Scaling
InputConfigparam. AnalogInx*
Signal SpaceInputs
Validation & Stall Detectiontwo_xducerCompStalType
Sys Lim Chk #1SysLimit1_x*
SysLimit2_x*
Sys Lim Chk #2
AnalogIny*SysLimit1_y*SysLimit2_y*
Low_Input, Low_Value,High_Input, High Value 4
4SysLim1Enabl, EnablSysLim1Latch, LatchSysLim1Type, >=SysLimit1, xxxx
SysLim2Enabl, EnablSysLim2Latch, LatchSysLim2Type, <=SysLimit2, xxxx
ResetSys, VCMI, Mstr
4
OR
PS3A
PS3A_Fail
PS3B
PS3B_Fail
A |A-B|B
PS3A
PS3B A A>BBPressDelta
SelMode
AND PS3_FailPS3A_Fail
PS3B_Fail
DeltaFault
PS3A_Fail
PS3B_Fail
PS3A
PS3B PS3Sel
PS3Sel Selection DefinitionIf PS3B_Fail & not PS3A_Fail then PS3Sel = PS3A;ElseIf PS3A_Fail & not PS3B_Fail then PS3Sel = PS3B;ElseIf DeltaFault then PS3Sel = Max (PS3A, PS3B)ElseIf SelMode = Avg then PS3Sel = Avg (PS3A, PS3B)ElseIf SelMode = Max then PS3Sel = Max (PS3A, PS3B)Else then PS3SEL = old value of PS3SEL
ddt__ DPS3DTSel
X-1 -DPS3DTSel
-DPS3DTSel
AND
AND
PS3_Fail
A A>BB
MidKPS3_Drop_Mn
A A+BB
KPS3_Drop_I
PS3Sel
XKPS3_Drop_S
PS3i
A A+BB
XKPS3_Delta_S
KPS3_Delta_IA A<BB
A A-BBPS3Sel
SLatchR
CompStall
CompStalPermMasterReset, VCMI, Mstr
KPS3_Drop_L
-DPS3DTSelA A>BB
z-1
TDTimeDelay
Max
PressRateSel
PressSel
eg. AnalogIn2InputForPS3A
InputForPS3B
Input Circuit Selection
eg. AnalogIn4
*Note: where x, y, represent any two of the input circuits 1 thru 4.
ANDPS3i_Hold
stall_timeout
stall_delta
stall_permissive
stall_set
delta_ref
delta
MIN
KPS3_Delta_Mx
KPS3_Drop_Mx
OR
Small (LM) Gas Turbine Compressor Stall Detection Algorithm
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAIC Analog Input/Output • 41
Stall Detection
three_xducerCompStalType
PS3APS3B
PressDelta
SelMode
DeltaFault
PS3Sel, or CPD
ddt__ DPS3DTSel
X-1 -DPS3DTSel
-DPS3DTSel
AND
A A>BB
MID
KPS3_Drop_Mn
A A+BB
KPS3_Drop_I
PS3Sel
XKPS3_Drop_S
PS3i
A A+B B
XKPS3_Delta_S
KPS3_Delta_IA A<BB
A A-BBPS3Sel
S
Latch
R
CompStall
CompStalPerm
MasterReset, VCMI, Mstr
KPS3_Drop_L
-DPS3DTSelA
A>BB
z-1
TDTimeDelay
not used
not used
not used
PS3CMIDSEL
PressSel
PressRateSel
eg. AnalogIn2InputForPS3B
InputForPS3C
Input Circuit Selection
eg. AnalogIn4
eg. AnalogIn1InputForPS3A
ANDPS3i_Hold
stall_timeout
stall_delta
stall_permissive
stall_set
delta
delta_refMIN
KPS3_Delta_Mx
KPS3_Drop_Mx
VAIC, 200 Hz scan rate
Input, cctx*Scaling
InputConfig.param.
AnalogInx*
Signal Spaceinputs
Sys Lim Chk #1SysLimit1_x*
SysLimit2_x*Sys Lim Chk #2
AnalogIny*SysLimit1_y*SysLimit2_y*
Low_Input, Low_Value,High_Input, High Value 4
4SysLim1Enabl, EnablSysLim1Latch, LatchSysLim1Type, >=SysLimit1, xxxx
SysLim2Enabl, EnablSysLim2Latch, LatchSysLim2Type, <=SysLimit2, xxxx
ResetSys, VCMI, Mstr
4
AnalogInz*SysLimit1_z*SysLimit2_z*
*Note: where x, y, z, represent anythree of the input circuits 1 thru 4.
Heavy Duty Gas Turbine Compressor Stall Detection Algorithm
42 • VAIC Analog Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
-200
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1800
2000
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Initial Compressor Discharge Pressure PS3
Rat
e of
Cha
nge
of P
ress
ure-
dPS
3dt,
psia
/sec
0
50
100
150
200
250
B. D
elta
PS3
dro
p (P
S3 in
itial
- PS
3ac
tual
) , D
PS3,
psi
d
E. KPS3_Delta_SF. KPS3_Delta_IG. KPS3_Delta_Mx
B
E
C
F
A
G
D KPS3_Drop_S KPS3_Drop_I KPS3_Drop_Mn KPS3_Drop_Mx
A.B.
D.C.
Configurable Compressor Stall Detection Parameters
The variables used by the stall detection algorithm are defined as follows:
Variable Variable Description
PS3 Compressor discharge pressure PS3I Initial PS3 KPS3_Drop_S Slope of line for PS3I versus dPS3dt KPS3_Drop_I Intercept of line for PS3I versus dPS3dt KPS3_Drop_Mn Minimum value for PS3I versus dPS3dt KPS3_Drop_Mx Maximum value for PS3I versus dPS3dt KPS3_Delta_S Slope of line for PS3I versus Delta PS3 drop KPS3_Delta_I Intercept of line for PS3I versus Delta PS3 drop KPS3_Delta_Mx Maximum value for PS3I versus Delta PS3 drop
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAIC Analog Input/Output • 43
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of channels 24 channels per VAIC board (20 AI, 4 AO) with two terminal boards Input span 4-20 mA, ±1 mA, ±5 V dc, ±10 V dc
Input Impedance 250 Ω at 4-20 mA 5,000 Ω at 1 mA 500,00 Ω at voltage input
Input converter resolution 16-bit A/D converter with 14-bit resolution Scan time Normal scan 10 ms (100 Hz)
Inputs 1 through 4 available for scan at 200 Hz Measurement accuracy Better than 0.1% full scale Noise suppression on inputs The first 10 circuits (J3) have a hardware filter with single pole down break at 500 rad/sec
The second 10 circuits (J4) have a hardware filter with a two pole down break at 72 and 500 rad/sec A software filter, using a two pole low pass filter, is configurable for 0, .75, 1.5 Hz, 3 Hz, 6 Hz, 12 Hz
Common mode rejection Ac CMR 60 dB @ 60 Hz, with up to ±5 V common mode voltage Dc CMR 80 dB with -5 to +7 peak volt common mode voltage
Common mode voltage range ±5 V (±2 V CMR for the ±10 V inputs) Output converter 12-bit D/A converter with 0.5% accuracy Output load 500 Ω for 4-20 mA output – board revisions prior to and including VAICH1C (requires
TBAIH1B or DTAI) 800 Ω for 4-20 mA output, board revisions VAICH1D and later (requires TBAIH1C or STAI) 50 Ω for 200 mA output
Power consumption Less than 31 MW Compressor stall detection Detection and relay operation within 30 ms Fault detection Analog input out of limits
Monitor D/A outputs, output currents, and total current Monitor suicide relay and 20/200 mA scaling relays Compare input signals with the voted value and check difference against the TMR limit Failed I/O chip
Physical
Temperature 0 to 60°C (32 to 140 °F) Size 26.04 cm high x 1.99 cm wide x 18.73 cm deep (10.26 in x 0.782 in x 7.375 in )
44 • VAIC Analog Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Diagnostics
Three LEDs at the top of the VAIC front panel provide status information. The normal RUN condition is a flashing green, and FAIL is a solid red. The third LED displays STATUS and is normally off, but displays a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in the board. Diagnostic checks include the following:
• Each analog input has hardware limit checking based on preset (non-configurable) high and low levels set near the ends of the operating range. If this limit is exceeded a logic signal is set and the input is no longer scanned. If any one of the input’s hardware limits is set, it creates a composite diagnostic alarm, L3DIAG_VAIC, which refers to the entire board. Details of the individual diagnostics are available from the toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal.
• Each input has system limit checking based on configurable high and low levels. These limits can be used to generate alarms, and can be configured for enable/disable, and as latching/non-latching. RESET_SYS resets the out of limits.
• In TMR systems, if one signal varies from the voted value (median value) by more than a predetermined limit, that signal is identified and a fault is created. This can provide early indication of a problem developing in one channel.
• Monitor D/A outputs, output currents, total current, suicide relays and 20/200 mA scaling relays; these are checked for reasonability and can create a fault.
• TBAI has its own ID device that is interrogated by VAIC. The board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR, JS, JT connector location. When the chip is read by the I/O processor and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAIC Analog Input/Output • 45
Configuration
Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
System limits Enable or disable system limits Enable, disable Output voting Select type of output voting Simplex, simplex TMR Min_ MA_Input Select minimum current for healthy 4-20 mA input 0 to 21 mA Max_ MA_Input Select maximum current for healthy 4-20 mA input 0 to 21 mA CompStalType Select compressor stall algorithm (# of transducers) 0, 2, or 3 InputForPS3A Select analog input circuit for PS3A Analog in 1, 2, 3, or 4 InputForPS3B Select analog input circuit for PS3B Analog in 1, 2, 3, or 4 InputForPS3C Select analog input circuit for PS3C Analog in 1, 2, 3, or 4 SelMode Select mode for excessive difference pressure Maximum, average PressDelta Excessive difference pressure threshold 5 to 500 TimeDelay Time delay on stall detection, in milliseconds 10 to 40 KPS3_Drop_Min Minimum pressure rate 10 to 2000 KPS3_Drop_I Pressure rate intercept 10 to 100 KPS3_Drop_S Pressure rate slope 0.05 to 10 KPS3_Delta_S Pressure delta slope 0.05 to 10 KPS3_Delta_I Pressure delta intercept 10 to 100 KPS3_Delta_Mx Pressure delta maximum 10 to 100 KPS3_Drop_L Threshold pressure rate 10 to 2000 KPS3_Drop_Mx Max pressure rate 10 to 2000
J3:IS200TBAIH1A Terminal board connected to VAIC through J3 Connected, not connected
AnalogIn1 First of 10 analog inputs - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)
Input type Current or voltage input type Unused, 4-20 mA, ± 5 V, ± 10 V Low_Input Value of current at the low end of scale -10 to +20 Low_Value Value of input in engineering units at low end of scale -3.4082e + 038 to 3.4028e + 038 High_Input Value of current at the high end of scale -10 to +20 High_Value Value of input in engineering units at high end of scale -3.4082e + 038 to 3.4028e + 038 Input _Filter Bandwidth of input signal filter Unused, 0.75, 1.5 Hz, 3 Hz, 6 Hz, 12 Hz TMR_Diff_Limit Difference limit for voted inputs in % of high-low values 0 to 100 Sys_Lim_1_Enable Input fault check Enable, disable Sys_Lim_1_Latch Input fault latch Latch, unlatch Sys_Lim_1_Type Input fault type Greater than or equal
Less than or equal Sys_Lim_1 Input limit in engineering units -3.4082e + 038 to 3.4028e + 038 Sys_Lim_2_Enable Input fault check Enable, disable Sys_Lim_2_Latch Input fault latch Latch, unlatch Sys_Lim_2_Type Input fault type Greater than or equal
Less than or equal Sys_Lim_2 Input limit in engineering units -3.4082e + 038 to 3.4028e + 038
AnalogOut1 First of two analog outputs - board point Point edit (output FLOAT)
Output_MA Type of output current Unused, 0-20 mA, 0-200 mA Low_MA Output mA at low value 0 to 200 mA Low_Value Output in engineering units at low mA -3.4082e + 038 to 3.4028e + 038 High_MA Output mA at high value 0 to 200 mA High_Value Output value in engineering units at high mA -3.4082e + 038 to 3.4028e + 038
46 • VAIC Analog Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Parameter Description Choices
TMR Suicide Suicide for faulty output current, TMR only Enable, disable Diff Limit Current difference for suicide, TMR only 0 to 200 mA D/A Err Limit Difference between D/A reference and output, in % for
suicide, TMR only 0 to 100 %
J4:IS200TBAIH1A Terminal board connected to VAIC via J4 Connected, not connected
AnalogIn11 First of 10 analog inputs - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)
AnalogOut3 First of two analog outputs - board point Point edit (output FLOAT)
Board Points (Signals) Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type
L3DIAG_VAIC1 Board diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VAIC2 Board diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VAIC3 Board diagnostic Input BIT
SysLimit1_1 System limit 1 Input BIT : : Input BIT SysLimit1_20 System limit 1 Input BIT
SysLimit2_1 System limit 2 Input BIT
: : Input BIT
SysLimit2_20 System limit 2 Input BIT
OutSuicide1 Status of suicide relay for output 1 Input BIT
: : Input BIT
OutSuicide4 Status of suicide relay for output 4 Input BIT
DeltaFault Excessive difference pressure Input BIT
CompStall Compressor stall Input BIT
: : Input FLOAT Out4MA Feedback, total output current, mA Input FLOAT CompPressSel Selected compressor press, by stall Algor. Input FLOAT PressRate Sel Selected compressor press rate, by stall Algor. Input FLOAT CompStallPerm Compressor stall permissive Output BIT
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAIC Analog Input/Output • 47
Alarms Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
2 Flash memory CRC failure Board firmware programming error (board will not go online)
3 CRC failure override is active Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to go online)
16 System limit checking is disabled System checking was disabled by configuration 17 Board ID failure Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board 18 J3 ID failure Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem 19 J4 ID failure Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable problem 24 Firmware/hardware incompatibility. The firmware
on this board cannot handle the terminal board it is connected to
Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board- check the connectors and call the factory
30 ConfigCompatCode mismatch. Firmware: [ ] ; Tre: [ ] The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory
31 IOCompatCode mismatch. Firmware: [ ]; Tre: [ ] The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory
32-65 Analog input [ ] unhealthy Excitation to transducer, bad transducer, open or short-circuit
66-69 Output [ ] individual current too high relative to total current. An individual current is N mA more than half the total current, where N is the configurable TMR_Diff Limit
Board failure
70-73 Output [ ] total current varies from reference current. Total current is N mA different than the reference current, where N is the configurable TMR_Diff Limit
Board failure or open circuit
74-77 Output [ ] reference current error. The difference between the output reference and the input feedback of the output reference is greater than the configured DA_Err Limit measured in percent
Board failure (D/A converter)
78-81 Output [ ] individual current unhealthy. Simplex mode only alarm if current out of bounds
Board failure
82-85 Output [ ] suicide relay non-functional. The shutdown relay is not responding to commands
Board failure (relay or driver)
86-89 Output [ ] 20/200 mA selection non-functional. feedback from the relay indicates incorrect 20/200 mA relay selection (not berg jumper selection)
Configured output type does not match the jumper selection, or VAIC board failure (relay)
90-93 Output [ ] 20/20 mA suicide active. One output of the three has suicided, the other two boards have picked up current
Board failure
94 J3 terminal board and configuration incompatible 95 J4 terminal board and configuration incompatible 128-223 Logic Signal [ ] voting mismatch. The identified
signal from this board disagrees with the voted value
A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable
224-249 Input Signal # voting mismatch, Local [ ], Voted [ ]. The specified input signal varies from the voted value of the signal by more than the TMR Diff Limit
A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable
48 • VAIC Analog Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
TBAI Analog Input/Output
Functional Description The Analog Input/Output (TBAI) terminal board supports 10 analog inputs and 2 outputs. The 10 analog inputs accommodate two-wire, three-wire, four-wire, or externally powered transmitters. The analog outputs can be set up for 0-20 mA or 0-200 mA current. Inputs and outputs have noise suppression circuitry to protect against surge and high frequency noise.
TBAI has three DC-37 pin connectors provided on TBAI for connection to the I/O processors. Simplex applications are supported using a single connector (JR1). TMR applications are supported using all three connectors.
In TMR applications, the input signals are fanned to the three connectors for the R, S, and T controls. TMR outputs combine the current of the three connected output drivers and determine the total current with a measuring shunt. TBAI then presents the total current signal to the I/O processors for regulation to the commanded setpoint.
Mark VI Systems
In the Mark* VI system, TBAI works with VAIC processor and supports simplex and TMR applications. One or two TBAIs can be connected to the VAIC. In TMR systems, TBAI is cabled to three VAIC boards.
Mark VIe Systems
In the Mark VIe system, TBAI works with the PAIC I/O pack and supports simplex and TMR applications. In TMR systems, three PAICs plug directly into the TBAI.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAIC Analog Input/Output • 49
Shield bar
J ports conections:
Plug in PAIC I/O Packfor Mark VIe system
or
Cables to VAIC boardsfor Mark VI system;
The number and locationdepends on the level ofredundancy required.
10 Analog Inputs 2 Analog Outputs
Barrier type terminalblocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
2468
1012141618202224
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
13579
11131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x x
x
JS1
JR1
JT1
TBAI Input Terminal board
Installation
Connect the input and output wires directly to two I/O terminal blocks mounted on the terminal board. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield terminal attachment point is located adjacent to each terminal block.
TBAI can accommodate the following analog I/O types:
• Analog input, two-wire transmitter • Analog input, three-wire transmitter • Analog input, four-wire transmitter • Analog input, externally powered transmitter • Analog input, voltage ±5 V, ±10 V dc • Analog output, 0-20 mA • Analog output, 0-200 mA
50 • VAIC Analog Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
The following diagram shows the wiring connections, jumper positions, and cable connections for TBAI.
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Input 1 (24V)Input 1 ( Vdc)Input 2 (24V)Input 2 ( Vdc)Input 3 (24V)Input 3 ( Vdc)Input 4 (24V)Input 4 ( Vdc)Input 5 (24V)Input 5 ( Vdc)Input 6 (24V)Input 6 ( Vdc)
Input 1 (20ma)Input 1 (Ret)Input 2 (20ma)Input 2 (Ret)Input 3 (20ma)Input 3 (Ret)
Input 4 (Ret)Input 5 (20ma)Input 5 (Ret)Input 6 (20ma)Input 6 (Ret)
Input 4 (20ma)
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Input 7 (24V)Input 7 ( Vdc)Input 8 (24V)Input 8 ( Vdc)Input 9 (24V)Input 9 (1ma)Input 10 (24V)Input 10 (1ma)
Output 1 ( Sig)Output 2 ( Sig)
Input 7 (20ma)Input 7 (Ret)Input 8 (20ma)Input 8 (Ret)Input 9 (20ma)Input 9 (Ret)
Input 10 (Ret)
Output 1 (Ret)Output 2 (Ret)
Input 10 (20ma)
Board Jumpers
20mA/1 mA Open/Ret
Analog Input Terminal Board TBAICircuit Jumpers
Input 1 J1A J1B
Input 2 J2A J2B
Input 3 J3A J3B
Input 4 J4A J4B
Input 5 J5A J5B
Input 6 J6A J6B
Input 7 J7A J7B
Input 8 J8A J8B
Input 9 J9A J9B
Input 10 J10A J10B
Output 2 No Jumper (0-20mA)Output 1 J0
20mA/V dc Open/Ret
20mA/200mA
Voltage input
4-20 ma
Return
+24 V dc
T
Two-wiretransmitter
wiring 4-20mA
J#B
J#A
20 ma
Open
Voltage input
4-20 ma
ReturnT
Three-wiretransmitter wiring
4-20 mA
Open
PCOM
J#B
J#A
20 ma
+24 V dc
Voltage input
4-20 ma
Return
+24 V dc
TPowerSupply
+ +
- -
Externally poweredtransmitter wiring
4-20 mA
J#B
J#A
20 ma
Open
Voltage input
4-20 ma
Signal Return
T
Four-wiretransmitter wiring
5 V dc
Open
J#A
20 ma
+24 V dc
VDC
VDC VDC
VDC
PCOM
Misc returnto PCOM
Max. commonmode voltage
is 7.0 V dc PCOM
J#B
PCOMPCOMPCOM PCOM
J ports connections:
Plug in PAIC I/O Packfor Mark VIe
orCable(s) to VAIC
board(s) for Mark VI;
The number and locationdepends on the level ofredundancy required.
JT1
JS1
JR1
TBAI Terminal Board Wiring
Operation
TBAI provides a 24 V dc power source for all the transducers. The inputs can be configured as current or voltage inputs using jumpers (J#A and J#B). One of the two analog output circuits is 4-20 mA and the other can be configured as 4-20 mA or 0-200 mA. The following table displays the analog I/O capacity of TBAI.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAIC Analog Input/Output • 51
Quantity Analog Input Types Quantity Analog Output Types
8 ±10 V dc, or ±5 V dc, or 4-20 mA 1 0-20 mA or 0-200 mA 2 4-20 mA, or ±1 mA 1 0-20 mA
Note With the noise suppression and filtering, the input ac CMR is 60 dB, and the dc CMR is 80 dB.
Each 24 V dc power output is rated to deliver 21 mA continuously and is protected against operation into a short circuit. Transmitters/transducers can be powered by the 24 V dc source in the control system, or can be independently powered. Jumper JO selects the type of current output. Diagnostics monitor each output and a suicide relay in the I/O controller disconnects the corresponding output if a fault cannot be cleared by a command from the processor.
Current Limit
JR1
Terminal Board TBAI
250ohm
Open
1 ma
20 ma
J#A+24 V dc
+/-1 ma
4-20 ma
Return
Current Limit
NoiseSuppr-ession
250 ohms
Open
Vdc
20 ma
J#A
+24 V dc
+/-5,10 Vdc
4-20 ma
Return
2 circuits pertermination board
8 circuits perterminal board
5k ohms
200 ma
20 maJO
Signal
Return
Jump select on onecircuit only; #2 Circuitis 4-20 ma only
P28V
PCOM
P28V
Two output circuits
J#BReturn
J#B
SCOM
Return
I/O CONTROLLER
Application Software
Excitation
CurrentRegulator/
Power Supply
ID
T
SYSTEMPOWERED
NS
NS
NS
A/D D/A
RPROCESSOR
Simplex Analog Inputs and Outputs
52 • VAIC Analog Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
In a TMR system, analog inputs fan out to the three I/O controllers (VAIC or PAIC). The 24 V dc power to the transducers comes from all three controllers and is diode shared on TBAI. Each analog current output is fed by currents from all three controllers. The actual output current is measured with a series resistor, which feeds a voltage back to each I/O controller. The resulting output is the voted middle value (median) of the three currents. The following figure shows TBAI in a TMR system.
I/O CONTROLLER
Application Software
Excitation
CurrentRegulator/
Power Supply
A/D D/A
RPROCESSOR
Current Limit
JR1
Terminal Board TBAI
250ohm
Open
1 ma
20 ma
J#B
+24 Vdc
+/-1 ma
4-20 ma
Return
Current Limit
NoiseSuppr-ession
250 ohms
Open
Vdc
20 ma
J#A
2 circuits perterminal board
8 circuits perTerminal board
5k ohms
JO
Signal
Return
Two output circuits,#2 circuit is 4-20
mA only
JS1
JT1
200 ma
20 ma
ST
ST
P28V<S>P28V<T>P28VR
P28VR
J#B
PCOM
Return
Return
SCOM
PCOM
J#A
ID
ID
ID
+24 V dc
+/-5,10 Vdc
4-20 ma
Return
T
SYSTEMPOWERED
NS
NS
NS
To S PROCESSOR
To T PROCESSOR
Analog Inputs and Outputs, TMR
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAIC Analog Input/Output • 53
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of channels 12 channels (10 AI, 2 AO) Input span, transmitters 1-5 V dc from 4-20 mA current input Outputs 24 V outputs provide 21 mA each connection Maximum lead resistance 15 Ω maximum two-way cable resistance, cable length up to 300 m (984 ft) Output load 500 Ω for 4-20 mA output, TBAIH1B with VAICH1C
800 Ω for 4-20 mA output, TBAIH1C with VAICH1D 800 Ω for 4-20 mA output, TBAIH1C with PAIC
50 Ω for 200 mA
Physical Fault detection Monitor total output current
Check connector ID chip for hardware incompatibility Temperature -30 to 65ºC (-22 to +149 ºF) Size 10.16 cm wide x 33.02 cm high ( 4.0 in x 13 in)
Diagnostics
Diagnostic tests are made on the terminal board as follows:
• The board provides the voltage drop across a series resistor to indicate the output current. The I/O processor creates a diagnostic alarm (fault) if any one of the two outputs goes unhealthy.
• Each cable connector on the terminal board has its own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O controller. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR, JS, JT connector location. When this chip is read by the I/O controller and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
The terminal board is configured by jumpers. For the location of these jumpers, refer to the installation diagram. The jumper choices are as follows:
• Jumpers J1A through J8A select either current input or voltage input. • Jumpers J1B through J8B select whether the return is connected to common or
is left open. • Jumpers J9A and J10A select either 1 mA or 20 mA input current. • Jumpers J9B and J10B select whether the return is connected to common or is
left open. • Jumper J0 sets output 1 to either 20 mA or 200 mA.
54 • VAIC Analog Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
DTAI Simplex Analog Input/Output
Functional Description
The Simplex Analog Input/Output (DTAI) terminal board is a compact analog input terminal board designed for DIN-rail mounting. The board has 10 analog inputs and 2 analog outputs and connects to the VAIC processor board with a single cable. This cable is identical to those used on the larger TBAI terminal board. The terminal boards can be stacked vertically on the DIN-rail to conserve cabinet space.
The 10 analog inputs accommodate two-wire, three-wire, four-wire, or externally powered transmitters. The two analog outputs are 0-20 mA, but one can be jumper configured to a 0-200 mA current. Two DTAI boards can be connected to VAIC for a total of 20 analog inputs and 4 analog outputs. Only a simplex version of the board is available.
The functions and on-board noise suppression are the same as those on the TBAI. High-density euro-block type terminal blocks are permanently mounted to the board, with two screw connections for the ground connection (SCOM). An on-board ID chip identifies the board to the VAIC for system diagnostic purposes.
Installation
Mount the plastic holder on the DIN-rail and slide the DTAI board into place. Connect the RTD wires directly to the terminal block. The Euro-block type terminal block has 48 terminals and is permanently mounted on the board. Typically, #18 AWG wires (shielded twisted pair) are used. Two screws, 43 and 44, are provided for the SCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short a distance as possible.
Note There is no shield terminal strip with this design.
DTAI accommodates the following analog I/O types:
• Analog input, two-wire transmitter • Analog input, three-wire transmitter • Analog input, four-wire transmitter • Analog input, externally powered transmitter • Analog input, voltage ±5 V, ±10 V dc • Analog output, 0-20 mA current • Analog output, 0-200 mA current • Wiring, jumper positions, and cable connections appear on the wiring diagram
Note SCOM, terminal 43, must be connected to chassis ground.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAIC Analog Input/Output • 55
Input 4 (Vdc)JR1
Input 1 (24V)Input 1 (Vdc)
135
11
79
1314 15171921232527293133
373941
35
2468
1012
1618202224262830
36
3234
Input 2 (24V)Input 2 (Vdc)Input 3 (24V)Input 3 (Vdc)Input 4 (24V)
Input 5 (24V)Input 5 (Vdc)Input 6 (24V)Input 6 (Vdc)Input 7 (24V)Input 7 (Vdc)Input 8 (24V)Input 8 (Vdc)Input 9 (24V)Input 9 (1mA)
PCOM
Input 1 (20mA)Input 1 (Return)Input 2 (20mA)Input 2 (Return)Input 3 (20mA)Input 3 (Return)
Input 4 (Return)Input 5 (20mA)Input 5 (Return)Input 6 (20mA)Input 6 (Return)Input 7 (20mA)Input 7 (ReturnInput 8 (20mA)Input 8 (ReturnInput 9 (20mA)Input 9 (Return)
PCOM
Screw Connections
DIN-rail mounting
42
3840
48
4446
434547
Input 10 (24V)Input 10 (1mA)
Chassis GroundOutput 1 (Signal)Output 2 (Signal)
Input 4 (20mA)
Input 10 (20mA)Input 10 (Ret)
Chassis GroundOutput 1 (Return)Output 2 (Return)
Circuit Jumpers
Input 1 J1B J1A
Input 2 J2B J2A
Input 3 J3B J3A
Input 4 J4B J4A
Input 5 J5B J5A
Input 6 J6B J6A
Input 7 J7B J7A
Input 8 J8B J8A
Input 9 J9B J9A
Input 10 J10B J10A
Output 2 No jumperOutput 1 J0
Open/Return 20mA/V dc
SCOM
37-pin "D"shellconnectorwith latchingfasteners
Cable to J3connector inI/O rack forVAIC board
JP1B JP1A
JP2B JP2A
JP4B JP4A
JP5B JP5A
JP8B JP8A
JP6B JP6A
JP7B JP7A
JP9B JP9A
JP10B JP10A
JP3B JP3A
JP0
Jumpers TB1Screw Connections
DTAI
20mA/1mA
Voltage input
4-20 ma
Return
+24 V dc
T
Two-wiretransmitter
wiring 4-20mA
J#B
J#A
20 ma
Open
Voltage input
4-20 ma
ReturnT
Three-wiretransmitter wiring
4-20 mA
Open
PCOM
J#B
J#A
20 ma
+24 V dc
Voltage input
4-20 ma
Return
+24 V dc
TPowerSupply
+ +
- -
Externally poweredtransmitter wiring
4-20 mA
J#B
J#A
20 ma
Open
Voltage input
4-20 ma
Signal Return
T
Four-wiretransmitter wiring
5 V dc
Open
J#A
20 ma
+24 V dc
VDC
VDC VDC
VDC
PCOM
Misc returnto PCOM
Max. commonmode voltage
is 7.0 V dc PCOM
J#B
DTAI Wiring, Cabling, and Jumper Positions
56 • VAIC Analog Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Operation
24 V dc power is available on DTAI for all the transducers and the inputs can be configured as current or voltage inputs using jumpers. One of the two analog output circuits is 4-20 mA, and the other can be jumper configured for 4-20 mA or 0-200 mA. DTAI has only one cable connection so it cannot be used for TMR applications as with TBAI.
<R> Module
Analog InputBoard VAIC
Controller
A/D
Application Software
JR1 J3/4
Connectorsat
bottom ofVME rack
DTAI Board
250ohm
Excitation
Open Return
1 ma
20 mA
J9A
J9B
+24 V dc
+/-1 mA
4-20 mA
Return
Current Limit
Noisesuppr-ession
250 ohms
Open Return
Vdc
20 ma
J1A
J1B
+24 V dc
2 circuits per terminalboard
8 circuits per terminalboard
5k ohms
200 mA
20 mA
JO
Return
Jump select on onecircuit only; #2Circuit is 4-20 mAonly
CurrentRegulator/
PowerSupply
D/A
P28V
PCOM
P28V
SCOM
Two output circuits
PCOM
PCOM
SCOM ID
Typical transmitter,Mark VI powered
Current Limit
Voltage input(+/-5,10 V dc)
4-20 mA
Return
T
1
3
2
4
4143
33
35
34
36
45
46
NS
NS
NS
Signal
DTAI Terminal Board and VAIC I/O Processor
The following table displays the analog I/O capacity of DTAI.
Quantity Analog Input Types Quantity Analog Output Types
8 ±10 V dc, or ±5 V dc, or 4-20 mA 1 0-20 mA or 0-200 mA
2 4-20 mA, or ±1 mA 1 0-20 mA
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAIC Analog Input/Output • 57
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of channels 12 channels (10 AI, 2 AO) Input span, transmitters 1 - 5 V dc from 4-20 mA current input Maximum lead resistance to transmitters
15 Ω maximum two-way cable resistance, cable length up to 300m (984 ft)
Outputs 24 V outputs provide 21 mA for each connection Maximum lead resistance 15 Ω maximum two-way cable resistance, cable length up to 300m (984 ft).
Output load 500 Ω for 4-20 mA output. 50 Ω for 200 mA output with VAICH1C Fault detection Monitor output current
Check ID chip on connector
Physical Temperature 0 to 60°C (32 to 140 °F) Size, with support plate 8.6 cm wide x 16.2 cm high (3.4 in x 6.37 in)
Diagnostics
Diagnostic tests are made on the terminal board as follows:
• The board provides the voltage drop across a series resistor to indicate the output current. The I/O processor creates a diagnostic alarm (fault) if any one of the two outputs goes unhealthy.
• Each cable connector on the terminal board has its own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O controller. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR, JS, JT connector location. When this chip is read by the I/O controller and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
The terminal board is configured by jumpers. For the location of these jumpers, refer to the installation diagram. The jumper choices are as follows:
• Jumpers J1A through J8A select either current input or voltage input. • Jumpers J1B through J8B select whether the return is connected to common or
is left open. • Jumpers J9A and J10A select either 1 mA or 20 mA input current. • Jumpers J9B and J10B select whether the return is connected to common or is
left open. • Jumper J0 sets output 1 to either 20 mA or 200 mA.
58 • VAIC Analog Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Notes
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAMA Acoustic Monitoring • 59
VAMA Acoustic Monitoring
Functional Description
The Acoustic Monitoring (VAMA) board monitors acoustic or pressure waves in the turbine combustion chamber. Inputs are wired to the DIN-rail mounted DDPT terminal board. DDPT supports the simplex mode only and connects to VAMA through the J3 connector on the VME rack where VAMA is located.
The VAMA/DDPT meets environment rating for hazardous gases of Class I, Division 2 and provides suppression at all points of signal entry or exit. Each cable has a unique ID chip. The VAMA provides two point calibration, based on a reference offset and gain signal.
Gas turbine combustion chambers can experience pressure oscillations that cause noise in the audible hearing range. The H1A version of the VAMA offers signal conditioning and software that allows the turbine control to monitor the pressure/acoustic waves by reading the conditioned signals from a dynamic pressure transducer. The VAMA provides two channels to read the pressure/acoustic wave signals from third party equipment from Vibro-Meter® or Bently-Nevada*. VAMA provides two dedicated signal conditioning paths to remove the dc component of the signal, modify the gain, and provide an eighth order or better low-pass filter for anti-aliasing.
Installation
To install the V-type board
1 Power down the VME processor rack.
2 Slide in the board and push the top and bottom levers in with your hands to seat its edge connectors.
3 Tighten the captive screws at the top and bottom of the front panel. These screws serve to hold the board firmly in place and enhance the board front ground integrity. The screws should not be used to actually seat the board.
Note Cable connections to the terminal board are made at the J3 connector on the lower portion of the VME rack, and the J5 connector on the front of the board. These are latching type connectors to secure the cables. Power up the VME rack and check the diagnostic lights at the top of the front panel. For details, refer to Diagnostics section in this document.
It may be necessary to update the VAMA firmware to the latest level. For instructions, refer to GEH-6403, Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Turbine Controller.
VAMA Acoustic Monitoring
60 • VAMA Acoustic Monitoring GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Operation
Pressure/Acoustic Wave Signal Conditioning
VAMA provides signal conditioning for two pressure/acoustic wave inputs and can supply either ±24 V dc to power the pressure sensing equipment. VAMA supports the following third party vendor equipment:
• Vibro-Meter Galvanic Separation Unit types GSI 1_ _ • Bently-Nevada 86517 with modifications 142533 or 159840 charge amplifier • Bently-Nevada dynamic pressure charge amplifier 350500
Note The Vibro-Meter GSI 1_ _ unit prevents problems due to voltage differences between the measuring point and signal processing (such as ground loops).
The Vibro-Meter setup conditions a pico-coulomb output from a dynamic pressure transducer (Vibro-Meter CP216 or CP231) through a charge amplifier (Vibro-Meter IPC 704) with a current output representing approximately 125 µA/psi. The GSI unit outputs an ac signal (approx. ±2 V peak) that represents the dynamic pressure (gain expressed in mV/psi ) riding on top of a dc bias voltage of approximately +7 V dc. The Vibro-Meter GSI unit requires a +24 V dc power supply. Normally, the power supply return for the GSI is grounded externally and the PCOM on the terminal board is not used. PCOM should only be used when the external return ground is not used.
The Bently-Nevada 86517 interface module converts the dynamic pressure transducer charge signal from pico-coulombs to milli-volts, which represents the pressure in psi. The interface module outputs ac signal (approx. ±1.2 V peak) riding on top of a negative dc bias voltage of approximately -10 V dc. The Bently-Nevada unit requires a -24 V dc power supply.
VAMA/DDPT Vendor Equipment Power Supply Specifications
Vendor Power Supply Nominal Voltage Nominal Current
Vibro-Meter Positive 24 V dc +24 V dc (±5%) 0.04 A (±0.02 A) Bently-Nevada Negative 24 V dc -24 V dc (±5%) 0.02 A (±0.01 A)
The pressure/acoustic signal is read differentially by connecting the DDPT inputs, Pressure Wave Channel A High (ASIG) and Pressure Wave Channel A Low (ARET). Voltage clamping and high frequency suppression is applied on the DDPT before the signal is routed to the VAMA through the 37-pin cable to the J3 connector on the VME rack. The jumpers, JP1A/B and JP2A/B, are used to add a bias corresponding to the dc bias provided by the third party interface unit to detect open circuit conditions.
Therefore, a +28 V dc bias is added for the Vibro-Meter connection and a -28 V dc bias is added for the Bently-Nevada system. The DDPT pressure wave outputs are ASIG/ARET for the output pair for channel A, and BSIG/BRET for the output pair for channel B.
Signal Conditioning for Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Input
Note The FFT signal conditioning provides open-wire detection circuitry and any dc bias monitoring circuitry, if needed. The output from channel A and channel B feeds into a high-speed multiplexed A/D section.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAMA Acoustic Monitoring • 61
VAMA provides differential inputs for both channel A and B pressure wave signals. The signal conditioning includes a high pass filter, gain adjustment, and a low pass filter with adjustable break frequencies. The high-pass filter is a single pole filter (6 dB/octave) with a break at 1.5 Hz. The gain block provides two gain options, 2.25 or 4.5 V/V. The low pass filter is an eight-pole (48 dB/octave) Butterworth filter with three selectable break frequencies, 600, 1000, and 3600 Hz. The gain options and the low-pass filter break frequency adjustments are selectable through software.
Signal Conditioning for the RMS Circuit
VAMA provides an RMS rectifier circuit for both channel A and channel B pressure waves. Each circuit includes a high pass filter, a low pass filter, and the RMS detector. The band-pass filters are 260 to 970 Hz , before the detector and the RMS detector. The input signal range is from 0 to 10 psi peak-to-peak, which is represented by an ac signal with the scaling of 0.1 V/psi. The rms detector output from channel A and channel B feeds into a multiplexed A/D section.
62 • VAMA Acoustic Monitoring GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
BNC Signal Conditioning
VAMA provides a buffered signal conditioning circuit for each BNC output on the DDPT terminal board. The BNC buffered circuit takes its input from the ac pressure wave input without the dc bias signal. The gain of the buffer is 1. The signal for the buffered BNC output ranges from 0 to 40 psi peak-to-peak, which is represented by an ac signal with the scaling of 0.1 V/psi.
S
DDPT
Channel A
CurrentLimiter
AP24V
JR1
S
ASIG
ARET
P28
CurrentLimiter
AN24V N28
Channel B
CurrentLimiter
BP24V
BSIG
BRET
P28
CurrentLimiter
BN24V
N28
ASIGARET
BSIGBRET
PCOM
N28P28
Serial EPROM
1
2
3
4
9
10
11
12
JP_A
JP_B
SCOM
P28 N28
P28 N28
1,1820
2,17,213637
3839
SIGCOMRBRD_IDR1
SCOM
Vibro-meter
GSI 1XX
+24V
Vout
0V
Bently-Nevada
86517 w Modxxxor 350500
Sig.N24 ComN24
Normally the Vibro-meter or B-N will have pwr supply return gndedexternally. If DDPT PCOM is used, make sure that ext. gnd is removed.
Normally the Vibro-meter or B-N will have pwrsupply return gnded externally. If DDPT PCOM isused, make sure that ext. gnd is removed.
19, 21, 37, 39, 41
20, 22, 38, 40, 42
ExternalGnd
ExternalGnd
Vibro-meter
GSI 1XX
+24V
Vout
0V
ExternalGnd
JR5
19
311
SCOM
1617
Serial EPROM
45SIGCOMR
CBLJ5_ID
815
BNCBSIGBNCBRET
BNCASIGBNCARET
613
BNC_A
BNC_B
Bently-Nevada
86517 w Modxxxor 350500
Sig.N24 ComN24
ATBJMPRPOSBTBJMPRPOS
153S
S
S
S
S
S S S
S S
PCOM
JP4NC
RET OPEN
PCOM
JP2NC
RET OPEN
V_M B_N
B_NV_M
31
30
27
26 BNCASIG
BNCARET
BNCBSIG
BNCBRET
DDPT Board Block Diagram
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAMA Acoustic Monitoring • 63
Sign
al S
pace
Con
figur
atio
n C
onst
ants
Con
figur
atio
n C
onst
ants
W
indo
win
g Fu
nctio
nS
D
efau
lt V
alue
for
e
Rej
ecte
dL
T
ype
Sid
e B
ins
1 R
ecta
ngul
ar3
2 H
amm
ing
33
Han
ning
34
Tria
ngul
ar3
5 B
lack
man
36
Bla
ckm
an-H
arris
37
Fla
t Top
4
PW1M
agFb
1ChA
PW2M
agFb
1ChA
PW3M
agFb
1ChA
PW1F
rqFb
1ChA
PW2F
rqFb
1ChA
PW3F
rqFb
1ChA
PW1M
agFb
2ChA
PW2M
agFb
2ChA
PW3M
agFb
2ChA
PW1F
rqFb
2ChA
PW2F
rqFb
2ChA
PW3F
rqFb
2ChA
PW1M
agFb
3ChA
PW2M
agFb
3ChA
PW3M
agFb
3ChA
PW1F
rqFb
3ChA
PW2F
rqFb
3ChA
PW3F
rqFb
3ChA
PW1M
agFb
1ChB
PW2M
agFb
1ChB
PW3M
agFb
1ChB
PW1F
rqFb
1ChB
PW2F
rqFb
1ChB
PW3F
rqFb
1ChB
PW1M
agFb
2ChB
PW2M
agFb
2ChB
PW3M
agFb
2ChB
PW1F
rqFb
2ChB
PW2F
rqFb
2ChB
PW3F
rqFb
2ChB
PW1M
agFb
3ChB
PW2M
agFb
3ChB
PW3M
agFb
3ChB
PW1F
rqFb
3ChB
PW2F
rqFb
3ChB
PW3F
rqFb
3ChB
Fmin
Frqb
and1
Fmax
Frqb
and1
Fmin
Frqb
and2
Fmax
Frqb
and2
Fmin
Frqb
and3
Fmax
Frqb
and3
SO
RT
by M
agni
tude
of S
pect
rum
defin
ed b
yFr
eq. B
and
(3 la
rges
t Pre
ssur
eW
ave
Mag
s. &
Fre
qsfo
r 3 r
ange
s)
Win
dow
Sele
ct
Win
dow
Sele
ct
D M A
FAST
A/D
FFTF
reqR
ange
VAM
AH
ardw
are
VAM
A F
irmw
are
for F
FTD
DPT
Har
dwar
e
P W F A H
D M A
Ope
n W
ire D
etec
tion
& In
put
DC
Bia
s M
onito
r fo
rPr
essu
re W
ave
Sign
als
Si
gnal
Con
d. fo
r FFT
Cal
c. o
f Inp
utG
pw =
1, 2
.25
or 4
.5F_
lp =
600
, 1k
or 3
.6k
hzS
lope
>=
-48
dB /
oct
F_h
p =
1.5
hz, 6
dB
/oct
.
F F T
Mag
nitu
de&
Freq
uenc
y
CA
LC.
for
each
FFT
Ele
men
t
S L O W A/ D
M U X
P28
N28
P28
N28
P W F A L P W F B HP W F B L
I Lim
A N 2 4 V
N 2 8
I Lim
P 2 8
B N 2 4 VA P 2 4 V B P 2 4 V
Bin
Rej
ect
Bin
Rej
ect
Fc T
able
Look
up
Fs T
able
Look
up
Fs T
able
Look
up
Fc T
able
Look
upFF
TFre
qRan
ge
F F T
Mag
nitu
de&
Freq
uenc
y
CA
LC.
for
each
FFT
Ele
men
t
Fs T
able
Look
upP
28N
28
P28
N28
Hig
hVal
ue
Fmin
Frqb
and1
Fmax
Frqb
and1
Fmin
Frqb
and2
Fmax
Frqb
and2
Fmin
Frqb
and3
Fmax
Frqb
and3
SO
RT
by M
agni
tude
of S
pect
rum
defin
ed b
yFr
eq. B
and
(3 la
rges
t Pre
ssur
eW
ave
Mag
s. &
Fre
qsfo
r 3 r
ange
s)
Hig
hInp
utLo
wVa
lue
Low
Inpu
t
mV
toEn
g.U
nits
Con
v.
Hig
hVal
ueH
ighI
nput
Low
Valu
eLo
wIn
put
W
indo
win
g Fu
nctio
nS
D
efau
lt V
alue
for
e
Rej
ecte
dL
T
ype
Sid
e B
ins
1 R
ecta
ngul
ar3
2 H
amm
ing
33
Han
ning
34
Tria
ngul
ar3
5 B
lack
man
36
Bla
ckm
an-H
arris
37
Fla
t Top
4
Inpu
t DC
Bia
s M
onito
r
+ O
pen
Wire
Det
ectio
n
- Ope
n W
ire D
etec
tion
- Ope
n W
ire D
etec
tion
+ O
pen
Wire
Det
ectio
n
Inpu
t DC
Bia
s M
onito
r
8192
Sam
ples
(Use
d by
FFT
Cal
c.)
8192
Sam
ples
(DM
Aup
datin
g)
8192
Sam
ples
(Use
d by
FFT
Cal
c.)
8192
Sam
ples
(DM
Aup
datin
g)
Tr
ue R
MS
Det
ecto
rG
rms
= 2.
25F_
hp =
260
hz,
36
dB/o
ctF_
lp =
970
hz,
-36
dB/o
ct
FAST
A/D
Fs T
able
Look
up
Sign
al C
ond.
for F
FTC
alc.
of I
nput
Gpw
= 1
, 2.2
5 or
4.5
F_lp
= 6
00, 1
k or
3.6
k hz
Slo
pe >
= -4
8 dB
/ oc
t F
_hp
= 1.
5 hz
, 6 d
B/o
ct.
mV
toEn
g.U
nits
Con
v.
ASI
GB
SIG
RM
S C
alc.
per
FFT
Out
put D
ata
PW_R
MSt
otC
hBPW
_RM
SFb1
ChB
PW_R
MSF
b2C
hBPW
_RM
SFb3
ChB
PW_R
MSt
otC
hAPW
_RM
SFb1
ChA
PW_R
MSF
b2C
hAPW
_RM
SFb3
ChA
PW_R
MSB
B_C
hA
PW_R
MSB
B_C
hB
m
V to
Eng.
Uni
ts
Con
v.
Hig
hVal
ue2
Hig
hInp
ut2
Low
Valu
e2Lo
wIn
put2
Con
figur
atio
n C
onst
ants
RM
S C
alc.
per
FFT
Inpu
t Dat
a
RM
S C
alc.
per
FFT
Out
put D
ata
RM
S C
alc.
per
FFT
Inpu
t Dat
a
Tr
ue R
MS
Det
ecto
rG
rms
= 2.
25F_
hp =
260
hz,
36
dB/o
ctF_
lp =
970
hz,
-36
dB/o
ct
From
Tru
e R
MS
Det
ecto
r
VAMA/DDPT Block Diagram
64 • VAMA Acoustic Monitoring GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Pressure/Acoustic Wave FFT Algorithms
The firmware performs a spectral analysis of the pressure wave to determine the spectral components with the largest magnitude and the frequency associated with each magnitude. The local sort function sorts the three largest magnitudes for a given frequency band. The FFT algorithm supports three frequency bands.
Note The magnitude and frequency information for each spectral component that meets the criteria of the sorts is stored in Signal Space for the VAMA memory space.
Discontinuities at the beginning and end of the 8192 collected data points of the pressure wave produce high frequency components that alias down into the spectrum of interest. Using a Windowing function on the data attenuates the high frequency components. The user can select from seven different windowing functions that affect spectral content of these high frequency components. An FFT is performed on the windowed data to determine the spectral component’s magnitude and the frequency associated with it. A Global Sort function ranks the spectral components from the largest in magnitude to the smallest. Then a Local Sort function selects the three largest magnitudes and their associated frequencies for a frequency band defined by the user.
The composite pressure wave signal that includes both the ac and dc offset component of the signal is read by the slow A/D on VAMA. Firmware monitors this signal to perform continuity and out of range checks. The pressure wave has a normal operating range of ±1 psi with the trip level set at 2 psi. The FFT magnitude is significantly attenuated when spectral content is off the bin center. Attenuation factor (approx. 0.6 to 0.9) is determined by the Windowing technique used.
Functions
Windowing Function
The Windowing function provides a way to reduce the false spectral components caused by the beginning and ending points of the 8192 data points collected. The discontinuities caused by the end point data produces high frequency components that alias down into the frequency spectrum of interest. Each windowing function affects the magnitude and spectral leakage. Seven windowing techniques are provided, as follows:
• Rectangular • Hamming • Hanning • Triangular • Blackman • Blackman-Harris • Flat Top
The configuration constant, WindowSelect, is the window select control for both channel A and channel B pressure waves. The configuration constant, BinReject, determines the number of side bins rejected from a spectral peak found in the FFT analysis. BinReject controls the number of side bins removed from the FFT analysis for both channel A and B. An FFT is performed on the windowed data to determine the spectral content of the pressure wave. The power is calculated for each FFT element and the magnitude and frequency are calculated from the power. The windowing type and the associated sideband rejection are shown in the following table.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAMA Acoustic Monitoring • 65
Windowing Selections and Parameters
Selection Function Rejected Sidebands (Default)
1 Rectangular 3 2 Hamming 3 3 Hanning 3 4 Triangular 3 5 Blackman 3 6 Blackman-Harris 3 7 Flat Top 4
Sort Function The Sort function tests for the three largest FFT element magnitudes in a user specified frequency band. The user can specify up to three frequency bands with three magnitudes and associated frequency for each stored in signal space.
The following table defines the user defined configuration constants, FminFrqbandx and FmaxFrqbandx, that are supported by the Sort function. The firmware provides separate scaling for channel A and B and defines the transfer function from two given points.
Signal Space Variables to Support Pressure Wave FFT Algorithm
Variable Description Units Min. Max.
PW1MagFb1ChA Pressure wave 1 magnitude in frequency band 1 of ChA EU -3.4e+38 -3.4e+38 PW2MagFb1ChA Pressure wave 2 magnitude in frequency band 1 of ChA EU -3.4e+38 -3.4e+38 PW3MagFb1ChA Pressure wave 3 magnitude in frequency band 1 of ChA EU -3.4e+38 -3.4e+38 PW1MagFb2ChA Pressure wave 1 magnitude in frequency band 2 of ChA EU -3.4e+38 -3.4e+38 PW2MagFb2ChA Pressure wave 2 magnitude in frequency band 2 of ChA EU -3.4e+38 -3.4e+38 PW3MagFb2ChA Pressure wave 3 magnitude in frequency band 2 of ChA EU -3.4e+38 -3.4e+38 PW1MagFb3ChA Pressure wave 1 magnitude in frequency band 3 of ChA EU -3.4e+38 -3.4e+38 PW2MagFb3ChA Pressure wave 2 magnitude in frequency band 3 of ChA EU -3.4e+38 -3.4e+38 PW3MagFb3ChA Pressure wave 3 magnitude in frequency band 3 of ChA EU -3.4e+38 -3.4e+38 PW1MagFb1ChB Pressure wave 1 magnitude in frequency band 1 of ChB EU -3.4e+38 -3.4e+38 PW2MagFb1ChB Pressure wave 2 magnitude in frequency band 1 of ChB EU -3.4e+38 -3.4e+38 PW3MagFb1ChB Pressure wave 3 magnitude in frequency band 1 of ChB EU -3.4e+38 -3.4e+38 PW1MagFb2ChB Pressure wave 1 magnitude in frequency band 2 of ChB EU -3.4e+38 -3.4e+38 PW2MagFb2ChB Pressure wave 2 magnitude in frequency band 2 of ChB EU -3.4e+38 -3.4e+38 PW3MagFb2ChB Pressure wave 3 magnitude in frequency band 2 of ChB EU -3.4e+38 -3.4e+38 PW1MagFb3ChB Pressure wave 1 magnitude in frequency band 3 of ChB EU -3.4e+38 -3.4e+38 PW2MagFb3ChB Pressure wave 2 magnitude in frequency band 3 of ChB EU -3.4e+38 -3.4e+38 PW3MagFb3ChB Pressure wave 3 magnitude in frequency band 3 of ChB EU -3.4e+38 -3.4e+38
Determination of Fc and Fs The following table is used to determine the filter break frequency for the eighth order Butterworth filter for each channel of the pressure wave signal conditioning (ac out). It is also used to derive the sample frequency for the fast A/D and the FFT algorithm sample frequency. The configuration constant used as the input to the lookup table is the constant FFTFrqRngChA for channel A and FFTFrqRngChB for channel B.
66 • VAMA Acoustic Monitoring GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Fc and Fs Determination
FFTFrqRngChA or FFTFrqRngChB
FFT Frequency Range of Interest (Hz)
Sample Frequency, Fs (Hz)
Bin Resolution (Hz)
Update Rate (seconds)
260_970HzBPF 260 – 970 12000 1.46 0.68 600Hz_LPF 1.5 – 600 12000 1.46 0.68 1000Hz_LPF 1.5 – 1000 12000 1.46 0.68 3600Hz_LPF 1.5 – 3600 12000 1.46 0.68 260/970HzDBP 260 – 970 12000 1.46 0.68
Display Format of the Data Through TelNet The following figure shows a portion of the TelNet display for pressure wave channels 1 and 2. The display shows the bin center frequency with the magnitude of the spectral content in peak voltage and psi.
TelNet Display Example of FFT Magnitudes over Frequency Range
VAMA Card's Power Spectrum Screen
Frequency Transducer 1 Transducer 2 MAGN (Vpk) MAGN (PSI) MAGN (Vpk) MAGN (PSI) 0.000 0.0001548 0.0015481 0.0119116 0.1191164 1.465 0.0001836 0.0018366 0.0106850 0.1068505 2.930 0.0000924 0.0009238 0.0037215 0.0372151 4.930 0.0000752 0.0007519 0.0025366 0.0253656 5.860 0.0000685 0.0006848 0.0021200 0.0212001 7.325 0.0000419 0.0004188 0.0013643 0.0136432 | | | | | v v v v v
The following figure shows the TelNet screen for transducer channels A and B. The display provides up to three frequency bands defined by configuration constants and outputs the three largest peaks in each frequency band.
TelNet Display Example of FFT Magnitudes over Frequency Range
Signal Space Input Transducer Channel
CH A CH B
MAG (PSI) FREQ (HZ) MAG (PSI) FREQ (HZ)
5 <= FREQ BAND1 <= 500Hz 1st Highest Peak 0.534 58.6 0.521 60.07 2nd Highest Peak 0.214 102.55 0.204 101.09 3rd Highest Peak 0.102 139.18 0.112 137.71 500 <= FREQ BAND2 <= 1000Hz 1st Highest Peak 0.211 586 0.227 586 2nd Highest Peak 0.142 732.5 0.135 733.97 3rd Highest Peak 0.087 879 0.079 879 1000 <= FREQ BAND1 <= 3000Hz 1st Highest Peak 0.334 1465 0.317 1465 2nd Highest Peak 0.134 1611.5 0.128 1612.96 3rd Highest Peak 0.076 2197.75 0.055 2199.22
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAMA Acoustic Monitoring • 67
RMS Peak-to-Peak Calculator The VAMA firmware includes an rms peak-to-peak calculator for both channel A and channel B signals from the true rms detector. The calculator multiplies the dc rms value read in by 2.828 to convert the A/D reading back to a peak-to-peak value.
Signal Space Variables to Support Pressure Wave FFT
Variable Description Units Min. Max.
PW_RMStotChA Channel A pressure wave – total rms value psi 0 3.54 PW_RMSFb1ChA Channel A pressure wave – rms value in frequency band 1 psi 0 3.54 PW_RMSFb2ChA Channel A pressure wave – rms value in frequency band 2 psi 0 3.54 PW_RMSFb3ChA Channel A pressure wave – rms value in frequency band 3 psi 0 3.54 PW_RMStotChB Channel B pressure wave – total rms value psi 0 3.54 PW_RMSFb1ChB Channel B pressure wave – rms value in frequency band 1 psi 0 3.54 PW_RMSFb2ChB Channel B pressure wave – rms value in frequency band 2 psi 0 3.54 PW_RMSFb3ChB Channel B pressure wave – rms value in frequency band 3 psi 0 3.54
Specification
Item Specification
Number of Transducers Two, either: Vibro-Meter Galvanic separation Unit types GSI 1_ _ Bentley-Nevada 86517, 142533, or 159840 charge amplifier Bentley-Nevada 350500 dynamic pressure charge amplifier
Transducer Power Supply Vibro-Meter: Positive 24 V dc, current of 0.04 A nominal Bentley-Nevada: Negative 24 V dc, current of 0.02 A nominal
Buffered signal outputs Two channels with ac component only, 0.1 V/psi, available at BNC outputs on DDPT Pressure wave magnitude range
Mag.min = -14 psi Mag.max = +14 psi
Pressure wave frequency range
Fmin = 1.5 Hz Fmax = 3600 Hz
Maximum FFT sampling frequency
F = 12000 Hz
FFT record length 8192 Windowing techniques supported (side-band rejection)
Rectangular (3) Hamming (3) Hanning (3) Triangular (3) Blackman (3) Blackman-Harris (3) Flat Top (4)
Format for magnitudes and associated frequencies.
Configurable frequency bands with three peaks per band
Display of full FFT spectrum results
Telnet display
68 • VAMA Acoustic Monitoring GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Diagnostics
Three LEDs at the top of the VAMA front panel provide status information. The normal RUN condition is a flashing green, FAIL is a solid red. The third LED is STATUS and is normally off but shows a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in the board.
VAMA runs continuous diagnostic tests on the signals and hardware. Variables checked include transducer open wire, DAC bias voltage, differential amplifier output voltage, FFT ac gain corrections, FFT LPF, gain and frequency settings, FFT and RMS frequency ranges, gain and frequency settings, and FFT A/D bit integrity (peak bin counts). If any of these go outside of configured limits, VAMA creates a fault. Refer to the Alarms section for a complete list of faults (diagnostic alarms).
Configuration
Like all I/O boards, VAMA is configured using the toolbox. This software usually runs on a data-highway connected CIMPLICITY® station or workstation. The following tables summarize the configuration choices and defaults. For details, refer to GEH-6403, Control System Toolbox for the Mark VI Turbine Controller.
Configuration Constant Name
Description
Units
Min.
Max.
High_Input2 Defines the X-axis value in millivolts for point 2 that is used in calculating the gain and offset for the conversion to engineering units for channel A for the rms circuit
mV -10000 10000
High_Value2 Defines the Y-axis value in engineering units for point 2 that is used in calculating the gain and offset for the conversion from millivolts to engineering units for rms circuit channel A
E.U. -3.4e+38 3.4e+38
Low_Input2 Defines the X-axis value in millivolts for point 1 that is used in calculating the gain and offset for the conversion to engineering units for rms circuit channel A
mV -10000 10000
Low_Value2 Defines the Y-axis value in engineering units for point 1 that is used in calculating the gain and offset for the conversion from millivolts to engineering units for rms circuit channel A
E.U. -3.4e+38 3.4e+38
Configuration Constants to Support Pressure Wave FFT Algorithm
Configuration Constant Name
Description
Units
Min.
Max.
BinReject Defines the number of side bins that will be rejected for the FFT results for both channel A and B. 0 = no bins rejected
None 0 5
FFTFreqRange FFT frequency range (3db points) for both channel A and B. The selections are: 260_970HzBPF (0.0) - 260 to 970 Hz analog band pass filter 600Hz_LPF (600.0) - 600 Hz analog Low Pass filter 1000Hz_LPF (1000.0) - 1000 Hz analog Low Pass filter 3600Hz_LPF (3600.0) - 3600 Hz analog Low Pass filter 260/970HzDBP (260) - 260 to 970 Hz Digital Band pass filter
None 600 Hz 3600 Hz
FminFrqband1 Minimum frequency for frequency band 1 in both channel A and B
Hz 0 3600
FmaxFrqband1 Maximum frequency for frequency band 1 in both channel A and B
Hz 0 3600
FminFrqband2 Minimum frequency for frequency band 2 in both channel A and B
Hz 0 3600
FmaxFrqband2 Maximum frequency for frequency band 2 in both channel A and B
Hz 0 3600
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAMA Acoustic Monitoring • 69
Configuration Constant Name
Description
Units
Min.
Max.
FminFrqband3 Minimum frequency for frequency band 3 in both channel A and B
Hz 0 3600
FmaxFrqband3 Maximum frequency for frequency band 3 in both channel A and B
Hz 0 3600
High_Input Defines the X-axis value in millivolts for point 2 that is used in calculating the gain and offset for the conversion to engineering units for channel A and B
mV -10000 10000
High_Value Defines the Y-axis value in engineering units for point 2 that is used in calculating the gain and offset for the conversion from millivolts to engineering units for channel A and B
E.U. -3.4 e+038 3.4 e+038
Low_Input Defines the X-axis value in millivolts for point 1 that is used in calculating the gain and offset for the conversion to engineering units for ch A and B
mV -10000 10000
Low_Value Defines the Y-axis value in engineering units for point 1 that is used in calculating the gain and offset for the conversion from millivolts to engineering units for channel A and B
E.U. -3.4 e+038 3.4 e+038
Min_mV_Input Minimum millivolts that defines the lower out of range point for the pressure wave input
mV -10000 10000
Max_mV_Input Maximum millivolts that defines the upper out of range point for the pressure wave input
mV -10000 10000
WindowSelect Selects the Windowing function to be used on the sampled data for both Channel A and B: 1 = Rectangular 4 = Triangular 7 = Flat Top 2 = Hamming 5 = Blackman 3 = Hanning 6 = Blackman-Harris
None 1 7
Alarms
Fault Description Possible Cause ASIG Open Wire Detection V dc Terminal board or cable problem ARET Open Wire Detection V dc Possible Cause Terminal board or cable problem
BSIG Open Wire Detection V dc Terminal board or cable problem BRET Open Wire Detection V dc Terminal board or cable problem Chan A DAC Bias V dc Board failure Chan B DAC Bias V dc Board failure
Chan A Diff Amp Out V dc Board failure Chan B Diff Amp Out V dc Board failure Chan A FFT Filtered Null Counts Board failure Chan B FFT Filtered Null Counts Board failure Chan A FFT Filtered Reference Counts Board failure Chan B FFT Filtered Reference Counts Board failure Chan A (Slow) Filtered RMS Null Counts Board failure Chan B (Slow) Filtered RMS Null Counts Board failure Chan A (Slow) Filtered RMS Reference Counts Board failure Chan B (Slow) Filtered RMS Reference Counts Board failure Chan A FFT Null Board failure Chan B FFT Null Counts Board failure Chan A FFT Reference Counts Board failure Chan B FFT Reference Counts Board failure Chan A (Slow) RMS Null Counts Board failure Chan B (Slow) RMS Null Counts Board failure
70 • VAMA Acoustic Monitoring GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Fault Description Possible Cause Chan A (Slow) RMS Reference Counts Board failure Chan B (Slow) RMS Reference Counts Board failure Ch A FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=600 Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=300 Board failure Ch B FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=600 Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=300 Board failure Ch A FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=1 kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600 Board failure Ch B FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=1 kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600 Board failure Ch A FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=3.6 kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=2160 Board failure Ch B FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=3.6 kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=2160 Board failure Ch A FFT AC Gain Corr 260_970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 Board failure Ch B FFT AC Gain Corr 260_970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 Board failure Slow Ch A RMS Gain Corr 270_970 Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=600 Board failure Slow Ch B RMS Gain Corr 270_970 Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=600 Board failure CHAN A FFT LPF=3.6 kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=0 Board failure CHAN B FFT LPF=3.6 kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=0 Board failure CHAN A FFT LPF=600 Hz Gain=1.0 Freq=300 Board failure CHAN B FFT LPF=600 Hz Gain=1.0 Freq=300 Board failure CHAN A FFT LPF=600 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=300 Board failure CHAN B FFT LPF=600 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=300 Board failure CHAN A FFT LPF=600 Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=300 Board failure CHAN B FFT LPF=600 Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=300 Board failure CHAN A FFT LPF=1 kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600 Board failure CHAN B FFT LPF=1 kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600 Board failure CHAN A FFT LPF=3.6 kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=2160 Board failure CHAN B FFT LPF=3.6 kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=2160 Board failure CHAN A FFT LPF=3.6 kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600 Board failure CHAN B FFT LPF=3.6 kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600 Board failure CHAN A FFT LPF=600 Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=706 –12db Board failure CHAN B FFT LPF=600 Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=706 –12db Board failure CHAN A FFT LPF=1 kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=1192 –12db Board failure CHAN B FFT LPF=1 kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=1192 –12db Board failure CHAN A FFT LPF=3.6 kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=3854 –6db Board failure CHAN B FFT LPF=3.6 kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=3854 –6db Board failure CHAN A FFT LPF=600 Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=5 –3db Board failure CHAN B FFT LPF=600 Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=5 –3db Board failure CHAN A FFT LPF=600 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 –3db Board failure CHAN B FFT LPF=600 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 –3db Board failure CHAN A FFT LPF=1 kHz Gain=2.25 Freq=1000 – 3db Board failure CHAN B FFT LPF=1 kHz Gain=2.25 Freq=1000 – 3db Board failure CHAN A FFT LPF=3.6 kHz Gain=2.25 Freq=3600 – 3db Board failure CHAN B FFT LPF=3.6 kHz Gain=2.25 Freq=3600 – 3db Board failure CHAN A FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=400 Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=400 Board failure CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=400 Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=400 Board failure CHAN A FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 Board failure CHAN B FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 Board failure
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAMA Acoustic Monitoring • 71
Fault Description Possible Cause CHAN A FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=235 –3db Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=235 –3db Board failure CHAN B FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=235 –3db Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=235 –3db Board failure CHAN A FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=220 –9db Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=220 –9db Board failure CHAN B FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=220 –9db Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=220 –9db Board failure CHAN A FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=205 –15db Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=205 –15db Board failure CHAN B FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=205 –15db Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=205 –15db Board failure CHAN A FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1065 –3db Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1065 –3db Board failure CHAN B FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1065 –3db Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1065 –3db Board failure CHAN A FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1150 –9db Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1150 –9db Board failure CHAN B FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1150 –9db Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1150 –9db Board failure CHAN A FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1235 –15db Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1235 –15db Board failure CHAN B FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1235 –15db Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1235 –15db Board failure CHAN A FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=130 <–36db Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=130 <–36db Board failure CHAN B FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=130 <–36db Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=130 <–36db Board failure CHAN A FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=250 Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=250 Board failure CHAN B FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=250 Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=250 Board failure CHAN A FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=260 Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=260 Board failure CHAN B FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=260 Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=260 Board failure CHAN A FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=270 Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=270 Board failure CHAN B FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=270 Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=270 Board failure CHAN A FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=930 Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=930 Board failure CHAN B FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=930 Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=930 Board failure CHAN A FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=950 Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=950 Board failure CHAN B FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=950 Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=950 Board failure
72 • VAMA Acoustic Monitoring GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Fault Description Possible Cause CHAN A FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=970 Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=970 Board failure CHAN B FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=970 Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=970 Board failure CHAN A FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=990 Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=990 Board failure CHAN B FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=990 Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=990 Board failure CHAN A FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1000 Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1000 Board failure CHAN B FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1000 Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1000 Board failure CHAN A FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1940 <–36db Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1940 <–36db Board failure CHAN B FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1940 <–36db Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1940 <–36db Board failure CHAN A FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 50% Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 50% Board failure CHAN B FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 50% Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 50% Board failure CHAN A FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 25% Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 25% Board failure CHAN B FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 25% Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 25% Board failure CHAN A FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 12.5% Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 12.5% Board failure CHAN B FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 12.5% Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 12.5% Board failure CHAN A FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=0 0% Board failure CHAN A RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=0 0% Board failure CHAN B FFT 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=0 0% Board failure CHAN B RMS 260-970 Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=0 0% Board failure Chan A Dac Bias V dc Set to 0.0V dc Board failure Chan B Dac Bias V dc Set to 0.0V dc Board failure Chan A Dac Bias V dc Set to 1.0V dc Board failure Chan B Dac Bias V dc Set to 1.0V dc Board failure Chan A Dac Bias V dc Set to –1.0V dc Board failure Chan B Dac Bias V dc Set to –1.0V dc Board failure FFT Chan A A/D Bit Integrity - Peak bin cnts 80-100Hz Board failure FFT Chan B A/D Bit Integrity - Peak bin cnts 80-100Hz Board failure
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAMA Acoustic Monitoring • 73
DDPT Simplex Dynamic Pressure Transducer Input
Functional Description
The Simplex Dynamic Pressure Transducer Input (DDPT) terminal board is a compact acoustic terminal board for DIN-rail mounting. The board accepts two pressure transducers for monitoring pressure waves in gas turbine combustion chambers, using either Vibro-Meter® or Bently Nevada* transducers. It connects to the VAMA with two cables, and is designed to meet Class 1, Division 2 environmental requirements for hazardous gases.
Note DDPT is only available in a simplex version.
Installation
Mount the plastic holder on the DIN-rail and slide the DDPT board into place. Connect the wires for the pressure transducers to the permanently mounted Euro-Block type terminal block, which has 42 terminals. Typically #18 AWG shielded twisted triplet wiring is used. Ten screws are provided for the SCOM (ground) connection.
74 • VAMA Acoustic Monitoring GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Connect cables from the DDPT JR1 connector to the VAMA J3 connector on the lower portion of the VME rack, and from DDPT JR5 connector to the J5 connector on the front panel of the VAMA. These are latching type connectors to secure the cables.
JR1
AP24ARET
135
11
79
1314 1517192123252729
2468
1012
1618202224262830
BP24VBRET
ASIGAN24V
BSIGBN24V
Screw Connections
DIN-rail mounting
SCOM
SCOM
Screw Connections
JR531333536
3234
37394142
3840
Euro-Block typeterminal block
37-pin "D" shellconnector withlatching fasteners
SCOM
BNCARET
BNCBRET
SCOMSCOMSCOMSCOM
SCOMSCOM
SCOM
BNCASIG
BNCBSIG
SCOM
TB1
BNC BBNC A
Plastic mountingholder
Buffered outputsfrom transducersA and B
Cable to J3 connector inI/O rack for VAMA board
or
Plug in PAMA I/O Pack
Cable to J5 connector onfront panel of VAMA board
V_M
B_N
JPB
RET
OPEN
JP4
V_M
B_N
JPA
RET
OPEN
JP2PCOM
PCOM
DDPT Terminal Board
DDPT Wiring and Cabling
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAMA Acoustic Monitoring • 75
Operation
VAMA supplies a ±24 V dc to the DDPT to power the pressure sensing equipment. VAMA/DDPT supports the following third party vendor equipment:
• Vibro-Meter Galvanic Separation Unit types GSI 1_ • Bently-Nevada 86517 with modifications 142533 or 159840 charge amplifier • Bently-Nevada dynamic pressure charge amplifier 350500.
Note The Vibro-Meter GSI 1_ _ unit prevents problems due to voltage differences between the measuring point and signal processing (such as ground loops).
The Vibro-Meter GSI setup conditions a pico-coulomb output from a dynamic pressure transducer (Vibro-Meter CP216 or CP231) through a charge amplifier (Vibro-Meter IPC 704) with a current output representing approximately 125 µA/psi. The GSI unit provides an output ac signal (approx. ±2 V peak) that represents the dynamic pressure (gain expressed in mV/psi ) riding on top of a dc bias voltage of approximately +7 V dc. The GSI unit requires a +24 V dc power supply. Normally, the power supply return for the GSI is grounded externally and the PCOM on the terminal board is not used. PCOM should only be used when the external return ground is not used.
The Bently-Nevada 86517 interface module converts the dynamic pressure transducer charge signal from pico-coulombs to milli-volts which represents the pressure in psi. The interface module outputs an ac signal (approx. ±1.2 V peak) riding on top of a negative dc bias voltage of approximately –10 V dc. The Bently-Nevada unit requires a -24 V dc power supply.
DDPT Vendor Equipment Power Supply Specifications
Vendor Power Supply Nominal Voltage Nominal Current
Vibro-Meter Positive 24 V dc +24 V dc (±5%) 0.04 A (±0.02 A) Bently-Nevada Negative 24 V dc -24 V dc (±5%) 0.02 A (±0.01 A)
The pressure/acoustic signal is read differentially by connecting Pressure Wave Channel A High (ASIG) and Pressure Wave Channel A Low (ARET) to the DDPT inputs. Voltage clamping and high frequency suppression is applied on the DDPT before the signal is routed to VAMA.
The jumpers, JPA and JPB, are used to add a bias corresponding to the dc bias provided by the third party interface unit to detect open circuit conditions. Therefore, a +28 V dc bias is added for the Vibro-Meter connection and a -28 V dc bias is added for the Bently-Nevada system. The DDPT board pressure wave outputs are ASIG/ARET for the output pair for channel A and BSIG/BRET for the output pair for channel B.
VAMA provides a buffered signal conditioning circuit for each BNC output on the DDPT terminal board. The BNC buffered circuit takes its input from the ac pressure wave input without the dc bias signal. The gain of the buffer is 1. The signal for the buffered BNC output ranges from 0 to 40 psi peak-to-peak, which is represented by an ac signal with the scaling of 0.1 V/psi.
76 • VAMA Acoustic Monitoring GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
S
DDPT
Channel A
CurrentLimiter
AP24V
JR1
S
ASIG
ARET
P28
CurrentLimiter
AN24V N28
Channel B
CurrentLimiter
BP24V
BSIG
BRET
P28
CurrentLimiter
BN24V
N28
ASIGARET
BSIGBRET
PCOM
N28P28
Serial EPROM
1
2
3
4
9
10
11
12
JP_A
JP_B
SCOM
P28 N28
P28 N28
1,1820
2,17,2136373839
SIGCOMRBRD_IDR1
SCOM
Vibro-meter
GSI 1XX
+24V
Vout
0V
Bently-Nevada
86517 w Modxxxor 350500
Sig.N24 ComN24
Normally the Vibro-meter or B-N will have pwr supply return gndedexternally. If DDPT PCOM is used, make sure that ext. gnd is removed.
Normally the Vibro-meter or B-N will have pwrsupply return gnded externally. If DDPT PCOM isused, make sure that ext. gnd is removed.
19, 21, 37, 39, 41
20, 22, 38, 40, 42
ExternalGnd
Vibro-meter
GSI 1XX
+24V
Vout
0V
JR5
19
311
SCOM
1617
Serial EPROM
45SIGCOMR
CBLJ5_ID
815
BNCBSIGBNCBRET
BNCASIGBNCARET
613
BNC_A
BNC_B
Bently-Nevada
86517 w Modxxxor 350500
Sig.N24 ComN24
ATBJMPRPOSBTBJMPRPOS 15
3S
S
S
S
S
S S SS S
PCOM
JP4NC
RET OPEN
PCOM
JP2NC
RET OPEN
V_M B_N
B_NV_M
31
302726 BNCASIG
BNCARETBNCBSIG
BNCBRET
ExternalGnd
ExternalGnd
DDPT Board Block Diagram
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAMA Acoustic Monitoring • 77
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of Transducers Two, either: Vibro-Meter Galvanic separation Unit types GSI 1_ _, or Bentley-Nevada 86517, 142533, or 159840 charge amplifier, or Bentley-Nevada 350500 dynamic pressure charge amplifier
Transducer Power Supply Vibro-Meter: Positive 24 V dc, current of 0.04 A nominal from I/O board Bentley-Nevada: Negative 24 V dc, current of 0.02 A nominal from I/O board
Buffered signal outputs Two channels with ac component only, 0.1 V/psi, available at BNC outputs Pressure wave magnitude range
Mag.min = -14 psi Mag.max = +14 psi
Pressure wave frequency range
Fmin = 1.5 Hz Fmax = 3600 Hz
Environment For use in Class 1, Division 2 environments (hazardous gases) Temperature Operating: -30 to 65ºC (-22 to 149 ºF) Technology Surface mount
Diagnostics
VAMA runs continuous diagnostic tests on the signals and hardware. Conditions such as open-wire on the transducers is checked. If any signals go outside of configured limits, VAMA creates a fault. The cable connectors on DDPT have their own ID device that is interrogated by VAMA. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, and revision number. If a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
Two jumpers set the bias voltage for the transducers, and two jumpers set the power return from the transducers:
• JPA and JPB apply either a +28 V bias or –28 V bias to the transducer signals. • JP2 and JP4 connect the transducer power return to PCOM or to Open.
Refer to the Installation and Operation sections for further details.
78 • VAMA Acoustic Monitoring GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Notes
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAMB Acoustic Monitoring Input • 79
VAMB Acoustic Monitoring
Functional Description
The Acoustic Monitoring (VAMB) board provides 18 channels of signal conditioning through two nine channel acoustic monitoring terminal boards IS200TAMB (TAMB) and one 18 channel I/O acoustic monitoring sub-assembly IS215VAMB (VAMB). The TAMB supports third party vendors such as, Bentley-Nevada®, Vibro-meter®, GE/Reuter-Stokes®, and others.
Isolator
12
34
56
78
91 0
1 11 2
1 31 4
1 51 6
1 71 8
Pressure
Sensor
1Pressur
eSensor
2Pressur
eSensor
18
Pressure
Sensor
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
JR1
JR5
Ckt. 1
Ckt. 2
Ckt. 3
Ckt. 4
Ckt. 5
Ckt. 6
Ckt. 7
Ckt. 8
Ckt. 9
JR2
JR2
JR2
JR2
JR2
GE
GEIndustrialCntrlSystems
VAMBH1A
JR2
JR2
JR2
JR2
JR2
JR2
JR2
ChargeAmplifier
Turb
ine
Com
bu
sto
r
Non-GE InstrumentationOption 2
GE Mark VI Terminal Board(s)and VME I/O Rack
Non-GE InstrumentationOption 1
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
JR1
JR5
Ckt. 1
Ckt. 2
Ckt. 3
Ckt. 4
Ckt. 5
Ckt. 6
Ckt. 7
Ckt. 8
Ckt. 9
Signal+ Signal-Shield
PwrRet
GalvanicSeparation
Cable(twisted
andshield)
Cable(twisted
andshield)
Low noisecable
ChargeConverterSignalAmplifier(CCSA)
Low noisecable
Return Signal+ Shield
IS200TAMBH1A
IS200TAMBH1A
Low noisecable
System Overview
VAMB Acoustic Monitoring Input
80 • VAMB Acoustic Monitoring Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
The selected product combination determines the system requirements as follows:
• 18 channels of signal conditioning for sensing dynamic pressure output from third party charge amplifiers
– Bentley-Nevada, Vibro-meter, PCB Piezotronics®, GE PS CCSA and GE/Reuter-Stokes vendors are supported
– Differential inputs and adjustable gains
– Fast synchronous-sampled analog/digital with 8x over-sampling capability to minimize analog filtering
– Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) pre-processor with Finite Impulse Response (FIR) filters
– Open wire detection
• Analysis capability per channel
– Proprietary functions
– RMS value for the ac input signal
– Alarm detection if peak amplitude exceeds configurable level
– List captures capability for all 18-channels if an alarm is detected
The acoustic monitoring function for the frame 6, 7, or 9 size gas turbines is supported by the VAMB and either one or two TAMB terminal boards. The TAMB receives an mV output from the CCSA or a third party charge amplifier. Power for the charge amplifier is supplied by the TAMB using a current limited +24V or -24V supply or from an external source. Other than electro-magnetic transient suppression, the differential input signal is routed directly to the VAMB through a cable with 18 twisted-pairs to the Versa Module Eurocard (VME) card front edge.
Gas Turbine Frame Size
No. of Combustors
No. of Flame Detectors
No. of VAMB I/O
No. of TAMB
Max. No. of channels supported
6FA 6 4 1 1 9 7EA 10 8 1 2 18 7FA, 7FB 14 4 1 2 18 9FA 18 4 1 2 18
Installation
Note A GE field service technician should install the VAMB. Technicians should refer to GII-100014, VAMB Acoustic Monitoring Module, for complete installation instructions.
The figure TAMB Acoustic Monitoring Terminal Board shows the functionality of one of the nine channels supported on the TAMB. Each channel provides current limited +24 V dc and +24 V dc power supply outputs. A constant current source is connected to the SIGx line for the PCB sensors. The input signal, CCSELx, is False when the signal is a logic-level low through an output on the VAMB. At power-up, the output must be False (logic-level low), leaving the constant current output deselected until the configuration parameters are loaded.
Each channel provides a hardware jumper, JPx, where x equals an even number, which selects a current input, I_IN, or a voltage input, V_IN. The current input provides a 250 W burden resistor for any 4-20 mA circuits connected to that channel.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAMB Acoustic Monitoring Input • 81
Each channel has a jumper, JPx, where x equals an odd number, which checks whether the return line, RETx, is tied to the terminal board’s power common, PCOM. If JPx= PCOM, then the RETx line is tied to PCOM. If JPx= OPEN, then the RETx line is not tied to PCOM.
A high impedance dc bias allows the VAMB to detect an open connection between the charge amplifier or sensor and the TAMB. The dc bias control provides three options:
• 28 V bias or ground applied to the signal line • SIGx and return line • RETx
These inputs are activated or the signal select is True if the Mark* VI I/O board outputs a logic-level low signal from the TTL output. The table shows the selections:
BIASxP BIASxN SIGx/RETx Biased to
True True Illegal combination. Bias circuit protects power supplies from shorting
True False +28 V bias selected False True -28 V bias selected False False No bias selected, but both SIGx and RETx are pulled to
ground to keep the unused input electrically quiet.
The sensor or charge amplifier signal output is connected to the terminal board point, SIGx, and the Kelvin or low-current return is connected to RETx. The terminal board provides signal suppression and EMI protection and passes the signal on to the VAMB through a 37-pin connector.
Each channel provides a buffered BNC output. The buffered signal is the input signal minus the dc bias.
82 • VAMB Acoustic Monitoring Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
TAMBChannel 1
P24V1
JA1
S
SIG1
RET1
N24V1 N28
SIG1RET1
PCOM
N28P28
Serial EPROM
2
3
5
4
SCOM
1,1820
2,17,2119,36
373839
DCOM
Brd_IDR1
SCOM
48
JB1
120
3839
Serial EPROM
1837DCOM
CBLJ5_ID
BNC_1
2
3
S
S
S
S
S
PCOM
J1B
NC
PCOM OPEN
P28CurrentLimiter
BIAS1P
TAMB provides the following I/O points:
Channel Signal TB JB1 BNC Diag. JA1Number Name Pt. Pt. Signal Signal Pt.------------- -------- ---- ----- --------- ------ --------- 1 PCOM 1
P24V1 2 BIAS1P 3SIG1 3 3 BNC_1 CCSEL1 26N24V1 4 BIAS1N 4RET1 5 22
2 PCOM 6 P24V2 7 SIG2 8 5 BNC_2 BIAS2P 5 N24V2 9 CCSEL2 27 RET2 10 24 BIAS2N 6 3 PCOM 11 P24V3 12 BIAS3P 7 SIG3 13 7 BNC_3 CCSEL3 28
N24V3 14 BIAS3N 8 RET3 15 26 4 PCOM 16 P24V4 17 BIAS4P 9 SIG4 18 9 BNC_4 CCSEL4 29 N24V4 19 BIAS4N 10 RET4 20 28 5 SIG5 21 11 BNC_5 CCSEL5 30 P24V5 22 BIAS5P 11 RET5 23 30 N24V5 24 BIAS5N 12 PCOM 25 6 P24V6 26 BIAS6P 13 SIG6 27 13 BNC_6 CCSEL6 31 N24V6 28 BIAS6N 14 RET6 29 32 PCOM 30 7 SIG7 31 15 BNC_7 CCSEL7 32 P24V7 32 BIAS7P 15 RET7 33 34 N24V7 34 BIAS7N 16 PCOM 35 8 P24V8 36 BIAS8P 22 SIG8 37 16 BNC_8 CCSEL8 33 N24V8 38 BIAS8N 23 RET8 39 35 PCOM 40 9 P24V9 41 BIAS9P 24 SIG9 42 17 BNC_9 CCSEL9 34 N24V9 43 BIAS9N 25
RET9 44 35 PCOM 45 DIAG 46 DIAGRET 47
Buffered
SCOM
CCSEL1 26
250ohms
Atten.
Atten.Tootherchnls
POVRVPNOVRVP 4
S1 PCOM
CurrentLimiter
P28Current
Reg. Diode
NC
J1AV_IN
I_IN
4BIAS1NBias Circuit
Bias1P Bias1N Sig1/Ret1 False False no bias,gnd False True -28V bias True False +28V bias True True N/A
SigComR 35
21,23PCOM
6
TAMB Acoustic Monitoring Terminal Board
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAMB Acoustic Monitoring Input • 83
Terminal Point Definitions
Signal Name Pin # Description of 48-pin Customer Terminal Points
PCOM 1 Power supply returns for either the P24 V or N24 V supply P24V1 2 +24 V output feed for input #1’s charge amplifier (used with Vibro-meter equipment) SIG1 3 Dynamic pressure differential voltage input #1 signal side N24V1 4 -24 V output feed for input #1’s charge amplifier (used with Bently-Nevada equipment). RET1 5 Dynamic pressure differential voltage input #1 return
PCOM 6 Power supply returns for either the P24 V or N24 V supply P24V2 7 +24 V output feed for input #2’s charge amplifier (used with Vibro-meter equipment) SIG2 8 Dynamic pressure differential voltage input #2 signal side. N24V2 9 -24 V output feed for input #2’s charge amplifier. (used with Bently-Nevada equipment) RET2 10 Dynamic pressure differential voltage input #2 return
PCOM 11 Power supply returns for either the P24 V or N24 V supply. P24V3 12 +24 V output feed for input #3’s charge amplifier (used with Vibro-meter equipment) SIG3 13 Dynamic pressure differential voltage input #3 signal side. N24V3 14 -24 V output feed for input #3’s charge amplifier. (used with Bently-Nevada equipment) RET3 15 Dynamic pressure differential voltage input #3 return
PCOM 16 Power supply returns for either the P24 V or N24 V supply P24V4 17 +24 V output feed for input #4’s charge amplifier (used with Vibro-meter equipment) SIG4 18 Dynamic pressure differential voltage input #4 signal side N24V4 19 -24 V output feed for input #4’s charge amplifier (used with Bently-Nevada equipment) RET4 20 Dynamic pressure differential voltage input #4 return
SIG5 21 Dynamic pressure differential voltage input #5 signal side P24V5 22 +24 V output feed for input #5’s charge amplifier (used with Vibro-meter equipment) RET5 23 Dynamic pressure differential voltage input #5 return N24V5 24 -24 V output feed for input #5’s charge amplifier. (used with Bently-Nevada equipment) PCOM 25 Power supply returns for either the P24 V or N24 V supply
P24V6 26 +24 V output feed for input #6’s charge amplifier (used with Vibro-meter equipment) SIG6 27 Dynamic pressure differential voltage input #6 signal side N24V6 28 -24 V output feed for input #6’s charge amplifier (used with Bently-Nevada equipment) RET6 29 Dynamic pressure differential voltage input #6 return PCOM 30 Power supply returns for either the P24 V or N24 V supply
SIG7 31 Dynamic pressure differential voltage input #7 signal side P24V7 32 +24 V output feed for input #7’s charge amplifier (used with Vibro-meter equipment) RET7 33 Dynamic pressure differential voltage input #7 return N24V7 34 -24 V output feed for input #7’s charge amplifier (used with Bently-Nevada equipment) PCOM 35 Power supply returns for either the P24 V or N24 V supply
P24V8 36 +24 V output feed for input #8’s charge amplifier (used with Vibro-meter equipment) SIG8 37 Dynamic pressure differential voltage input #8 signal side N24V8 38 -24 V output feed for input #8’s charge amplifier (used with Bently-Nevada equipment) RET8 39 Dynamic pressure differential voltage input #8 return PCOM 40 Power supply returns for either the P24 V or N24 V supply
P24V9 41 +24 V output feed for input #9’s charge amplifier (used with Vibro-meter equipment) SIG9 42 Dynamic Pressure differential voltage input #9 signal side N24V9 43 -24 V output feed for input #9’s charge amplifier (used with Bently-Nevada equipment) RET9 44 Dynamic pressure differential voltage input #9 return
84 • VAMB Acoustic Monitoring Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Signal Name Pin # Description of 48-pin Customer Terminal Points
PCOM 45 Power supply returns for either the P24 V or N24 V supply
DIAG 46 Diagnostic DAC output DIAGRET 47 Return for diagnostic DAC output SCOM 48 Shield ground
PCOM
Board Jumpers
Circuit Jumpers
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
SIG1
RET1
SIG2
RET2
PCOMSIG3
RET3
SIG4
RET4
SIG5
RET5
P24V1
N24V1
PCOM
P24V2
N24V2
P24V3
N24V3
PCOM
P24V4
N24V4
P24V5
N24V5
PCOMx
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
SIG6
RET6
SIG7
RET7
PCOM
SIG8
RET8
SIG9
RET9
PCOM
DIAGRET
P24V6
N24V6
PCOM
P24V7
N24V7
P24V8N24V8
PCOM
P24V9
N24V9
DIAG
SCOM
TB1
TB2Open / Pcom V_IN / I_IN
SIG1 JP1 JP2
SIG2 JP3 JP4
SIG3 JP5 JP6SIG4 JP7 JP8SIG5 JP9 JP10
SIG6 JP11 JP12
SIG7 JP13 JP14SIG8 JP15 JP16
SIG9 JP17 JP18
BNC1
BNC2
BNC3
BNC4
BNC5
BNC6
BNC7
BNC8
BNC9
JB1
JA1
Acoustic Monitor Terminal Board, TAMB (Simplex only)
ToVAMB
card frontin I/O rackR, S or T
ToI/O rack
R, S or Theaderslot forVAMB
Acoustic Monitor Terminal Board, TAMB
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAMB Acoustic Monitoring Input • 85
TAMB Jumper Settings
Vendor Vendor Model Vendor I/O Conn.
TAMB Terminal Point (x=1 to 9)
TAMB Jpn (n=even number) Position
TAMB Jpn (n=odd number) Position
NC P24Vx
OUT SIGx
COM RETx
VT N24Vx
Bently-Nevada
350500 3-wire method
NC PCOM
V_IN PCOM
NC P24Vx
OUT SIGx
COM RETx
VT N24Vx
Bently-Nevada
350500 4-wire method (better than 3-wire)
COM PCOM
V_IN Open
+24V P24Vx
VOUT SIGx
0V RETx
NC N24Vx
Vibro-meter IPC 620 or IPC 704 with GSI 122 or 130 3-wire method
NC PCOM
V_IN PCOM
+24V P24Vx
VOUT SIGx
0V RETx
NC N24Vx
Vibro-meter IPC 620 or IPC 704 with GSI 122 or 130 4-wire method
0V PCOM
V_IN Open
NC P24Vx
OUT+ SIGx
OUT- RETx
NC N24Vx
GE Power System’s Charge Converter Signal Amp (CCSA)
CCSA
NC PCOM
V_IN Open
NC P24Vx
Signal SIGx
Ground RETx
NC N24Vx
PCB Piezotronics
111A21, 102A05, 102M43, 102M158, 102M170, 102M174 NC PCOM
V_IN PCOM
+ conn. P24Vx
- conn. SIGx
NC RETx
NC N24Vx
GE / Reuter- Stokes
Flame Tracker RS–FS -9001 & -9002 -9004, -9005 & -9006
NC PCOM
I_IN PCOM
86 • VAMB Acoustic Monitoring Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Operation
The VAMB software features include:
• 18 channels of acoustic monitoring with – Synchronous sampling of all 18 channels of data – Configuration of TAMB terminal board controlling open circuit test
voltage and constant current mode – A/D gain and offset adjustment – Dc bias removal from dynamic pressure signal to maximize SNR – Proprietary firmware functions – RMS calculation of the sampled AC signal data.
Milli-volt to engineering unit's conversion of RMS value
• Configuration constants can be changed through Mark VI toolbox • 40 ms frame rate updates for signal space variables used by the application
software • Offline and online diagnostics to check the hardware
A/D Compensation
The A/D compensation function nulls any gain or offset error due to initial component variances. The firmware has an auto-calibration function built in for the A/Ds it controls. The auto-calibration function compares each of the 18 analog channels against a gold standard A/D channel. The gold standard A/D channel is calibrated using a standard high-precision voltage reference and the A/D common.
Note Refer to the figure, Channel x Acoustic Monitoring Block Diagram, where x equals 1-18.
Input Units to Engineering Value Conversion
The Acoustic Monitoring function provides a conversion from the hardware input units to the engineering units needed for the system calculation. For the mV to psi conversion, the range is 20 to 600 mV per psi. The firmware will be given four configuration parameters per channel to define the equation for the transfer function.
Value (engineering units in counts) = GUnitConversion * Input (milli-volts in counts) + Offset
where
GUnitConversion = (High_Value – Low_Value) / (High_Input – Low_Input)
Offset = High_Value - GUnitConversion * High_Input
where High_Value, Low_Value, High_Input + Low Input are the configuration parameters.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAMB Acoustic Monitoring Input • 87
A/D Gain Adjust
The configuration parameter, Gain defined for each channel controls the channel gain in the hardware. This allows for the amplification of low level signals to provide better resolution in the analog to digital conversion hardware. The gain options are 1, 2, 4 and 8. The channel control writes the gain set up to the FPGA VSPA input amplifier 4x and 2x gain control registers. The signal level calculated by the VAMB firmware will not change with a change in the Gain parameter because the signal is divided by the Gain factor in the firmware to result in a net gain of 1 for the signal regardless of the gain factor used. The maximum expected signal level should not exceed 10 V (saturation) after the gain is applied as indicated in the following table.
Rules for selecting proper value for Gain
Gainx
Maximum magnitude of input signal after dc bias is removed (volts)
1 10 2 5 4 2.5 8 1.25
Rms Calculation and Rolling Average
The root-mean-square (rms) calculation performs an rms calculation on the ac acoustic information sampled for a given scan. The rms is defined as follows:
rms_Chx = SQRT ( (AC_Input(0)**2 + AC_Input(1)**2 + … + AC_Input(Buffer_Length)**2) / Buffer_Length)
Where x is the channel number.
The rolling average provides a smoothing function to reduce the vibration in the signal.
88 • VAMB Acoustic Monitoring Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Ch.
x
Aco
ustic
Mon
itorin
g F
unct
ion
I/O C
ard
Con
figur
atio
n C
onst
ants
(com
mon
to a
ll ch
anne
ls)
Sign
al S
pace
SIG
xB
uffe
r
Buf
fer
I/O C
ard
Con
figur
atio
n C
onst
ants
(per
cha
nnel
)
Con
trol
Con
stan
ts (p
er c
hann
el)
RM
SC
alcu
latio
n
Sam
ple_
Rat
e
Low
_Inp
ut, H
igh_
Inpu
tLo
w_V
alue
, Hig
h_Va
lue
Inpu
tUse
From
FPG
A v
iaD
MA
cnt
rlA
/DC
omp
Inpu
t Uni
ts to
Eng
. Val
ue C
onv.
Bia
sLev
elA
DG
ain
AD
Offs
etC
CSe
l
Bia
s1P
& B
ias1
N to
Pre
-Pro
cess
ing
FPG
ATA
MB
Ter
min
al B
oard
Con
trol
DC
Bia
s Se
lect
Cha
rge
Am
p PS
Con
stan
t Cur
rent
Sel
ect
CC
Sel1
to P
re-P
roce
ssin
g FP
GA
Slow
A/D
Sam
ple
Gro
up G
ain
Adj
ust
AI1
x2, A
I1x4
to P
re-P
roce
ssin
g FP
GA
Ant
i-alia
sing
Dig
. Filt
erSu
ppor
t
ToFP
GA
Gai
nR
egis
ters
Rol
ling
Ave
rage
Scan
PrA
vgR
MS
DC
Bia
sC
omp
ToFP
GA
Gai
n
Channel x Acoustic Monitoring Block Diagram
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAMB Acoustic Monitoring Input • 89
Specifications Signal Input Accuracy
Requirement Limits
RMS Calculation Accuracy for Gain = 1, 2, 4 or 8 volts / volt
±2.0% full scale
Peak-to-Peak FFT Calculation Accuracy for Gains = 1, 2, 4 or 8 volts / volt
±0.5% full scale from 0 to 1600 Hz ±1.5% full scale from 1601 to 3200 Hz
Power Supply
Requirement Limits
Number of P24 dual-mode outputs (one current-limit output, P24 Vx and one constant current output tied to SIGx selectable through CCSELx)
9 (one per channel)
P24 V (current-limit mode selected) +22.8 to +25.2 V dc P24 nominal current (current-limit mode selected) (due to standing current of IPC 704 on GSI 122/130)
44 mA ±10%
P24 minimum/maximum peak current range (current-limit mode selected) (due to ±5 mA ac signal component plus some over range riding on top of standing current of IPC 704 connected to GSI 122/130 from Vibro-meter)
20 – 60 mA
P24 V (constant current mode selected with supply tied to SIGx) +20 to +30 V dc P24 nominal current (constant current mode selected) 3.5 mA ±10% Constant current input type TTL Constant current selection logic level for TRUE state. (TAMB ckt. provides a pull-up for the input.)
High
Number of N24 current-limited outputs 9 (one per channel) N24 V -18.85 to -26 V dc N24 nominal current 20 mA N24 maximum load current 30 mA
Jumper Selections
Requirement Limits
Number of JPx (even) 3-pin jumpers with one side tied to the signal line, SIGx and the opposite side left open with the center pin tied to the 250 W burden resistor.
9 (one per channel)
Silk screen label for connection from signal line, SIGx to the 250 W burden resistor. I_IN
Silk screen label for connection from the 250 Ω burden resistor to no-connect pin (open). V_IN Number of JPx (odd)3-pin jumpers with one side tied to the return signal, RETx , and the opposite side left open with the center pin tied to PCOM.
9 (one per channel)
Silk screen label for connection from signal return, RETx to PCOM PCOM Silk screen label for connection from PCOM to no connect pin. OPEN
90 • VAMB Acoustic Monitoring Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Bias Control
Requirement Limits
Number of TAMB channels with bias control. 9 (one per channel)
Control input signal type TTL Bias control input true state Logic high Dc error to dynamic signal channel produced by the bias control.
< 0.5 %
Constant Current Select for P24
Requirement Limits
Number of constant current control inputs 9 (one per channel) Control input signal type TTL
Buffered BNC Outputs
Requirement Limits
Number of buffered BNC outputs 9 (one per channel) Dc gain (Dc bias is removed from signal) 1 ±0.5 % Allowable offset 30 mV ±10% Output impedance 40 Ω ±50% J6 connector type for QC 25-pin D shell
Diagnostics
Three LEDs at the top of the VAMB front panel provide status information. The normal RUN condition is a flashing green, and FAIL is a solid red. The third LED is normally off but displays a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm exists in the board.
Each input has system limit checking based on two configurable levels. These limits can be configured for enable/disable, >= or <=, and as latching/nonlatching. RESET_SYS resets the out of limits. If this limit is exceeded a system limit logic signal is set.
Each input has sensor limit checking, open circuit detection, and dc bias autonulling and excessive dc bias detection. Alarms will be generated for these diagnostics. Refer to I/O Board Alarms and Point Configuration. RESET_SYS resets these alarms.
The TAMB terminal board has its own ID device, which is interrogated by the I/O board. The board is coded into a read-only chip containing the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR, JS, JT connector location. This ID is checked as part of the power-up diagnostics.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAMB Acoustic Monitoring Input • 91
Configuration
Note The following information is extracted from the ToolboxST application and represents a sample of the configuration information for this board. Refer to the actual configuration file within the ToolboxST application for specific information.
Module Parameter Description Choices
BinReject Defines the number of side bins that will be rejected when the search function is applied to the FFT results for channels 1 through 18. 0 = no bins rejected
0 to 6
Config_Mode Defines the source of the currently active configuration. The Toolbox allows only mode Toolbox as a selection. The remote gateway configurator forces mode to tuning configurator without user control.
Toolbox only
FFT_Length Defines the number of samples that will be used in the FFT calculation. Selections are: 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16382, and 32768..
1024 to 32768
FFT_TF_SelA Boolean that selects the internal test file as the input to all the acoustic monitoring channels instead of the actual analog input signals.
HW_Input to File
EventLstSel Defines the sample site for the event capture list. Disable: list not used FFT_Out; fft output scaled in volts TC_Out: fft output after transducer compensation PSI_Out: fft outputs scaled in PSI Avg_Out: PSI_Out after averaging filter
Disable to Avg_Out
HiB_Limit Defines the limit level for the maximum peak-peak amplitude signal in the high frequency band.
0 to 50 Psi
HiScrchBrkPt Defines the frequency boundary between the high and screech frequency bands.
0 to 3200 Hz
LoLoB_Limit Defines the limit level for the maximum amplitude signal in the low-low frequency band.
0 to 50 Psi
LowB_Limit Defines the limit level for the maximum amplitude signal in the low frequency band.
0 to 50 Psi
LowLow_EndPt Defines the ending frequency of the low-low frequency band. 0 to 3200 Hz LowLowStrtPt Defines the starting frequency of the low-low frequency band. 0 to 3200 Hz LowMid_BrkPt Defines the frequency boundary between the low and mid frequency
bands. 0 to 3200 Hz
Low_StrtPt Defines the starting frequency of the low band. 0 to 3200 Hz MidB_Limit Defines the limit level for the maximum amplitude signal
in the mid frequency band 0 to 50 Psi
MidHi_BrkPt Defines the frequency boundary between the mid and high frequency bands.
0 to 3200 Hz
NumEventScns Defines the number of scans an event buffer will contain. *note if the sample location is set to Raw_Input the maximum scan allowed is 1.
1 to 32 Scans
OpLstSel Defines the sample site for the spectrum on demand capture or diagnostic list. Selections are: Disable: list not used Raw_Input: input time domain data FFT_Out; fft output scaled in volts TC_Out: fft output after transducer compensation PSI_Out: fft outputs scaled in PSI Avg_Out: PSI_Out after averaging filter
Disable to Avg_Out Bool
92 • VAMB Acoustic Monitoring Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Module Parameter Description Choices
PL_Fil_Freq Defines the power line frequency that the notch filter will remove from the spectral content of the FFT output. Selections are 50 or 60 Hz.
50_Hz to 60_Hz
PL_Fil_Tol Tolerance for power line filter signature calculated vs theoretical. Ten percent tolerance is 0.1.
0 to 1.0
PL_Fil_Width Defines the bandwidth of the power line notch filter. The bandwidth will be ± value entered centered about the configured power line frequency.
0 to 100 Hz
SampleRate Sample rate defines the FFT sample rate for all the acoustic monitoring channels 1–18. Selections are: 12,887 Hz only.
12,877 Hz only
ScanPrAvgFFT Number of scans per average in the acoustic monitoring filtered FFT output. Selections are: integers 1–32
1 to32 scans
ScanPrAvgRMS Number of scans per average in the RMS calculation. Selections are: integers 1–32
1 to32 scans
SearchInAvg(1) SearchInAvg(6)
Selects whether the sort function for the pk-pk amplitudes uses the present scan only or uses an averaged value
No average, Average
Session_Time Scheduled time for temporary configuration mode. This time is forced to zero in the Toolbox. This value shall be set to the user-selected time in the temporary gateway remote configurator.
0 to 480 minutes
ScrchB_Limit Defines the limit level for the maximum amplitude signal in the screech frequency band.
0 to 50 Psi
Scrch_EndPt Defines the ending frequency of the screech frequency band. 0 to 3200 Hz SysLimitDis Enable all system limit checking. Disable, Enable T_FilWidth Width (±Hz) of the filter that excludes the transverse frequency fft
coefficients and all fft coefficients designated by this filter from the screech band search.
0 to 100 Hz
TMC_Gain(1) – TMC_Gain(30)
Transducer mounting compensation gain values for 30 points to characterize the gain response.
0 to 10
TMC_Freq(1) – TMC_Freq(30)
Frequency corresponding to the gain value entered. Each of the 30 gain points has a corresponding frequency value.
0 to 3200 Hz
TrnsB_Limit Defines the limit level for the maximum amplitude signal in the transverse frequency band.
0 to 50 Psi
Trns_Bnd_Enb Enable calculations associated with the transverse band and excludes its FFT coefficients from the screech band.
Disable, Enable
Trns_EndPt Defines the ending frequency of the transverse frequency band. 0 to 3200 Hz Trns_StrtPt Defines the starting frequency of the transverse frequency band. 0 to 3200 Hz
WindowSelect Selects the windowing function to be used on the sampled data for both Channel A and B. Rectangular Hamming Hanning Triangular Blackman Blackman-Har(ris) Flat Top
Rectangular to Flat Top
ZoomCanSel Selects one of the 18 acoustic monitoring cans to zoom in on. Selections are: None Can_1 through Can_18
0 to 18
ZoomFFTLngth Defines the Zoom FFT Length of the input buffer. 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16384, 32768
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAMB Acoustic Monitoring Input • 93
Module Parameter Description Choices
ZmEvntLstSel Defines the sample site for the zoom event capture list. Selections are: Disable, FFT_Out, TC_Out, PSI_OUT, and Avg_Out
Disable to Avg_Out
ZmOpLstSel Defines the sample site for the zoom operator capture list. Selections are: Disable: list not used Raw_Input: input time domain data FFT_Out; fft output scaled in volts TC_Out: fft output after transducer compensation PSI_Out: fft outputs scaled in PSI Avg_Out: PSI_Out after averaging filter
Disable to Avg_Out
Terminal Point Configuration
Module Parameter Sig1
Description First of 9 analog inputs - board point
Choices Point volts RMS
Gain Analog Input resolution adjustment used to amplify signal before digital conversion. Gain factor * (maximum signal peak voltage) must be less than 10 volts to prevent saturation. Selections: 1, 2, 4, and 8
1,2,4, 8 Volts / Volt
BiasLevel BiasLevel is a dc bias voltage subtracted from the analog signal inputted for the dc bias compensation and used by the TAMB dc bias select. Only used when InputUse is either custom or file.
-11.6 to + 11.6 V dc
Can_Id Combustor can be wired to this terminal board signal. This normally corresponds to the signal number to avoid confusion; wire terminal board signal 1 to can 1.
1 to 18
CCSel If constant current select is equal to 1 then the P24 voltage supply is configured as a constant current supply providing a 4 mA output. Only used when InputUse is set to custom.
False, True .
High_Input Defines point 2 x-axis value in milli-volts for TAMB terminal point that is used in calculating the gain and offset for the conversion to engineering units.
0 to 9998.8 mV
High_Value Defines point 2 Y-axis value in engineering units for TAMB terminal point that is used in calculating the gain and offset for the conversion from milli-volts to engineering units.
0 to 99999 PSI
InputUse Selects the sensor type used on the signal. Selections are: Unused, Bently-Nevada, Vibro-meter, Vibro-mA(current), 4 CCSA, PCB, GE/RS (Reuter Stokes), Custom,– File(test data stored in VAMB)
Unused To File
Low_Input Defines point 1 x-axis value in milli-volts for TAMB terminal point that is used in calculating the gain and offset for the conversion to engineering units.
0 to 9998.8 mV
Low_Value Defines point 1 Y-axis value in engineering units for TAMB terminal point that is used in calculating the gain and offset for the conversion from milli-volts to engineering units.
0 to 99999 PSI
PL_Fil_En Enables the power line notch filter. Disable, Enable DiagHighEnab Enables high input sensor limit diagnostics. Disable, Enable DiagLowEnab Enables low input sensor limit diagnostics. Disable, Enable OcBiasEnab Enables bias for open circuits. Disable, Enable BiasNullEnab Enables automatic dc bias nulling. Disable, Enable DiagOCChk Enables open sensor error diagnostic test. Disable, Enable DiagBiasNull Enables excessive dc bias diagnostic test. Disable, Enable DiagSigSat Enables signal saturation diagnostic test. Disable, Enable SysLim1Enabl Enables system limit 1 fault check. Disable, Enable SysLim1Latch Selects whether a fault is latching. NotLatch, Latch SysLim1Type Selects how the test values are compared. <=, >= SysLimit1 Value to use for system limit comparison. -1000 to 1000 Psi
94 • VAMB Acoustic Monitoring Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Module Parameter Sig1
Description First of 9 analog inputs - board point
Choices Point volts RMS
SysLim2Enabl Enables system limit 2 fault check. Disable, Enable SysLim2Latch Selects whether a fault is latching. Not Latch, Latch SysLim2Type Selects how the test values are compared. <=, >= SysLimit2 Value to use for system limit comparison. -1000 to 1000 Psi
VAMB Board Points
Board Points (Signals) Description – Point Edit(Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type
L3DIAG_VAMB1 Board Diagnostic Input BIT L3DIAG_VAMB2 Board Diagnostic Input BIT L3DIAG_VAMB3 Board Diagnostic Input BIT Can1_Health Combustor can 1 signal health Input BIT : : Can18_Health Combustor can 18 signal health Input BIT Sig1_SysLim1 Terminal board signal 1 outside of system limits 1 Input BIT : : Sig18_SyslLim1 Terminal board signal 18 outside of system limits 1 Input BIT Sig1_SysLim2 Terminal board signal 1 outside of system limits 2 Input BIT : : Sig18_SyslLim2 Terminal board signal 18 outside of system limits 2 Input BIT Test_Config Card is temporarily remotely configured Input BIT Test_Mode Signals are from internal test sources, not from terminal board Input BIT TripCapList A capture list triggered by TripCapReq is available Input BIT UserCapList A capture list manually requested by a user is available Input BIT VambBool_1 General Electric Proprietary Information Input BIT : : VambBool_6 General Electric Proprietary Information Input BIT VambPt_0 General Electric Proprietary Information Input INTEGER : : VambPt_263 General Electric Proprietary Information Input INTEGER Num_Of_Scans Scan (block of FFT data) number of this data (1-32) Input INTEGER Num_Avg_Scns Number of scans (block of FFT data) averaged (1-32) Input INTEGER Session_Tmr Time remaining for remote tuning session Input INTEGER Trip_Cap_Req Request for trip capture buffer collection Input BIT
Alarms I/O Board Diagnostic Alarms
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
2 Flash Memory CRC Failure Board firmware programming error (board will not go online) 3 CRC Failure Override is Active Board firmware programming error (board will not go online) 16 System Limit Checking is Disabled System limit checking was disabled by configuration 18 Incorrect J3 Terminal Board ID Cable to J3 connector not properly connected to a TAMB terminal
board or terminal board defective. 19 Incorrect J4 Terminal Board ID Cable to J4 connector not properly connected to a TAMB terminal
board or terminal board defective. 20 Incorrect J6 Terminal Board ID Cable to J6 connector not properly connected to a TAMB terminal
board or terminal board defective.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAMB Acoustic Monitoring Input • 95
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
21 Incorrect J7 Terminal Board ID Cable to J7 connector not properly connected to a TAMB terminal board or terminal board defective.
30 ConfigCompatCode Mismatch;Firmware:#.Tre:#.
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
31 IOCompatCode Mismatch;Firmware:# Tre:#
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
38 Flashdisk error: Unable to revert to flash configuration after remote access
Permanent configuration data on card is corrupted. Download firmware to card or replace card.
39 JA1-JB1 TB IDs do no match: Check for cross-cabling
Terminal board cables are not properly connected. Check for cross-cabling.
40 VAMB A/Ds not calibrated, Run Self Test
Contact factory for instructions to run self test.
41-58 Sig x: Open Ckt Test Failed. Check Wires and Sensor.
Open circuit detected for terminal board signal Sig x, where x is the identified point. Check wiring and sensor.
61-78 Sig x: Bias Nulling Error. Check InputUse Config.
Dc bias designated for sensor type is outside of range detected for sensor. Check sensor type in configuration parameter InputUse, or check dc bias voltage on signal.
81-98 Sig x: Input Signal Saturated Check Gain Config
Peak input voltage is saturating input. Decrease configuration parameter Gain for designated signal, or check for sensor problem.
101- 118 Sig x: Sensor Limit Exceeded Peak input voltage exceeds limit for selected sensor type. Check sensor type in configuration parameter InputUse, or check for sensor problem.
96 • VAMB Acoustic Monitoring Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Notes
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAOC Analog Output • 97
VAOC Analog Output
Functional Description The Analog Output (VAOC) board controls 16 analog, 20 mA outputs. Outputs are wired to analog output terminal board(s) (TBAO or DTAO). Cables with molded plugs connect the terminal board to the VME rack where the VAOC processor board is located. VAOC receives digital values from the controller over the VME backplane from the VCMI, converts these to analog output currents, and sends them to the terminal board. The actual output current is measured on the terminal board and fed back to VAOC where it is controlled.
In triple modular redundant (TMR) applications, control signals are fanned to the same terminal board from three VME board racks R, S, and T, as shown in the following figure. Six cables are required to support all 16 outputs. Each final current output is the median selection of the three currents in the three VAOCs. This median select circuit is in each VAOC.
VME bus to VCMI
J3
J4
VAOC Board
VME Rack R
TBAO Terminal Board
Cables to VMERack S
Cables to VMERack T
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VAOC
JS2
JR2
JT2
JS1
JR1
JT1
VAOC Board, TBAO Terminal Board, and Cabling
VAOC Analog Output
98 • VAOC Analog Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Compatibility
There are two generations of the VAOC board with corresponding terminal boards. The original VAOC includes all versions prior to and including VAOCH1B. When driving 20 mA outputs, these boards support up to a 500 Ω load resistance at the end of 1000 ft (304.8 m) of #18 wire. This generation requires terminal board TBAOH1B or earlier for proper operation, or any revision of DTAI.
The newest VAOC board, VAOCH1C, and any subsequent releases, support higher load resistance on the first eight output circuits. For 20 mA outputs, a drive voltage up to 18 V is available at the terminal board screw terminals. This permits operation with a 800 Ω load resistance with 1000 ft (304.8 m) of #18 wire with margin. The second set of eight output circuits retains the 500 Ω rating of the original VAOC. VAOCH1C requires TBAOH1C or later.
Installation
To install the V-type board
1 Power down the VME I/O processor rack
2 Slide in the board and push the top and bottom levers in with your hands to seat its edge connectors
3 Tighten the captive screws at the top and bottom of the front panel
4 Power up the VME rack and check the diagnostic lights at the top of the front panel
Note Cable connections to the terminal boards are made at the J3 and J4 connectors on the lower portion of the VME rack. These are latching type connectors to secure the cables.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAOC Analog Output • 99
Operation
VAOC supports 16 analog 0-20 mA outputs. The VAOC contains the D/A converter and driver that generates the controlled currents, as shown in the following figure. The output current is measured by the voltage drop across a resistor on the terminal board. Terminal board outputs have noise suppression circuitry to protect against surge and high frequency noise. The following figure shows VAOC circuitry in a simplex arrangement.
D/A JR2J4
50 ohms
D/A JR1
Maximum load4-20 mA, 500
ohmsJ3
TBAO Terminal BoardNoisesuppr-ession
Signal
Return
<R> Module
50 ohms
01
02 Circuit #1
Signal
Return
0304 Circuit #2
Signal
Return
0506 Circuit #3
Signal
Return
0708 Circuit #4
Signal
Return
0910 Circuit #5
Signal
Return
1112 Circuit #6
Signal
Return
1314 Circuit #7
Signal
Return
1516 Circuit #8
Signal
Return
1718 Circuit #9
Signal
Return
1920 Circuit #10
Signal
Return
2122 Circuit #11
Signal
Return
2324 Circuit #12
Signal
Return
2526 Circuit #13
Signal
Return
2728 Circuit #14
Signal
Return
2930 Circuit #15
Signal
Return
3132 Circuit #16
Analog Output Board VAOC
Group 2
Group 1
Connectors at bottomof VME rack
Sensing
Sensing
CurrentRegulator/
Power Driver
100ohms
Sensing
Sensing
CurrentRegulator/
Power Driver
100ohms
Fromcontroller
First group of 8 analog 0-20 mA outputs
Second group of 8 analog 0-20 mA outputs
SuicideRelay
Fromcontroller
SuicideRelay
ID
ID
NS
NS
Current
Output Current
Current
Output Current
Analog Output Current Circuits, Simplex System
In a TMR system, each analog current output is fed by the sum of the currents from the three VAOCs. The total output current is measured with a series resistor that feeds a voltage back to each VAOC. The resulting output is the voted middle value (median) of the three currents. If one output fails, the other two pick up the current to the correct value. In the event of a circuit malfunction that cannot be cleared by a command from the processor, the circuit is disconnected by opening the shutdown relay contacts. This isolation function is only operational when configured for TMR operation.
100 • VAOC Analog Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of channels 16 current output channels, single ended (one side connected to common) Analog outputs 0-20 mA, with up to 500 Ω burden
Response better than 50 rad/sec D/A converter resolution/accuracy 12 bit resolution with 0.5% accuracy Frame rate 100 Hz on all 16 outputs Fault detection Output current out of limits
Outer total (TMR) current D/A converter output Suicide relay operation Failed ID chip
Diagnostics
Three LEDs at the top of the I/O board front panel provide status information. The normal RUN condition is a flashing green, and FAIL is a solid red. The third LED shows STATUS and is normally off but displays a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in the board. The diagnostics include the following:
• Each output is monitored by diagnostics. Voltage drops across the local and outer loop current sense resistors, the D/A outputs, and at the shutdown relay contacts are sampled and digitized.
• Standard diagnostic information is available on the outputs, including high and low limit checks, and high and low system limit checks (configurable). If any one of the outputs goes unhealthy a composite diagnostic alarm, L3DIAG_xxxx, occurs. Details of the individual diagnostics are available from the toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
• Each cable connector on the terminal board has its own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O processor. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR, JS, and JT connector location. When the ID chip is read by the I/O processor and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAOC Analog Output • 101
Configuration
Note The following information is extracted from the toolbox and represents a sample of the configuration information for this board. Refer to the actual configuration file within the toolbox for specific information.
Parameter Description Choices
VAOC Configuration
Output Voting Select type of output voting Simplex, Simplex TMR J3:IS200TBAOH1A Terminal board connected to VAOC through J3 Connected, not connected AnalogOut1 Analog output 1 board point (first set of 8 analog outputs) Point edit (output FLOAT) Output_MA Type of output current Unused, 0-20 mA Low_MA Output mA at low value 0 to 20 mA Low_Value Output in engineering units at low mA -3.4028e + 038 to 3.4028e + 038 High_MA Output mA at high value 0 to 20 mA High_Value Output value in engineering units at high mA -3.4028e + 038 to 3.4028e + 038 TMR_ Suicide Enable suicide for faulty output current, TMR only Enable, disable
TMR_Diff Limit Current difference in mA for suicide, TMR only 0 to 20 mA D/A_Err Limit Difference between D/A reference and output, in % for
suicide, TMR only 0 to 100 %
J4:IS200TBAOH1A Terminal board connected to VAOC though J4 Connected, not connected AnalogOut9 Analog output 9 - board point (second set of 8 analog
outputs) Point edit (output FLOAT)
Board Points Signals Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type
L3DIAG_VAOC1 Board diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VAOC2 Board diagnostic Input BIT L3DIAG_VAOC3 Status of suicide relay for output 1 Input BIT OutSuicide1 Input BIT
: : Input BIT OutSuicide16 Status of suicide relay for output 16 Input BIT Out1MA Measure total output current in mA Input Float : : Input Float Out16MA Measure total output current in mA Input Float
102 • VAOC Analog Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Alarms
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause 2 Flash memory CRC failure Board firmware programming error (board will not go
online) 3 CRC failure override is active Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to
go online) 16 System limit checking is disabled System checking was disabled by configuration 17 Board ID failure Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board 18 J3 ID failure Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem 19 J4 ID failure Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable problem 24 Firmware/hardware Incompatibility Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board 30 ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: [ ]; Tre:
[ ]The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory
31 IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: [ ]; Tre: [ ]The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory
82-97 Output [ ] Total current too high relative to total current. An individual current is N mA more than half the total current, where N is the configurable TMR_Diff Limit
Board failure
98-113 Output [ ] Total current varies from reference current. Total current is N mA different than the reference current, where N is the configurable TMR_Diff Limit
Board failure or open circuit
114-129 Output [ ] Reference Current Error. The difference between the output reference and the input feedback of the output reference is greater than the configured DA_Err Limit measured in percent
Board failure (D/A converter)
130-145 Output [ ] Individual Current Unhealthy. Simplex mode alarm indicating current is too high or too low
Board failure
146-161 Output [ ] Suicide Relay Non-Functional. The suicide relay is not responding to commands
Board failure (relay or driver)
162-177 Output [ ] Suicide Active. One output of three has suicided, the other two boards have picked up the current
Board failure
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAOC Analog Output • 103
TBAO Analog Output
Functional Description
The Analog Output (TBAO) terminal board supports 16 analog outputs with a current range of 0-20 mA. Current outputs are generated by the I/O processor, which can be local (Mark* VIe control) or remote (Mark VI control). The outputs have noise suppression circuitry to protect against surge and high-frequency noise. TBAO has two barrier-type terminal blocks for customer wiring and six D-type cable connectors.
Mark VI Systems
In Mark VI systems, TBAO works with VAOC processor and supports simplex and TMR applications. Cables with molded plugs connect TBAO to the VME rack where the VAOC board is located. In TMR systems, TBAO is cabled to three VOAC boards.
Mark VIe Systems
In Mark VIe systems, TBAO works with the PAOC I/O pack and supports simplex applications only. The I/O packs plug into the D-type connectors and communicate over Ethernet with the controller.
Refer to GEI-100577 Mark VIe Analog Input for board compatibility.
ShieldBar
24681012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
13579
11131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x x
x
JS2
JR1
JT1 JT2
JS1
JR2
Eight AnalogOutputs
Eight AnalogOutputs
DC-37 pin connectorswith latching fasteners
Barrier Type TerminalBlocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
J ports conections:
Plug in PAOC I/O Pack(s) for Mark VIe system
or
Cables to VAOC I/O boards
The number and location dependson the level of redundancy required.
for Mark VI;
TBAO Analog Output Terminal Board
104 • VAOC Analog Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
Attach TBAO to a vertical mounting plate. Connect the wires for the 16 analog outputs directly to the two I/O terminal blocks mounted on the left of the board. Each point can accept two 3.0 mm (#12AWG) wires with 300 V insulation per point using spade or ring type lugs. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminals. A shield terminal strip attached to chassis ground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block. Make cable connections to TBAO follows:
• In Mark VI systems, connect cables with molded plugs to the D-type connectors on the TBAO and to the VME rack where the VAOC processor is located. Use two cables for simplex or six cables for TMR.
• In Mark VIe systems, plug the PAOC I/O packs directly into selected D-type connectors. Special side mounting brackets support the packs.
The following figure shows details of TBAO wiring and cabling.
I/O Terminal block with barrier terminals
Up to two #12 AWG wires per point with 300volt insulation
Terminal blocks can be unplugged fromterminal board for maintenance
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1357911131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Output 1 (Signal)Output 2 (Signal)Output 3 (Signal)Output 4 (Signal)Output 5 (Signal)Output 6 (Signal)Output 7 (Signal)Output 8 (Signal)Output 9 (Signal)Output 10(Signal)Output 11(Signal)Output 12(Signal)
Output 1 (Return)Output 2 (Return)Output 3 (Return)Output 4 (Return)Output 5 (Return)Output 6 (Return)
Output 8 (Return)Output 9 (Return)Output 10(Return)Output 11(Return)Output 12(Return)
Output 7 (Return)
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Output 13 (Signal)Output 14 (Signal)Output 15 (Signal)Output 16 (Signal)
Output 13(Return)Output 14(Return)Output 15(Return)Output 16(Return)
Analog Output Termination Board TBAOJT2
JS2
JR2
To J4on I/Orack R
JT1
JS1
JR1
To J3on I/Orack R
To J3on I/Orack S
To J4on I/Orack S
To J3on I/Orack T
To J4on I/Orack T
For Mark VIcontrol, usecables asfollows:
For Mark VIecontrol, use I/OPacks
TBAO Terminal Board Wiring
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAOC Analog Output • 105
Operation
TBAO supports 16 analog control outputs. Driven devices should not exceed a resistance of 500 Ω (900 Ω if using I/O packs) and can be located up to 300 m (984 ft) from the turbine control cabinet. The VAOC or PAOC contains the D/A converter and drivers that generate the controlled currents. The output current is measured by the voltage drop across a resistor on the terminal board.
Filters reduce high-frequency noise and suppress surge on each output near the point of signal exit. The following figure shows TBAO in a simplex system.
JR250 ohms
JR1
TBAO Terminal BoardNoise
suppressionSignal
Return
50 ohms 01
02 Circuit #1
Signal
Return
0304 Circuit #2
Signal
Return
0506 Circuit #3
Signal
Return
0708 Circuit #4
Signal
Return
0910 Circuit #5
Signal
Return
1112 Circuit #6
Signal
Return
1314 Circuit #7
Signal
Return
1516 Circuit #8
Signal
Return
1718 Circuit #9
Signal
Return
1920 Circuit #10
Signal
Return
2122 Circuit #11
Signal
Return
2324 Circuit #12
Signal
Return
2526 Circuit #13
Signal
Return
2728 Circuit #14
Signal
Return
2930 Circuit #15
Signal
Return
3132 Circuit #16
Group 2(8)
Group 1(8)
ID
ID
NS
NS
Current output
Current feedback
Current feedbackreturn
To I/OProcessors
Analog Outputs, Simplex
106 • VAOC Analog Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
In a TMR system, each analog current output is fed by the sum of the currents from the three I/O processors, as shown in the drawing below. The total output current is measured with a series resistor that feeds a voltage back to each I/O processor. The resulting output is the voted middle value (median) of the three currents.
JR1
JS1
TBAO Terminal BoardNoise
SuppressionSignal
Return
JT1
50 ohms 01
02 Circuit #1
Signal
Return
0304 Circuit #2
Signal
Return
0506 Circuit #3
Signal
Return
0708 Circuit #4
Signal
Return
0910 Circuit #5
Signal
Return
1112 Circuit #6
Signal
Return
1314 Circuit #7
Signal
Return
15
16 Circuit #8
Group 1(8)
Signal
Return
1718 Circuit #9
Signal
Return
1920 Circuit #10
Signal
Return
2122 Circuit #11
Signal
Return
2324 Circuit #12
Signal
Return
2526 Circuit #13
Signal
Return
2728 Circuit #14
Signal
Return
2930 Circuit #15
Signal
Return
3132 Circuit #16
JR2
JS2
JT2
Group 2(8)
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
NS
Current output
Current feedback
Current feedbackReturn
To I/O processors
To I/O processors
Analog Output, TMR
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAOC Analog Output • 107
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of channels 16 current output channels, single-ended (one side connected to common) Analog output current 0-20 mA Customer load resistance
Up to 500 Ω burden with VOACH1B and TBAOH1B and 900 Ω burden (18 V compliance) with PAOC and TBAOH1C
Physical Size 10.16 cm wide x 33.02 cm high (4.0 in x 13.0 in) Temperature -30 to +65ºC (-22 to +149 ºF)
Diagnostics
Diagnostic tests are made on the terminal board as follows:
• The board provides the voltage drop across a series resistor to indicate the output current. The I/O processor creates a diagnostic alarm (fault) if any one of the two outputs goes unhealthy.
• Each cable connector on the terminal board has its own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O controller. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR, JS, JT connector location. When this chip is read by the I/O controller and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
DTAO Simplex Analog Output
Functional Description
The Simplex Analog Output (DTAO) terminal board is a compact analog output terminal board designed for DIN-rail mounting. DTAO has eight analog outputs driven by the VAOC I/O board over a single cable. This board is designed for simplex-only applications and only works with the VAOC. A single cable with 37-pin D-type connector connects DTAO to the VAOC rack. This cable is identical to those used on the larger TBAO terminal board. Two DTAO boards can be connected to the VAOC for a total of 16 analog outputs.
Note The DTAO board does not work with the PAOC I/O pack.
The on-board circuits and noise suppression are the same as those on TBAO. High- density Euro-block type terminal blocks are permanently mounted to the board, with two screw connections for the ground connection (SCOM). An on-board ID chip identifies the board to the VAOC for system diagnostic purposes.
108 • VAOC Analog Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
Mount the plastic holder on the DIN-rail and slide the DTAO board into place. Connect the wires for the eight analog outputs directly to the terminal block as shown in the following figure. Driven devices should not exceed a resistance of 500 Ω and can be located up to 300 m (984 ft) from the turbine control cabinet. The Euro-block type terminal block has 36 terminals and is permanently mounted on the terminal board. Typically #18 AWG wires (shielded twisted pair) are used. Two screws, 17 and 18, are provided for the SCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short a distance as possible. DIN-type terminal boards can be stacked vertically on the DIN-rail to conserve cabinet space.
Note There is no shield terminal strip on DTAO.
Output 8 (Signal)
JR137-pin "D" shellconnector withlatching fasteners
DTAO
Output 1 (Signal)Output 2 (Signal)
135
11
79
1314 1517192123252729313335
2468
1012
1618202224262830
36
3234
Output 3 (Signal)Output 4 (Signal)Output 5 (Signal)Output 6 (Signal)Output 7 (Signal)
Output 1 (Return)Output 2 (Return)Output 3 (Return)Output 4 (Return)Output 5 (Return)Output 6 (Return)
Output 8 (Return)
Cable to J3 or J4connector in I/Orack for VAOCboard
Screw Connections
Euro-Block typeterminal block
Plastic mountingholder
DIN-rail mounting
Output 7 (Return)
SCOM
Chassis Ground Chassis Ground
Screw Connections
DTAO Wiring and Cabling
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VAOC Analog Output • 109
Operation
DTAO supports eight analog control outputs. On each output the voltage drop across the local loop current sense resistor is measured and the signal is fed back to the VAOC processor, which controls the current. Filters reduce high-frequency noise and suppress surge on each output near the point of signal exit. VAOC contains the D/A converter and drivers that generate the controlled currents.
Analog OutputsMaximum Load
4-20 mA,500 ohms
DTAO Terminal Board
NoiseSuppresion
Signal
Return
01
02Circuit #1
SignalReturn
0304 Circuit #2
SignalReturn
0506 Circuit #3
SignalReturn
0708 Circuit #4
SignalReturn
0910 Circuit #5
SignalReturn
1112 Circuit #6
SignalReturn
1314 Circuit #7
SignalReturn
1516 Circuit #8
JR150 ohms
Eight analogoutputs
ID
SCOM
Current from VAOC
Current Feedback
Current Feedback
Current Return
Cable from VAOC
DTAO Terminal Board
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of channels 8 current output channels, single ended (one side connected to common) Analog output current 0-20 mA Customer load resistance
Up to 500 Ω burden
Physical Size 8.6 cm wide x 16.2 cm high (3.4 in x 6.37 in) Temperature 0 to 60ºC (32 to 149 ºF)
110 • VAOC Analog Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Diagnostics
Diagnostic tests are made on the terminal board as follows:
• The board provides the voltage drop across a series resistor to indicate the output current. The I/O processor creates a diagnostic alarm (fault) if any one of the two outputs goes unhealthy.
• Each cable connector on the terminal board has its own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O controller. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR, JS, JT connector location. When this chip is read by the I/O controller and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 111
VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output
Functional Description
Note VCRC is a single slot version of VCCC with the same functionality, but contact input cables plug into the front of the board.
The Discrete Input/Output (VCCC) board with its associated daughterboard accepts 48 discrete inputs and controls 24 relay outputs from four terminal boards. VCCC is a double width module and mounts in the VME I/O rack. This rack has two sets of J3/J4 plugs for cables to the TBCI and TRLY terminal boards. VCRC is a narrower, single slot board and can be used instead of the VCCC.
VCCC Board
VME bus to VCMI
Connectors onVME rack
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VCRC
J3
J4
To Relay Outputboards (2)
To Contact Inputboards (2)
VME bus to VCMI
Connectors onVME rack
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VCCC
J3
J4
J3
J4
To Relay Outputboards (2)
To Contact Inputboards (2)
VCRC Board
J33
J44
VCCC and VCRC Boards and Cable Connections
VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output
112 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
VCRC Option
The VCRC board has the same functionality as the VCCC board but takes up only one VME slot because no daughter board is required. Two front panel connectors, J33 and J44, accept the contact inputs from the TBCI terminal boards. Relay outputs on TRLY use the J3 and J4 ports on the VME rack, the same as for VCCC. If locating cables on the front panel is undesirable, VCCC can be used instead.
Note VCRC does not support the TICI contact voltage sensing board.
Installation
To install the V-type board
1 Power down the VME I/O processor rack
2 Slide in the board and push the top and bottom levers in with your hands to seat its edge connectors
3 Tighten the captive screws at the top and bottom of the front panel
4 Power up the VME rack and check the diagnostic lights at the top of the front panel
Cable connections to the terminal boards are made at the J3 and J4 connectors (right hand set) on the lower portion of the VME rack. These are latching type connectors to secure the cables. Cable connections to the TRLY terminal boards are made to the left hand set of J3 and J4 connectors.
Note With the VCRC, both TBCI cables connect to J33 and J44 on the front panel, not to connectors under the rack.
Operation
VCCC passes the input voltages through optical isolators and samples the signals at the frame rate for control functions, and at 1 ms for sequence of events (SOE) reporting. VCCC transfers the signals over the VME backplane to the VCMI, which sends them to the controller. The contact input processing is shown in the figure, VCCC and I/O Terminal Boards, Simplex System.
Contact Inputs
The first 24 dry contact inputs are wired to a contact input terminal board. A second terminal board is required for inputs 25 - 48. Dc power is provided for the contacts. Cables with molded plugs connect the terminal board to the VME rack where the VCCC processor board is located.
High speed scanning and recording at 1 ms rate is available for inputs monitoring important turbine variables. The SOE recorder reports all contact openings and closures with a time resolution of 1 ms. Contact chatter and pulse widths down to 6 ms are reported.
The dry-contact inputs are powered from a floating 125 V dc (100 - 145 V dc) supply (TBCIH1) or from a floating 24 V dc (18.5 – 32 V dc) supply (TBCIH2). Filters reduce high frequency noise and suppress surge on each input near the point of signal exit. Noise and contact bounce is filtered with a 4 ms filter. Ac voltage rejection (50/60 Hz) is 60 V rms with 125 V dc excitation.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 113
For triple modular redundant (TMR) applications, contact input voltages are fanned out to three VME board racks R, S, and T through plugs JR1, JS1, and JT1. The signals are processed by the three VCCCs and the results voted by the VCMI board in each controller rack.
Relay Outputs
TRLYH1B holds 12 plug-in magnetic relays. The first six relay circuits can be jumpers configured for either dry, Form-C contact outputs, or to drive external solenoids. A standard 125 V dc or 115 V ac source, or an optional 24 V dc source, with individual jumper selectable fuses and on-board suppression can be provided for field solenoid power. The next five relays (7-11) are un-powered isolated Form-C contacts. Output 12 is an isolated Form-C contact, used for special applications such as ignition transformers.
Cables carry relay control signals and monitor feedback voltages between VCCC and TRLY. Relay drivers, fuses, and jumpers are mounted on the relay board. Several types of relay boards can be driven, including TRLY, DRLY, and SRLY.
The relay outputs have failsafe features so that when a cable is unplugged, the inputs vote to de-energize the corresponding relays. Similarly, if communication with the associated VME board is lost, the relays de-energize.
114 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Contact inputs from secondTBCI terminal board
Relay Terminal Board TRLY
P28V
Coil
RD
Monitor
K# RelayDriver
NC
NO
Com
K# K#
K#
27
26
25
JR1
JS1
JT1
JA1
Poweredor DryContacts
Total of 24 circuits:
To second relay terminal board
12 relay outputs per board
J3
J4
Relaycommandsignals
Contact Input /Relay Output Board VCCC
Terminal Board TBCI
JR1
125 V dc
NoiseSuppr-ession
<R> Rack
JE2
JE1(+)
(+)
(-)
(-)
Floating
Field Contact
Field Contact
(+)
(-)
(+)
(-)
(+)
Ref.
P5
Gate
Gate
Gate
Gate
Gate
Gate
Gate
Optical isolation
J3A
J4A
Total of 48 circuits:
ID
BCOM
NS
NS
24 V dc
24 contact inputsper board
or
Connect JR1, JS1, and JT1to 3 VCCCs in TMR system,and leave JA1 open
VCCC and I/O Terminal Boards, Simplex System
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 115
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of channels 48 dry contact voltage input channels (24 per terminal board) 24 relay output channels (12 relays per terminal board)
Input contact excitation voltage
H1 – nominal 125 V dc, floating, ranging from 100 to 145 V dc H2 – nominal 24 V dc, floating, ranging from 18.5 to 32 V dc
Input isolation Optical isolation to 1500 V on all inputs Input filter Hardware filter, 4 ms Ac voltage rejection 60 V rms @ 50/60 Hz at 125 V dc excitation Input frame rate System dependent scan rate for control purposes
1,000 Hz scan rate for SOE monitoring Rated voltage on relays a: Nominal 125 V dc or 24 V dc
b: Nominal 120 V ac or 240 V ac Max relay load current a: 0.6 A for 125 V dc operation
b: 3.0 A for 24 V dc operation c: 3.0 A for 120/240 V ac, 50/60 Hz operation
Max response time on 25 ms Max response time off 25 ms Relay contact material Silver cad-oxide Relay contact life Electrical operations: 100,000
Mechanical operations: 10,000,000 Fault detection Loss of contact input excitation voltage
Non-responding contact input in test mode Loss of user solenoid power (blown fuse) Coil current disagreement with command Relay contact voltage monitoring indicates problem Unplugged cable or loss of communication with I/O board; relays de-energize if communication with associated I/O board is lost Failed ID chip
Physical
Size - VCRC - VCCC
26.04 cm high x 1.99 cm wide x 18.73 cm deep (10.25 in x 0.782 in x 7.375 in) 26.04 cm high x 3.98 cm wide x 18.73 cm deep (10.25 in x 1.564 in x 7.375 in)
Temperature 0 to 60ºC (32 to 140 ºF)
116 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Diagnostics
Three LEDs at the top of the I/O board front panel provide status information. The normal RUN condition is a flashing green, and FAIL is a solid red. The third LED shows STATUS and is normally off but displays a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in the board. The diagnostics include the following:
• Each output is monitored by diagnostics. Voltage drops across the local and outer loop current sense resistors, the D/A outputs, and at the shutdown relay contacts are sampled and digitized.
• Standard diagnostic information is available on the outputs, including high and low limit checks, and high and low system limit checks (configurable). If any one of the outputs goes unhealthy a composite diagnostic alarm, L3DIAG_xxxx, occurs. Details of the individual diagnostics are available from the toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
• Each cable connector on the terminal board has its own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O processor. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR, JS, and JT connector location. When the ID chip is read by the I/O processor and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
Note The following information is extracted from the toolbox and represents a sample of the configuration information for this board. Refer to the actual configuration file within the toolbox for specific information.
Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
System Limits Enable all system limit checking Enable, disable J3:IC200TRLYH1B Terminal board 1 connected to VCCC through J3 Connected, not connected
Relay01 First relay output (from first set of 12 relays) - card point
Point edit (Output BIT)
Relay Output Select relay output Used, unused FuseDiag Enable fuse diagnostic Enable, disable Relay01Fdbk Relay 01 contact voltage (first set of 12 relays)
- card point Point edit (Input BIT)
ContactInput Configurable Item:slot# Used, unused SignalInvert Inversion makes signal true if contact is open Normal, invert SignalFilter Contact Input filter in msec 0, 10, 20, 50 J4:IC200TRLYH1B Terminal board 2 connected to VCCC through J4 Connected, not connected Relay01 Relay output 1 (second set of 12 relays)
- card point Point edit (Output BIT)
Relay01Fdbk Relay 1 contact voltage (second set of 12 relays) - card point
Point edit (Input BIT)
J3A:IS200TBCIH1A Terminal board connected to VCCC from J3 Connected, not connected Contact01 First contact of 24 on first terminal board - board point Point edit (input BIT) Contact input Select contact input Used, unused Signal invert Inversion makes signal true if contact open Normal, invert Sequence of events Select input for sequence of events scanning Enable, disable Signal filter Contact input filter in milliseconds 0, 10, 20, 50 J4A:IS200TBCIH1A Terminal board connected to VCCC from J4 Connected, not connected
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 117
Parameter Description Choices
Contact01 First contact of 24 on second terminal board - board point
Point edit (input BIT)
Board point Signals Description-Enter Signal Connection Name Direction Type L3DIAG_VCCC1 Board diagnostic Input BIT L3DIAG_VCCC2 Board diagnostic Input BIT L3DIAG_VCCC3 Board diagnostic Input BIT
Alarms
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause 1 SOE Overrun. Sequence of events data overrun Communication problem on IONet 2 Flash memory CRC failure Board firmware programming error (board will not go
online) 3 CRC failure override is active Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to
go online) 16 System limit checking is disabled. System limit
checking has been disabled System checking was disabled by configuration
17 Board ID failure Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board 18 J3 ID failure Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem 19 J4 ID failure Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable problem
22 J33/J3A ID failure Failed ID chip on connector J33 or J3A, or cable problem23 J44/J4A ID failure Failed ID chip on connector J44 or J4A, or cable problem24 Firmware/hardware incompatibility. The firmware on
this board cannot handle the terminal board it is connected to
Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board. Check the connections and call the factory.
30 ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: [ ] ; Tre: [ ] The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
31 IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: [ ]; Tre: [ ] The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
33-56/ 65-88
TBCI J33/J3A/J44/J4A contact input [ ] not responding to Test Mode. A single contact or group of contacts could not be forced high or low during VCCC self-check
Normally a VCCC problem, or the battery reference voltage is missing to the TBCI terminal board, or a bad cable.
129-140/ 145-156
TRLY J3/J4 relay output coil [ ] does not match requested state. A relay coil monitor shows that current is flowing or not flowing in the relay coil, so the relay is not responding to VCCC commands
The relay terminal board may not exist, or there may be a problem with this relay, or, if TMR, one VCCC may have been out-voted by the other two VCCC boards.
161-172/ 177-188
TRLY J3/J4 relay driver [ ] does not match requested state. The relay is not responding to VCCC commands
The relay terminal board may not exist and the relay is still configured as used, or there may be a problem with this relay driver.
97-102/ 113-118
TRLY J3/J4 fuse [ ] blown. The fuse monitor requires the jumpers to be set and to drive a load, or it will not respond correctly
The relay terminal board may not exist, or the jumpers are not set and there is no load, or the fuse is blown.
240/241 TBCI J3/J4 excitation voltage not valid, TBCI J33/J3A/J44/J4A contact inputs not valid. The VCCC monitors the excitation on all TBCI and DTCI boards, and the contact input requires this voltage to operate properly
The contact input terminal board may not exist, or the contact excitation may not be on, or be unplugged, or the excitation may be below the 125 V level.
256-415 Logic signal voting mismatch. The identified signal from this board disagrees with the voted value
A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.
118 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
TBCI Contact Input with Group Isolation
Functional Description
The Contact Input with Group Isolation (TBCI) terminal board accepts 24 dry contact inputs wired to two barrier-type terminal blocks. Dc power is wired to TBCI for contact excitation. The contact inputs have noise suppression circuitry to protect against surge and high-frequency noise.
Mark VI Systems
In the Mark* VI system, TBCI works with VTCC/VCRC and supports simplex and TMR applications. Cables with molded plugs connect TBCI to VME rack where the VCCC or VCRC processor board is located. Both board versions TBCIH_B and TBCIH_C work correctly with Mark VI and are functionally identical.
Mark VIe Systems
In the Mark VIe system, the TBCI works with the PDIA I/O pack and supports simplex, dual, and TMR applications. One, two, or three PDIAs can be plugged directly into the TBCI. Mark VIe requires the C version of this board for correct mechanical alignment of connector JT1 with I/O pack mechanical support.
Board Versions
Three versions of TBCI are available as follows:
Terminal Board
Contact Inputs
Excitation Voltage
TBCIH1C 24 Nominal 125 V dc, floating, ranging from 100 to 145 V dc TBCIH2C 24 Nominal 24 V dc, floating, ranging from 16 to 32 V dc TBCIH3C 24 Nominal 48 V dc, floating, ranging from 32 to 64 V dc
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 119
DC-37 pinconnectors withlatching fasteners
ShieldBar
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1357911131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
xx
x
x
x
x
x
xx
x
JS1
JR1
JT1
JE2JE112 ContactInputs
12 ContactInputs
Barrier Type TerminalBlocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
J - Port Connections:Plug in PDIA I/O Pack(s)for Mark VIe system
or
Cables to VCCC/VCRCboards for Mark VI;
The number and locationdepends on the level ofredundancy required.
TBCI Contact Input Terminal Board
Installation
Wiring
Connect the wires for the 24 dry contact inputs directly to two I/O terminal blocks on the terminal board. These blocks are held down with two screws and can be unplugged from the board for maintenance. Each block has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield terminal strip attached to chassis ground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block.
Power Connection
Connect TBCI to the contact excitation voltage source using plugs JE1 and JE2, as shown in following figure.
Cabling Connections
In a simplex system, connect TBCI to the I/O processor using connector JR1. In a TMR system, connect TBCI to the I/O processors using connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1. Cables or I/O packs are plugged in depending on the type of Mark VI or Mark VIe system, and the level of redundancy.
120 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Note For a Mark VIe system, the I/O packs plug into TBCI and attach to side-mounting brackets. One or two Ethernet cables plug into the pack. Firmware may need to be downloaded. Refer to GEH-6700, ToolboxST for Mark VIe Control.
Contact Input Terminal Board TBCI
2468
1012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Input 1 (Positive)Input 2 (Positive)Input 3 (Positive)Input 4 (Positive)Input 5 (Positive)Input 6 (Positive)Input 7 (Positive)Input 8 (Positive)Input 9 (Positive)Input 10 (Positive)Input 11 (Positive)Input 12 (Positive)
Input 1 (Return)Input 2 (Return)Input 3 (Return)Input 4 (Return)Input 5 (Return)Input 6 (Return)
Input 8 (Return)Input 9 (Return)Input 10(Return)Input 11(Return)Input 12(Return)
Input 7 (Return)
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Input 13 (Positive)Input 14 (Positive)Input 15 (Positive)Input 16 (Positive)Input 17 (Positive)Input 18 (Positive)Input 19 (Positive)Input 20 (Positive)Input 21 (Positive)Input 22 (Positive)Input 23 (Positive)Input 24 (Positive)
Input 13 (Return)Input 14 (Return)Input 15 (Return)Input 16 (Return)Input 17 (Return)Input 18 (Return)
Input 20 (Return)Input 21 (Return)Input 22 (Return)Input 23 (Return)Input 24 (Return)
Input 19 (Return)
JE1 JE2
Contact ExcitationSource, 125 Vdc
1
3
1
3
JT1
JS1
JR1
Inputs 22, 23, 24are 10 mA, all
others are 2.5 mA
Terminal Blocks can be unpluggedfrom terminal board for maintenance
Up to two #12 AWG wires perpoint with 300 volt insulation
J - Port Connections:
Plug in PDIA I/O Pack(s)for Mark VIe system
or
Cables to VCCC/VCRCboards for Mark VI;
The number and locationdepends on the level ofredundancy required.
TBCIH1C Terminal Board Wiring and Cabling
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 121
Operation
Filters reduce high-frequency noise and suppress surge on each input near the point of signal entry. The dry contact inputs on H1 are powered from a floating 125 V dc (100-145 V dc) supply from the turbine control. The 125 V dc bus is current limited in the power distribution module prior to feeding each contact input. H2 and H3 versions use lower voltages as shown in the specification table.
The discrete input voltage signals pass to the I/O processor, which sends them through optical isolators providing group isolation and transfers the signals to the system controller. The reference voltage in the isolation circuits sets a transition threshold that is equal to 50% of the applied floating power supply voltage. The tracking is clamped to go no less than 13% of the nominal rated supply voltage to force all contacts to indicate open when voltage dips below this level.
Terminal Board TBCIH1C
JR1
From 125 V dcPower Source
NoiseSuppr-ession
JE2
JE1(+)
(+)
(-)
(-)
Floating
Field Contact
Field Contact
Field Contact
(+)
(-)
(+)(-)
(+)(-)
Field Contact
Field Contact
Field Contact
(+)(-)
(+)(-)
(+)(-)
JS1
JT1
Ref.
P5
Gate
Gate
Gate
Gate
Gate
Gate
Gate
Each contact input terminates on onepoint and is fanned to <R>, <S>, and <T>
Optical Isolation
24 Contact Inputs per Terminal Board.
Total of 48 circuits
I/O Processor
BCOM
BCOM
ID
BCOMID
BCOM
ID
ID
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
To I/O Processor
Contact Input Circuits
A pair of terminal points is provided for each input, with one point (screw) providing the positive dc source and the second point providing the return (input) to the board. The current loading is 2.5 mA per point for the first 21 inputs on each terminal board. The last three have a 10 mA load to support interface with remote solid-state output electronics. Contact input circuitry is designed for NEMA Class G creepage and clearance.
122 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of channels 24 contact voltage input channels Excitation voltage H1: Nominal 125 V dc, floating, ranging from 100 to 145 V dc
H2: Nominal 24 V dc, floating, ranging from 18.5 to 32 V dc H3: Nominal 48 V dc, floating, ranging from 32 to 64 V dc
Input current H1: For 125 V dc applications: First 21 circuits draw 2.5 mA (50 kΩ) Last three circuits draw 10 mA (12.5 kΩ) H2: For 24 V dc applications: First 21 circuits draw 2.5 mA (10 kΩ) Last three circuits draw 9.9 mA (2.42 kΩ) H3: For 48 V dc applications: First 21 circuits draw 2.5 mA Last three circuits draw 10 mA
Input filter Hardware filter, 4 ms Power consumption 20.6 W on the terminal board Temperature rating 0 to 60ºC (32 to 140 ºF) Fault detection Loss of contact input excitation voltage
Non-responding contact input in test mode Unplugged cable
Physical Size 33.02 cm high x 10.16 cm wide (13.0 in. x 4.0 in) Temperature Operating: -30 to 65ºC (-22 to 149 ºF)
Diagnostics
Diagnostic tests to components on the terminal boards are as follows:
• The excitation voltage is monitored. If the excitation drops to below 40% of the nominal voltage, a diagnostic alarm is set and latched by the I/O pack/board.
• As a test, all inputs associated with this terminal board are forced to the open contact (fail safe) state. Any input that fails the diagnostic test is forced to the failsafe state and a fault is created.
• If the input from this board does not match the TMR voted value from all three boards, a fault is created.
• Each terminal board connector has its own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O pack/board. The connector ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR1/JS1/JT1 connector location. When the chip is read by the controller and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 123
TICI Contact Input with Point Isolation
Functional Description
The Contact Input with Point Isolation (TICI) terminal board provides 24 point isolated voltage detection circuits to sense a range of voltages across relay contacts, fuses, and switches.
Mark VI Systems
In the Mark* VI system, the TICI is controlled by the VCCC board and supports simplex and TMR applications. Cables with molded plugs connect TICI to the VME rack where the I/O boards are mounted.
Note The VCRC J3 and J4 front connectors do not support TICI.
Mark VIe Systems
In the Mark VIe system, the TICI works with the PDIA I/O pack and supports simplex, dual, and TMR applications. One, two, or three PDIAs plug into the TICI to support a variety of system configurations.
Installation
Wiring
Connect the wires for the 24 isolated digital inputs directly to two I/O terminal blocks on the terminal board. These blocks are held down with two screws and can be unplugged from the board for maintenance. Each block has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield terminal strip attached to chassis ground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block.
Cabling Connections
In a simplex system, connect TICI to the I/O processor using connector JR1. In a TMR system, connect TICI to the I/O processors using connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1. Cables or I/O packs are plugged in depending on the type of Mark VI or Mark VIe system, and the level of redundancy.
Note For a Mark VIe system, the I/O packs plug into TICI and attach to side-mounting brackets. One or two Ethernet cables plug into the pack. Firmware may need to be downloaded.
124 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Isolated Contact Input Terminal Board TICI
2468
1012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Input 1 (Positive)Input 2 (Positive)Input 3 (Positive)Input 4 (Positive)Input 5 (Positive)Input 6 (Positive)Input 7 (Positive)Input 8 (Positive)Input 9 (Positive)Input 10 (Positive)Input 11 (Positive)Input 12 (Positive)
Input 1 (Return)Input 2 (Return)Input 3 (Return)Input 4 (Return)Input 5 (Return)Input 6 (Return)
Input 8 (Return)Input 9 (Return)Input 10(Return)Input 11(Return)Input 12(Return)
Input 7 (Return)
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Input 13 (Positive)Input 14 (Positive)Input 15 (Positive)Input 16 (Positive)Input 17 (Positive)Input 18 (Positive)Input 19 (Positive)Input 20 (Positive)Input 21 (Positive)Input 22 (Positive)Input 23 (Positive)Input 24 (Positive)
Input 13 (Return)Input 14 (Return)Input 15 (Return)Input 16 (Return)Input 17 (Return)Input 18 (Return)
Input 20 (Return)Input 21 (Return)Input 22 (Return)Input 23 (Return)Input 24 (Return)
Input 19 (Return)
JT1
JS1
JR1
Terminal Blocks can be unpluggedfrom terminal board for maintenance
Up to two #12 AWG wires perpoint with 300 volt insulation
J - Port Connections:
Plug in PDIA I/O Pack(s)for Mark VIe system
or
Cables to VCCC boardsfor Mark VI;
The number and locationdepends on the level ofredundancy required.
TICI Terminal Board Wiring and Cabling
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 125
Operation
The TICI is similar to TBCI, except for the following items:
• No contact excitation is provided on the terminal board. • Each input is electrically isolated from all others and from the active electronics.
There are two groups of the TICI with different nominal voltage thresholds. TICIH1 has the following input voltage ranges:
• 70-145 V dc, nominal 125 V dc, with a detection of 39 to 61 V dc • 200-250 V dc, nominal 250 V dc, with a detection of 39 to 61 V dc • 90-132 V rms, nominal 115 V rms, 47-63 Hz, with a detection of 35 to 76 V ac • 190-264 V rms, nominal 230 V rms, 47-63 Hz, with a detection of 35 to 76 V ac
TICIH2 has the following input voltage range:
• 16-32 V dc, nominal 24 V dc, with a detection threshold of 9.5 to 15 V dc
TICI provides input hardware filtering with time delays of 15 ms, nominal:
• For dc applications the time delay is 15 ±8 ms • For ac applications the time delay is 15 ±13 ms
In addition to hardware filters, the contact input state is software-filtered, using configurable time delays selected from 0, 10, 20, 50, and 100 ms. For ac inputs, a filter of at least 10 ms is recommended.
----
Fortotalof24
ccts----
opticalisolator
PCOM
Circuit #2
Retxx
Posxx
S
ExternalVoltage
TICI Isolated Contact Inputs
S
ID
ID
ID
JR1
JS1
JT1
PCOM
PCOM
PCOM
P28 VDC P28V
P28V
P28V
TMR SystemsJS1 and JT1 cableto I/O processorsVCCC/VCRC forMark VI systems orconnects to PDIAI/O Packs for MarkVIe systems.
Simplex systemJR1 connects toVCCC/VCRC orconnects to PDIApack for Mark VIesystem
TICI Circuits for Sensing Voltage across typical device
126 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
The following restrictions should be noted regarding creepage and clearance on the 230 V rms application:
• For NEMA requirements: 230 V single-phase • For CE Certification: 230 V single or 3-phase
Refer to VCCC or PDIO documentation for information on monitoring contact inputs.
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of channels 24 input channels for isolated voltage sensing Input voltage TICIH2:
16-32 V dc, nominal 24 V dc, with a detection threshold of 9.5 to 15 V dc TICIH1: 70 -145 V dc, nominal 125 V dc, with a detection threshold of 39 to 61 V dc 200 -250 V dc, nominal 250 V dc, with a detection threshold of 39 to 61 V dc 90 -132 V rms, nominal 115 V rms, 47-63 Hz, with a detection threshold of 35 to 76 V ac 190-264 V rms, nominal 230 V rms, 47-63 Hz, with a detection threshold of 35 to 76 V ac
Fault detection in I/O board
Non-responding contact input in test mode Unplugged cable or failed ID chip
Physical Size 17.8 cm high x 33.02 cm wide (7.0 in. x 13.0 in.)
Temperature Operating -30 to +65ºC (-22 to +149 ºF)
Diagnostics
Diagnostic tests to components on the terminal boards are as follows:
• The excitation voltage is monitored. If the excitation drops to below 40% of the nominal voltage, a diagnostic alarm is set and latched by the I/O pack/board.
• As a test, all inputs associated with this terminal board are forced to the open contact (fail safe) state. Any input that fails the diagnostic test is forced to the failsafe state and a fault is created.
• If the input from this board does not match the TMR voted value from all three boards, a fault is created.
• Each terminal board connector has its own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O pack/board. The connector ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR1/JS1/JT1 connector location. When the chip is read by the controller and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 127
DTCI Simplex Contact Input with Group Isolation
Functional Description
The Simplex Contact Input with Group Isolation (DTCI) terminal board is a compact terminal board designed for DIN-rail mounting. The DTCI board has 24 contact inputs with a nominal excitation of 24 V dc, and connects to the VCCC (or VCRC) processor board with a single cable. Two DTCI boards can be connected to the VCCC or VCRC for a total of 48 contact inputs. The terminal boards can be stacked vertically on a DIN-rail to conserve cabinet space. Only a simplex version of this board is available.
Note DTCI does not work with the PDIA I/O Pack.
Installation
Note There is no shield terminal strip with this design.
128 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Mount the plastic holder on the DIN-rail and slide the DTCI board into place. Connect the wires for the contact inputs directly to the terminal block. The Euro-Block type terminal block has 60 terminals and is permanently mounted on the terminal board. Typically #18 AWG wires are used. Two screws, 55 and 56, are provided for the SCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short a distance as possible. Six screws are provided for the 24 V dc excitation power.
Note SCOM must be connected to ground.
Input 8 (Positive)JR1
37-pin "D" shellconnector withlatching fasteners
Input 1 (Positive)Input 2 (Positive)
135
11
79
1314 1517192123252729313335
2468
1012
1618202224262830
36
3234
Input 3 (Positive)Input 4 (Positive)Input 5 (Positive)Input 6 (Positive)Input 7 (Positive)
Input 9 (Positive)Input 10 (Positive)Input 11 (Positive)Input 12 (Positive)Input 13 (Positive)Input 14 (Positive)Input 15 (Positive)Input 16 (Positive)Input 17 (Positive)Input 18 (Positive)
Input 1 (Return)Input 2 (Return)Input 3 (Return)Input 4 (Return)Input 5 (Return)Input 6 (Return)
Input 8 (Return)Input 9 (Return)
Input 10 (Return)Input 11 (Return)Input 12 (Return)Input 13 (Return)Input 14 (Return)Input 15 (Return)Input 16 (Return)Input 17 (Return)Input 18 (Return)
To VCCC board,cable to J3 or J4.
To VCRC board,cable to J33 orJ44 on front.
Screw Connections
Euro-Block typeterminal block
Input 19 (Positive)
Input 21 (Positive)
Chassis Ground
Input 7 (Return
Input 19 (Return)Input 20 (Return)
Plastic mountingholderDIN-rail mounting
37394142
3840
48
4446
43454749515354
5052
60
5658
555759
DTCI Board
Input 20 (Positive)
Input 22 (Positive)Input 23 (Positive)Input 24 (Positive)
Input 21 (Return)Input 22 (Return)Input 23 (Return)Input 24 (Return)
Excitation (Positive)Excitation (Negative)
Excitation (Positive)Excitation (Positive)Excitation (Negative)
Contact excitation24 V dc
SCOM
Chassis GroundExcitation (Negative)
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 129
Operation
DTCI has the same functionality and on-board signal conditioning as TBCI, except they are scaled for 24 V dc.The input excitation ranges from 18 to 32 V dc, and the threshold voltage is 50% of the excitation voltage. The ac voltage rejection is 12 V rms. Contact inputs take 2.5 mA nominal current on the first 21 circuits, and 10 mA on circuits 22 through 24.
Filters reduce high frequency noise and suppress surge on each input near the point of signal entry. The discrete input voltage signals are cabled to the VCCC board (or VCRC), which passes them through optical isolators and transfers the signals over the VME backplane to the VCMI. The VCMI then sends them to the controller.
DTCI Terminal Board
JR1
NoiseSuppression
(+)
(+)
(-)
(-)
Input 1 Positive
Input 1 Return
Field contacts (24)
(+)(-)
BCOM
ID
SCOM
5249
5053
51
54
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Input 2 Positive
Input 2 Return
Input 3 Positive
Input 3 Return
Input 4 Return
Input 4 Positive
Input 24 Positive
Input 24 Return
47
48
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
24 V dcexcitationpower source
Cable to VCCCor VCRC inVME rack
12
34
5
6
7
8
DTCI Contact Input Circuits
130 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of channels 24 dry contact voltage input channels Excitation voltage Nominal 24 V dc, floating, ranging from 18 to 32 V dc Input current First 21 circuits each draw 2.5 mA (50 kΩ)
Last three circuits each draw 10 mA (12.5 kΩ) Input filter Hardware filter, 4 ms Temperature rating 0 to 60ºC (32 to 140 ºF) Fault detection in I/O board Loss of contact input excitation voltage
Non-responding contact input in test mode Unplugged cable
Physical Size, with support plate 8.6 cm wide x 16.2 cm high (3.4 in x 6.37 in) Temperature 0 to 60ºC (32 to 140 ºF)
Diagnostics
Diagnostic tests to components on the terminal boards are as follows:
• The excitation voltage is monitored. If the excitation drops to below 40% of the nominal voltage, a diagnostic alarm is set and latched by the I/O pack/board.
• As a test, all inputs associated with this terminal board are forced to the open contact (fail safe) state. Any input that fails the diagnostic test is forced to the failsafe state and a fault is created.
• If the input from this board does not match the TMR voted value from all three boards, a fault is created.
• Each terminal board connector has its own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O pack/board. The connector ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR1/JS1/JT1 connector location. When the chip is read by the controller and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 131
TRLYH1B Relay Output with Coil Sensing
Functional Description
The Relay Output with coil sensing (TRLYH1B) terminal board holds 12 plug-in magnetic relays. The first six relay circuits configured by jumpers for either dry, Form-C contact outputs, or to drive external solenoids. A standard 125 V dc or 115/230 V ac source, or an optional 24 V dc source with individual jumper selectable fuses and on-board suppression, can be provided for field solenoid power. The next five relays (7-11) are unpowered isolated Form-C contacts. Output 12 is an isolated Form-C contact, used for special applications such as ignition transformers.
Mark VI Systems
In Mark* VI systems, TRLY is controlled by the VCCC, VCRC, or VGEN board and supports simplex and TMR applications. Cables with molded plugs connect the terminal board to the VME rack where the I/O boards are mounted. Connector JA1 is used on simplex systems, and connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1 are used for TMR systems.
Mark VIe Systems
In the Mark VIe system, the TRLY works with the PDOA I/O pack and supports simplex and TMR applications. PDOA plugs into the DC-37 pin connectors on the terminal board. Connector JA1 is used on simplex systems, and connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1 are used for TMR systems.
Shieldbar
24681012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
1357911131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
TB3
JF1
x
JS1
JR1
JT1
OutputRelays
Fuses
JF2
X
JA1
Solenoidpower
Solenoidpower
Barrier type terminalblocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
12 Relay Outputs
J - Port Connections:
Plug inPDOA I/O Pack(s)for Mark VIe system
or
Cables to VCCC/VCRC or VGENboards for Mark VI system
The number and locationdepends on the level ofredundancy required.
TRLYH1B Relay Output Terminal Board
132 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
Connect the wires for the 12 relay outputs directly to two I/O terminal blocks on the terminal board as shown in the figure, TRLYH1B Terminal Board Wiring. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield terminal strip attached to chassis ground is located on to the left side of each terminal block.
Connect the solenoid power for outputs 1-6 to JF1. JF2 can be used to daisy chain power to other TRLYs. Alternatively, power can be wired directly to TB3 when JF1/JF2 are not used. Connect power for the special solenoid, Output 12, to connector JG1.
Jumpers JP1-JP6 are removed in the factory and shipped in a plastic bag. Re-install the appropriate jumper if power to a field solenoid is required. Conduct individual loop energization checks as per standard practices and install the jumpers as required. For isolated contact applications, remove the fuses to ensure that suppression leakage is removed from the power bus.
Note These jumpers are also for isolation of the monitor circuit when used on isolated contact applications.
Relay Output Terminal BoardTRLYH1B
To connectors JA1, JR1, JS1, JT1
JF1 JF21
3
1
3
1
4
2
3
Customer power
Customer return
JG1
Output 01 (NC)Output 01 (NO)Output 02 (NC)
-
-
-
-
-
-
FU1
FU2
FU3
FU4
FU5
FU6
Output 01 (COM)
FusesNeg,return
Output 01 (SOL)Output 02 (COM)Output 02 (SOL)Output 03 (COM)Output 03 (SOL)Output 04 (COM)Output 04 (SOL)Output 05 (COM)Output 05 (SOL)Output 06 (COM)Output 06 (SOL)
Output 03 (NC)Output 02 (NO)
Output 03 (NO)Output 04 (NC)Output 04 (NO)Output 05 (NC)Output 05 (NO)Output 06 (NC)Output 06 (NO)
Output 07 (COM)
Output 09 (COM)
Output 08 (COM)
Output 10 (COM)
Output 11 (COM)
Output 12 (COM)Output 12 (SOL)
Output 07 (NC)
Output 08 (NC)
Output 09 (NC)
Output 10 (NC)
Output 11 (NC)
Output 12 (NC)
Output 07 (NO)
Output 08 (NO)
Output 09 (NO)
Output 10 (NO)
Output 11 (NO)
Output 12 (NO)
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Power to special circuit 12
Out 01
Out 02
Out 03
Out 04
Out 05
Out 06
JF1, JF2, and JG1 are power plugs
Powered,fusedsolenoidsform-C
Drycontactsform-C
Specialcircuit,form-C,ign. xfmr.
ToconnectorsJA1, JR1,JS1, JT1
+
+
+
+
+
+
FU7
FU8
FU9
FU10
FU11
FU12 JP6
JP5
JP4
JP3
JP2
JP1
Jumperchoices:power (JPx)or drycontact (dry)
Powersource
Alternate customer power wiring
x x x xTB3
N125/24 V dc
P125/24 V dc
Relays
FusesPos, High
Terminal 1 - PosTerminal 2 - Neg
TRLYH1B Terminal Board Wiring
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 133
Operation
Relay drivers, fuses, and jumpers are mounted on the TRLYH1B. For simplex operation, D-type connectors carry control signals and monitor feedback voltages between the I/O processors and TRLY through JA1.
Relays are driven at the frame rate and have a 3.0 A rating. The rated contact-to-contact voltage is 500 V ac for one minute. The rated coil to contact voltage is 1,500 V ac for one minute. The typical time to operate is 10 ms. Relays 1-6 have a 250 V metal oxide varistor (MOV) for transient suppression between normally open (NO) and the power return terminals. The relay outputs have a failsafe feature that vote to de-energize the corresponding relay when a cable is unplugged or communication with the associated I/O processor is lost.
JG1Available forGT Ignition Transformers(6 Amp at 115 Vac 3 Amp at 230 Vac)
13
DryContact,Form-C
"5" of these circuits
NC
NO
Com
K7K7
K7
27
26
25
Relay Terminal Board - TRLYH1B
JR1 P28V
K1
Coil
RD
"12" of the above circuits
JS1
JT1
JA1
ID
ID
Sol"1" of these circuits 48
Normal PowerSource,pluggable(7 Amp)
JF1
JF2
TB312
34
1
3
13
SpecialCircuit
NO
NC
Com
47
46
45
AlternatePower, 20 A24 V dc or125 V dc or115 V ac or230 V ac
Sol
"6" of the above circuits
N125/24 Vdc
+
-
FieldSolenoid4
K1
NC
Com 2
1
K1
NO 3
P125/24 V dcJP1
Dry
ID
FU7
3.15 Ampslow-blow
FU1
PowerDaisy-Chain Monitor
>14 Vdc>60 Vac
Monitor>14 Vdc>60 Vac
K12
K12K12
Monitor Select
K#
Output 01
Output 07
Output 12
RelayDriver
RI/O
Processor
RelayOutput
TRLYH1B Circuits, Simplex System
134 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
For TMR applications, relay control signals are fanned into TRLY from the three I/O processors R, S, and T through plugs JR1, JS1, and JT1. These signals are voted and the result controls the corresponding relay driver. Power for the relay coils comes from all three I/O processors and is diode-shared. The following figure shows a TRLYH1B in a TMR system.
JG1Available forGT ignition transformers(6 Amp at 115 V ac 3 Amp at 230 V ac)
13
Drycontact,form-C
5 of these circuits
NC
NO
Com
K7K7
K7
27
26
25
Relay Terminal Board - TRLYH1B
JR1 P28V
K1
Coil
RD
12 of the above circuits
RI/O
Processor
JS1
JT1
JA1
ID
ID
Sol1 of these circuits 48
Normal powersource,pluggable(7 Amp)
JF1
JF2
TB312
34
1
3
13
Specialcircuit
NO
NC
Com
47
46
45
Alternatepower, 20 A24 V dc or125 V dc or115 V ac or230 V ac
Sol6 of the above circuits
N125/24 V dc
+
-
Fieldsolenoid4
K1
NC
Com 2
1
K1
NO 3
P125/24 V dc
Dry
ID
FU7
3.15 Ampslow-blow
FU1
Powerdaisy-chain Monitor
>14 V dc>60 V ac
Monitor>14 V dc>60 V ac
K12
K12K12
Monitor Select
JP1
K#
Output 01
Output 07
Output 12
RelayDriver
RelayControl
To S I/O Processor
To T I/O Processor
TRLYH1B Circuits, TMR System
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 135
Specifications
Item Specifications
Number of relay channels on one TRLY board
12: 6 relays with optional solenoid driver voltages 5 relays with dry contacts only 1 relay with 7 A rating
Rated voltage on relays a: Nominal 125 V dc or 24 V dc b: Nominal 115/230 V ac
Max load current a: 0.6 A for 125 V dc operation b: 3.0 A for 24 V dc operation c: 3.0 A for 115/230 V ac, 50/60 Hz operation
Max response time on 25 ms typical Max response time off 25 ms typical Maximum inrush current 10 A Contact material Silver cad-oxide Contact life Electrical operations: 100,000
Mechanical operations: 10,000,000 Fault detection Loss of relay solenoid excitation current
Coil current disagreement with command Unplugged cable or loss of communication with I/O board; relays de-energize if communication with associated I/O board is lost.
Physical Size 17.8 cm wide x 33.02 cm high (7.0 in x 13.0 in) Temperature -30 to + 65ºC (-22 to +149 ºF)
Diagnostics
Diagnostic tests to components on the terminal boards are as follows:
• The output of each relay (coil current) is monitored and checked against the command at the frame rate. If there is no agreement for two consecutive checks, an alarm is latched.
• The solenoid excitation voltage is monitored downstream of the fuses and an alarm is latched if it falls below 12 V dc.
• If any one of the outputs goes unhealthy a composite diagnostics alarm, L3DIAG_xxxx occurs.
• When an ID chip is read by the I/O processor and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
• Each terminal board connector has it own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O pack/board. The connector ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR1/JS1/JT1 connector location. When the chip is read by the I/O processor and mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
• Relay contact voltage is monitored. • Details of the individual diagnostics are available in the configuration
application. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
136 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Configuration
Board adjustments are made as follows:
• Jumpers JP1 through JP12. If contact voltage sensing is required, insert jumpers for selected relays.
• Fuses FU1 through FU12. If power is required for relays 1-6, two fuses should be placed in each power circuit supplying those relays. For example, FU1 and FU7 supply relay output 1. Refer to terminal board wiring diagram for more information.
TRLYH1C Relay Output with Contact Sensing
Functional Description
The Relay Output with contact sensing (TRLYH1C) terminal board holds 12 plug-in magnetic relays. The first six relay circuits are Form-C contact outputs to drive external solenoids. A standard 125 V dc or 115 V ac source with fuses and on-board suppression is provided for field solenoid power. TRLYH2C holds 12 plug-in magnetic relays. The first six relay circuits are Form-C contact outputs to drive external solenoids. A standard 24 V dc source with fuses and on-board suppression is provided for field solenoid power.
The next five relays (7-11) are unpowered, isolated Form-C contacts. Output 12 is an isolated Form-C contact with non-fused power supply, used for ignition transformers. For example, 12 NO contacts have jumpers to apply or remove the feedback voltage sensing.
TRLYH1C and H2C are the same as the standard TRLYH1B board except for the following:
• Six jumpers for converting the solenoid outputs to dry contact type are removed. These jumpers were associated with the fuse monitoring.
• Input relay coil monitoring is removed from the 12 relays. • Relay contact voltage monitoring is added to the 12 relays. Individual
monitoring circuits have voltage suppression and can be isolated by removing their associated jumper.
• High-frequency snubbers are installed across the NO and SOL terminals on the six solenoid driver circuits and on the special circuit, output 12.
Mark VI Systems
In the Mark* VI system, the TRLY is controlled by the VCCC or VCRC board and supports simplex and TMR applications. Cables with molded plugs connect the terminal board to the VME rack where the I/O boards are mounted. Connector JA1 is used on simplex systems, and connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1 are used for TMR systems.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 137
Mark VIe Systems
In the Mark VIe system, TRLY works with the PDOA I/O pack and supports simplex and TMR applications. PDOA plugs into the DC-37 pin connectors on the terminal board. Connector JA1 is used on simplex systems, and connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1 are used for TMR systems.
Shieldbar
24681012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
1357911131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
TB3
JF1
x
JS1
JR1
JT1
OutputRelays
Fuses
JF2
X
JA1
Solenoidpower
Solenoidpower
Barrier type terminalblocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
12 Relay Outputs
J - Port Connections:
Plug in PDOA I/O Pack(s)for Mark VIe system
or
Cables to VCCC/VCRCboards for Mark VIe system
The number and locationdepends on the level ofredundancy required.
Jumpers
TRLYH1C Relay Output Terminal Board With Voltage Sensing
Installation
Connect the wires for the 12 relay outputs directly to two I/O terminal blocks on the terminal board as shown in the figure, TRLYH1C Terminal Board Wiring. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield terminal strip attached to chassis ground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block.
Connect the solenoid power for outputs 1-6 to JF1 normally. JF2 can be used to daisy-chain power to other TRLYs. Alternatively, power can be wired directly to TB3 when JF1/JF2 are not used. Connect power for the special solenoid, Output 12, to connector JG1.
138 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Jumpers JP1-12 remove the voltage monitoring from selected outputs.
Relay Output Terminal BoardTRLYH1C (Contact Voltage Sensing)
CableConnectorsJA1, JR1,JS1, JT1
x x x x
4 3 2 1
TB3 JF1 JF21
3
1
3
Output 01 (NC)Output 01 (NO)Output 02 (NC)
-
-
-
-
-
-
FU1
FU2
FU3
FU4
FU5
FU6
Output 01 (COM)
FusesNeg,Return
Output 01 (SOL)Output 02 (COM)Output 02 (SOL)Output 03 (COM)Output 03 (SOL)Output 04 (COM)Output 04 (SOL)Output 05 (COM)Output 05 (SOL)Output 06 (COM)Output 06 (SOL)
Output 03 (NC)Output 02 (NO)
Output 03 (NO)Output 04 (NC)Output 04 (NO)Output 05 (NC)Output 05 (NO)Output 06 (NC)Output 06 (NO)
Output 07 (COM)
Output 09 (COM)
Output 08 (COM)
Output 10 (COM)
Output 11 (COM)
Output 12 (COM)Output 12 (SOL)
Output 07 (NC)
Output 08 (NC)
Output 09 (NC)
Output 10 (NC)
Output 11 (NC)
Output 12 (NC)
Output 07 (NO)
Output 08 (NO)
Output 09 (NO)
Output 10 (NO)
Output 11 (NO)
Output 12 (NO)
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Power to Circuit 12
Powered,FusedSolenoidsForm-C
DryContactsForm-C
SpecialCircuit,Form-C,Ign. Xfmr.
+
+
+
+
+
+
FU7
FU8
FU9
FU10
FU11
FU12
JP2
JP7
JP8
JP9
JP10
JP11
JP12
Relays
JP1
JP3
JP4
JP5
JP6
Out 01
Out 02
Out 03
Out 04
Out 05
Out 06
PowerReturn
Alternative CustomerPower Wiring
N125/24 Vdc
P125/24 Vdc
PowerSource
FusesPos,High
VoltageSensingBoards
JG1 1 3
CustomerReturn
CustomerPower
TRLYH1C Terminal Board Wiring
Operation
Relay drivers, fuses, and jumpers are mounted on the TRLYH1C. Relays 1-6 have a 250 V MOV for transient suppression between the NO and power return terminals.
Relays are driven at the frame rate and have a 3.0 A rating. The rated contact-to-contact voltage is 500 V ac for one minute. The rated coil to contact voltage is 1,500 V ac for one minute. The typical time to operate is 10 ms. The relay outputs have a failsafe feature that votes to de-energize the corresponding relay when a cable is unplugged or communication with the associated I/O board is lost.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 139
For simplex operation, a cable carries control signals and monitor feedback voltages between the I/O board and TRLY through JA1. For TMR applications, relay control signals are fanned into TRLY from the three I/O boards R, S, and T through plugs JR1, JS1, and JT1. These signals are voted and the result controls the corresponding relay driver. The 28 V power for the relay coils comes in from all three I/O boards and is diode-shared. The following figure shows a TRLYH1C in a TMR system.
JG1Available forGT IgnitionTransformers(6 A at 120 V ac 3 A at 240 V ac)
13
Relay Terminal Board - TRLYH1C
JR1 P28V
RD
12 of the above circuits
JS1
JT1
JA1
ID
ID
1 of these circuits
Normal PowerSource, pluggable(7 Amp)
JF1
JF2
TB312
34
1
3
13
AlternatePower, 20 A24 V dc or125 V dc or115 V ac or240 V ac 6 of these
circuitsN125/24 Vdc
P125/24 V dc
ID
FU7
3.15 Ampslow-blow
FU1
PowerDaisy-Chain Monitor
>14 Vdc>60 Vac
MonitorVoltage
Monitor Select
DryContactForm-C
5 of these circuits
NC
NO
Com
K7K7
K7
27
26
25
K1
Sol 48
SpecialCircuit
NO
NC
Com
47
46
45
Sol
FieldSolenoid4
K1
NC
Com 2
1
K1
NO 3
K12
K12K12
K#
+
-
JP1
JP7
JP12
Snub
Snub
Output 01
Output 07
Output 12
CoilRelayDriver
RI/O
Processor
RelayControl
To S I/O Processor
with Contact Voltage Sensing
To T I/O Processor
TRLYH1C Circuits
140 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Specifications
Item Specifications
Number of relay channels on one TRLY board
12: Six relays with solenoid driver voltages Five relays with dry contacts only One relay with 7 A rating
Rated voltage on relays a: Nominal 125 V dc or 24 V dc b: Nominal 120 V ac or 240 V ac
Max load current a: 0.6 A for 125 V dc operation b: 3.0 A for 24 V dc operation c: 3.0 A for 115/230 V ac, 50/60 Hz operation
Max response time on 25 ms typical Max response time off 25 ms typical H1C contact feedback threshold 70-145 V dc, nominal 125 V dc, threshold 45 to 65 V dc
90-132 V rms, nominal 115 V rms, 47-63 Hz, threshold 45 to 72 V ac 190-264 V rms, nominal 230 V rms, 47-63 Hz, threshold 45 to 72 V ac
H2C contact feedback threshold 16-32 V dc, nominal 24 V dc, threshold 10 to 16 V dc Max response time off 25 ms typical Contact material Silver cad-oxide Contact life Electrical operations: 100,000
Mechanical operations: 10,000,000 Fault detection Loss of relay excitation current
NO contact voltage disagreement with command Unplugged cable or loss of communication with I/O board; relays de-energize if communication with associated I/O board is lost
Physical Size 17.8 cm wide x 33.02 cm high (7.0 in x 13.0 in) Temperature -30 to + 65ºC (-22 to 149 ºF)
Diagnostics
Diagnostic tests to components on the terminal boards are as follows:
• The output of each relay (coil current) is monitored and checked against the command at the frame rate. If there is no agreement for two consecutive checks, an alarm is latched.
• The solenoid excitation voltage is monitored downstream of the fuses and an alarm is latched if it falls below 12 V dc.
• If any one of the outputs goes unhealthy a composite diagnostics alarm, L3DIAG_xxxx occurs.
• When an ID chip is read by the I/O processor and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
• Each terminal board connector has it own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O pack/board. The connector ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR1/JS1/JT1 connector location. When the chip is read by the I/O processor and mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
• Relay contact voltage is monitored. • Details of the individual diagnostics are available in the configuration
application. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 141
Configuration Board adjustments are made as follows: • Jumpers JP1 through JP12. If contact voltage sensing is required, insert jumpers
for selected relays. • Fuses FU1 through FU12. If power is required for relays 1-6, two fuses should
be placed in each power circuit supplying those relays. For example, FU1 and FU7 supply relay output 1. Refer to terminal board wiring diagram for more information.
TRLYH1D Relay Output with Servo Integrity Sensing
Functional Description The Relay Output with Solenoid Integrity Sensing (TRLYH1D) terminal board holds six plug-in magnetic relays. The six relay circuits are Form-C contact outputs, powered and fused to drive external solenoids. A standard 24 V dc or 125 V dc source can be used. The board provides special feedback on each relay circuit to detect a bad external solenoid. Sensing is applied between the NO output terminal and the SOL output terminal.
TRLYH1D is similar to the standard TRLYH1B board except for the following:
• There are only six relays. • The board is designed for 24/125 V dc applications only. • Relay circuits have a NO contact in the return side as well as the source side. • The relays cannot be configured for dry contact use. • Input relay coil monitoring is removed. • The terminal board provides monitoring of field solenoid integrity. • There is no special-use relay for driving an ignition transformer.
Mark VI Systems
In the Mark* VI systems, the TRLY is controlled by the VCCC or VCRC board and supports simplex and TMR applications. Cables with molded plugs connect the terminal board to the VME rack where the I/O boards are mounted. Connector JA1 is used on simplex systems, and connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1 are used for TMR systems.
Mark VIe Systems
In the Mark VIe systems, the TRLY works with the PDOA I/O pack and supports simplex and TMR applications. PDOA plugs into the DC-37 pin connectors on the terminal board. Connector JA1 is used on simplex systems, and connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1 are used for TMR systems.
142 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Shieldbar
2468
1012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
1357911131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
TB3
x
JS1
JR1
JT1
OutputRelays
Fuses
X
JA1
Alternate powersource (14 A)
6 Relay Outputs
J - Port Connections:
Plug in PDOA I/O Pack(s)for Mark VIe system
or
Cables to VCCC/VCRCboards for Mark VI;
The number and locationdepends on the level ofredundancy required.
TB1
Barrier typeterminalblocks can beunpluggedfrom board formaintenance
JF1 JF2
Normal power source24/125 V dc (14 A)
Power,daisy chain
TRLYH1D Relay Output Terminal Board
Installation
Connect the wires for the six relay outputs directly to the TB1 terminal block on the terminal board as shown in the figure, TRLYH1D Terminal Board Wiring. The block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield terminal strip, attached to chassis ground, is located immediately to the left of the terminal block.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 143
Connect the solenoid power for outputs 1-6 to JF1. JF2 can be used to daisy-chain power to other TRLYs. Alternatively, power can be wired directly to TB3 when JF1/JF2 are not used.
Relay Output Terminal BoardTRLYH1D
Output 01 (NC)Output 01 (NO)Output 02 (NC)
-
-
-
-
-
-
FU1
FU2
FU3
FU4
FU5
FU6
Output 01 (COM)
FusesNeg,return
Output 01 (SOL)Output 02 (COM)Output 02 (SOL)Output 03 (COM)Output 03 (SOL)Output 04 (COM)Output 04 (SOL)Output 05 (COM)Output 05 (SOL)Output 06 (COM)Output 06 (SOL)
Output 03 (NC)Output 02 (NO)
Output 03 (NO)Output 04 (NC)Output 04 (NO)Output 05 (NC)Output 05 (NO)Output 06 (NC)Output 06 (NO)
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Out 01
Out 02
Out 03
Out 04
Out 05
Out 06
+
+
+
+
+
+
FU7
FU8
FU9
FU10
FU11
FU12
Alternate customerpower source
Relays
FusesPos, High
Wiring tosix externalsolenoids
x x x x
3 2 1
TB3
-+
JF1 JF21
3
1
3
Power sourceN125/110/24 V dc +
-
4
JS1
JR1
JT1
JA1
J - Port Connections:
Plug in PDOA I/O Pack(s)for Mark VIe system
or
Cables to VCCC/VCRCboards for Mark VI;
The number and locationdepends on the level ofredundancy required.
TRLYH1D Terminal Board Wiring
144 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Operation
The six relays have a MOV and clamp diode for transient suppression between the NO and power return terminals. The relay outputs have a failsafe feature that votes to de-energize the corresponding relay when a cable is unplugged or communication with the associated I/O board is lost.
TRLYH1D monitors each solenoid between the NO and SOL output terminals. When the relay is de-energized, the circuit applies a bias of less than 8% nominal voltage to determine if the load impedance is within an allowable band. If the impedance is too low or high for consecutive scans, an alarm feedback is generated. The contacts must be open for at least 1.3 seconds to get a valid reading.
110 or 125 V dc Solenoid Voltage
24 V dc Solenoid Voltage
Yes Unknown No Unknown Yes
Yes Unknown No Unknown Yes
AnnounceSolenoid Failure?
AnnounceSolenoid Failure?
Solenoid Resistance
Solenoid Resistance
80 Ω 153 Ω 2.2 kΩ 2.2 kΩ
5 Ω 11 Ω 148 Ω 153 Ω
(R_NOM = 644 Ω)
(R_NOM = 29 Ω)
TRLYH1D Solenoid Fault Announcement
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 145
For simplex operation, cables carry control signals and solenoid monitoring feedback voltages between the I/O board and TRLY through JA1. For TMR applications, relay control signals are fanned into TRLY from the three I/O processor boards R, S, and T through plugs JR1, JS1, and JT1. These signals are voted and the result controls the corresponding relay driver. Power for the relay coils comes in from all three I/O boards and is diode-shared. The following figure shows TRLYH1D in a TMR system.
Relay Terminal Board - TRLYH1D
RI/O
Processor
JA1
JF1
JF2
TB312
34
1
3
13
Alternate powersource (14 A)
SolN125/24 V dc
+
-
Fieldsolenoid4
NC
Com 2
1
K1
NO 3
P125/24 V dc FU7
3.15 Ampslow-blow
FU1
Powerdaisy-chain
Monitor>14 Vdc>60 Vac
Monitor Select
Output 01
RelayControl
To S I/O Processor
TB1
K1
SolenoidIntegrityMonitor
K1
JR1 P28V
Coil
RDJS1
JT1ID
ID
ID
K#RelayDriver
6 of the above circuits
(14 Amp)
Normal powersource, pluggable24 V dc or110 V dc or125 V dc
Fuse Fdback
24 kHz fromPower Supply
To T I/O Processor
6 of theabove
circuits
TRLYH1D Circuits, TMR System
146 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of relay channels Six relays with special customer solenoid monitoring Rated voltage on relays Nominal 125 V dc or 24 V dc Relay contact rating for 24 V dc voltage
Current rating 10 A, resistive Current rating 2 A, L/R = 7 ms, without suppression
Relay contact rating for 125 V dc voltage
Current rating 0.5 A, resistive Current rating 0.2 A, L/R = 7 ms, without suppression Current rating 0.65 A, L/R = 150 ms, with suppression (MOV) across the load
Maximum response time on 25 ms typical Maximum response time off 25 ms typical Contact life Electrical operations: 100,000 Board size 17.8 cm by 33.0 cm (7 in by 13 in) Fault detection Loss of solenoid voltage supply (fuse monitor)
Solenoid resistance measured to detect open and short circuits Unplugged cable or loss of communication with I/O board (relays de-energize if communication with associated I/O board is lost)
Physical Size 17.8 cm wide x 33.02 cm high (7.0 in x 13.0 in) Temperature -30 to +65ºC (-22 to +149 ºF)
Diagnostics
Diagnostic tests to components on the terminal boards are as follows:
• The output of each relay (coil current) is monitored and checked against the command at the frame rate. If there is no agreement for two consecutive checks, an alarm is latched.
• The solenoid excitation voltage is monitored downstream of the fuses and an alarm is latched if it falls below 12 V dc.
• If any one of the outputs goes unhealthy a composite diagnostics alarm, L3DIAG_xxxx occurs.
• When an ID chip is read by the I/O processor and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
• Each terminal board connector has it own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O pack/board. The connector ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR1/JS1/JT1 connector location. When the chip is read by the I/O processor and mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
• Relay contact voltage is monitored. • Details of the individual diagnostics are available in the configuration
application. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 147
TRLYH1E Solid-State Relay Output
Functional Description The solid-state Relay Output (TRLYH1E) terminal board is a 12-output relay board using solid-state relays for the outputs and featuring isolated output voltage feedback on all 12 circuits. The solid-state relays allow the board to be certified for Class 1 Division 2 applications. The use of solid-state relays requires three different board types:
• TRLYH1E for 115 V ac applications • TRLYH2E for 24 V dc applications • TRLYH3E for 125 V dc applications
Unlike the form-C contacts provided on the mechanical relay boards, all 12 outputs on TRLYH1E are single, NO, contacts. There is no user solenoid power distribution on the board.
Mark VI Systems
In the Mark* VI system, the TRLY is controlled by the VCCC or VCRC board and supports simplex and TMR applications. Cables with molded plugs connect the terminal board to the VME rack where the I/O boards are mounted. Connector JA1 is used on simplex systems, and connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1 are used for TMR systems.
Mark VIe Systems
In the Mark VIe system, the TRLY works with the PDOA I/O pack and supports simplex and TMR applications. PDOA plugs into the DC-37 pin connectors on the terminal board. Connector JA1 is used on simplex systems, and connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1 are used for TMR systems.
Shieldbar
2468
1012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
13579
11131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
x
JS1
JR1
JT1
Solid-State Output Relays
X
JA1
12 Relay Outputs
J - Port Connections:
Plug in PDOA I/O Pack(s)for Mark VIe system
or
Cables to VCCC/VCRCboards for Mark VI;
The number and locationdepends on the level ofredundancy required.
TB1
Barrier typeterminal blocks canbe unplugged fromboard formaintenance
Relay
MV
Relay
MV
Relay
MV
Relay
MV
Relay
MV
Relay
MV
Relay
MV
Relay
MV
Relay
MV
Relay
MV
Relay
MV
Relay
MV
TRLYH1E Solid-State Relay Output Terminal Board
148 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
Connect the wires for the 12 solenoids directly to the I/O terminal block on the terminal board as shown in the figure, TRLYH1E Terminal Board Wiring. The terminal block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires. The dc relays are unidirectional, so care should be taken about polarity when connecting load to these relays. A shield terminal strip attached to chassis ground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block. The solenoids must be powered externally by the customer.
Solid-State Relay Output Terminal Board TRLYH1E
COM7 (NEG)NO7 (POS)COM8 (NEG)
COM1 (NEG)NO1 (POS)COM2 (NEG)NO2 (POS))COM3 (NEG)NO3 (POS)COM4 (NEG)NO4 (POS)COM5 (NEG)NO5 (POS)COM6 (NEG)NO6 (POS)
COM9 (NEG)NO8 (POS)
NO9 (POS)COM10 (NEG)NO10 (POS)COM11 (NEG)NO11 (POS)COM12 (NEG)NO12 (POS)
2468
1012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Relay
MV
Relay
MV
Relay
MV
Relay
MV
Relay
MV
Relay
MV
Relay
MV
Relay
MV
Relay
MV
Relay
MV
Relay
MV
Relay
MV
JA1 JR1
JS1
JT1
Wiring to 12 external solenoids
J - Port Connections:
Plug in PDOA I/O Pack(s)for Mark VIe system
or
Cables to VCCC/VCRCboards for Mark VI;
The number and locationdepends on the level ofredundancy required.
TRLYH1E Terminal Board Wiring
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 149
Operation
NO solid-state relays, relay drivers, and output monitoring are mounted on TRLYH1E. During power up, relays stay de-energized while connected to any control. The relay outputs have a failsafe feature that votes to de-energize the corresponding relay when a cable is unplugged or communication with the associated I/O processor is lost.
For simplex operation, control signals and relay output voltage feedback signals pass between the I/O processor and TRLY through JA1. For TMR applications, relay control signals are fanned into TRLY from the three I/O processors R, S, and T through plugs JR1, JS1, and JT1. These signals are voted and the result controls the corresponding relay driver. Power for the relay drivers comes in from all three I/O processors and is diode-shared. The following figure shows TRLYH1E in a TMR system.
Relay Terminal Board - TRLYH1E
JA1
To S I/O Processor
JR1 P28V
JS1
JT1ID
ID
12 of the above circuits
RelayVoting
RelayDriver
Solid-StateRelay
COM
Solenoid
NO
TB1
GND
Supply
ContactSensing/
InputSensing
ID
IDR
I/OProcessor
RelayControl
Coil
To T I/O Processor
TRLYH1E Circuits, TMR System
150 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Contact Voltage Feedback
In TRLYH1E, isolated feedback of voltage sensing is connected to the relay outputs. This allows the control to observe the voltage across the relay outputs without a galvanic connection. One contact sensing circuit is provided with each relay. This feature is similar to the voltage sensing on TRLYH1C but with simpler hardware. The voltage sensing circuit allows a small leakage current to pass to power the isolated circuit. The typical leakage current is the sum of the leakage through the turned off solid-state relay and the current through the voltage sensing circuit. The following charts indicate the typical leakage current as a function of the applied voltage for the three board types.
TRLYH1E Typical Off-State Leakage Current-mARMS
0.00
5.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
25.00
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
Input Voltage across contacts V RMS
Typi
cal l
eaka
ge c
urre
nt -
mA
RM
S
TRLYH2E Typical Off-State Leakage Current
0.00
0.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
Applied Voltage
Leak
age
mA
..
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 151
TRLYH3E Typical Off-State Leakage Current
0.00
0.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 130
Applied Voltage
Leak
age
mA
..
Due to the permitted leakage current, the board may give false indications if used in series with a low input current load, including common contact input circuits such as those found on TBCI or STCI. To ensure correct operation, the maximum load resistances for the three board types are as follows:
• TRLYH1E: Maximum load resistance at nominal 115 V ac is 2.5 kΩ. • TRLYH2E: Maximum load resistance at nominal 24 V dc is 4.5 kΩ. • TRLYH3E: Maximum load resistance at nominal 125 V dc is 25 kΩ.
Load resistance may be decreased by applying a resistor in parallel with the load so the parallel combination satisfies the maximum resistance requirement.
Contact Voltage Rating
Solid-state relays have a finite transient voltage capability and require coordinated voltage protection. TRLYH1E for ac applications uses a load control device that turns off on a current zero crossing. This turn-off characteristic ensures that no inductive energy is present in the load at turn-off time. Basic protection of the ac relay is provided on TRLYH1E using a MOV with clamp voltage coordinated with relay voltage rating. In addition, there is an R-C snubber circuit on the relay output using a 56 Ω resistor in series with a 0.25 µF capacitor.
Both the TRLYH2E (for 24 V dc applications) and the TRLYH3E (for 125 V dc applications) can interrupt currents in large inductive loads. Because a wide range of loads may be encountered, an appropriate R-C or diode snubber circuit must be selected for each application. The snubber should be applied at the load device using common engineering practices. If the applied snubber does not fully control inductive switching voltage transients, both board versions contain an active voltage clamp circuit. This circuit activates at approximately 50-55 V dc for the H2E and at approximately 164-170 V dc for the H3E (both values below the rating of the relay). While the clamp circuit has a finite ability to absorb energy, it can handle the wiring inductance of a resistive load.
152 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of relay channels on one TRLY board
12 relays: 115 V ac operation with TRLYH1E 24 V dc operation with TRLYH2E 125 V dc operation with TRLYH3E
Maximum operating voltage and maximum load current with free convection air flow
1E: 250 V rms at 47-63 Hz. 10 A @25ºC (77 ºF) maximum de-rate current linearly to 6 A @ 65ºC (149 ºF) maximum 2E: 28 V dc 10 A dc @40ºC (104 ºF) maximum de-rate current linearly to 7 A dc @65ºC (149 ºF) maximum 3E: 140 V dc 3 A dc@40ºC (104 ºF)maximum de-rate current linearly to 2 A dc @65ºC (149 ºF)maximum
Maximum off state leakage (see charts of leakage vs. applied voltage)
1E: 3 mA rms 2E: 3 mA A dc at 55 V 3E: 2.5 mA A dc
Max response time on 1 ms for dc relays; ½ cycle for ac relay Max response time off 300 micro seconds for dc relays; ½ cycle for ac relay Relay MTBF 1E: 50 years
2E: 37 years 3E: 47 years
Relay contact voltage sensing threshold
1E: 115 V ac 70 V ±10% ac rms 2E: 24 V dc 15 V ±2 V dc 3E: 125 V dc 79 V ±10% dc
Operating temperature range
-30 to 65ºC (-22 to +149 ºF)
Operating humidity 5 to 95% non-condensing Fault detection Relay current disagreement with command
Unplugged cable or loss of communication with I/O board; relays de-energize if communication with associated I/O board is lost
Physical Size 17.8 cm wide x 33.02 cm high (7.0 in x 13.0 in) Temperature -30 to + 65ºC (-22 to +149 ºF)
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 153
Diagnostics
Diagnostic tests to components on the terminal boards are as follows:
• The output of each relay (coil current) is monitored and checked against the command at the frame rate. If there is no agreement for two consecutive checks, an alarm is latched.
• The solenoid excitation voltage is monitored downstream of the fuses and an alarm is latched if it falls below 12 V dc.
• If any one of the outputs goes unhealthy a composite diagnostics alarm, L3DIAG_xxxx occurs.
• When an ID chip is read by the I/O processor and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
• Each terminal board connector has it own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O pack/board. The connector ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR1/JS1/JT1 connector location. When the chip is read by the I/O processor and mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
• Relay contact voltage is monitored. • Details of the individual diagnostics are available in the configuration
application. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
TRLYH1F Relay Output with TMR Contact Voting
Functional Description
The Relay Output with TMR contact voting (TRLYH1F) terminal board provides 12 contact-voted relay outputs. The board holds 12 sealed relays in each TMR section, for a total of 36 relays. The relay contacts from R, S, and T are combined to form a voted Form A (NO) contact. 24/125 V dc or 115 V ac can be applied.
Note TRLYH1F and H2F do not support simplex arrangements
TRLYH1F does not have power distribution. However, an optional power distribution board, IS200WPDFH1A, can be added so that a standard 125 V dc or 115 V ac source, or an optional 24 V dc source with individual fuses, can be provided for field solenoid power.
TRLYH2F is same as TRLYH1F except that the voted contacts form a Form B (NC) output. Both boards can be used in Class 1 Division 2 applications.
154 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Mark VI Systems
In the Mark* VI system, the TRLY is controlled by the VCCC, VCRC, or VGEN board and only supports TMR applications. Cables with molded plugs connect JR1, JS1, and JT1 to the VME rack where the I/O boards are mounted.
Mark VIe Systems
In the Mark VIe system, the TRLY works with PDOA I/O pack and only supports TMR applications. Three TMR PDOA packs plug into the JR1, JS1, and JT1 37-pin D-type connectors on the terminal board.
Shield bar
2468
1012141618202224
xx
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1357911131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
xx
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Barrier type terminalblocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
12 Relay OutputsJS1
JR1
JT1TB1
TB2
DC-64 pin connector for optionalpower distribution daughterboard
DC-64 pin connector for optionalpower distribution daughterboard
DC-37 pin connector for I/O processorX
X
J1
J2
K1R K1TK1S
K12R K12TK12S
18 sealed relays
18 sealed relays
J - Port Connections:
Plug in 3 PDOA I/O Packsfor Mark VIe system
or
Cables to VCCC/VCRC or VGENboards for Mark VI system
TRLYH1F Relay Output Terminal Board
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 155
Installation
Connect the wires for the 12 solenoids directly to two I/O terminal blocks on the terminal board as shown in the following figure, TRLYH1F Terminal Board Wiring. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield termination strip attached to chassis ground is located immediately to the left side of each terminal block. Solenoid power for outputs 1-12 is available if the WPDF daughterboard is used. Alternatively, power can be wired directly to the terminal block.
Relay Output Terminal Board TRLYH1F
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1357911131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
FPOn Fused Power Out #nFPRn Fused Power Return #nKna Resulting voted relay contact #nKnb Resulting voted relay contact #n
Signal Name Description, n=1...12
FPO1K1aFPO2
FPO3K2a
K3aFPO4K4aFPO5K5aFPO6K6a
FPO7K7aFPO8
FPO9K8a
K9aFPO10K10aFPO11K11aFPO12K12a
K1bFPR1K2bFPR2K3bFPR3K4bFPR4K5bFPR5K6bFPR6
J - Port Connections:
Plug in three PDOA I/O Packsfor Mark VIe system
or
DC-64 pin connector foroptional power distributiondaughterboard WPDF
64-pin connector for optionalpower distribution daughterboardWPDF
DC-37 pin connector for I/Oprocessor
Cables to VCCC/VCRC or VGENboards for Mark VI system
J1
J2
K1R K1TK1S
K12R K12TK12S
18 sealed relays
18 sealed relays
Wiring connections
JR1
JS1
JT1
K7bFPR7K8bFPR8K9bFPR9K10bFPR10K11bFPR11K12bFPR12
TRLYH1F Terminal Board Wiring
156 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Power Distribution Board
If using the optional WPDF power distribution board, mount it on top of TRLY on the J1 and J2 connectors. Secure WPDF to TRLY by fastening a screw in the hole located at the center of WPDF. Connect the power for the two sections of the board on the three-pin connectors J1 and J4. Power can be daisy-chained out through the adjacent plugs, J2 and J3.
J1J2
J4J3
Fasten WPDF toTRLY with screw
Plug DC-62 pin connectorinto J1 on TRLY
Plug DC-62 pin connectorinto J2 on TRLY
Output powerdaisy chain
Output powerdaisy chain
P1
P2
Input power
Input power
3 13 1
3 1 3 1
FU1 FU13
FU6 FU18
FU19 FU7
FU24 FU12
TRLYH1FBoard
WPDF Power Distribution Board
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 157
The solenoids must be wired as shown in the following figure. If WPDF is not used, the customer must supply power to the solenoids.
1234
56
7
Power Input,section 1
WPDF Daughter Board
Output #2
Vfb
Vfb
+
+
J1J2
P1
8
CustomerSolenoid
FPO1K1bK1a
FPR1
TRLYH1F
Wiring to Solenoid using WPDF
Operation
The 28 V dc power for the terminal board relay coils and logic comes from the three I/O processors connected at JR1, JS1, and JT1. The same relays are used for ac voltages and dc voltages, as specified in the Specifications section. H1F and H2F use the same relays with differing circuits.
Relay drivers are mounted on the TRLYH1F and drive the relays at the frame rate. The relay outputs have a failsafe feature that votes to de-energize the corresponding relay when a cable is unplugged or communication with the associated I/O board or I/O pack is lost.
This board only supports TMR applications. The relay control signals are routed into TRLY from the three I/O processors R, S, and T through plugs JR1, JS1, and JT1. These signals directly control the corresponding relay driver for each TMR section R, S, and T. Power for each section’s relay coils comes in from its own I/O processor and is not shared with the other sections.
TRLYH1F features TMR contact voting. The relay contacts from R, S, and T are combined to form a voted Form A (NO) contact. 24/125 V dc or 115 V ac can be applied. TRLYH2F is the same except that the voted contacts form a Form B (NC) output. The following figure shows TMR voting contact circuit.
NormallyOpencontacts
R
T
S T
R
S
Contact voting circuit
R
S
T
V
V
V
Relay control
Driver feedback
TRLYH1F Contact Arrangement for TMR Voting
158 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Field Solenoid Power Option
The WPDFH1A daughterboard supplies power to TRLYH#F to power solenoids. WPDF holds two power distribution circuits, which can be independently used for standard 125 V dc, 115 V ac, or 24 V dc sources. Each section consists of six fused branches that provide power to TRLYH#F. Each branch has its own voltage monitor across its secondary fuse pair. Each voltage detector is fanned to three independent open-collector drivers for feedback to each of the I/O processors R, S, and T.
WPDF should not be used without TRLYH#F. Fused power flows through this board down to the TRLY terminal board points. TRLY controls the fuse power feedback. The following figure shows TRLYH1F/WPDF solenoid power circuit.
12345678
TRLYH1FTerminal Board
Power Input,section 1
WPDF Daughterboard
Output #1
Output #2
Pwr. Outputdaisy chain
6 circuits
Vfb
Vfb
+ Fuse
Voltage sense
Fuse
+
J1J2
J4J3
6 circuits
Vfb
Vfb
+ Fuse
Voltage senseFuse
+
P1
P2
Power Input,section 2
Pwr. Outputdaisy chain
Solenoid Power Supply WPDF
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 159
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of output relay channels
12
Board types H1F: NO contacts H2F: NC contacts
Rated voltage on relays a: Nominal 100/125 V dc or 24 V dc b: Nominal 115 V ac
Maximum load current a: 0.5/0.3 A resistive for 100/125 V dc operation b: 5.0 A resistive for 24 V dc operation c: 5.0 A resistive for 115 V ac
Maximum response time on 25 ms Contact life Electrical operations: 100,000 Fault detection Coil Voltage disagreement with command
Blown fuse indication (with WPDF power daughterboard). Unplugged cable or loss of communication with I/O board; relays de-energize if communication with associated I/O board is lost.
WPDF Solenoid Power Distribution Board
Number of Power Distribution Circuits (PDC)
2: Each rated 10 A, nominal 115 V ac or 125 V dc.
Number of Fused Branches 12: 6 for each PDC Fuse rating 3.15 A at 25ºC (77 ºF)
2.36 A – recommended maximum usage at 65ºC (149 ºF) Voltage monitor, maximum response delay
60 ms typical
Voltage monitor, minimum detection voltage
16 V dc 72 V ac
Voltage monitor, max current (leakage)
3 mA
Physical Size - TRLY 17.8 cm wide x 33.02 cm high (7.0 in x 13.0 in) Size - WPDF 10.16 cm wide x 33.02 cm high (4.0 in x 13.0 in) Temperature -30 to + 65ºC (-22 to +149 ºF) Technology Surface-mount
160 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Diagnostics
Diagnostic tests to components on the terminal boards are as follows:
• The voltage to each relay coil is monitored and checked against the command at the frame rate. If there is no agreement for two consecutive checks, an alarm is latched.
• The voltage across each solenoid power supply is monitored and if it goes below 16 V ac/dc, an alarm is created.
• If any one of the outputs goes unhealthy a composite diagnostic alarm, L3DIAG_xxxx occurs.
• When an ID chip is read by the I/O processor and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
• Each terminal board connector has its own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O board. The connector ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR1/JS1/JT1 connector location.
Details of the individual diagnostics are available from the configuration application. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
DRLY Simplex Relay Output
Functional Description
The Simplex Relay Output (DRLY) terminal board is a compact relay output terminal board designed for wall mounting (not DIN-rail mounting). The board has 12 form-C dry contact output relays and connects to the VCCC, VCRC, or VTUR processor board with a single cable. The 37-pin cable connector is identical to those used on the larger TRLY terminal board. Two DRLY boards can be connected to VCCC, VCRC, or VTUR for a total of 24 contact outputs. Only a simplex version of this board is available.
There are two versions of the DRLY terminal board:
• H1A has higher powered relay contacts than H1B. • H1B is suitable for use in UL listing for Class I, Division 2 Hazardous
(classified) locations.
Note DRLY does not work with the PDOA I/O Pack.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 161
Installation
Note DLRY does not have a shield terminal strip.
Mount the DRLY board by fastening screws to wall through the four mounting holes in the corners of metal support plate. Connect the wires for the 12 relay outputs directly to the odd-numbered screws on the terminal blocks. The high-density Euro-Block type terminal blocks plug into the numbered receptacles on the board. The two screws on TB2 are provided for the SCOM (chassis ground) connection, which should be as short a distance as possible.
Note SCOM, TB2, must be connected to chassis ground.
123456789
101112
131415161718192021222324
252627282930313233343536
373839404142434445464748
495051525354555657585960
616263646566676869707172
K1
K8
K2
K3
K4
K5
K6
K7
K9
K10
K11
K12
TB2SCOMOutput 1 (NC)
Output 1 (COM)
Output 1 (NO)
Output 2 (NC)
Output 2 (COM)
Output 2 (NO)
Output 3 (NC)
Output 3 (COM)
Output 3 (NO)
Output 4 (NC)
Output 4 (COM)
Output 4 (NO)
Output 5 (NC)
Output 5 (COM)
Output 5 (NO)
Output 6 (NC)
Output 6 (COM)
Output 6 (NO)
Output 7 (NC)
Output 7 (COM)
Output 7 (NO)
Output 8 (NC)
Output 8 (NO)
Output 8 (COM)
Output 9 (NC)
Output 9 (NO)
Output 9 (COM)
Output 10 (NC)
Output 10 (COM)
Output 10 (NO)
Output 11 (NC)
Output 11 (COM)
Output 11 (NO)
Output 12 (NC)
Output 12 (COM)
Output 12 (NO)
1 2
JR1
Cable from J3 or J4on I/O rack, fromI/O processorboard
LED relaystate indicator
TB1
Mountingholes
37-pin "D" shellconnector
Screw ConnectionsScrew Connections
P28 OK LED
DRLY Wiring and Cabling
162 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Operation
DRLY does not include solenoid source power. There is one set of dry contacts per relay, with two NO contacts in series. Unlike TRLY, there is no on-board suppression, and no relay state monitoring. The I/O board (VCCC, VCRC, or VTUR) provides the 28 V dc power for the relay coils, which is indicated with a green LED. DRLY has a yellow LED for each relay that indicates voltage across the coil. With an unconnected control cable, the relays default to a de-energized state.
Note Three relays on DRLY can be controlled by VTUR using the DTRT transition board. Six relays can be controlled if two DTURs are used.
LED COIL
RelayDriver
P28V
JR1
DRLY Board
From J3 or J4on I/O rack,from I/Oprocessorboard
NC
COM
NO
Output 1of 12 drycontactoutputs
12 of the above circuitsID
1
2
SCOM
TB1
TB2
1
3
5
RD
P28 OK
DRLY Board Circuits
DRLYH1A Specifications
Item Specification
Number of relay outputs and type
12 relays, nominal 24 V dc coil. Two-pole double throw with Form C contacts containing two NO and 2 NC contacts
Relay contact rating Resistive: 28 V dc: 10 A 120 V ac: 10 A 240 V ac: 3 A 125 V dc: 0.5 A
Inductive: 28 V dc: 2 A, L/R = 7 ms, without suppression 120 V ac: 2 A, PF= 0.4, 10 A inrush, no suppression Motor load 1/3 Hp. 240 V ac: 2 A, PF= 0.4, 10 A inrush, no suppression Motor load ½ Hp. 125 V dc: 0.2 A, L/R = 7 ms without suppression 125 V dc: 0.65 A, L/R = 150 ms, MOV suppression by others (with two contacts in series on the same relay)
Suppression External suppression will be supplied by customer
Relay response time Operate: 15 ms typical Release: 10 ms typical
Fault detection in I/O board The state of the P28 V dc is monitored using a green LED at the top of the board. Voltage across each relay coil is indicated with a yellow LED. There is no relay state monitoring in the VCCC or VCRC
Physical Size 21.59 cm long x 20.57 cm wide (8.5 in x 8.1 in wide) Temperature 0 to 60ºC (32 to 140 ºF)
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output • 163
DRLYH1B Specifications
Item Specification
Number of relay outputs 12 relays, nominal 24 V dc coil Relay type Two-pole double throw with Form C contacts containing two NO and 2 NC contacts. UL listed,
CSA certified, sealed to UL 1604
Relay contact rating (resistive load)
28 V dc: 2 A 125 V dc: 0.5 A120 V ac: 1 A 240 V ac: 0.5 A
Max operating voltage: 250 V rms, 220 V dc Max operating current: 2 A dc, 1 A rms Max switching capacity: 125 VA, 60 W
Suppression External suppression will be supplied by customer Relay response time Operate: 3 ms typical
Release: 2 ms typical Fault detection in I/O board
The state of the P28 V dc is monitored using a green LED at the top of the board Voltage across each relay coil is indicated with a yellow LED There is no relay state monitoring in the I/O board
Agency requirements UL listed Class I, Division. 2 applications, CSA, and CE, also approvals listed in table above for TRLYH1A
Physical Size 21.59 cm long x 20.57 cm wide, (8.5 in x 8.1 in) Temperature 0 to 75ºC (32 to 167 ºF)
Diagnostics
The board contains the following diagnostics; there is no relay state monitoring.
• The terminal board connector has an ID device that is interrogated by the I/O board. The connector ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the board serial number, board type, and revision number. When this chip is read by VCCC/VCRC or VTUR and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
• The voltage across each relay coil is indicated with a yellow LED. • The 28 V supply to the board is indicated with a green LED.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
164 • VCCC/VCRC Discrete Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Notes
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCMI Bus Master Controller • 165
VCMI Bus Master Controller
Functional Description
The VME Bus Master Controller (VCMI) board is the communication interface between the controller and the I/O boards, and the communication interface to the system control network, known as IONet. VCMI is also the VME bus master in the control and I/O racks, and manages the IDs for all the boards in the rack and their associated terminal boards. The two versions of the VCMI are shown in the following figure:
IONet3 port10Base2
IONet2 port10Base2
IONet1 port10Base2
VME bus to I/Oboards and controller
IONet port10Base2
VME bus to I/Oboards and controller
VCMI is OK
Error or Power up Failure
Pushbutton
IONet node
Channel ID
Transmitting PacketsReceiving PacketsCollisions on IONet
VCMI H1
x
Communicationboard - 1 IONet
x
SERIAL
RUNFAILSTATUS
RESET
8421
MODULE
RST
TXRXCD
BE
IONET1
VCMI H2
x
Communicationboard - 3 IONets
x
SERIAL
RUNFAILSTATUS
RESET
8421
MODULE
TXRXCD
TXRXCD
BE
IONET3
RST
TXRXCDIONET2
IONET2
VCMI Boards, Single, and Triple Network Versions
VCMI Bus Master Controller
166 • VCMI Bus Master Controller GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Multiple I/O racks can be connected to the IONet, each rack with its own VCMI board. The following figure shows three simplex system configurations with local and remote I/O using the VCMI.
VCMI
UCVX
VCMI
UCVX
IONet
R0
VCMI
R1
Simplex system withlocal I/O
UCVX is controllerVCMI is bus masterI/O are VME boards
Simplex system withlocal & remote I/OI/O
BoardsI/O
Boards
I/OBoards
VCMI
R2
I/OBoards
Simplex System Configurations with Local and Remote I/O
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCMI Bus Master Controller • 167
The following figure shows two sizes of triple modular redundant (TMR) systems. The first example is a small system where all the I/O is mounted in the VME control rack so no remote I/O racks are required. Each channel (R, S, T) has its own IONet, and the VCMI has three IONet ports.
The second example is a larger system with remote I/O racks. Each IONet supports multiple I/O racks, but only one rack is shown here. All I/O channels (R, S, T) are identical in terms of I/O boards and points.
TMR system withlocal I/O
UCVX is controllerVCMI is bus masterI/O are VMETermination boardsnot shown
TMR system withremote I/O,Termination boardsnot shown
IONet supportsmultiple remoteI/O racks
VCMI
R1
I/OBoards
VCMI
UCVX
VCMI
UCVX
VCMI
UCVX
IONet - RIONet - SIONet - T
R0 S0 T0
VCMI
UCVX
VCMI
UCVX
VCMI
UCVX
IONet - RIONet - SIONet - T
R0 S0 T0
VCMI
S1
I/OBoards
VCMI
T1
I/OBoards
I/OBoards
I/OBoards
I/OBoards
TMR System Configurations with Local and Remote I/O
168 • VCMI Bus Master Controller GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
The VCMI card receives analog and digital feedback of power status through the J301 backplane connector. J301 connections are as follows:
Backplane VCMI Hardware VCMI Software
J301 Pin Signal VCMI Signal Description Signal Space Signal Space Description
1 P28AA +28 V Power out
2 PCOM Power common
5 SG201C28 AIN4P Analog input 4 + Spare 02 Analog spare 02 6 SG201C27 AIN4N Analog input 4 - Spare 01 Analog spare 01 7 SG201C26 AIN3P Analog input 3 +
8 SG201C25 AIN3N Analog input 3 -
9 SG201C24 DINRET Digital input Power common
10 SG201C23 DINPWROUT Digital input Power output
11 SG201C22 DIN12 Digital input 12 Logic_In_12 Spare 05 12 SG201C21 DIN11 Digital input 11 Logic_In_11 Spare 04 13 SG201C20 DIN10 Digital input 10 Logic_In_10 Spare 03 14 SG201C19 DIN9 Digital input 9 Logic_In_9 Spare 02 15 SG201C18 DIN8 Digital input 8 Logic_In_8 Spare 01 16 SG201C17 DIN7 Digital input 7 Logic_In_7 Fuse 29, J17 Fault 17 PCOM Power common
18 P28AA +28 V Power out
19 SIGCOM02 SCOM-DCOM JP2 Select
20 N28 -28 V Power out
21 PCOM Power common
26 SG201A26 AIN2P Analog input 2 + N125_Grd N125 with respect to ground 27 SG201A25 AIN2N Analog input 2 -
28 SG201A24 AIN1P Analog input 1 + P125_Grd P125 with respect to ground 29 SG201A23 AIN1N Analog input 1 -
30 SG201A22 DIN6 Digital input 6 Logic_In_6 Fuse 32, J20 Fault 31 SG201A21 DIN5 Digital input 5 Logic_In_5 Fuse 31, J19 Fault 32 SG201A20 DIN4 Digital input 4 Logic_In_4 Miscellaneous contact 33 SG201A19 DIN3 Digital input 3 Logic_In_3 AC2 source fault 34 SG201A18 DIN2 Digital input 2 Logic_In_2 AC1 source fault 35 SG201A17 DIN1 Digital input 1 Logic_In_1 Battery bus fault 36 SIGCOM01 SCOM-DCOM
JP1 Select
37 CBL301ID CBL301ID ID Cable signal
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCMI Bus Master Controller • 169
Specifications
Item Specification
Board Type 6U high VME board, 0.787 inch wide
Processor Texas Instruments TMS320C32 32-bit digital signal processor Memory Dual-port memory, 32 Kbytes in 32-bit transfer configuration
SRAM, 256k x 32
Flash memory, 512k x 8-VCMIH_B; 4096K x 8-VCMIH_C
Communication H1 version: One IONet 10Base2 Ethernet port, BNC connector, 10 Mbits/sec
H2 version: Three IONet 10Base2 Ethernet ports, BNC connectors, 10 Mbits/sec
VME bus block transfers
1 RS-232C Serial port, D-style plug connector, 9600 (only)
Frame Rate 10 ms (100 Hz) for simplex 40 ms (25 Hz) for TMR 20 ms, 80 ms application dependent
Diagnostics
The internal +5 V, ±12 V, ±15 V, and ±28 V power supply buses are monitored and alarmed. The alarm settings are configurable and usually set at 3.5%, except for the 28 V supplies, which are set at 5.5%.
Diagnostic signals from the power distribution module (PDM), connected through J301, are also monitored. These include ground fault and over/under voltage on the P125 V bus, two differential ±5V dc analog inputs, P28A and PCOM for external monitor circuits, and digital inputs.
Configuration VCMI Toolbox Configuration (Part 1 of 2)
Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
System Limits Enable or disable all system limits Enable, disable
PS_Limit1 ± Power supply limits for P5, P15, N15 in % 0 to 10 PS_Limit2 ± Power supply limits for P12, N12, P28, N28 in
percent 0 to 10
PwrBusLimits Enable or disable power bus diagnostics Enable, disable 125 vBusHlim High limit for 125 V dc bus in volts 0 to 150 125 vBusLlim Low limit for 125 V dc bus in volts 0 to 150 125 vBusGlim Low volts to ground limit for 125 V dc bus
(diagnostic) 0 to 150
J3 Power Monitor PDM monitor Connected, not connected Logic_In_1 First of 12 logical inputs – board point signal Point edit (input BIT) Logic_In Configurable item Used, unused P125_Grd P125 with respect to ground – board point signal Point Edit (Input FLOAT) Input Type Type of analog input Used, unused Low_Input Input volts at low value -10 to +10 Low_Value Input value in engineering units at low MA -3.4082e+038 to 3.4028e+038
170 • VCMI Bus Master Controller GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Parameter Description Choices
High_Input Input volts at high value -10 to +10 High_Value Input value in engineering units at high MA -3.4082e+038 to 3.4028e+038 Input _Filter Bandwidth of input signal filter in Hz Unused, 0.75 Hz, 1.5 Hz, 3 Hz, TMR_DiffLimit Difference limit for voted TMR inputs in % of high-
low values 0 to 10
Sys_Lim_1_Enabl Enable system limit 1 fault check Enable, disable Sys_Lim_1_Latch Input fault latch Latch, unlatch Sys_Lim_1_Type Input fault type Greater than or equal
Less than or equal Sys_Lim_1 Input limit in engineering units -3.4082e+038 to 3.4028e+038 Sys_Lim_2 Same as above for Sys Lim 1 Same as for Sys_Lim_1 N125_Gnd Same as for P125_Grd – board point signal Same as for P125_Grd Spare 01 Similar to P125_Grd – board point signal Similar to P125_Grd Spare 02 Similar to P125_Grd – board point signal Similar to P125_Grd
VCMI Toolbox Configuration (Part 2 of 2)
Parameter Description Choices
Board Point Signal Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type L3Diag_VCMI1 Board diagnostic Input BIT L3Diag_VCMI2 Board diagnostic Input BIT L3Diag_VCMI3 Board diagnostic Input BIT SysLimit1-1 P125_Grd (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT SysLimit1-2 N125_Grd (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT SysLimit1-3 Spare 01 (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT SysLimit1-4 Spare 02 (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT SysLimit1_125 P125 bus out of limits (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT SysLimit2-1 P125_Grd (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT SysLimit2-2 N125_Grd (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT SysLimit2-3 Spare 01 (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT SysLimit2-4 Spare 02 (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT SysLimit2_125 P125 bus out of limits (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT P125Bus Calc 125 V dc bus voltage (P125Grd - N125Grd) Input FLOAT ResetSYS System limit reset (Special VCMI output to I/O bds) Output BIT ResetDIA Diagnostic reset (Special VCMI output to I/O bds) Output BIT ResetSuicide Suicide reset (Special VCMI output to I/O bds) Output BIT MasterReset Master reset L86MR (Special VCMI out to I/O bds) Output BIT Logic_In_1 Battery bus fault Input BIT Logic_In_2 AC1 source fault Input BIT Logic_In_3 AC2 source fault Input BIT Logic_In_4 Misc contact Input BIT Logic_In_5 Fuse 31, J19 fault Input BIT Logic_In_6 Fuse 32, J20 fault Input BIT Logic_In_7 Fuse 29, J17 fault Input BIT Logic_In_8 Spare 01 Input BIT Logic_In_9 Spare 02 Input BIT Logic_In_10 Spare 03 Input BIT Logic_In_11 Spare 04 Input BIT Logic_In_12 Spare 05 Input BIT P125_Grd P125 with respect to ground, P3 – 28 to 29 Input FLOAT
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCMI Bus Master Controller • 171
Parameter Description Choices
N125_Grd N125 with respect to ground, negative number, P3 – 26 to 27 Input FLOAT Spare01 Analog spare 01, P3 – 07 to 08 Input FLOAT Spare02 Analog spare 02, P3 – 05 to 06 Input FLOAT
Alarms
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
1 SOE Overrun. Sequence of Events data overrun Communication problem on IONet 2 Flash Memory CRC Failure Board firmware programming error (board will not go
online) 3 CRC Failure Override is Active Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to
go online) 4 Watchdog circuitry is not armed Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to
go online) 16 System Limit Checking is Disabled System checking was disabled by configuration 17 Board ID Failure Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board 18 J3 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem 19 J4 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable problem 20 J5 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J5, or cable problem 21 J6 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J6, or cable problem 22 J3A ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J3A, or cable problem 23 J4A ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J4A, or cable problem 24 Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board 25 Board inputs disagree with the voted value A problem with the input. This could be the device, the
wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.
30 ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #, Tre: # The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
31 IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
32 P5=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P5 power supply is out of the specified operating limits
A VME rack backplane wiring problem and/or power supply problem
33 P15=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P15 power supply is out of the specified operating limits
If "Remote Control", disable diagnostic and ignore; otherwise probably a back plane wiring or VME power supply problem.
34 N15=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The N15 power supply is out of the specified operating limits
If "Remote Control", disable diagnostic and ignore; otherwise probably a VME backplane wiring and/or power supply problem.
35 P12=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P12 power supply is out of the specified operating limits
If "Remote I/O", disable diagnostic and ignore; otherwise probably a VME backplane wiring and/or power supply problem.
36 N12=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The N12 power supply is out of the specified operating limits
If "Remote I/O", disable diagnostic and ignore; otherwise probably a VME backplane wiring and/or power supply problem.
37 P28A=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28A power supply is out of the specified operating limits
If "Remote Control", disable diagnostic and ignore; otherwise probably a VME backplane wiring and/or power supply problem.
38 P28B=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28B power supply is out of the specified operating limits
If "Remote Control", disable diagnostic and ignore; otherwise probably a VME backplane wiring and/or power supply problem.
172 • VCMI Bus Master Controller GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
39 P28C=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28C power supply is out of the specified operating limits
If "Remote Control" disable diagnostic. Disable diagnostic if not used; otherwise probably a backplane wiring and/or power supply problem.
40 P28D=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28D power supply is out of the specified operating limits
If "Remote Control" disable diagnostic. Disable diagnostic if not used; otherwise probably a backplane wiring and/or power supply problem.
41 P28E=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28E power supply is out of the specified operating limits
If "Remote Control" disable diagnostic. Disable diagnostic if not used; otherwise probably a backplane wiring and/or power supply problem.
42 N28=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The N28 power supply is out of the specified operating limits
If "Remote Control" disable diagnostic. Disable diagnostic if not used; otherwise probably a backplane wiring and/or power supply problem.
43 125 Volt Bus=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The 125-Volt bus voltage is out of the specified operating limits
A source voltage or cabling problem; disable 125 V monitoring if not applicable.
44 125 Volt Bus Ground =###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The 125-Volt bus voltage ground is out of the specified operating limits
Leakage or a fault to ground causing an unbalance on the 125 V bus; disable 125 V monitoring if not applicable.
45 IONet-1 Communications Failure. Loss of communication on IONet1
Loose cable, rack power, or VCMI problem
46 IONet-2 Communications Failure. Loss of communication on IONet2
Loose cable, rack power, or VCMI problem
47 IONet-3 Communications Failure. Loss of communication on IONet3
Loose cable, rack power, or VCMI problem
48 VME Bus Error Detected (Total of ### Errors). The VCMI has detected errors on the VME bus
The sum of errors 60 through 66 - Contact the factory.
49 Using Default Input Data, Rack R.#. The VCMI is not getting data from the specified rack
IONet communications failure - Check the VCMI and/or IONet cables.
50 Using Default Input Data, Rack S.#. The VCMI is not getting data from the specified rack
IONet communications failure - Check the VCMI and/or IONet cables.
51 Using Default Input Data, Rack T.#. The VCMI is not getting data from the specified rack
IONet communications failure - Check the VCMI and/or IONet cables.
52 Missed Time Match Interrupt (## uSec). The VCMI has detected a missed interrupt
Possible VCMI hardware failure
53 VCMI Scheduler Task Overrun. The VCMI did not complete running all its code before the end of the frame
Possibly too many I/O
54 Auto Slot ID Failure (Perm. VME Interrupt). The VCMI cannot perform its AUTOSLOT ID function
I/O board or backplane problem
55 Card ID/Auto Slot ID Mismatch. The VCMI cannot read the identity of a card that it has found in the rack
Board ID chip failed
56 Topology File/Board ID Mismatch. The VCMI has detected a mismatch between the configuration file and what it actually detects in the rack
ID chip mismatch - Check your configuration
57 Controller Sequencing Overrun Too much application code used in controller. Reduce the code size.
58 Controller PCODE Version Mismatch between R,S,and T. R, S, and T have different software versions
Error during controller download - revalidate, build, and download all 3 controllers.
59 IONet Communications Failure. Loss of communications on the slave VCMI IONet
Loose cable, rack power, or VCMI problem (VCMI slave only)
60-66
VME Error Bit # (Total ## Errors). The VCMI has detected errors on the VME bus
VME backplane errors - Contact factory.
67 Controller Board is Offline. The VCMI cannot communicate with the controller
Controller failed or is powered down.
68-87
I/O Board in Slot # is Offline. The VCMI cannot communicate with the specified board
I/O board is failed or removed. You must replace the board, or reconfigure the system and redownload to the VCMI, and reboot.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VCMI Bus Master Controller • 173
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
88 U17 Sectors 0-5 are not write protected Sectors not write protected in manufacturing. Contact the factory.
89 SRAM resources exceeded. Topology/config too large The size of the configured system is too large for the VCMI. You must reduce the size of the system.
90 U54 Flashsectors #-## not write protected Sectors not write protected in manufacturing. Contact the factory
174 • VCMI Bus Master Controller GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Notes
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip • 175
VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip
Functional Description
The Generator Monitor and Trip (VGEN) board and the TGEN terminal board monitor the generator three-phase voltage and currents, and calculate three-phase power and power factor. For large steam turbine applications, VGEN provides the power load unbalance (PLU) and early valve actuation (EVA) functions, using fast acting solenoids located on a TRLY terminal board.
VME bus to VCMI
TGEN Terminal Board
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cable to VMErack R
Connectors onVME rack R
Cable to VMErack S
Cable to VMErack T
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VGEN
J3
J4
VGEN VME Board
x
x
JS1
JT1
JR1
Cable to optional TRLY,for fast acting solenoids
Shield bar
24681012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
13579
11131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
Currentinputs &gen PTsignals
Gen CTsignals
TB1
TB2
TB3
TB4
Generator Terminal Board, Processor Board, and Cabling
VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip
176 • VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
To install the VGEN board
1 Power down the VME I/O processor rack.
2 Slide in the VGEN board and push the top and bottom levers in with your hands to seat its edge connectors.
3 Tighten the captive screws at the top and bottom of the front panel. These screws serve to hold the board firmly in place and enhance the board front ground integrity. The screws should not be used to actually seat the board.
Note Cable connection to the TGEN terminal board is made at the J3 connector on the lower portion of the VME rack. Cable connection to the optional TRLY terminal board is made at the J4 connector on the lower portion of the VME rack. J3 and J4 are latching type connectors to secure the cables. Power up the VME rack and check the diagnostic lights at the top of the front panel. For details, refer to the Diagnostics section in this document.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip • 177
Operation
VGEN monitors two, three-phase potential transformer (PT) inputs, and three, one-phase current transformer (CT) inputs. Using jumpers on TGEN, four analog inputs can be configured for 4-20 mA or ±5, ±10 V dc. VGEN performs signal conversions and power, power factor, and frequency calculations.
Note A single VGEN can be used for simplex operation, or three VGENs can be used for TMR operation.
Terminal Board TGEN
Current Limit
Noisesuppression.
250 ohms
Vdc
20 ma
JP1A+24 Vdc
+/-5,10 Vdc
4-20 ma
Return
4 circuits per terminal board
19
20
21
A
B
C
Generator3-phasevolts(115 Vac)
TP-GA
TP-GB
TP-GC
22
23
24
A
B
C
Bus3-phasevolts(115 Vac)
TP-BA
TP-BB
TP-BC
TB1
<R><S>
<T>
GeneratorBoardVGEN
Controller
JR1
Connectors at bottomof VME racks
A/D
Shownfor <R>
Samefor <S>
Samefor <T>
+28 VdcJ3
JS1
JT1
J3
J3
Buffer
Open Return
To TRLYfrom<R><S><T>
17
18 PCOMTB1
115 V rms yields1.5333 V rms,gen & bus
Test Points
ID
ID
ID
01
03
H1
L1Current -phase C(115 Vac)
TP-IC11:2000
TP-IC202
04
H2
L2
01
03
H1
L1Current -phase B(115 Vac)
TP-IB11:2000
TP-IB202
04
H2
L2
Noise suppression
01
03
H1
L1
Current -phase A(115 Vac)
TP-IA11:2000
TP-IA202
04
H2
L2TB3
100 ohms0.01%
TB4
TB4
TB2
Analog inputs
01
03
02
04
P28V, RP28VVS
T
5 amp input yields0.25 V rms (line-neutral) or0.433 V rms (line-line)
100 ohms0.01%
100 ohms0.01%
JP1B
PCOM
TGEN Board Showing Potential and Current Transformer Inputs
178 • VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
VGEN monitors generator three-phase power and supplies the PLU and EVA functions for large steam turbines. The generator and bus PT inputs are three-wire, open delta, voltage measurements that are used to calculate all three line-to-line voltages. They are not used for automatic synchronizing, which requires two separate single-phase PT inputs. Each PT input is magnetically isolated and is nominally 115 V rms.
Note Test points are provided for all PT and CT inputs to verify the phase in the field.
Three single-phase CT inputs are provided with a normal current range of 0 to 5 A continuous. The CTs are magnetically isolated on TGEN. CTs connect to non-pluggable terminal blocks with captive lugs accepting are up to #10 AWG wires. The following parameters are calculated from these inputs:
• Total Mwatts • Total Mvars • Total MVA • Power factor • Bus frequency (5 to 66 Hz)
Note High frequency and 50/60 Hz noise is reduced with an analog hardware filter.
The four analog inputs accept 4-20 mA inputs or ±5, ±10 V dc inputs. A +24 V dc source is available for all four circuits with individual current limits for each circuit. The 4-20 mA transducer can use the +24 V dc source from the turbine control or a self-powered source. A jumper on TGEN selects between current and voltage inputs for each circuit.
Specifications
Item Specification
Inputs to TGEN and VGEN 2 three-phase generator and bus PTs 3 one-phase generator CTs 4 analog inputs (4-20 mA, ±5, ±10 V dc)
Outputs from VGEN through TRLY
12 relay outputs (for large steam turbines)
Generator and bus voltages Nominal 115 V rms with range of interest of 10 to 120% Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz with range of interest 45 to 66 Hz Magnetic isolation to 1,500 V rms and loading less than 3 VA Input measurement resolution is 0.1% Input accuracy is 0.5% of rated V rms from 45 to 66 Hz Input accuracy is 1.0% of rated V rms from 25 to 45 Hz Input loading less than 3 VA per circuit
Generator current inputs Normal current range is 0 to 5 A with over-range to 10 A Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz with range of interest 45 to 66 Hz Magnetic isolation to 1,500 V rms Input accuracy 0.5% of full scale (5 A) with resolution of 0.1% FS Input burden less than 0.5 Ω per circuit
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip • 179
Item Specification
Analog inputs Current inputs: 4-20 mA Voltage inputs: ±5 V dc or ±10 V dc Transducers can be up to 300 m (984 ft) from the control cabinet with a two-way cable resistance of 15 Ω. Input burden resistor on TGEN is 250 Ω. Jumper selection of single ended or self powered inputs Jumper selection of voltage or current inputs Analog Input Filter: Breaks at 72 and 500 rad/sec Ac common mode rejection (CMR) 60 dB Dc common mode rejection (CMR) 80 dB
Conversion accuracy Sampling type 16-bit A/D converter, 14 bit resolution Accuracy 0.1% overall
Frame rate 100 Hz Calculated values Total MW and MV have an accuracy of 1% FS, and 0.5% for totalizing.
Total m VA and power factor have an accuracy of 1% full scale. Bus frequency (5 to 66 Hz) has an accuracy of ±0.1%.
Diagnostics
Three LEDs at the top of the VGEN front panel provide status information. The normal RUN condition is a flashing green, and FAIL is a solid red. The third LED shows STATUS and is normally off but displays a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in the board.
Diagnostics perform a high/low (hardware) limit check on the input signal and a high/low system (software) limit check. The software limit check is adjustable in the field. Open wire detection is provided for voltage inputs, and relay drivers and coil currents are monitored.
Connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1, on TGEN have their own ID device that is interrogated by VGEN. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and plug location.
Configuration
Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
PLU_Enab Enable PLU function Enable, disable PLU_Del_Enab Enable PLU delay Enable, disable MechPwrInput Mech. power through TMR (first 3 MA ccts), dual xducer
(Max), single xducer, or signal space TMR_1 through 3, dual 1 and 2, SMX_1, SMX_2, signal space
PLU_Rate Select PLU threshold rate 37.5 PLU_Unbal PLU Unbalance threshold % 20 to 80 PLU_Delay PLU delay, secs 0.5 Press Ratg Reheat press equiv. to 100% mechanical power 50 to 600 Current Ratg Generator current equivalent to 100% electrical power 1,000 to 60,000 EVA_Enab Enable EVA function Enable, disable EVA_ExtEnab Enable external EVA function Enable, disable
EVA_Rate Select EVA threshold rate LO, ME, HI EVA_Unbal EVA unbalance threshold % 20 to 80 EVA_Delay EVA drop out time, seconds 0 to 10
180 • VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Parameter Description Choices
MW_Ratg Generator MW equivalent to 100 % electrical power 10 to 1,500 IVT_Enab Enable IVT function Enable, disable Min_MA_Input Minimum MA for healthy 4-20 mA input 0 to 21 MAx_MA_Input Maximum MA for healthy 4-20 mA input 0 to 21 SystemFreq System frequency in Hz 50 or 60 J3:IS200TGENH1A Connected, Not Connected
AnalogIn1 First analog input (of four) - board point Point edit (input FLOAT) Input type Type of analog input Unused, 4-20 ma, ± 5 V, ± 10 V Low input Input MA at low value -10 to 20 Low value Input value in engineering units at low MA (configuration
inputs the same as for TBAI) -3.4028e+038 to 3.4028e+038
System limits Standard System Limits (see TBAI configuration) GenPT_Vab_KV Generator potential transformer input "ab", (first of 3) -
board point Point edit (input FLOAT)
PT_Input PT input in KV rms for PT_output 1 to 1,000 PT_Output PT output in V rms for PT_Input-typically 115 60 to 150 Phase Shift Compensating phase shift, applied to PT signals Zero, plus 30, plus 60, minus 30,
minus 60 System limits Standard system limits (similar to analog Inputs) BusPT_Vab_KV Bus potential transformer input "ab", (first of three)
configuration similar to GenPT - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)
GenCT_A Generator current transformer A (first of three) - board point
Point edit (input FLOAT)
CT_Input CT input in amperes rms for rated CT_Output 100 to 50,000 CT_Output Rated CT output in amperes rms, typically 5 1 to 5 System Limits Standard system limits (similar to genPT) J4:IS200TRLYH1A Connected, not connected
Relay01_Tst Fast acting solenoid #1 test, first of 12 relays - board point
Point edit (output BIT)
Relay Output FAS valve type Unused, CV, tst only, CV EVA RelayDropTime Relay dropout time 0 to 5
Board Points Signals Description – Point Edit (Enter Signal Name) Direction Type
L3DIAG_VGEN1 Board diagnostic Input BIT L3DIAG_VGEN2 Board diagnostic Input BIT L3DIAG_VGEN3 Board diagnostic Input BIT SysLim1Anal1 System limit 1 exceeded on analog cct #1 Input BIT : : Input BIT SysLim1Anal4 System limit 1 exceeded on Analog cct #4 Input BIT SysLim2Anal1 System limit 2 exceeded on Analog cct #1 Input BIT : : Input BIT SysLim2Anal4 System limit 2 exceeded on analog cct #4 Input BIT SysL1GenPTab System limit 1 exceeded on gen PT, Vab Input BIT SysL1GenPTbc System limit 1 exceeded on gen PT, Vbc Input BIT SysL1GenPTca System limit 1 exceeded on gen PT, Vca Input BIT SysL1BusPTab System limit 1 exceeded on bus PT, Vab Input BIT SysL1BusPTbc System limit 1 exceeded on bus PT, Vbc Input BIT SysL1BusPTca System limit 1 exceeded on bus PT, Vca Input BIT SysL2GenPTab System limit 2 exceeded on gen PT, Vab Input BIT
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip • 181
Board Points Signals Description – Point Edit (Enter Signal Name) Direction Type
SysL2GenPTbc System limit 2 exceeded on gen PT, Vbc Input BIT SysL2GenPTca System limit 2 exceeded on gen PT, Vca Input BIT SysL2BusPTab System limit 2 exceeded on bus PT, Vab Input BIT SysL2BusPTbc System limit 2 exceeded on bus PT, Vbc Input BIT SysL2BusPTca System limit 2 exceeded on bus PT, Vca Input BIT SysL1GenCTa System limit 1 exceeded on gen CT, phase A Input BIT SysL1GenCTb System limit 1 exceeded on gen CT, phase B Input BIT SysL1GenCTc System limit 1 exceeded on gen CT, phase C Input BIT SysL2GenCTa System limit 2 exceeded on gen CT, phase A Input BIT SysL2GenCTb System limit 2 exceeded on gen CT, phase B Input BIT SysL2GenCTc System limit 2 exceeded on gen CT, phase C Input BIT Relay01_Fdbk Status of relay 01 Input BIT : : Input BIT Relay12_Fdbk Status of relay 12 Input BIT L10PLU_EVT Power load unbalance event Input BIT L10EVA_EVA Early valve actuation event Input BIT GenMW Generator MWatts Input FLOAT GenMVAR Generator MVars Input FLOAT GenMVA Generator MVA Input FLOAT GenPF Generator power factor, 0/1/0 Input FLOAT BusFreq Bus frequency, Hz Input FLOAT PLU_Tst Power load unbalance test Output BIT EVA_Tst Early valve actuation test Output BIT IV_Trgr Intercept valve trigger command Output BIT EVA_ExtCmd Early valve actuation external command Output BIT EVA_ExtPrm Early valve actuation external permissive Output BIT TN_Hz PLL center frequency, Hz Output FLOAT MechPower Mechanical power, percent, when configured through
signal space Output FLOAT
AnalogIn1 Analog input 1 Input FLOAT : : Input FLOAT AnalogIn4 Analog input 4 Input FLOAT GenPT_Vab_KV Kilovolts rms Input FLOAT GenPT_Vbc_KV Kilovolts rms Input FLOAT GenPT_Vca_KV Kilovolts rms Input FLOAT BusPT_Vab_KV Kilovolts rms Input FLOAT BusPT_Vbc_KV Kilovolts rms Input FLOAT BusPT_Vca_KV Kilovolts rms Input FLOAT GenCT_A Generator Amperes RMS, phase A Input FLOAT GenCT_B Generator amperes rms, phase B, same configuration as
phase A Input FLOAT
GenCT_C Generator amperes rms, phase C, same configuration as phase A
Input FLOAT
Relay01_Tst Fast acting solenoid #1 test Output BIT : : Output BIT Relay12_Tst Fast acting solenoid #12 test Output BIT
182 • VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Alarms
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause 2 Flash Memory CRC Failure Board firmware programming error (board will not
go online) 3 CRC failure override is Active Board firmware programming error (board is
allowed to go online) 16 System Limit Checking is Disabled System checking was disabled by configuration 17 Board ID Failure Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board 18 J3 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem 19 J4 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable problem 20 J5 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J5, or cable problem 21 J6 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J6, or cable problem 22 J3A ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J3A, or cable
problem 23 J4A ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J4A, or cable
problem 24 Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O
board 30 ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: #
The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
31 IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
32-43 Relay Driver # does not Match Requested State. There is a mismatch between the relay driver command and the state of the output to the relay as sensed by VGEN
The relay terminal board may not exist and the relay is configured a used, or there may be a faulty relay driver circuit or drive sensors on VGEN.
44-55 Relay Output Coil # does not Match Requested State. There is a mismatch between the relay driver command and the state of the current sensed on the relay coil on the relay terminal board
Relay is defective, or the connector cable J4 to the relay terminal board J1 is disconnected, or the relay terminal board does not exist.
56-59 Analog Input # Unhealthy. Analog Input 4-20 mA ## has exceeded the A/D converter's limits
Analog input is too large, TGEN jumper (JP1, JP3, JP5, JP7) is in the wrong position, signal conditioning circuit on TGEN is defective, multiplexer or A/D converter circuit on VGEN is defective.
60-65 Fuse # and/or # Blown. The fuse monitor requires the jumpers to be set and to drive a load, or it will not respond correctly
One or both of the listed fuses is blown, or there is a loss of power on TB3, or the terminal board does not exist, or the jumpers are not set.
66-69 Analog 4-20 mA Auto Calibration Faulty. One of the analog 4-20 mA auto calibration signals has failed. Auto calibration or 4-20 mA inputs are invalid
3 Volt or 9 Volt precision reference or null reference on VGEN is defective, or multiplexer or A/D converter circuit on VGEN is defective.
70-73 PT Auto Calibration Faulty. One of the PT auto calibration signals has gone bad. Auto calibration of PT input signals is invalid, PT inputs are invalid
Precision reference voltage or null reference is defective on VGEN, or multiplexer or A/D converter circuit on VGEN is defective.
74-79 CT Auto Calibration Faulty. One of the CT auto calibration signals has gone bad. Auto calibration of CT input signals is invalid, CT inputs are invalid
Precision reference voltage or null reference is defective on VGEN, or multiplexer or A/D converter circuit on VGEN is defective.
96-223 Logic Signal # Voting mismatch. The identified signal from this board disagrees with the voted value
A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.
224-241 Input Signal # Voting mismatch, Local #, Voted #. The specified input signal varies from the voted value of the signal by more than the TMR Diff Limit
A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip • 183
TGEN Generator Monitor
Functional Description
The Generator Monitor (TGEN) terminal board works with the VGEN processor to monitor the generator three-phase voltage and currents, and calculate three-phase power and power factor. For large steam turbine applications, VGEN provides the PLU and EVA functions, using fast acting solenoids located on the TRLY terminal board.
In the Mark* VI system, the TGEN works with the VGEN processor and supports simplex and TMR applications. One TGEN connects to the VGEN with a single cable. In TMR systems, TGEN connects to three VGEN boards with three separate cables.
VME bus to VCMI
TGEN Terminal Board
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cable to VMErack R
Connectors onVME rack R
Cable to VMErack S
Cable to VMErack T
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VGEN
J3
J4
VGEN VME Board
x
x
JS1
JT1
JR1
Cable to optional TRLY,for fast acting solenoids
Shield bar
24681012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
13579
11131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
Currentinputs &gen PTsignals
Gen CTsignals
TB1
TB2
TB3
TB4
Generator Terminal Board, Processor Board, and Cabling
184 • VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
Connect the wires for the analog current and PT inputs to TB1. Connect the wires for the CT inputs to special terminal blocks TB2, TB3, and TB4. The blocks cannot be unplugged, protecting against an open CT circuit. Use jumpers J#A and J#B to select the input as a current or voltage input on analog inputs 1 through 4.
Generator Terminal Board TGEN
Terminal block 1 can beunplugged from terminalboard for maintenance. TB2,TB3, TB4 are not pluggable.
RET (2)
20 mA (1)RET (1) VDC (1)
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1357911131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
VDC (2)P24V (2)20mA (2)
P24V (3)20mA (3)VDC (3)
20mA (4) P24V (4)VDC (4)PCOMGenAGenCBusB
RET (4)PCOMGenBBusABusC
TB2
TB3
TB4
JP1A
JP2A
JP3A
JP4A JP4B
JP3B
JP2B
JP1B
20ma VDC RET OPEN
P24V (1)
RET (3)
1234
1234
1234
CurAH1CurAH2CurAL1CurAL2
CurBH1CurBH2CurBL1CurBL2
CurCH1CurCH2CurCL1CurCL2
TB1
Analog Input Jumpers
Test points
JT1
JS1
JR1
TGEN Terminal Board and Wiring
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip • 185
Operation
VGEN monitors two, three-phase PT inputs, and three, one-phase current transformer CT inputs from TGEN. Using jumpers, four analog inputs can be configured for 4-20 mA or ±5, ±10 V dc.
Test points on the generator and bus voltages and currents are used to check the phase of the input signals. VGEN performs signal conversions and power, power factor, and frequency calculations.
Terminal Board TGEN
Current Limit
Noisesuppression.
250 ohms
Vdc
20 ma
JP1A+24 Vdc
+/-5,10 Vdc
4-20 ma
Return
4 circuits per terminal board
19
20
21
A
B
C
Generator3-phasevolts(115 Vac)
TP1
TP2
TP3
22
23
24
A
B
C
Bus3-phasevolts(115 Vac)
TP4
TP5
TP6
TB1
<R><S>
<T>
GeneratorBoardVGEN
Controller
JR1
Connectors at bottomof VME racks
A/D
Shownfor <R>
Samefor <S>
Samefor <T>
+28 VdcJ3
JS1
JT1
J3
J3
Buffer
Open Return
To TRLYfrom<R><S><T>
17
18 PCOMTB1
115 V rms yields1.5333 V rms,gen & bus
Test Points
ID
ID
ID
01
03
H1
L1Current -phase C(115 Vac)
TP121:2000
TP1102
04
H2
L2
01
03
H1
L1Current -phase B(115 Vac)
TP101:2000
TP902
04
H2
L2
Noise suppression
01
03
H1
L1
Current -phase A(115 Vac)
TP81:2000
TP702
04
H2
L2TB3
R20 ohms0.01%
TB4
TB4
TB2
Analog inputs
01
03
02
04
P28V, RP28VVS
T
5 A input yields0.25 V rms (line-neutral) or0.433 V rms (line-line)
R19 ohms0.01%
R21 ohms0.01%
JP1B
PCOM
Note Test points are provided for all PT and CT inputs to verify the phase in the field.
Three single-phase CT inputs are provided with a normal current range of 0 to 5 A continuous. The CTs are magnetically isolated on TGEN. The CTs connect to non-pluggable terminal blocks with captive lugs accepting are up to #10 AWG wires.
186 • VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
The four analog inputs accept 4-20 mA inputs or ±5, ±10 V dc inputs. A +24 V dc source is available for all four circuits with individual current limits for each circuit. The 4-20 mA transducer can use the +24 V dc source from the turbine control or a self-powered source.
Specifications
Item Specification
Inputs to TGEN and VGEN 2 three-phase generator and bus PTs 3 one-phase generator CTs 4 analog inputs (4-20 mA, ±5, ±10 V dc)
Generator and bus voltages Nominal 115 V rms with range of interest of 10 to 120% Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz with range of interest 25 to 66 Hz Magnetic isolation to 1,500 V rms and loading less than 3 VA Input loading less than 3 VA per circuit
Generator current inputs Normal current range is 0 to 5 A with over-range to 10 A Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz with range of interest 45 to 66 Hz Magnetic isolation to 1,500 V rms Input burden less than 0.5 Ω per circuit
Analog inputs Current inputs: 4-20 mA Voltage inputs: ±5 V dc or ±10 V dc Transducers can be up to 300 m (984 ft) from the control cabinet with a two-way cable resistance of 15 Ω. Input burden resistor on TGEN is 250 Ω. Jumper selection of single ended or self powered inputs Jumper selection of voltage or current inputs
Diagnostics
Diagnostics perform a high/low (hardware) limit check on the input signal and a high/low system (software) limit check. The software limit check is adjustable in the field. Open wire detection is provided for voltage inputs, and relay drivers and coil currents are monitored.
Connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1 on TGEN have their own ID device that is interrogated by VGEN. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and plug location.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip • 187
Configuration
Configuration of the terminal board is by means of jumpers. For location of these jumpers refer to the installation diagram. The jumper choices are as follows:
• Jumpers J1A through J4A select either current input or voltage input • Jumpers J1B through J4B select whether the return is connected to common or
is left open
The following diagrams illustrate connections for common analog inputs.
TRLYH1B Relay Output with Coil Sensing
Functional Description
The Relay Output with coil sensing (TRLYH1B) terminal board holds 12 plug-in magnetic relays. The first six relay circuits configured by jumpers for either dry, Form-C contact outputs, or to drive external solenoids. A standard 125 V dc or 115/230 V ac source, or an optional 24 V dc source with individual jumper selectable fuses and on-board suppression, can be provided for field solenoid power. The next five relays (7-11) are unpowered isolated Form-C contacts. Output 12 is an isolated Form-C contact, used for special applications such as ignition transformers.
Mark VI Systems
In Mark* VI systems, TRLY is controlled by the VCCC, VCRC, or VGEN board and supports simplex and TMR applications. Cables with molded plugs connect the terminal board to the VME rack where the I/O boards are mounted. Connector JA1 is used on simplex systems, and connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1 are used for TMR systems.
Mark VIe Systems
In the Mark VIe system, the TRLY works with the PDOA I/O pack and supports simplex and TMR applications. PDOA plugs into the DC-37 pin connectors on the terminal board. Connector JA1 is used on simplex systems, and connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1 are used for TMR systems.
188 • VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Shieldbar
24681012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
1357911131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
TB3
JF1
x
JS1
JR1
JT1
OutputRelays
Fuses
JF2
X
JA1
Solenoidpower
Solenoidpower
Barrier type terminalblocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
12 Relay Outputs
J - Port Connections:
Plug inPDOA I/O Pack(s)for Mark VIe system
or
Cables to VCCC/VCRC or VGENboards for Mark VI system
The number and locationdepends on the level ofredundancy required.
TRLYH1B Relay Output Terminal Board
Installation
Connect the wires for the 12 relay outputs directly to two I/O terminal blocks on the terminal board as shown in the figure, TRLYH1B Terminal Board Wiring. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield terminal strip attached to chassis ground is located on to the left side of each terminal block.
Connect the solenoid power for outputs 1-6 to JF1. JF2 can be used to daisy chain power to other TRLYs. Alternatively, power can be wired directly to TB3 when JF1/JF2 are not used. Connect power for the special solenoid, Output 12, to connector JG1.
Jumpers JP1-JP6 are removed in the factory and shipped in a plastic bag. Re-install the appropriate jumper if power to a field solenoid is required. Conduct individual loop energization checks as per standard practices and install the jumpers as required. For isolated contact applications, remove the fuses to ensure that suppression leakage is removed from the power bus.
Note These jumpers are also for isolation of the monitor circuit when used on isolated contact applications.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip • 189
Relay Output Terminal BoardTRLYH1B
To connectors JA1, JR1, JS1, JT1
JF1 JF21
3
1
3
1
4
2
3
Customer power
Customer return
JG1
Output 01 (NC)Output 01 (NO)Output 02 (NC)
-
-
-
-
-
-
FU1
FU2
FU3
FU4
FU5
FU6
Output 01 (COM)
FusesNeg,return
Output 01 (SOL)Output 02 (COM)Output 02 (SOL)Output 03 (COM)Output 03 (SOL)Output 04 (COM)Output 04 (SOL)Output 05 (COM)Output 05 (SOL)Output 06 (COM)Output 06 (SOL)
Output 03 (NC)Output 02 (NO)
Output 03 (NO)Output 04 (NC)Output 04 (NO)Output 05 (NC)Output 05 (NO)Output 06 (NC)Output 06 (NO)
Output 07 (COM)
Output 09 (COM)
Output 08 (COM)
Output 10 (COM)
Output 11 (COM)
Output 12 (COM)Output 12 (SOL)
Output 07 (NC)
Output 08 (NC)
Output 09 (NC)
Output 10 (NC)
Output 11 (NC)
Output 12 (NC)
Output 07 (NO)
Output 08 (NO)
Output 09 (NO)
Output 10 (NO)
Output 11 (NO)
Output 12 (NO)
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Power to special circuit 12
Out 01
Out 02
Out 03
Out 04
Out 05
Out 06
JF1, JF2, and JG1 are power plugs
Powered,fusedsolenoidsform-C
Drycontactsform-C
Specialcircuit,form-C,ign. xfmr.
ToconnectorsJA1, JR1,JS1, JT1
+
+
+
+
+
+
FU7
FU8
FU9
FU10
FU11
FU12 JP6
JP5
JP4
JP3
JP2
JP1
Jumperchoices:power (JPx)or drycontact (dry)
Powersource
Alternate customer power wiring
x x x xTB3
N125/24 V dc
P125/24 V dc
Relays
FusesPos, High
Terminal 1 - PosTerminal 2 - Neg
TRLYH1B Terminal Board Wiring
190 • VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Operation
Relay drivers, fuses, and jumpers are mounted on the TRLYH1B. For simplex operation, D-type connectors carry control signals and monitor feedback voltages between the I/O processors and TRLY through JA1.
Relays are driven at the frame rate and have a 3.0 A rating. The rated contact-to-contact voltage is 500 V ac for one minute. The rated coil to contact voltage is 1,500 V ac for one minute. The typical time to operate is 10 ms. Relays 1-6 have a 250 V metal oxide varistor (MOV) for transient suppression between normally open (NO) and the power return terminals. The relay outputs have a failsafe feature that vote to de-energize the corresponding relay when a cable is unplugged or communication with the associated I/O processor is lost.
JG1Available forGT Ignition Transformers(6 Amp at 115 Vac 3 Amp at 230 Vac)
13
DryContact,Form-C
"5" of these circuits
NC
NO
Com
K7K7
K7
27
26
25
Relay Terminal Board - TRLYH1B
JR1 P28V
K1
Coil
RD
"12" of the above circuits
JS1
JT1
JA1
ID
ID
Sol"1" of these circuits 48
Normal PowerSource,pluggable(7 Amp)
JF1
JF2
TB312
34
1
3
13
SpecialCircuit
NO
NC
Com
47
46
45
AlternatePower, 20 A24 V dc or125 V dc or115 V ac or230 V ac
Sol
"6" of the above circuits
N125/24 Vdc
+
-
FieldSolenoid4
K1
NC
Com 2
1
K1
NO 3
P125/24 V dcJP1
Dry
ID
FU7
3.15 Ampslow-blow
FU1
PowerDaisy-Chain Monitor
>14 Vdc>60 Vac
Monitor>14 Vdc>60 Vac
K12
K12K12
Monitor Select
K#
Output 01
Output 07
Output 12
RelayDriver
RI/O
Processor
RelayOutput
TRLYH1B Circuits, Simplex System
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip • 191
For TMR applications, relay control signals are fanned into TRLY from the three I/O processors R, S, and T through plugs JR1, JS1, and JT1. These signals are voted and the result controls the corresponding relay driver. Power for the relay coils comes from all three I/O processors and is diode-shared. The following figure shows a TRLYH1B in a TMR system.
JG1Available forGT ignition transformers(6 Amp at 115 V ac 3 Amp at 230 V ac)
13
Drycontact,form-C
5 of these circuits
NC
NO
Com
K7K7
K7
27
26
25
Relay Terminal Board - TRLYH1B
JR1 P28V
K1
Coil
RD
12 of the above circuits
RI/O
Processor
JS1
JT1
JA1
ID
ID
Sol1 of these circuits 48
Normal powersource,pluggable(7 Amp)
JF1
JF2
TB312
34
1
3
13
Specialcircuit
NO
NC
Com
47
46
45
Alternatepower, 20 A24 V dc or125 V dc or115 V ac or230 V ac
Sol6 of the above circuits
N125/24 V dc
+
-
Fieldsolenoid4
K1
NC
Com 2
1
K1
NO 3
P125/24 V dc
Dry
ID
FU7
3.15 Ampslow-blow
FU1
Powerdaisy-chain Monitor
>14 V dc>60 V ac
Monitor>14 V dc>60 V ac
K12
K12K12
Monitor Select
JP1
K#
Output 01
Output 07
Output 12
RelayDriver
RelayControl
To S I/O Processor
To T I/O Processor
TRLYH1B Circuits, TMR System
192 • VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Specifications
Item Specifications
Number of relay channels on one TRLY board
12: 6 relays with optional solenoid driver voltages 5 relays with dry contacts only 1 relay with 7 A rating
Rated voltage on relays a: Nominal 125 V dc or 24 V dc b: Nominal 115/230 V ac
Max load current a: 0.6 A for 125 V dc operation b: 3.0 A for 24 V dc operation c: 3.0 A for 115/230 V ac, 50/60 Hz operation
Max response time on 25 ms typical Max response time off 25 ms typical Maximum inrush current 10 A Contact material Silver cad-oxide Contact life Electrical operations: 100,000
Mechanical operations: 10,000,000 Fault detection Loss of relay solenoid excitation current
Coil current disagreement with command Unplugged cable or loss of communication with I/O board; relays de-energize if communication with associated I/O board is lost.
Physical Size 17.8 cm wide x 33.02 cm high (7.0 in x 13.0 in) Temperature -30 to + 65ºC (-22 to +149 ºF)
Diagnostics
Diagnostic tests to components on the terminal boards are as follows:
• The output of each relay (coil current) is monitored and checked against the command at the frame rate. If there is no agreement for two consecutive checks, an alarm is latched.
• The solenoid excitation voltage is monitored downstream of the fuses and an alarm is latched if it falls below 12 V dc.
• If any one of the outputs goes unhealthy a composite diagnostics alarm, L3DIAG_xxxx occurs.
• When an ID chip is read by the I/O processor and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
• Each terminal board connector has it own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O pack/board. The connector ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR1/JS1/JT1 connector location. When the chip is read by the I/O processor and mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
• Relay contact voltage is monitored. • Details of the individual diagnostics are available in the configuration
application. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip • 193
Configuration
Board adjustments are made as follows:
• Jumpers JP1 through JP12. If contact voltage sensing is required, insert jumpers for selected relays.
• Fuses FU1 through FU12. If power is required for relays 1-6, two fuses should be placed in each power circuit supplying those relays. For example, FU1 and FU7 supply relay output 1. Refer to terminal board wiring diagram for more information.
TRLYH1F Relay Output with TMR Contact Voting
Functional Description
The Relay Output with TMR contact voting (TRLYH1F) terminal board provides 12 contact-voted relay outputs. The board holds 12 sealed relays in each TMR section, for a total of 36 relays. The relay contacts from R, S, and T are combined to form a voted Form A (NO) contact. 24/125 V dc or 115 V ac can be applied.
Note TRLYH1F and H2F do not support simplex arrangements
TRLYH1F does not have power distribution. However, an optional power distribution board, IS200WPDFH1A, can be added so that a standard 125 V dc or 115 V ac source, or an optional 24 V dc source with individual fuses, can be provided for field solenoid power.
TRLYH2F is same as TRLYH1F except that the voted contacts form a Form B (NC) output. Both boards can be used in Class 1 Division 2 applications.
Mark VI Systems
In the Mark* VI system, the TRLY is controlled by the VCCC, VCRC, or VGEN board and only supports TMR applications. Cables with molded plugs connect JR1, JS1, and JT1 to the VME rack where the I/O boards are mounted.
Mark VIe Systems
In the Mark VIe system, the TRLY works with PDOA I/O pack and only supports TMR applications. Three TMR PDOA packs plug into the JR1, JS1, and JT1 37-pin D-type connectors on the terminal board.
194 • VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Shield bar
2468
1012141618202224
xx
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1357911131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
xx
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Barrier type terminalblocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
12 Relay OutputsJS1
JR1
JT1TB1
TB2
DC-64 pin connector for optionalpower distribution daughterboard
DC-64 pin connector for optionalpower distribution daughterboard
DC-37 pin connector for I/O processorX
X
J1
J2
K1R K1TK1S
K12R K12TK12S
18 sealed relays
18 sealed relays
J - Port Connections:
Plug in 3 PDOA I/O Packsfor Mark VIe system
or
Cables to VCCC/VCRC or VGENboards for Mark VI system
TRLYH1F Relay Output Terminal Board
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip • 195
Installation
Connect the wires for the 12 solenoids directly to two I/O terminal blocks on the terminal board as shown in the following figure, TRLYH1F Terminal Board Wiring. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield termination strip attached to chassis ground is located immediately to the left side of each terminal block. Solenoid power for outputs 1-12 is available if the WPDF daughterboard is used. Alternatively, power can be wired directly to the terminal block.
Relay Output Terminal Board TRLYH1F
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1357911131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
FPOn Fused Power Out #nFPRn Fused Power Return #nKna Resulting voted relay contact #nKnb Resulting voted relay contact #n
Signal Name Description, n=1...12
FPO1K1aFPO2
FPO3K2a
K3aFPO4K4aFPO5K5aFPO6K6a
FPO7K7aFPO8
FPO9K8a
K9aFPO10K10aFPO11K11aFPO12K12a
K1bFPR1K2bFPR2K3bFPR3K4bFPR4K5bFPR5K6bFPR6
J - Port Connections:
Plug in three PDOA I/O Packsfor Mark VIe system
or
DC-64 pin connector foroptional power distributiondaughterboard WPDF
64-pin connector for optionalpower distribution daughterboardWPDF
DC-37 pin connector for I/Oprocessor
Cables to VCCC/VCRC or VGENboards for Mark VI system
J1
J2
K1R K1TK1S
K12R K12TK12S
18 sealed relays
18 sealed relays
Wiring connections
JR1
JS1
JT1
K7bFPR7K8bFPR8K9bFPR9K10bFPR10K11bFPR11K12bFPR12
TRLYH1F Terminal Board Wiring
196 • VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Power Distribution Board
If using the optional WPDF power distribution board, mount it on top of TRLY on the J1 and J2 connectors. Secure WPDF to TRLY by fastening a screw in the hole located at the center of WPDF. Connect the power for the two sections of the board on the three-pin connectors J1 and J4. Power can be daisy-chained out through the adjacent plugs, J2 and J3.
J1J2
J4J3
Fasten WPDF toTRLY with screw
Plug DC-62 pin connectorinto J1 on TRLY
Plug DC-62 pin connectorinto J2 on TRLY
Output powerdaisy chain
Output powerdaisy chain
P1
P2
Input power
Input power
3 13 1
3 1 3 1
FU1 FU13
FU6 FU18
FU19 FU7
FU24 FU12
TRLYH1FBoard
WPDF Power Distribution Board
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip • 197
The solenoids must be wired as shown in the following figure. If WPDF is not used, the customer must supply power to the solenoids.
1234
56
7
Power Input,section 1
WPDF Daughter Board
Output #2
Vfb
Vfb
+
+
J1J2
P1
8
CustomerSolenoid
FPO1K1bK1a
FPR1
TRLYH1F
Wiring to Solenoid using WPDF
Operation
The 28 V dc power for the terminal board relay coils and logic comes from the three I/O processors connected at JR1, JS1, and JT1. The same relays are used for ac voltages and dc voltages, as specified in the Specifications section. H1F and H2F use the same relays with differing circuits.
Relay drivers are mounted on the TRLYH1F and drive the relays at the frame rate. The relay outputs have a failsafe feature that votes to de-energize the corresponding relay when a cable is unplugged or communication with the associated I/O board or I/O pack is lost.
This board only supports TMR applications. The relay control signals are routed into TRLY from the three I/O processors R, S, and T through plugs JR1, JS1, and JT1. These signals directly control the corresponding relay driver for each TMR section R, S, and T. Power for each section’s relay coils comes in from its own I/O processor and is not shared with the other sections.
TRLYH1F features TMR contact voting. The relay contacts from R, S, and T are combined to form a voted Form A (NO) contact. 24/125 V dc or 115 V ac can be applied. TRLYH2F is the same except that the voted contacts form a Form B (NC) output. The following figure shows TMR voting contact circuit.
NormallyOpencontacts
R
T
S T
R
S
Contact voting circuit
R
S
T
V
V
V
Relay control
Driver feedback
TRLYH1F Contact Arrangement for TMR Voting
198 • VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Field Solenoid Power Option
The WPDFH1A daughterboard supplies power to TRLYH#F to power solenoids. WPDF holds two power distribution circuits, which can be independently used for standard 125 V dc, 115 V ac, or 24 V dc sources. Each section consists of six fused branches that provide power to TRLYH#F. Each branch has its own voltage monitor across its secondary fuse pair. Each voltage detector is fanned to three independent open-collector drivers for feedback to each of the I/O processors R, S, and T.
WPDF should not be used without TRLYH#F. Fused power flows through this board down to the TRLY terminal board points. TRLY controls the fuse power feedback. The following figure shows TRLYH1F/WPDF solenoid power circuit.
12345678
TRLYH1FTerminal Board
Power Input,section 1
WPDF Daughterboard
Output #1
Output #2
Pwr. Outputdaisy chain
6 circuits
Vfb
Vfb
+ Fuse
Voltage sense
Fuse
+
J1J2
J4J3
6 circuits
Vfb
Vfb
+ Fuse
Voltage senseFuse
+
P1
P2
Power Input,section 2
Pwr. Outputdaisy chain
Solenoid Power Supply WPDF
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip • 199
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of output relay channels
12
Board types H1F: NO contacts H2F: NC contacts
Rated voltage on relays a: Nominal 100/125 V dc or 24 V dc b: Nominal 115 V ac
Maximum load current a: 0.5/0.3 A resistive for 100/125 V dc operation b: 5.0 A resistive for 24 V dc operation c: 5.0 A resistive for 115 V ac
Maximum response time on 25 ms Contact life Electrical operations: 100,000 Fault detection Coil Voltage disagreement with command
Blown fuse indication (with WPDF power daughterboard). Unplugged cable or loss of communication with I/O board; relays de-energize if communication with associated I/O board is lost.
WPDF Solenoid Power Distribution Board
Number of Power Distribution Circuits (PDC)
2: Each rated 10 A, nominal 115 V ac or 125 V dc.
Number of Fused Branches 12: 6 for each PDC Fuse rating 3.15 A at 25ºC (77 ºF)
2.36 A – recommended maximum usage at 65ºC (149 ºF) Voltage monitor, maximum response delay
60 ms typical
Voltage monitor, minimum detection voltage
16 V dc 72 V ac
Voltage monitor, max current (leakage)
3 mA
Physical Size - TRLY 17.8 cm wide x 33.02 cm high (7.0 in x 13.0 in) Size - WPDF 10.16 cm wide x 33.02 cm high (4.0 in x 13.0 in) Temperature -30 to + 65ºC (-22 to +149 ºF) Technology Surface-mount
200 • VGEN Generator Monitor and Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Diagnostics
Diagnostic tests to components on the terminal boards are as follows:
• The voltage to each relay coil is monitored and checked against the command at the frame rate. If there is no agreement for two consecutive checks, an alarm is latched.
• The voltage across each solenoid power supply is monitored and if it goes below 16 V ac/dc, an alarm is created.
• If any one of the outputs goes unhealthy a composite diagnostic alarm, L3DIAG_xxxx occurs.
• When an ID chip is read by the I/O processor and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
• Each terminal board connector has its own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O board. The connector ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR1/JS1/JT1 connector location.
Details of the individual diagnostics are available from the configuration application. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPRO Turbine Protection Board • 201
VPRO Emergency Turbine Protection
Functional Description
The Emergency Turbine Protection (VPRO) board and associated terminal boards (TPRO and TREG) provide an independent emergency overspeed protection system. The protection system consists of triple redundant VPRO boards in a module separate from the turbine control system, controlling the trip solenoids through TREG. The figures shows the cabling to VPRO from the TPRO and TREG terminal boards.
Note VPRO also has an Ethernet connection for IONet communications with the control modules.
The VPRO board in the Protection Module <P> provides the emergency trip function. Up to three trip solenoids can be connected between the TREG and TRPG terminal boards. TREG provides the positive side of the 125 V dc to the solenoids and TRPG provides the negative side. Either board can trip the turbine. VPRO provides emergency overspeed protection and the emergency stop functions. It controls the 12 relays on TREG, nine of which form three groups of three to vote inputs controlling the three trip solenoids.
The original VPROH1A has been superseded by the functionally equivalent VPROH1B. VPROH1A and VPROH1B supports a second TREG board driven from VPRO connector J4. VPROH2B is a lower power version of VPRO that omits support for the second TREG board. Applications using a second TREG board connected to J4 must use VPROH1A or VPROH1B, not VPROH2B.
VPRO Turbine Protection Board
202 • VPRO Turbine Protection Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
TPRO Terminal Board
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cables to VPRO-S8
Cables to VPRO-T8
VPRO- R8
BarrierType TerminalBlocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
x
x
JY1
JX1
Cables to VPRO-R8
JZ1
ShieldBar
24681012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
13579
11131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
JZ5
JY5
JX5
x
STAT
VPRO
J3
x x
x x x
RUNFAIL
IONET
C
SER
J5
J6
J4
PARAL
P5COMP28AP28BETHR
POWER
R
XYZ
8421
T
EthernetIONet
To Second TREG(optional)
NF
To TREG
VPRO Board, TPRO Terminal Board, and Cabling
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPRO Turbine Protection Board • 203
The figure shows how the VTUR and VPRO processor boards share in the turbine protection scheme. Either one can independently trip the turbine using the relays on TRPG or TREG.
J3
J4
VTUR
VPRO
Trip Solenoids,three circuits
Cable
JR5
JR1
Special speed cable
JR1
J1
J2
JX5
JX1
JX1
JS5
JT5
JS1
JT1
JS1
JT1
JY1
JZ1
JY5
JZ5
JY1
JZ1
Special speed cable
125 VDC
2 transformers
Twoxfrs
12 Relays
9 Relays
335 V dc from <Q>
125 VDCJ2
J3 J4 J5
J1Trip signal toTSVO TB's
J5
J5
J4
J3
J7
TPRO
TREG
TRPG
TTUR
(3 x 3 PTR's)
3 RelaysGen Synch
Optionaldaughter-board
To secondTRPG board(optional)
(9 ETR's,3 econ. relays)
P125 V dc from <PDM>NEMA class F
JH1
To secondTREG Board(optional)
J6
J4
Turbine Control and Protection Boards
204 • VPRO Turbine Protection Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
To install the V-type board
1 Power down the VME I/O processor rack
2 Slide in the board and push the top and bottom levers in with your hands to seat its edge connectors
3 Tighten the captive screws at the top and bottom of the front panel
4 Power up the VME rack and check the diagnostic lights at the top of the front panel
Note Cable connections to the terminal boards are made at the J3, J4, J5, and J6 connectors on VPRO front panel. These are latching type connectors to secure the cables. Connector J7 is for 125 V dc power. For details refer to the section on diagnostics in this document.
It may be necessary to update the VPRO firmware to the latest level. For instructions, refer to GEH-6403 Control System Toolbox for a Mark VI Turbine Controller.
Operation
The main purpose of the protection module is emergency overspeed (EOS) protection for the turbine, using three VPRO boards. In addition, VPRO has backup synchronization check protection, three analog current inputs, and nine thermocouple inputs, primarily intended for exhaust over-temperature protection on gas turbines.
The protection module is always triple redundant with three completely separate and independent VPRO boards named R8, S8, and T8 (originally named X, Y, and Z). Any one of these boards can be powered down and replaced while the turbine is running without jeopardizing the protection system. Each board contains its own I/O interface, processor, power supply, and Ethernet communications (IONet) to the controller. The communications allow initiation of test commands from the controller to the protection module and the monitoring of EOS system diagnostics in the controller and on the operator interface. Communications are resident on the VPRO board. The VPRO board has a VME interface that allows programming and testing in a VME rack. However, the backplane is neutralized when plugged into the protection module to eliminate any continuity between the three independent sections.
Speed Control and Overspeed Protection
Speed control and overspeed protection is implemented with six passive, magnetic speed pickups. The first three are monitored by the controllers, which use the median signal for speed control and primary overspeed protection. The second three are separately connected to the R8, S8, and T8 VPROs in the protection module. Provision is made for nine passive magnetic speed pickups or active pulse rate transducers (TTL type) on the TPRO terminal board with three being monitored by each of the R8, S8, and T8 VPROs. Separate overspeed trip settings are programmed into the application software for the primary and emergency overspeed trip limits, and a second emergency overspeed trip limit must be programmed into the I/O configurator to confirm the emergency overspeed (EOS) trip point.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPRO Turbine Protection Board • 205
The speed is calculated by counting passing teeth on the wheel and measuring the time involved. Another protection feature is: after the turbine reaches a predetermined steady-state speed, the rate of change of speed is continuously calculated and compared with 100%/sec and transmitted to the controller to trip the unit if it is detected. This steady-state speed limit is a tuning constant located in the controller’s application software. Another speed threshold which is monitored by the EOS system, is 10% speed. This is transmitted to the controller to verify that there is no gross disagreement between the first set of three speed pickups being monitored by the controller (for speed control and the primary overspeed protection) and the second set of three speed pickups being monitored by the EOS system.
Speed Difference Detection
There should never be a reason why the speed calculated by PPRO is significantly different from the speed calculated by the main control. Speed difference detection looks at the difference in magnitude between pulse rate 1 from both PPRO and the main control. If the difference is greater than the set threshold for three successive samples, a SpeedDifTrip is latched. If the main control recovers for 60 seconds, the trip is removed. This allows the main control to recover with subsequent re-arming of the backup protection.
Interface To Trip Solenoids
The trip system combines the Primary Trip Interface from the controller with the EOS Trip Interface from the protection module. Three separate, triple redundant trip solenoids (also called Electrical Trip Devices - ETDs) are used to interface with the hydraulics. The ETDs are connected between the TRPG and TREG terminal boards. A separately fused 125 V dc feeder is provided from the turbine control for each solenoid, which is energized in the run mode and de-energized in the trip mode.
Backup Synch Check Protection
Backup synch check protection is provided in the Protection Module. The generator and bus voltages are supplied from two, single phase, potential transformers (PTs) secondary output supplying a nominal 115 V rms. The maximum cable length between the PTs and the turbine control is 100 meters of 18 AWG twisted, shielded wire. Each PT is magnetically isolated with a 1,500 V rms rated barrier and a circuit load less than 3 VA. The synch algorithms are based on phase lock loop techniques. Phase error between the generator and bus voltages is less than +/-1 degree at nominal voltage and 50/60 Hz. A frequency range of 45 to 66 Hz is supported with the measured frequency within 0.05% of the input frequency. The algorithm is illustrated under TTUR, generator synchronizing.
Each PT input is internally connected in parallel to the R8, S8, and T8 VPROs. The triple redundant phase slip windows result in a voted logical output on the TREG terminal board, which drives the K25A relay. This relay’s contacts are connected in series with the synch permissive relay (K25P) and the auto synch relay (K25) to insure that no false command is issued to close the generator breaker. Similarly, contacts from the K25A contact are connected in series with the contacts from remote, manual synchronizing equipment to insure no false commands.
Thermocouple and Analog Inputs
Thermocouple and analog inputs are available in the VPRO, primarily for gas turbine applications. Nine thermocouple inputs are monitored with three connected to each VPRO. These are generally used for backup exhaust over-temperature protection. Also, one ±5, 10 V dc, 4-20 mA (selectable) input, and two 4-20 mA inputs can be connected to the TPRO terminal board, which feeds the inputs in parallel to the three VPROs.
206 • VPRO Turbine Protection Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Power Supply
Each VPRO board has its own on-board power supply. This generates 5 V dc and 28 V dc using 125 V dc supplied from the cabinet PDM. The entire protection module therefore has three power supplies for high reliability
TREG is entirely controlled by VPRO, and the only connections to the control modules are the J2 power cable and the trip solenoids. In simplex systems a third cable carries a trip signal from J1 to the TSVO terminal board, providing a servo valve clamp function upon turbine trip.
Control of Trip Solenoids
Note The solenoid circuit has a metal oxide varistor (MOV) for current suppression and a 10 Ω, 70 W economizing resistor.
Both TRPG and TREG control the trip solenoids so that either one can remove power and actuate the hydraulics to close the steam or fuel valves. The three trip solenoids are supplied with 125 V dc through plug J2, and draw up to 1 A with a 0.1 second L/R time constant. The nine trip relay coils on TREG are supplied with 28 V dc from VPRO boards in R8, S8, and T8.
A separately fused 125 V dc feeder is provided for the solenoids, which energize in the run mode and de-energize in the trip mode. Diagnostics monitor each 125 V dc feeder from the power distribution module at its point of entry on the terminal board to verify the fuse integrity and the cable connection.
Solenoid Trip Tests
Application software in the controller is used to initiate tests of the trip solenoids. Online tests allow each of the trip solenoids to be manually tripped one at a time either through the PTR relays from the controller or through the ETR relays from the protection module. A contact from each solenoid circuit is wired back as a contact input to give a positive indication that the solenoid has tripped. Primary and emergency offline overspeed tests are provided too for verification of actual trips due to software simulated trip overspeed conditions.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPRO Turbine Protection Board • 207
NS
NS
NS
JX5 31
32
37
38
43
44
JY5
JZ5
3 Circuits
3 Circuits
3 Circuits
Terminal Board TPRO
Gen. Volts120 V acfrom PT
1
2
3
4
Bus Volts120 V acfrom PT
To TTUR
Three TC ccts to R8
Three TC ccts to S8
Three TC ccts to T8
RetOpen
JPB1
250 ohms
JPA1VDC
20 maTo R8,S8,T8
One of the above ccts
JX1
JY1
JZ1
P28V,R8CurrentLimiter
P28V,S8P28V,T8
CurrentLimiter
P28VV
Two of the above ccts
To R8,S8,T8250
ohms
20mA1
TC1RH
TC1RL
TC1SH
P28VV
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
Thermocouple Inputs CJ
CJ
CJ
1
1
1
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
P24V2
20 mA2
P24V1
V dc
mAret
TC1SL
TC1TH
TC1TL
5
7
6
8
9
10
13
14
19
20
25
26
MX1H
MY1L
MY1H
MX1H
MZ1L
MZ1H
ID
#1EmergencyMagneticSpeedPickup
#2EmergencyMagneticSpeedPickup
#3EmergencyMagneticSpeedPickup
Noise Suppression
Noise Suppression
NS
NS
VPRO R8Protection
VPRO S8Protection
VPRO T8Protection
J5 J5 J5
J3 J3 J3
OverspeedEm Stop
SyncCheck
Overtemp
OverspeedEm Stop
SyncCheck
Overtemp
OverspeedEm Stop
SyncCheck
Overtemp
J6 J6 J6
To TREG andTrip Solenoids
J4 J4 J4
TMR VPROs and TPRO Terminal Board
208 • VPRO Turbine Protection Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of Inputs 3 Passive speed pickups 1 Generator and 1 Bus Voltage 3 Thermocouples1 4-20 mA current or voltage 2 4-20 mA current 7 Trip interlocks 2 Emergency Stop
Number of Outputs 6 Trip Solenoids 6 Economizer relays 1 Breaker relay command, K25A on TTUR 1 Servo clamp relay contact, to TSVO boards
Power Supply Voltage Input supply 125 V dc (70-145 V dc) Output 5 V dc and 28 V dc
Frame Rate Up to 100 Hz MPU Characteristics Output resistance 200 Ω with inductance of 85 mH.Output generates 150 V p-p into 60 K
Ω at the TPRO terminal block, with insufficient energy for a spark. The maximum short circuit current is approximately 100 mA.
The system applies up to 400 Ω normal mode load to the input signal to reduce the voltage at the terminals.
MPU Cable Sensors can be up to 300 m (984 ft) from the cabinet, assuming that shielded pair cable is used, with typical 70 nF single ended or 35 nF differential capacitance, and 15 Ω resistance.
MPU Pulse Rate Range 2 Hz to 20 kHz MPU Pulse Rate Accuracy 0.05% of reading; resolution is 15 bits at 100 Hz Noise of the acceleration measurement
is less than ±50 Hz/sec for a 10,000 Hz signal being read at 10 ms. MPU Input Circuit Sensitivity Minimum signal is 27 mV pk at 2 Hz
Minimum signal is 450 mV pk at 14 kHz Generator and Bus Voltage Sensors
Two Single-Phase Potential Transformers, 115 V rms secondary voltage accuracy is 0.5% of rated Volts rms Frequency Accuracy 0.05% Phase Difference Measurement better than 1 degree. Allowable voltage range for synchronizing is 75 to 130 V rms. Each input has a load of less than 3 VA.
Thermocouple Inputs Same specifications as for VTCC board Analog Inputs 2 current inputs, 4-20 mA
1 current input, with selection of 4-20 mA, or ±5 V dc, or ±10 V dc. Same specifications as for VAIC board
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPRO Turbine Protection Board • 209
Diagnostics
Three LEDs at the top of the VPRO front panel provide status information. The normal RUN condition is a flashing green, FAIL is a solid red. The third LED is STATUS and is normally off but shows a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in the board. VPRO makes diagnostic checks and creates faults as follows:
• Trip relay driver and contact feedbacks • Solenoid voltage and solenoid voltage source • Economizer relay driver and contact feedbacks • K25A relay driver and coil • Servo clamp relay driver and contact feedback • High and low limits on all analog inputs • If any one of the above signals goes unhealthy, a composite diagnostic alarm
L3DIAG_VPROR, or S, or T occurs. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
Terminal board connectors on TPRO and TREG have their own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and plug location. When the chip is read by VPRO and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
Turbine_Type Define the type of turbine from selection of ten types Two gas turbine, two LM, two large steam, one medium steam, one small steam, two stag GT
LMTripZEnable On LM machine, when no PR on Z, enable vote for trip Enable, disable OT_Trip_Enbl Enable overtemperature trip Enable, disable OvrTemp_Trip Iso-thermal overtemperature trip setting for exhaust thermocouples
in degree F -60 to 2,000
TA_Trip_Enab1 Steam, enable trip anticipation on ETR1 Enable, disable
(same for four ETRs)
ContWdogEn Enable trip on loss of control outputs to VPRO Enable. disable SpeedDifEn Enable trip on speed difference between controller & VPRO Enable. disable
StaleSpdEn Enable trip on speed from controller freezing Enable, disable DiagSolPwrA For TREL/TRES, sol power, BusA, diagnostic Enable, disable
(same for three solenoids)
RatedRPM_TA Steam, rated RPM, used for trip anticipation calc 0 to 20,000 AccelCalType Select acceleration calculation type Slow, medium, fast Auto Reset Automatic restoring of thermocouples removed from scan Enable, disable OTBias_RampP Overtemperature bias ramp positive OTBias_RampN Overtemperature bias ramp negative Min_MA_Input Minimum MA for healthy 4/20 ma Input 0 to 21 Max_MA_Input Maximum MA for healthy 4/20 ma Input 0 to 21 OTBias_Dflt Overtemperature bias
210 • VPRO Turbine Protection Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Parameter Description Choices
OS_Diff Absolute speed difference, in percent, for trip threshold (if SpeedDifEn enabled)
0 to 10
5J6:IS200TPRO
PulseRate1 First of three speed inputs - card point point edit (input FLOAT) PRType Selects gearing (resolution) Unused, PR<6,000 Hz,
PR>6,000 Hz
PRScale Pulses per revolution (output RPM) 0 to 1,000 OS_Setpoint Overspeed trip setpoint in RPM 0 to 20,000 OS_Tst_Delta Offline overspeed test setpoint delta in RPM -2,000 to 2,000 Zero_Speed Zero speed for this shaft in RPM 0 to 20,000 Min_Speed Minimum speed for this shaft in RPM 0 to 20,000 Accel_Trip Enable acceleration trip Enable, disable Acc_Setpoint Accelerate trip setpoint in RPM/second 0 to 20,000 TMR_DiffLimt Difference limit for voted pulse rate inputs in engineering units 0 to 20,000 BusPT_KVolts Kilo-Volts RMS, bus potential transformer - card point Point edit (input FLOAT) PT_Input PT input in kilovolts rms for PT_Output 0 to 1,000
PT_Output PT output in volts rms for PT_Input typically 115 60 to 150 TMR_DiffLimt Difference limit for voted PT inputs in percent 0 to 100 GenPT_KVolts Kilo-Volts RMS, generator PT, configuration similar to Bus PT-
card point Point edit (input FLOAT)
TC1R Thermocouple 1, for R module (first of R, S, and T) - card point Point edit (input FLOAT) ThermCplType Select thermocouple type or mV input Unused, mV, T, K, J, E
Low Pass Filter Enable 2 Hz low pass filter Enable, disable TC2R Thermocouple 2, for R module (first of R, S, and T) config as
above - card point Point edit (Input FLOAT)
TC3R Thermocouple 3, for R module (first of R, S, and T) config as above - card point
Point edit (Input FLOAT)
Cold Junction Cold junction for thermocouples 1-3 Point edit (Input FLOAT)
TMR_DiffLimt Difference limit for voted TMR cold junction inputs in Deg F -60 to 2,000 AnalogIn1 First of three analog inputs - card point Point Edit (Input FLOAT) Input Type Type of analog input Unused, 4-20 mA, ±10 V Low_Input Input mA at low value -10 to 20 Low_Value Input value in engineering units at low value -3.402e +38 to 3.402e +38 High_Input Input mA at high value -10 to 20 High_Value Input value in engineering units at high mA -3.402e +38 to 3.402e +38 InputFilter Filter bandwidth in Hz Unused, 12 Hz, 6 Hz, 3Hz,
1.5 Hz, 0.75 Hz
Trip_Enable Enable trip for this mA input Enable, Disable DiagHighEnab Enable high input limit diag Enable, Disable DiagLowEnab Enable low input limit diag Enable, disable TripSetpoint Trip setpoint in engineering units -3.402e +38 to 3.402e +38 TripTimeDelay Time delay before tripping turbine after signal exceeds setpoint in
seconds 0 to 10
TMR_DiffLimt Difference limit for voted TMR inputs in per cent of (High_Value-Low_Value)
0 to 100
J3:IS200TREG First TREG board Connected, not connected KESTOP1_Fdbk1 Emergency Stop ESTOP1, inverse sense, K4 relay, True=Run -
card point Point edit (input BIT)
DiagVoteEnab Enable voting disagreement diagnostic Enable, disable Contact1 Trip interlock 1 (first of 7) - card point Point edit (Input BIT)
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPRO Turbine Protection Board • 211
Parameter Description Choices
ContactInput Trip interlock 1 used Used, unused SeqOfEvents Record contact transitions in sequence of events Enable, disable DiagVoteEnab Enable voting disagreement diagnostic Enable. disable TrpTimeDelay Time delay before tripping turbine after contact opens (sec) 0 to 10 TripMode Trip mode Direct, conditional, disable
K1_Fdbk Trip relay 1 feedback (first of 3) - card point Point edit (Input BIT) RelayOutput Relay feedback used Used, unused DiagVoteEnab Enable voting disagreement diagnostic Enable, disable DiagSolEnab Enable solenoid voltage diagnostic Enable, disable KE1_Fdbk Economizer relay for trip solenoid feedbk (first of 3) - card point Point edit (Input BIT) RelayOutput Economizer relay feedback used Used, unused DiagVoteEnab Enable voting disagreement diagnostic Enable, disable K4CL_Fdbk Drive control valve servos closed, use only for steam turbine
simplex - card Point Point edit (Input BIT)
Relay Output Servo valve clamp used Used, unused DiagVoteEnab Enable voting disagreement diagnostic Enable, disable K25A_Fdbk Synchronizing check relay on TTUR - card point Point edit (Input BIT) SynchCheck Synch check relay K25A used Used, unused DiagVoteEnab Enable voting disagreement diagnostic Enable, disable SystemFreq System frequency in Hz 50 or 60 ReferFreq Select generator frequency reference for PLL, standard PR input
or from signal space PR Std or Sg space
TurbRPM Rated load turbine RPM 0 to 20,000 VoltageDiff Maximum voltage difference in kV rms for synchronizing 0 to1,000 FreqDiff Maximum frequency difference in Hz for synchronizing 0 to 0.5 PhaseDiff Maximum phase difference in degrees for synchronizing 0 to 30 GenVoltage Minimum generator voltage in kV rms for synchronizing 1 to 1,000 BusVoltage Minimum bus voltage in kV rms for synchronizing 1 to 1,000 J4A:IS200TREG Second TREG board Connected, not con. KESTOP2_Fdbk Emergency stop ESTOP2, inverse sense, K4 relay, True= run -
card point Point edit (Input BIT)
K4_Fdbk Trip relay 4 feedback (first of 4,5,6) - card point Point edit (Input BIT) KE4_Fdbk Economizing relay for trip solenoid 4 (first of 4,5,6) - card point Point edit (Input BIT)
Card Points(Signals) Description–Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type
L3DIAG-VPROR Card Diagnostic Input BIT L3DIAG-VPROS Card Diagnostic Input BIT L3DIAG-VPROT Card Diagnostic Input BIT PR1_Zero L14HP_ZE Input BIT PR2_Zero L14IP_ZE Input BIT PR3_Zero L14LP_ZE Input BIT K1_FdbkNVR Non voted L4ETR1_FB, Trip Relay 1 Feedback R Input BIT K1_FdbkNVS Non voted L4ETS1_FB, Trip Relay 1 Feedback S Input BIT K1_FdbkNVT Non voted L4ETT1_FB, Trip Relay 1 Feedback T Input BIT : : : K6_FdbkNVR Non voted L4ETR6_FB, Trip Relay 6 Feedback R Input BIT K6_FdbkNVS Non voted L4ETS6_FB, Trip Relay 6 Feedback S Input BIT K6_FdbkNVT Non voted L4ETT6_FB, Trip Relay 6 Feedback T Input BIT
212 • VPRO Turbine Protection Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Card Points(Signals) Description–Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type
OS1_Trip L12HP_TP Input BIT OS2_Trip L12IP_TP Input BIT OS3_Trip L12LP_TP Input BIT Dec1_Trip L12HP_DEC Input BIT Dec2_Trip L12IP_DEC Input BIT Dec3_Trip L12LP_DEC Input BIT Acc1_Trip L12HP_ACC Input BIT Acc2_Trip L12IP_ACC Input BIT Acc3_Trip L12LP_ACC Input BIT TA_Trip Trip Anticipate Trip L12TA_TP Input BIT TA_StpLoss L30TA Input BIT OT_Trip L26TRP Input BIT MA1_Trip L3MA_TRP1 Input BIT MA2_Trip L3MA_TRP2 Input BIT MA3_Trip L3MA_TRP3 Input BIT SOL1_Vfdbk When TREG used, Trip Solenoid 1 Voltage detected status Input BIT : : Input BIT SOL6_Vfdbk When TREG used, Trip Solenoid 6 Voltage detected status Input BIT L25A_Cmd L25A Breaker Close Pulse Input BIT
The following Input BITs marked config are set by Configuration
Card Points(Signals) Description–Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type
Cont1_TrEnab Config_Contact 1 Trip Enabled Input BIT : : Input BIT Cont7_TrEnab Config -contact 7 trip enabled Input BIT Acc1_TrEnab Config- accel 1 trip enabled Input BIT Acc2_TrEnab Config- accel 2 trip enabled Input BIT Acc3_TrEnab Config- accel 3 trip enabled Input BIT OT_TrEnab Config – overtemp trip enabled Input BIT GT_1Shaft Config – gas turb, 1 shaft enabled Input BIT GT_2Shaft Config – gas turb, 2 shaft enabled Input BIT LM_2Shaft Config – LM turb, 2 shaft enabled Input BIT LM_3Shaft Config – LM turb, 3 shaft enabled Input BIT LargeSteam Config – Large steam 1, enabled Input BIT MediumSteam Config – medium steam, enabled Input BIT SmallSteam Config – small steam, enabled Input BIT STag_GT_1S Config - stag 1 shaft, enabled Input BIT STag_GT_2S Config - stag 2 shaft, enabled Input BIT ETR1_Enab Config - ETR1 relay enabled Input BIT : : : ETR6_Enab Config - ETR6 relay enabled Input BIT KE1_Enab Config - economizing relay 1 enabled Input BIT KE2_Enab Config - economizing relay 2 enabled Input BIT KE3_Enab Config - economizing relay 3 enabled Input BIT KE4_Enab Config - economizing relay 4 enabled Input BIT KE5_Enab Config - economizing relay 5 enabled Input BIT KE6_Enab Config - economizing relay 6 enabled Input BIT K4CL_Enab Config - servo clamp relay enabled Input BIT K25A_Enab Config - sync check relay enabled Input BIT
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPRO Turbine Protection Board • 213
Card Points(Signals) Description–Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type
L5CFG1_Trip HP config Trip Input BIT L5CFG2_Trip IP config Trip Input BIT L5CFG3_Trip LP config Trip Input BIT OS1_SP_CfgEr HP overspeed setpoint config mismatch error Input BIT OS2_SP_CfgEr IP overspeed setpoint config mismatch error Input BIT OS3_SP_CfgEr LP overspeed setpoint config mismatch error Input BIT ComposTrip1 Composite trip 1 Input BIT ComposTrip2 Composite trip 2 Input BIT ComposTrip3 Composite trip 3 Input BIT L5ESTOP1 ESTOP1 trip, TREG, J3 Input BIT L5ESTOP2 ESTOP2 trip, TREG, J4 Input BIT L5Cont1_Trip Contact1 trip Input BIT : : Input BIT L5Cont7_Trip Contact7 trip Input BIT LPShaftLock LP shaft locked Input BIT Inhbt1_Fdbk Trip inhibit signal feedback for contact 1 Input BIT : : : Inhbt7_Fdbk Trip inhibit signal feedback for contact 7 Input BIT
L3SS_Comm Valid communications with VCMI status Input BIT Trip1_EnCon Contact1 trip enabled conditional Input BIT : : Input BIT Trip7_EnCon Contact7 trip enabled conditional Input BIT BusFreq Bus frequency SFL 2 Hz Input FLOAT GenFreq Gen frequency SF 2 Hz Input FLOAT GenVoltsDiff Gen - bus kV difference rms: gen low is negative Input FLOAT GenFreqDiff Gen - bus slip Hz: gen slow is negative Input FLOAT GenPhaseDiff Gen - bus phase difference degrees: gen lag is negative Input FLOAT PR1_Accel HP accel in RPM/SEC Input FLOAT PR2_Accel IP accel in RPM/SEC Input FLOAT PR3_Accel LP accel in RPM/SEC Input FLOAT PR1_Max HP max speed since last zero speed in RPM (see Vol 1 Chap 8
overspeed protection) Input FLOAT
PR2_Max IP max speed since last zero speed in RPM Input FLOAT PR3_Max LP max speed since last zero speed in RPM Input FLOAT OTSPBias Overtemperature setpoint bias Input FLOAT OTSetpoint Overtemperature setpoint Input FLOAT SynCk_Perm L25A_PERM – sync check permissive Output BIT SynCk_ByPass L25A_BYPASS – sync check bypass Output BIT Cross_Trip L4Z_XTRP – control cross trip Output BIT OnLineOS1Tst L97HP_TST1 – on line HP overspeed test Output BIT OnLineOS2Tst L97LP_TST1 – on line HP overspeed test Output BIT OnLineOS3Tst L97IP_TST1 – on line LP overspeed test Output BIT OffLineOS1Tst L97HP_TST2 – offline HP overspeed test Output BIT OffLineOS2Tst L97LP_TST2 – offline IP overspeed test Output BIT OffLineOS3Tst L97IP_TST2 – offline LP overspeed test Output BIT TrpAntcptTst L97A_TST – trip anticipate test Output BIT LokdRotorByp L97LR_BYP – locked rotor bypass Output BIT HPZeroSpdByp L97ZSC_BYP – HP zero speed check bypass Output BIT
214 • VPRO Turbine Protection Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Card Points(Signals) Description–Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type
TestETR1 L97ETR1 – ETR1 test, true denergizes relay Output BIT : : : TestETR4 L97ETR4 – ETR4 Test, true denergizes relay Output BIT PTR1 L20PTR1 – primary trip relay CMD for diagnostic only Output BIT : : : PTR6 L20PTR6 – primary trip relay CMD for diagnostic only Output BIT PR_Max_Rst Max speed reset (see Vol 1 Chap 8 overspeed protection) Output BIT OnLineOS1X L43EOST_ONL – online HP overspeed test with auto reset Output BIT Trip1 Inhbt Contact1 trip inhibit Output BIT : : : Trip7 Inhbt Contact7 trip inhibit Output BIT CJBackup Estimated TC cold junction temperature in Deg F Output FLOAT OS1_Setpoint HP overspeed setpoint in RPM Output FLOAT OS2_Setpoint IP overspeed setpoint in RPM Output FLOAT OS3_Setpoint LP overspeed setpoint in RPM Output FLOAT OS1_TATrpSp PR1 overspeed trip setpoint in RPM for trip anticipate Fn Output FLOAT OTBias Overtemperature bias signal Output FLOAT DriveFreq Drive (Gen) Freq (Hz), used for non standard drive config. Output FLOAT Speed1 Shaft speed 1 in RPM Output FLOAT ContWdog Controller watchdog counter Output LONG INT
Alarms Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
2 Flash memory CRC failure Board firmware programming error (board will not go online) 3 CRC failure override is active Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to go
online) 4-15 Reserved for future use 16 System limit checking is disabled System checking was disabled by configuration. 17 Board ID failure Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board 18 J3 ID failure Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem 19 J4 ID failure Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable problem
20 J5 ID failure Failed ID chip on connector J5, or cable problem 21 J6 ID failure Failed ID chip on connector J6, or cable problem 22 J3A ID failure Failed ID chip on connector J3A, or cable problem
23 J4A ID failure Failed ID chip on connector J4A, or cable problem 24 Firmware/Hardware incompatibility Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board
25-29 Reserved for future use 30 ConfigCompatCode mismatch; firmware: #; Tre: # The
configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
31 IOCompatCode mismatch; firmware: #; Tre: # The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
32-38 Contact input # not responding to test mode trip interlock number # is not reliable
Contact input circuit failure on VPRO or TREG/TREL/TRES board.
39-40 Contact excitation voltage test failure contact excitation voltage has failed, trip interlock monitoring voltage is lost
Loss of P125 voltage caused by disconnection of JH1 to TREG/TREL/TRES, or disconnect of JX1, JY1, JZ1 on TREG/TREL/TRES to J3 on VPRO.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPRO Turbine Protection Board • 215
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
41-43 Thermocouple ## raw counts high. The ## thermocouple input to the analog to digital converter exceeded the converter limits and will be removed from scan
A condition such as stray voltage or noise caused the input to exceed +63 mV.
44-46 Thermocouple ## raw counts low. The ## thermocouple input to the analog to digital converter exceeded the converter limits and will be removed from scan
The board detected a thermocouple open and applied a bias to the circuit driving it to a large negative number, or the TC is not connected, or a condition such as stray voltage or noise caused the input to exceed -63 mV.
47 Cold junction raw counts high. Cold junction device input to the A/D converter has exceeded the limits of the converter. Normally two cold junction inputs are averaged; if one is detected as bad then the other is used. If both cold junctions fail, a predetermined value is used
The cold junction device on the terminal board has failed.
48 Cold junction raw counts low. Cold junction device input to the A/D converter has exceeded the limits of the converter
The cold junction device on the terminal board has failed.
49 Calibration reference # raw counts high. Calibration reference # input to the A/D converter exceeded the converter limits. If Cal. Ref. 1, all even numbered TC inputs will be wrong; if Cal. Ref. 2, all odd numbered TC inputs will be wrong
The precision reference voltage on the board has failed.
50 Calibration reference raw counts low. Calibration reference input to the A/D converter exceeded the converter limits
The precision reference voltage on the board has failed.
51 Null reference raw counts high. The null (zero) reference input to the A/D converter has exceeded the converter limits
The null reference voltage signal on the board has failed.
52 Null reference raw counts low. The null (zero) reference input to the A/D converter has exceeded the converter limits
The null reference voltage signal on the board has failed.
53-55 Thermocouple ## linearization table high. The thermo-couple input has exceeded the range of the linearization (lookup) table for this type. The temperature will be set to the table's maximum value
The thermocouple has been configured as the wrong type, or a stray voltage has biased the TC outside of its normal range, or the cold junction compensation is wrong.
56-58 Thermocouple ## linearization table low. The thermo -couple input has exceeded the range of the linearization (lookup) table for this type. The temperature will be set to the table's minimum value
The thermocouple has been configured as the wrong type, or a stray voltage has biased the TC outside of its normal range, or the cold junction compensation is wrong.
59-61 Analog Input # unhealthy. The number # analog input to the A/D converter has exceeded the converter limits
The input has exceeded 4-20 mA range, or for input #1 if jumpered for ±10 V, it has exceeded ±10 V range, or the 250 Ω burden resistor on TPRO has failed.
63 P15=####.## volts is outside of limits. The P15 power supply is out of the specified +12.75 to +17.25 V operating limits
Analog ±15 V power supply on VPRO board has failed.
64 N15=####.## volts is outside of Limits. The N15 power supply is out of the specified –17.25 to –12.75 V operating limits
Analog ±15 V power supply on VPRO board has failed.
65-66 Reserved for future use 67 P28A=####.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28A
power supply is out of the specified 23.8 to 31.0 V operating limits
The P28A power supply on VPWR board has failed, otherwise there may be a bad connection at J9, the VPWR to VPRO interconnect.
68 P28B=####.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28B power supply is out of the specified 23.8 to 31.0 V operating limits
The P28B power supply on VPWR board has failed, otherwise there may be a bad connection at J9, the VPWR to VPRO interconnect.
69-82 Relay driver feedback does not match the requested state. The state of the command to the relay does not match the state of the relay driver feedback signal; the relay cannot be reliably driven until corrected
The relay driver or relay driver feedback monitor on the TREG/TREL/TRES terminal board has failed, or the cabling between VPRO and TREG/TREL/TRES is incorrect.
216 • VPRO Turbine Protection Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
69-71 Trip Relay (ETR) Driver # Mismatch requested State. Terminal Board 1
See 69-82 above
72-74 Econ Relay Driver # Mismatch Requested State. Terminal Board 1
See 69-82 above
75 Servo Clamp Relay Driver Mismatch (K4CL) Requested State.
See 69-82 above
76 K25A Relay (Synch Check) Driver Mismatch Requested State.
See 69-82 above
77-79 Trip Relay (ETR) Driver # Mismatch requested State. Terminal Board 2
See 69-82 above
80-82 Econ Relay Driver # Mismatch Requested State. Terminal Board 2
See 69-82 above
83-96 Relay contact feedback does not match the requested state. The state of the command to the relay does not match the state of the relay contact feedback signal; the relay cannot be reliably driven until corrected
The relay contact or relay contact feedback monitor on the TREG/TREL/TRES terminal board has failed, or the cabling between VPRO and TREG/TREL/TRES is incorrect.
83-85 Trip Relay (ETR) Contact # Mismatch requested State. Terminal Board 1
See 83-96 above
86-88 Econ Relay Contact # Mismatch Requested State. Terminal Board 1
See 83-96 above
89 Servo Clamp Relay Driver Mismatch (K4CL) Requested State. Terminal Board 1
See 83-96 above
90 K25A Relay (Synch Check) Contact MismatchRequested State. Terminal Board 1
The K25A relay contact feedback on the TREG/TREL/TRES board has failed, or the K25A relay on TTUR has failed, or the cabling between VPRO and TTUR is incorrect. The state of the command to the K25A relay does not match the state of the K25A relay contact feedback signal; cannot reliably drive the K25A relay until the problem is corrected. The signal path is from VPRO to TREG/TREL/TRES to TRPG/TRPL/TRPS to VTUR to TTUR.
91-93 Trip Relay (ETR) Contact # Mismatch Requested State. Terminal Board 2
See 83-96 above
94-96 Econ Relay Contact # Mismatch Requested State. Terminal Board 2
See 83-96 above
97 TREG/TREL/TRES J3 Solenoid Power Source is Missing. The P125 V dc source for driving the trip solenoids is not detected; cannot reliably drive the trip solenoids
The power detection monitor on the TREG1/TREL1/TRES1 board has failed, or there is a loss of P125 V dc through the J2 connector from TRPG/TRPL/TRPS board, or the cabling between VPRO and TREG1/TREL1/TRES1 or between TREG1/TREL1/TRES1 and TRPG/TRPL/TRPS is incorrect.
98 TREG/TREL/TRES J4 Solenoid Power Source is Missing. The P125 V dc source for driving the trip solenoids is not detected; cannot reliably drive the trip solenoids K4-K6
The power detection monitor on the TREG2/TREL2/TRES2 board has failed, or there is a loss of P125 V dc through the J2 connector from TRPG/TRPL/TRPS board, or the cabling between VPRO and TREG2/TREL2/TRES2 or between TREG2/TREL2/TRES2 and TRPG/TRPS/TRPL is incorrect. Also trip relays K4-K6 may be configured when there is no TREG2/TREL2/TRES2 board.
99-104 TREG/TREL/TRES Solenoid Voltage # Mismatch Requested State. The state of the trip solenoid # does not match the command logic of the voted ETR # on TREG/TREL/TRES, and the voted primary trip relay (PTR) # on TRPG/TRPL/TRPS, the ETR cannot be reliably driven until corrected
The trip solenoid # voltage monitor on TREG/TREL/TRES has failed or ETR # driver failed, or PTR # driver failed. There may be a loss of 125 V dc through the J2 connector from TRPG/TRPL/TRPS, which has a separate diagnostic. See (105-107)
105 TREL/TRES, J3, Solenoid Power, Bus A, Absent. The voltage source for driving the solenoids is not detected on Bus A; cannot reliably drive these solenoids
Loss of power bus A through J2 connector from TRPL/TRPS
106 TREL/TRES, J3, Solenoid Power, Bus B, Absent. The voltage source for driving the solenoids is not detected on Bus B; cannot reliably drive these solenoids
Loss of power bus B through J2 connector from TRPL/TRPS
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPRO Turbine Protection Board • 217
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
107 TREL/TRES, J3, Solenoid Power, Bus C, Absent. The voltage source for driving the solenoids is not detected on Bus C; cannot reliably drive these solenoids
Loss of Power Bus C through J2 connector from TRPL/TRPS
108 Control Watchdog Trip Protection This alarm can only occur if Configuration -> ContWdogEn has been enabled. An alarm indicates that the signal space point -> ContWdog has not changed for 5 consecutive frames. The alarm will reset itself if changes are seen for 60 seconds.
Verify that the ContWdog is set up correctly in the toolbox and that the source of the signal is changing the value at least once a frame. Check Ethernet cable and connections.
109 Speed Difference Trip Protection This alarm can only occur if Configuration -> SpeedDifEnable has been enabled. An alarm indicates that the difference between the output signal Internal Points -> Speed1 and the first VPRO pulse rate speed is larger than the percentage Configuration -> OS_DIFF for more than 3 consecutive frames. The alarm will reset itself if the difference is within limits for 60 seconds.
Verify that the Speed1 signal is set up correctly in the toolbox and that the source of the signal reflects the VTUR pulse rate speed. Check Ethernet cable and connections.
110 Stale speed trip protection. This alarm can only occur if Configuration -> StaleSpdEn has been enabled. An alarm indicates that the signal Internal Points -> Speed1 has not changed for 5 consecutive frames. The alarm will reset itself if the speed dithers for 60 seconds.
Verify that the Speed1 signal is set up correctly in the toolbox and that the source of the signal reflects the VTUR pulse rate speed input. Check Ethernet cable and connections.
111-127 Reserved for future use 128-319 Logic Signal # Voting mismatch. The identified signal
from this board disagrees with the voted value A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.
320-339 Input Signal # Voting mismatch, Local #, Voted #. The specified input signal varies from the voted value of the signal by more than the TMR Diff Limit
A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPRO Turbine Protection Board • 219
TPRO Emergency Protection
Functional Description
The Emergency Protection (TPRO) terminal board provides the VPRO with speed signals, temperature signals, generator voltage, and bus voltage as part of an independent emergency overspeed and synchronization protection system. The protection system consists of triple redundant VPRO boards in a module separate from the turbine control system, controlling the trip solenoids through TREx (TREG, or TREL, or TRES). TPRO supplies inputs to all three VPRO boards. The following figure shows the cabling to VPRO from the TPRO and TREx terminal boards.
The VPRO board provides the emergency trip function. Up to three trip solenoids can be connected between the TREx and TRPx (TRPG, or TRPL, or TRPS) terminal boards. TREx provides the positive side of the 125 V dc to the solenoids and TRPx provides the negative side. Either board can trip the turbine. VPRO provides emergency overspeed protection and the emergency stop functions. It controls the 12 relays on TREG, nine of which form three groups of three to vote inputs controlling the three trip solenoids. A second TREG board may be driven from VPRO through J4.
Note TPRO does not work with the Mark* VIe I/O packs.
220 • VPRO Turbine Protection Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
The following figure shows how the VTUR and VPRO boards share in a gas turbine protection scheme. Both detect turbine overspeed, and either one can independently trip the turbine using the relays on TRPG or TREG.
TPRO Terminal Board
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cables to VPRO-S8
Cables to VPRO-T8
VPRO- R8
BarrierType TerminalBlocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
x
x
JY1
JX1
Cables to VPRO-R8
JZ1
ShieldBar
24681012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
13579
11131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
JZ5
JY5
JX5
x
STAT
VPRO
J3
x x
x x x
RUNFAIL
IONET
C
SER
J5
J6
J4
PARAL
P5COMP28AP28BETHR
POWER
R
XYZ
8421
T
EthernetIONet
To Second TREG(optional)
NF
To TREG
TPRO Terminal Board, VPRO Board, and Cabling
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPRO Turbine Protection Board • 221
J3
J4
VTUR
VPRO
Trip Solenoids,three circuits
Cable
JR5
JR1
Special speed cable
JR1
J1
J2
JX5
JX1
JX1
JS5
JT5
JS1
JT1
JS1
JT1
JY1
JZ1
JY5
JZ5
JY1
JZ1
Special speed cable
125 VDC
2 transformers
Twoxfrs
12 Relays
9 Relays
335 V dc from <Q>
125 VDCJ2
J3 J4 J5
J1Trip signal toTSVO TB's
J5
J5
J4
J3
J7
TPRO
TREG
TRPG
TTUR
(3 x 3 PTR's)
3 RelaysGen Synch
Optionaldaughter-board
To secondTRPG board(optional)
(9 ETR's,3 econ. relays)
P125 V dc from <PDM>NEMA class F
JH1
To secondTREG Board(optional)
J6
J4
Turbine Control and Protection Boards, Gas Turbine Control Example
222 • VPRO Turbine Protection Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
The generator and bus potential transformers, analog inputs, and thermocouples are wired to the first terminal block on TPRO. The magnetic speed pickups are wired to the second block. Jumpers JP1A and JP1B are set to give either a 4-20 mA or voltage input on the first of the three analog inputs.
The wiring connections are shown in the following figure. Two cables go to each of the three VPRO boards.
Turbine ProtectionTerminal Board TPRO
Up to two #12 AWG wires perpoint with 300 volt insulation
Terminal Blocks can beunplugged from terminal boardfor maintenance
Gen (H)
mAret
Gen (L)Bus (L) Bus (H)
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
VDC
MX1 (H)MX2 (H)MX3 (H)
MY1 (H)MY2 (H)MY3 (H)MZ1 (H)MZ2 (H)MZ3 (H)
MX1 (L)MX2 (L)
MY2 (L)
MX3 (L)MY1 (L)
MY3 (L)MZ1 (L)
MZ3 (L)MZ2 (L)
P24V120mA1
P24V220mA2P24V320mA3TC1R (H)TC2R (H)TC3R (H)TC1S (H)TC2S (H)TC3S (H)
TC1R (L)
TC1T (H)TC2T (H)TC3T (H)
TC2R (L)TC3R (L)TC1S (L)TC2S (L)
TC1T (L)TC2T (L)TC3T (L)
TC3S (L)
JP1A
JP1B
ma VOLTS
OPEN RETURN
MagneticSpeedPickups
ThermocoupleInputs
AnalogInputs
GenVolts
JZ1
JY1
JX1
To VPRO-T8J6
To VPRO-S8J6
To VPRO-R8J6
JZ5
JY5
JX5
To J5
To J5
To J5
(MPU)
TPRO Wiring and Cabling
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPRO Turbine Protection Board • 223
Operation
The main purpose of the TPRO is to supply speed signals to VPRO for the emergency overspeed (EOS) protection for the turbine. In addition, TPRO supplies generator signals for backup synchronization check protection, three analog current inputs, and nine thermocouple inputs, primarily for exhaust over-temperature protection on gas turbines. VPRO provides 28 V dc to TPRO to power the three analog input transmitters.
Speed Control and Overspeed Protection
Speed control and overspeed protection is implemented with six passive, magnetic speed pickups. The first three are monitored by the controller, which uses the median signal for speed control and the primary overspeed protection. The second three are separately connected to the three VPROs in the protection module. Provision is made for nine passive magnetic speed pickups or active pulse rate transducers (TTL type) on the TPRO terminal board, with three being monitored by each of the three VPROs.
Backup Synch Check Protection
TPRO provides inputs to the protection module for backup synchronization check. The generator and bus voltages are supplied from two, single phase, potential transformers (PTs) secondary output supplying a nominal 115 V rms. The maximum cable length between the PTs and the turbine control is 100 meters of 18 AWG twisted, shielded wire. Each PT is magnetically isolated with a 1,500 V rms rated barrier and a circuit load less than 3 VA.
Each PT input is internally connected in parallel through TPRO to the three VPROs in the protection module. The triple redundant phase slip windows result in a voted logical output on the TREG terminal board, which drives the K25A relay. This relay’s contacts are connected in series with the synch permissive relay (K25P) and the auto synch relay (K25) to insure that no false command is issued to close the generator breaker. Similarly, contacts from the K25A contact are connected in series with the contacts from remote, manual synchronizing equipment to insure no false commands.
Thermocouple and Analog Inputs
TPRO provides thermocouple and analog inputs to the protection module, primarily for gas turbine applications. Nine thermocouple inputs are monitored with three connected to each VPRO. These are generally used for backup exhaust over-temperature protection. Also, one ±5, 10 V dc, 4-20 mA input, and two 4-20 mA inputs can be connected to the TPRO terminal board, which feeds the inputs in parallel to the three VPROs.
224 • VPRO Turbine Protection Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
NS
NS
NS
JX5 31
32
37
38
43
44
JY5
JZ5
3 Circuits
3 Circuits
3 Circuits
Terminal Board TPRO
Gen. Volts120 V acfrom PT
1
2
3
4
Bus Volts120 Vacfrom PT
To TTUR
Three TC ccts to R8
Three TC ccts to S8
Three TC ccts to T8
RetOpen
JPB1
250 ohms
JPA1VDC
20 maTo R8,S8,T8
One of the above ccts
JX1
JY1
JZ1
P28V,R8CurrentLimiter
P28V,S8P28V,T8
CurrentLimiter
P28VV
Two of the above ccts
To R8,S8,T8250
ohms
20mA1
TC1RH
TC1RL
TC1SH
P28VV
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
Thermocouple Inputs CJ
CJ
CJ
1
1
1
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
P24V2
20 mA2
P24V1
V dc
mAret
TC1SL
TC1TH
TC1TL
5
7
6
8
9
10
13
14
19
20
25
26
MX1H
MY1L
MY1H
MX1H
MZ1L
MZ1H
ID
#1EmergencyMagneticSpeedPickup
#2EmergencyMagneticSpeedPickup
#3EmergencyMagneticSpeedPickup
Noise Suppression
Noise Suppression
NS
NS
VPRO R8Protection
VPRO S8Protection
VPRO T8Protection
J5 J5 J5
J3 J3 J3
OverspeedEm Stop
SyncCheck
Overtemp
OverspeedEm Stop
SyncCheck
Overtemp
OverspeedEm Stop
SyncCheck
Overtemp
J6 J6 J6
To TREG andTrip Solenoids
J4 J4 J4
TPRO Terminal Board and TMR VPROs
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPRO Turbine Protection Board • 225
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of Inputs 9 Passive proximity probes for speed pickups 1 Generator and 1 Bus Voltage 9 Thermocouples 1 4-20 mA current or voltage 2 4-20 mA current
Power Supply Voltage Input supply 28 V dc for the analog sensors Magnetic Pickup (MPU) Characteristics
Output resistance 200 ohms with inductance of 85 mH. Output generates 150 V p-p into 60 K ohms at the TPRO terminal block, with insufficient energy for a spark. The maximum short circuit current is approximately 100 mA. The system applies up to 400 ohm normal mode load to the input signal to reduce the voltage at the terminals.
MPU Cable Sensors can be up to 300 m (984 ft) from the cabinet, assuming that shielded pair cable is used, with typical 70 nF single ended or 35 nF differential capacitance, and 15 ohms resistance.
MPU Pulse Rate Range 2 Hz to 20 kHz MPU Input Circuit Sensitivity
Minimum signal is 27 mV pk at 2 Hz Minimum signal is 450 mV pk at 14 kHz
Generator and Bus Voltage Sensors
Two Single-Phase Potential Transformers, 115 V rms secondary. Voltage accuracy is 0.5% of rated Volts rms. Frequency Accuracy 0.05%. Phase Difference Measurement better than 1 degree. Allowable voltage range for synchronizing is 75 to 130 V rms. Each input has a load of less than 3 VA.
Thermocouple Inputs Same specifications as for VTCC board Analog Inputs 2 current inputs, 4-20 mA
1 current input with selection of 4-20 mA, or ±5 V dc, or ±10 V dc. Same specifications as for VAIC board.
Size 17.8 cm Wide x 33.02 cm High (7.0 in x 13 in)
Diagnostics
VPRO makes diagnostic checks on TPRO and its cables and input signals as follows:
• If high or low limits on analog inputs are exceeded a fault is created. • If any one of the above signals goes unhealthy, a composite diagnostic alarm
L3DIAG_VPROR (or S, or T) occurs. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
Terminal board connectors on TPRO have their own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and plug location. When the chip is read by VPRO and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
226 • VPRO Turbine Protection Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Configuration
Configuration of the terminal board is by means of jumpers. For location of these jumpers refer to the Installation diagram. The jumper choices are as follows:
• Jumper JPA1 selects either current input or voltage input • Jumper JPB1 selects whether the return is connected to common or is left open
All other configuration is for VPRO and is done from the toolbox.
TREG Turbine Emergency Trip
Functional Description
The Gas Turbine Emergency Trip (TREG) terminal board provides power to three emergency trip solenoids and is controlled by the I/O controller. Up to three trip solenoids can be connected between the TREG and TRPG terminal boards. TREG provides the positive side of the dc power to the solenoids and TRPG provides the negative side. The I/O controller provides emergency overspeed protection, emergency stop functions, and controls the 12 relays on TREG, nine of which form three groups of three to vote inputs controlling the three trip solenoids.
There are a number of board types as follows:
• The H1A version is not used for new production and is replaced by H1B. • H1B is the primary version for 125 V dc applications. Control power from the
JX1, JY1, and JZ1 connectors are diode combined to create redundant power on the board for status feedback circuits and powering the economizing relays. Power separation is maintained for the trip relay circuits.
• H2B is used for 24 V dc applications. All other features are the same as H1B. • H3B is a special version of H1B for use in systems with redundant TREG
boards. Feedback circuit and economizing relay power is provided only by the JX1 connector.
• H4B is a special version of H1B for use in systems with redundant TREG boards. Feedback circuit and economizing relay power is provided only by the JY1 connector.
• H5B is a special version of H1B for use in systems with redundant TREG boards. Feedback circuit and economizing relay power is provided only by the JZ1 connector.
In redundant TREG applications, it is typical to find one H3B and one H4B board used together. It is important that system repairs be done with the correct board type to maintain the control power separation designed into these systems.
Mark VI Systems
In Mark* VI systems, the VPRO works with the TREG terminal board. Cables with molded plugs connect TREG to the VPRO module.
Mark VIe Systems
In Mark VIe systems, TREG is controlled by the PPRO pack on SPRO. The PPRO I/O packs plug into the D-type connectors on SPRO. Cables with molded plugs connect TREG to the SPRO board.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPRO Turbine Protection Board • 227
TREG Terminal Board
x
x
JY1
JX1
2468
1012141618202224
x13579
11131517192123
x
262830323436384042444648
252729313335373941434547
JH1 J1
JZ1
Vdc
J2
To TRPG
ProtectionModule
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxxxxx
Barrier type terminalblocks can beunplugged from boardfor maintenance
Shield bar 37-pin D shell typeconnectors with latchingfasteners
To second TREG(optional)
Cable toVPRO
Cable toVPRO
To TSVOterminationboards (SMX)
Cable toVPRO
P125
TREG Turbine Emergency Trip Terminal Board, and Protection Module I/O Controller
228 • VPRO Turbine Protection Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
The three trip solenoids, economizing resistors, and the emergency stop are wired directly to the first I/O terminal block. Up to seven trip interlocks can be wired to the second terminal block. The wiring connections are shown in the following figure.
Note TREGH2B is a 24 V dc version of the terminal board.
Turbine Emergency TripTerminal Board TREG
SOL 1 or 4
Contact TRP2 (L)
Contact TRP4 (L)
Contact TRP6 (L)Contact TRP7 (L)
Contact TRP2 (H)
Contact TRP4 (H)
Contact TRP6 (H)
Contact TRP1 (H)
Contact TRP3 (H)
Contact TRP5 (H)
Contact TRP7 (H)
24681012141618202224
1357911131517192123
262830323436384042444648
x
252729313335373941434547
RES 1ASOL 2 or 5
SOL 3 or 6PWR_N3
PWR_N1RES 1BPWR_N2
Contact TRP1 (L)
Contact TRP3 (L)
Contact TRP5 (L)
J1J2JH1
RES 2ARES 2B
RES 3ARES 3B E-TRP (H)E-TRP (H)E-TRP (L)
PWR_P1 (for probe)PWR_P2 (for probe)
JZ1
JY1
JX1
JUMPER
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
VPRO
VPRO
VPRO
Terminal blocks can be unpluggedfrom terminal board for maintenance
Up to two #12 AWG wires perpoint with 300 volt insulation
To TSVOboards onSMX systems
To TRPG, 12 wiresPower 125V dc
TREG Terminal Board Wiring
Operation
TREG is entirely controlled by the VPRO protection module, and the only connections to the control modules are the J2 power cable and through the trip solenoids. In simplex systems a third cable carries a trip signal from J1 to the TSVO terminal board, providing a servo valve clamp function upon turbine trip.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPRO Turbine Protection Board • 229
Control of Trip Solenoids
Both TRPG and TREG control the trip solenoids so that either one can remove power and actuate the hydraulics to close the steam or fuel valves. The nine trip relay coils on TREG are supplied with 28 V dc from the I/O controller. The trip solenoids are supplied with 125 V dc through plug J2, and draw up to 1 A with a 0.1 second L/R time constant.
Note The solenoid circuit has a metal oxide varistor (MOV) for current suppression and a 10 Ω, 70 W economizing resistor.
A separately fused 125 V dc feeder is provided from the turbine control for the solenoids, which energize in the run mode and de-energize in the trip mode. Diagnostics monitor each 125 V dc feeder from the power distribution module at its point of entry on the terminal board to verify the fuse integrity and the cable connection.
Two series contacts from each emergency trip relay (ETR1, 2, 3) are connected to the positive 125 V dc feeder for each solenoid, and two series contacts from each primary trip relay (PTR1,2,3 in TRPG) are connected to the negative 125 V dc feeder for each solenoid. An economizing relay (KE1, 2, 3) is supplied for each solenoid with a normally closed contact in parallel with the current limiting resistor. These relays are used to reduce the current load after the solenoids are energized. The ETR and KE relay coils are powered from a 28 V dc source from the I/O controller. Each I/O controller in each of the R8, S8, and T8 sections supplies an independent 28 V dc source.
The 28 V dc bus is current limited and used for power to an external manual emergency trip contact, shown as E-STOP. Three master trip relays (K4X, K4Y, K4Z) disconnect the 28 V dc bus from the ETR, and KE relay coils if a manual emergency trip occurs. Any trip that originates in either the protection module (such as EOS) or the TREG (such as a manual trip) will cause each of the three protection module sections to transmit a trip command over the IONet to the control module, and may be used to identify the source of the trip.
In addition, the K4CL servo clamp relay will energize and send a contact feedback directly from the TREG terminal board to the TSVO servo terminal board. TSVO disconnects the servo current source from the terminal block and applies a bias to drive the control valve closed. This is only used on simplex applications to protect against the servo amplifier failing high.
Note The primary and emergency overspeed systems will trip the hydraulic trip solenoids independent of this circuit.
230 • VPRO Turbine Protection Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
J2
To relayK25A on
TTUR
Servo clamp
Trip interlockseven circuits2
3RDK4CL JX1
JY1JZ1
Mon
J1K4CL
To TSVOboards on
SMX systems
J223RD
JX1JY1JZ1
MonJH1 P125XN125X
ToJX1JY1JZ1
P28VV
K4CL
BCOM
JX1JY1JZ1
J2
J2
Terminal Board TREGKX1
KX2
KX3
RD
RD
RD
<P>VPRO
section R8J3
JX1
28 V dc
Tripsolenoid
1 or 402
Trip solenoid2 or 5
04
Tripsolenoid
3 or 606
K4X KX1,2,3
KX1 KY1
KY1
KZ1 KX1
KZ1
KE101
J2 J2
0403
KY1
KY2
KY3
RD
RD
RD
<P>VPRO
section S8J3
JY1
28 V dcK4Y KY1,2,3
KX2 KY2
KY2
KZ2 KX2
KZ2
KE205
J2
0807
KZ1
KZ2
KZ3
RD
RD
RD
<P>VPRO
section T8J3
JZ1
28 V dcK4Z KZ1,2,3
KX3 KY3
KY3
KZ3 KX3
KZ3
KE309
J2
12
11
- +
- +
- +
TerminalBoard TRPG
Mon
Mon
Mon
Mon
Mon
Mon0610
02
P28X1
P28Y1
P28Z1
Sol pwr monitor
Optionaleconomizingresistor,100 ohm,70W
ID
ID
ID
J2 J2-+
MonJX1JY1JZ1
P125VN125V
3031
JX1JY1JZ1
P28VV
Three economizing relay circuits
23RD
KE1,2,3
MonJX1JY1JZ1 KE1,2,3
NS
NS
35
36
P125XExc
TRP
TRP1H
TRP1L
14
15
16
17
18
E-Stop
CL
K4X
K4Y
K4Z
P28VVETRPH
ETRPL
N125X
Second E-STOPwhen applicable
JUMPR
JUMPR
PWR_P1PWR_P2
for test probe
PWR_N1for test
13
TREG Board, Trip Interlocks, and Trip Solenoids
Solenoid Trip Tests
Application software in the controller is used to initiate tests of the trip solenoids. Online tests allow each of the trip solenoids to be manually tripped one at a time, either through the PTR relays from the controller, or through the ETR relays from the protection module. A contact from each solenoid circuit is wired back as a contact input to give a positive indication that the solenoid has tripped. Primary and emergency offline overspeed tests are provided too for verification of actual trips due to software simulated trip overspeed conditions.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPRO Turbine Protection Board • 231
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of trip solenoids Three solenoids per TREG (total of six per I/O controller) Trip solenoid rating H1 - 125 V dc standard with 1 A draw
H2 - 24 V dc is alternate with 1 A draw Trip solenoid circuits Circuits rated for NEMA class E creepage and clearance
Circuits can clear a 15 A fuse with all circuits fully loaded Solenoid inductance Solenoid maximum L/R time constant is 0.1 second Suppression MOV across the solenoid Relay outputs Three economizer relay outputs, two second delay to energize
Driver to breaker relay K25A on TTUR
Servo clamp relay on TSVO
Solenoid control relay contacts
Contacts are rated to interrupt inductive solenoid loads at 125 V dc, 1 A Bus voltage can vary from 70 to 145 V dc
Trip inputs Seven trip interlocks to the I/O controller protection module, 125/24 V dc One emergency stop hard wired trip interlock, 24 V dc
Trip interlock excitation H1 - Nominal 125 V dc, floating, ranging from 100 to 145 V dc H2 - Nominal 24 V dc, floating, ranging from 18.5 to 32 V dc
Trip interlock current H1 for 125 V dc applications: Circuits draw 2.5 mA (50 Ω) H2 for 24 V dc applications: Circuits draw 2.5 mA (10 Ω)
Trip interlock isolation Optical isolation to 1500 V on all inputs
Trip interlock filter Hardware filter, 4 ms
Trip interlock ac voltage rejection
60 V rms @ 50/60 Hz at 125 V dc excitation
Size 17.8 cm wide x 33.02 cm, high (7.0 in x 13.0 in)
Diagnostics
The I/O controller runs diagnostics on the TREG board and connected devices. The diagnostics cover the trip relay driver and contact feedbacks, solenoid voltage, economizer relay driver and contact feedbacks, K25A relay driver and coil, servo clamp relay driver and contact feedback, and the solenoid voltage source. If any of these do not agree with the desired value then a fault is created.
TREG connectors JX1, JY1, and JZ1 have their own ID device that is interrogated by I/O controller. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the plug location. When the chip is read by the I/O board and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
There are no switches on the terminal board.
Note A jumper must be placed across terminals 15 and 17 if the second emergency stop input is not required.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPRO Turbine Protection Board • 233
TRES Turbine Emergency Trip
Functional Description
The Small Steam Turbine Emergency Trip (TRES) terminal board is used for the emergency overspeed protection for small/medium size steam turbines. TRES is controlled by the VPRO protection module, and provides power to three emergency trip solenoids, which can be connected between the TRES and TRPS terminal boards. TRES provides the positive side of the 125 V dc to the solenoids and TRPS provides the negative side. The VPRO provides emergency overspeed protection, emergency stop functions, and controls the three relays on TRES, which control the three trip solenoids.
• TRES has both simplex and TMR form. • There are seven dry contact inputs for trip interlocks. • TRES has no economizing relays. • There are no emergency stop inputs.
In the TRES, the seven dry contact inputs excitation and signal are monitored and fanned to the protection module. The board includes the synch check relay driver, K25A, and associated monitoring, the same as on TREG, and the servo clamp relay driver, K4CL, and its associated monitoring. A second TRES board cannot be driven from the protection module.
234 • VPRO Turbine Protection Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
The three trip solenoids are wired to the first I/O terminal block. Up to seven trip interlocks are wired to the second terminal block. The wiring connections are shown in the following figure.
Connector J2 carries three power buses from TRPS, and JH1 carries the excitation voltage for the seven trip interlocks.
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1357911131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
252729313335373941434547
x
JZ1
JY1
JX1JA1
PwrA_N
SUS1BSOL1B
PwrB_N
SUS2BSOL2B
PwrA_P
SUS1ASOL1A
PwrB_P
SUS2ASOL2A
PwrC_NPwrC_P
SUS3ASUS3BSOL3ASOL3B
ETR3
ETR2
ETR1
J2
Cable to TRPS
JH1 J1J25
TRP1(H)TRP2(H)TRP3(H)TRP4(H)TRP5(H)TRP6(H)TRP7(H)
TRP1(L)TRP2(L)TRP3(L)TRP4(L)TRP5(L)
TRP7(L)TRP6(L)
Trip interlocks1 through 7
Cable for Simplexapplications
Trip interlock excitationK25Arelay
VPRO
Emergency Trip Terminal Board TRES (Small/Medium Steam Turbine)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
VPRO
VPRO
Up to two #12 AWG wires perpoint with 300V insulation
Terminal blocks can be unpluggedfrom terminal board for maintenance
Servoclamp
TRES Terminal Board Wiring
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPRO Turbine Protection Board • 235
Operation
The VSVO protection module controls TRES. In simplex systems, a third cable carries a trip signal from J1 to the TSVO terminal board, providing a servo valve clamp function upon turbine trip.
Control of Trip Solenoids
Both TREL and TRES control the trip solenoids 1 and 2 so that either one can remove power and actuate the hydraulics to close the steam or fuel valves. ETR3 is set up to supply power to trip solenoid #3. The nine trip relay coils on TRES are supplied with 28 V dc from the I/O controller. The trip solenoids are supplied with 125 V dc (or 24 V dc) through plug J2, and draw up to 1 A with a 0.1 second L/R time constant.
Note The solenoid circuit has an MOV for current suppression on TREL.
A separately fused 125 V dc feeder is provided from the PDM for the solenoids. Diagnostics monitor each 125 V dc feeder from the PDM at its point of entry on the terminal board to verify the fuse integrity and the cable connection.
Note A normally closed contact from each relay is used to sense the relay status for diagnostics
Two series contacts from each of the emergency trip relays (ETR1, 2, 3) are connected to the positive 125 V dc feeder for each solenoid, and two series contacts from each of the primary trip relays are connected to the negative 125 V dc feeder for each solenoid. The ETR relay coils are powered from a 28 V dc source from the I/O controller. Each I/O controller in each of the R8, S8, and T8 sections supplies an independent 28 V dc source.
The K4CL servo clamp relay will energize and send a contact feedback directly from the TRES terminal board to the TSVO servo terminal board. TSVO disconnects the servo current source from the terminal block and applies a bias to drive the control valve closed. This is only used on simplex applications to protect against the servo amplifier failing high.
Note The primary and emergency overspeed systems will trip the hydraulic trip solenoids independent of this circuit.
Solenoid Trip Tests
Application software in the controller is used to initiate tests of the trip solenoids. Online tests allow each of the trip solenoids to be manually tripped one at a time, either through the PTR relays from the controller, or through the ETR relays from the protection module. A contact from each solenoid circuit is wired back as a contact input to give a positive indication that the solenoid has tripped. Primary and emergency offline overspeed tests are provided too for verification of actual trips due to software simulated trip overspeed conditions.
236 • VPRO Turbine Protection Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Terminal Board TRES
JX1
P28A
P28X
P28Y
P28ZP28
JA1
ETR1
IDID
RD23
MonETR1
To X,Y,Z, A
ETR2RD23
MonETR2
To X,Y,Z, A
ETR3RD23
MonETR3
To X,Y,Z,A
JY1
JZ1
P28
P28
ID
Simplexsystemuses JA1
Tripsolenoid
J2 J2
02
01
03
04
SUS1B
- +SOL1AETR1
PwrA_P
09
PwrA_P Several terminalspositions fordifferentapplications
PwrC_P
SUS1A
SOL1BETR1
PwrA_N 08PwrA_N
PwrA_P
PwrA_N
PwrB_P
PwrB_N PwrC_N
Sol. Power Monitor
To JX1,JY1,JZ1,
JA1
Tripsolenoid
J2 J2
11
12
13
18
14
SUS2A
SUS2B
- +SOL2AETR2
PwrB_P
PwrB_P
PwrB_N
SOL2BETR2
PwrB_N19
Tripsolenoid
J2 J2
21
22
23
28
24
SUS3A
SUS3B
- +SOL3AETR3
PwrC_P
PwrC_P
PwrC_N
SOL3BETR3
29
To relay K25Aon TTUR
Servo Clamp
23RD
K4CL JX1JY1JZ1
Mon
J2 23RD
JX1JY1JZ1
MonJH1 Excit_PExcitation_N
P28VV
K4CL
BCOM
To JX1, JY1,JZ1, JA1
J1
K4CL
To TSVOboards on
SMX systems
J25To TTURH1B
7 circuits as above
FromPDM
PwrC_N
JA1
JA1
NS36
Trip interlock
NS35
Exc_PExcitation
volts
7
.
.
.
TRP1B
TRP1A
ID
ID
TerminalBoardTRPS
J2, powerbuses fromTRPS
I/OController
I/OController
I/OController
TRES Terminal Board, Trip Interlocks, and Trip Solenoids
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPRO Turbine Protection Board • 237
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of trip solenoids
Three solenoids per TRES
Trip solenoid rating 125 V dc standard with 1 A draw 24 V dc is alternate with 3 A draw
Trip solenoid circuits Circuits rated for NEMA class E creepage and clearance Circuits can clear a 15 A fuse with all circuits fully loaded
Solenoid inductance Solenoid maximum L/R time constant is 0.1 sec Suppression MOV on TRPS across the solenoid Relay Outputs Driver to breaker relay K25A on TTUR
Servo clamp relay on TSVO Solenoid control relay contacts
Contacts are rated to interrupt inductive solenoid loads at 125 V dc, 1 A. Bus voltage can vary from 70 to 145 V dc.
Trip inputs Seven trip interlocks to VPRO protection module Trip interlock excitation
H1 - Nominal 125 V dc, floating, ranging from 100 to 145 V dc H2 - Nominal 24 V dc, floating, ranging from 18.5 to 32 V dc
Trip interlock current H1 for 125 V dc applications: Circuits draw 2.5 mA (50 Ω) H2 for 24 V dc applications: Circuits draw 2.5 mA (10 Ω)
Trip interlock isolation
Optical isolation to 1500 V on all inputs
Trip interlock filter Hardware filter, 4 ms
Trip interlock ac voltage rejection
60 V rms @ 50/60 Hz at 125 V dc excitation
Size 17.8 cm wide x 33.02 cm high (7.0 in x 13.0 in)
Diagnostics
The I/O controller runs diagnostics on the TRES board and connected devices. The diagnostics cover the trip relay driver and contact feedbacks, solenoid voltage, K25A relay driver and coil, servo clamp relay driver and contact feedback, and the solenoid voltage source. If any of these do not agree with the desired value, a fault is created.
TRES connectors JA1, JX1, JY1, and JZ1 have their own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O controller. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the plug location. When the chip is read by the I/O controller and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPRO Turbine Protection Board • 239
TREL Turbine Emergency Trip
Functional Description
The Large Steam Turbine Emergency Trip (TREL) terminal board is used for the emergency overspeed protection for large steam turbines. TREL is controlled by the VPRO in the protection module, and provides power to three emergency trip solenoids, which can be connected between the TREL and TRPL terminal boards. TREL provides the positive side of the 125 V dc to the solenoids and TRPL provides the negative side. I/O controller provides emergency overspeed protection, emergency stop functions, and controls the nine relays on TREL, which form three groups of three to vote inputs controlling the three trip solenoids. The three groups are called ETR (emergency trip) 1, 2, and 3.
• TREL is only available in TMR form. • TREL has no economizing relay as with TREG. • TREL has no E-STOP function as with TREG.
A second TREL board may be driven from the protection module.
240 • VPRO Turbine Protection Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
The three trip solenoids are wired to the first I/O terminal block. Up to seven trip interlocks are wired to the second terminal block. The wiring connections are shown in the following figure. Connector J2 carries three power buses from TRPL, and JH1 carries the excitation voltage for the seven trip interlocks.
Emergency TripTerminal Board TREL
2468
1012141618202224
13579
11131517192123
262830323436384042444648
252729313335373941434547
Sol1B
Sol2B
PwrC_N
PwrA_N
PwrB_N
PwrA_PPwrC_P
PwrB_P
(Large Steam Turbine)
TRP1(L)
JH1 J25
Excitation
KZ1
KZ3
KY1
KY3
KZ2
KY2
KX3
KX1 KX2
Sol1A
Sol2A
Sol3ASol3B
TRP2(H)TRP3(H)TRP4(H)TRP5(H)TRP6(H)TRP7(H)
TRP2(L)TRP3(L)TRP4(L)TRP5(L)TRP6(L)TRP7(L)
TRP1(H)
TTUR
J1Servoclamp
J2
JZ1
JY1
JX1
To TRPL
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
VPRO
VPRO
VPRO
Terminal blocks can be unpluggedfrom terminal board for maintenance
Up to two #12 AWG wires perpoint with 300V insulation
TREL Terminal Board Wiring
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPRO Turbine Protection Board • 241
Operation
TREL is entirely controlled by the VPRO protection module, and the only connections to the turbine control are the J2 power cable and the trip solenoids. In simplex systems, a third cable carries a trip signal from J1 to the TSVO terminal board, providing a servo valve clamp function upon turbine trip.
Control of Trip Solenoids
Both TRPL and TREL control the trip solenoids 1 and 2 so that either one can remove power and actuate the hydraulics to close the steam or fuel valves. ETR3 is set up to supply power to trip solenoid #3. The nine trip relay coils on TREL are supplied with 28 V dc from I/O controller. The trip solenoids are supplied with 125 V dc (or 24 V dc) through plug J2, and draw up to 1 A with a 0.1 second L/R time constant.
Note The solenoid circuit has an MOV for current suppression on TRPL.
A separately fused 125 V dc feeder is provided from the PDM to the solenoids. Diagnostics monitor each 125 V dc feeder from the PDM at its point of entry on the terminal board to verify the fuse integrity and the cable connection.
Note A normally closed contact from each relay is used to sense the relay status for diagnostics.
Two series contacts from each of the emergency trip relays (ETR1, 2, 3) are connected to the positive 125 V dc feeder for each solenoid, and two series contacts from each of the primary trip relays are connected to the negative 125 V dc feeder for each solenoid. The ETR relay coils are powered from a 28 V dc source from the I/O controller. Each I/O controller in each of the R8, S8, and T8 sections supplies an independent 28 V dc source.
The K4CL servo clamp relay will energize and send a contact feedback directly from the TREL terminal board to the TSVO servo terminal board. TSVO disconnects the servo current source from the terminal block and applies a bias to drive the control valve closed. This is only used on simplex applications to protect against the servo amplifier failing high.
Note The primary and emergency overspeed systems will trip the hydraulic trip solenoids independent of this circuit.
Solenoid Trip Tests
Application software in the controller is used to initiate tests of the trip solenoids. Online tests allow each of the trip solenoids to be manually tripped one at a time, either through the PTR relays from the controller, or through the ETR relays from the protection module. A contact from each solenoid circuit is wired back as a contact input to give a positive indication that the solenoid has tripped. Primary and emergency offline overspeed tests are provided too for verification of actual trips due to software simulated trip overspeed conditions.
242 • VPRO Turbine Protection Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
J2
J2
Terminal Board TREL
RD
RD
RD
JX1
P28X
Tripsolenoid#1 or 4
02
Tripsolenoid#2 or 5
06
Tripsolenoid#3 or 6
10
KX1,2,3
KX1 KY1
KY1
KZ1 KX1
KZ1
02
J2 J2
03
RD
RD
RD
JY1
P28Y
KY1,2,3
KX2 KY2
KY2
KZ2 KX2
KZ2
05
J2
06
RD
RD
RD
JZ1
P28Z
KZ1,2,3
KX3 KY3
KY3
KZ3 KX3
KZ3
08
J2
09
- +
- +
- +
TerminalBoard TRPL
Mon
Mon
Mon
To relay
J2 J2
Servo clamp
23RD
K4CL JX1JY1JZ1
Mon
J2 23RD
JX1JY1JZ1
MonJH1 Excit_PExcitation_N
P28VV
K4CL
BCOM
ID
ID
ID
01
04
07
KX1
KX2
KX3
KY1
KY2
KY3
KZ1
KZ2
KZ3
ETR1
ETR2
ETR3
PwrA_P
PwrB_P
PwrC_P
NS
To JX1,JY1,JZ1
36
Trip interlock
NS35
Exc_PExcitation
volts
7
13
14
15
PwrA_P
PwrB_P
PwrC_PJ1
K4CL
To TSVOboards on
SMX systems
J25
JX1JY1JZ1
PwrA_P
PwrA_NPwrB_P
PwrB_NPwrC_PPwrC_N
PwrA_N
PwrB_N
PwrC_N
Sol PwrMonitor
Powerbuses
ABC
.
.
.
7 circuits as above
TRP1B
TRP1A
FromPDM
VPRO
VPRO
VPRO
J2K25A onTTUR
TREL Terminal Board, Trip Interlocks, and Trip Solenoids
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPRO Turbine Protection Board • 243
Specifications
Item Specification Number of trip solenoids
Three solenoids per TREL (total of six per I/O controller)
Trip solenoid rating H1 - 125 V dc standard with 1 A draw H2 - 24 V dc is alternate with 3 A draw
Trip solenoid circuits Circuits rated for NEMA class E creepage and clearance Circuits can clear a 15 A fuse with all circuits fully loaded
Solenoid inductance Solenoid maximum L/R time constant is 0.1 sec Suppression MOV on TRPL across the solenoid Relay Outputs Driver to breaker relay K25A on TTUR.
Servo clamp relay on TSVO Solenoid control relay contacts
Contacts are rated to interrupt inductive solenoid loads at 125 V dc, 1 A. Bus voltage can vary from 70 to 145 V dc
Trip inputs Seven trip interlocks to the I/O controller protection module, 125/24 V dc Trip interlock excitation H1 - Nominal 125 V dc, floating, ranging from 100 to 145 V dc
H2 - Nominal 24 V dc, floating, ranging from 18.5 to 32 V dc Trip interlock current H1 for 125 V dc applications:
Circuits draw 2.5 mA (50 Ω) H2 for 24 V dc applications: Circuits draw 2.5 mA (10 Ω)
Trip interlock isolation Optical isolation to 1500 V on all inputs
Trip interlock filter Hardware filter, 4 ms
Trip interlock ac voltage rejection
60 V rms @ 50/60 Hz at 125 V dc excitation
Size 17.8 cm wide x 33.02 cm high (7.0 in x 13.0 in)
Diagnostics
The protection module runs diagnostics on the TREL board and connected devices. The diagnostics cover the trip relay driver and contact feedbacks, solenoid voltage, K25A relay driver and coil, servo clamp relay driver and contact feedback, and the solenoid voltage source. If any of these do not agree with the desired value, a fault is created.
TREL connectors JX1, JY1, and JZ1 have their own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O controller. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the plug location. When the chip is read by the I/O controller and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
244 • VPRO Turbine Protection Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Notes
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPYR Pyrometer Board • 245
VPYR Pyrometer Input
Functional Description
The Pyrometer Input (VPYR) board provides a dynamic temperature profile of the rotating turbine blades and computes temperature conditions that can lead to a trip. Two infrared turbine blade temperature measurement system (TBTMS) thermometers, known as pyrometers, and to two Keyphasor® Proximitor® probes for shaft reference are wired to the TPYR terminal board. Dedicated analog-to-digital converters on VPYR provide sampling rates up to 200,000 samples per second for burst data from two of the temperature channels. Fast temperature data is available for display and offline evaluation. TPYR has simplex and TMR capability as shown in the following figure.
2468
1012141618202224
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
13579
11131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x x
x
JS1
JR1
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VPYR
J3
J4
VME bus to VCMI
37-pin "D" shell typeconnectors withlatching fasteners
Cable to VMErack R
Connectors onVME rack
Barrier type terminalblocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
Shield bar
VPYR VME BoardTPYR Terminal Board
JT1
Pyrometerwiring
KeyPhasorwiring
Cables to VMEracks S and T
Pyrometer Terminal Board, Processor, and Cabling
VPYR Pyrometer Board
246 • VPYR Pyrometer Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
To install the VPYR board
1 Power down the VME processor rack.
2 Slide in the VPYR board and push the top and bottom levers in with your hands to seat its edge connectors.
3 Tighten the captive screws at the top and bottom of the front panel. These screws hold the board firmly in place and enhance the board front ground integrity. The screws should not be used to actually seat the board.
Note Cable connections to the TPYR terminal boards are made at the J3 and J4 connectors on the lower portion of the VME rack. These are latching type connectors to secure the cables. Power up the VME rack and check the diagnostic lights at the top of the front panel. For details, refer to Diagnostics section in this document.
You may need to update the VPYR firmware to the latest level. For instructions, refer to GEH-6403, Control System Toolbox for the Mark VI Turbine Controller.
Operation
Analog signals from TPYR are cabled to the VPYR processor board where signal sampling and conversion take place. VPYR calculates the temperature profiles and runs turbine protection algorithms using both pyrometer signals. If a trip is indicated and the signals are validated, VPYR issues the trip signal.
Optical Pyrometer Measurements
Two infrared pyrometers dynamically measure the temperature profile of the rotating turbine blades. Each pyrometer is powered by a +24 V dc and a -24 V dc source on the terminal board, diode selected from voltages supplied by the three VPYR boards. Four 4-20 mA signals are returned from each pyrometer, representing the following blade measurements:
• Average temperature • Maximum peak temperature • Average peak temperature • Fast dynamic profile, with 30 kHz bandpass, providing the full signature.
Each 4-20 mA input generates a voltage across a resistor. The signal is sent to VPYR where it is multiplexed and converted. A dedicated A/D converter samples the fast input (#4) at up to 200,000 samples per second. VPYR can be configured for different numbers of turbine buckets, with up to 30 temperature samples per bucket.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPYR Pyrometer Board • 247
TPYR Terminal Board
JR1
P28VRP28VS
CurrentLimiter
CurrentLimiter
N28VXCurrentLimiter
Chan B
Chan A
N24A
P24B
N24Pr1
FanDistrib-ution5
6
78
910
1112
3
13
1718
19
2221
20
2324
303132
N28VRN28VSN28VT
N28VX
CurrentLimiter
P24A1 P28VXPCOM2
PCOM4N28VX
PCOM14P28VX
CurrentLimiter
N24B15PCOM16
N28VX
P28VRN28VRAverage
Max-Pk
Avg-Pk
Fast
Avg
Max Pk
Fast
Avg-Pk
PrH1PrL1
N28VXCurrentLimiterN24Pr233
3435
PrH2
PrL2
KeyPhasor#1
KeyPhasor#2
<R>
J3
<S><T>
P28VXP28VT
Noise suppression on allinputs & power outputs
20ma A1RetA1
100 ohms
JS1
JT1
P28VSN28VS
P28VTN28VT
J3
J3
VPYR Pyrometer Board
Chan A
Chan B
Allothers
Fast
Fast
Same for <S>
Same for<T>
ID
ID
ID
20ma A2
20ma A3
20ma A4
RetA2
RetA3
RetA4
20ma B1RetB1
20ma B2
20ma B3
20ma B4
RetB2
RetB3
RetB4
PROX
PROX
PYROMETER
PYROMETER
sampling
sampling
A/D
A/D
A/DMux
Fast
Fast
VPYR Processor Board and Terminal Board
Keyphasor Inputs
Two Keyphasor probes are used for shaft position reference, with one used as a backup. These probes and associated circuitry are identical to those used with VVIB/TVIB. They sense a shaft keyway or pedestal to provide a time stamp.
248 • VPYR Pyrometer Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Turbine Protection Algorithm
The protection algorithms run every Burst Period. The Burst of Fast data is collected concurrently from the two pyrometers. The start of each Burst of Fast data is synchronized with the selected Keyphasor probe. Each burst is continuous and has a nominal length of three revolutions as determined from the probe. The Keyphasor time-stamps, associated with this burst (four stamps) are included in the data. The turbine RPM is also passed to the VPYR card through signal space as a backup to the Keyphasor RPM value.
The algorithm provides seven buffers to store the fast pyrometer temperature data. The buffers store the raw A/D data that is loaded into a buffer automatically through the VPYR’s DMA controller. Each buffer stores one burst of data for pyrometer channel A, one burst of data for pyrometer channel B, and one header that describes the sampling details, conversion factors, and rate limits used. The seven buffers allow five buffers to be captured or frozen for a trip function (Trip_minus4, Trip_minus3, Trip_minus2, Trip_minus1 and Trip_List data), one user or manually operated capture list, and the last buffer for gathering sampled data for the protection algorithms.
The pyrometer algorithm takes the latest data from the capture buffers and determines the bucket span (pyrometer samples) that is used for the protection algorithm. BuckOffsetA/B defines the delay in percent of Bucket Period starting from the Keyphasor input to the start of the bucket temperatures that is used in the protection algorithm. BuckSpanA/B defines the percent of the Bucket Period that is used in calculating the bucket temperature signature for the protection algorithm.
The average temperature per burst, the maximum temperature per bucket signature, and the minimum temperature per bucket signature are calculated based on the bucket signature defined by the configuration constants. The average temperature per burst is the average temperature over the bucket signature for 3.1 revolutions of data (1 burst). The maximum temperature is stored for each bucket signature for 3.1 revolutions of data. The minimum temperature is stored for each bucket signature for 3.1 revolutions of data.
A median select is performed on each bucket signature over the three revolutions of data for both the maximum temperature per bucket and the minimum temperature per bucket, as shown in the following figure. This results in a filtered maximum for each bucket over the 3 revolutions of data and a filtered minimum for each bucket over the 3 revolutions of data.
The algorithm performs a maximum select from all the bucket filtered maximums and stores the value in the signal space variable, FastMxMxPk_A/B. The algorithm also performs a minimum select from all the bucket filtered minimums and stores the results in FastMnMnPk_A/B. The algorithm also provides an average of all the filtered maximums, FastAgMxPk_A/B, and calculates the average of all the filtered minimums, FastAgMnPk_A/B.
The following block diagram illustrates the algorithms used to calculate the following from the Pyrometer Channel A and B fast sampled temperature data:
• Maximum of the filtered maximum Turbine Blade Temperature per bucket • Average of the filtered maximum Turbine Blade Temperature per bucket • Average of the filtered minimum Turbine Blade Temperature per bucket • Minimum of the filtered minimum Turbine Blade Temperature per bucket
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPYR Pyrometer Board • 249
Cap
ture
Buf
fers
(7)
A/D
DM
A
KeyP
haso
r
ChA
Fas
tChB
Fas
t
MAX
0
1
MAX
0
2
0
0 1
12
n
MAX
1
0
MAX
1
1
MAX
1
2
MAX
n
0
MAX
n
1
MAX
n
2
MAX
0
0RE
VO
LUTI
ON
BUCKET
MIN
01M
IN02
0
0 1
12
n
MIN
10M
IN11
MIN
12
MIN
n0M
INn1
MIN
n2
MIN
00
RE
VOLU
TIO
N
BUCKET
0 1 n
MA
X F
0
BUCKET
MA
X F
1
MA
X F
n
MIN
F0
MIN
F1
MIN
Fn
[Del
ta F
ilter
Max
1]A
VG(n
)
Burs
t Del
ay
AVG
(n-1
)
AVG
(n-2
)
AVG
(n-3
)
Burs
t Del
ay
Max
. Sel
ect
Min
. Sel
ect
Aver
age
Ave
rage
Sign
al S
pace
Inpu
ts
Max
. of F
ilter
edM
ax.
(Fas
tMxM
xPk_
A)
Avg.
of F
ilter
edM
ax.
(Fas
tAgM
xPk_
A)
Avg
. of F
ilter
edM
in.
(Fas
tAgM
nPk_
A)
Min
. of F
ilter
edM
in.
(Fas
tMnM
nPk_
A)
To R
ate
Che
ck
To Rate Check
A/D
A/D
FPG
A
Int
Ptr,
Siz
e
Hea
der 0
Pyr
o C
hA D
ata
Pyr
o C
hB D
ata
Hea
der 1
Pyr
o C
hA D
ata
Pyr
o C
hB D
ata
Hea
der 2
Pyr
o C
hA D
ata
Pyr
o C
hB D
ata
Hea
der 3
Pyr
o C
hA D
ata
Pyr
o C
hB D
ata
Hea
der 4
Pyr
o C
hA D
ata
Pyr
o C
hB D
ata
Hea
der 5
Pyr
o C
hA D
ata
Pyr
o C
hB D
ata
Star
t Key
Pha
sor;
Imm
ed.
Filte
rM
ax(n
) Fm
x(n
-1)
Fm
x(n
-2)
Fm
x(n
-3)
Fm
n(n
-1)
Fm
n(n
-2)
Fm
n(n
-3)
Filte
rM
in(n
)
VPYR
Hdw
r Cha
nnel
A & B
)VP
YR F
irmw
are
(Cha
nnel
A)
TSM
Driv
ers
UD
HD
river
s
Term
inal
Em
ulat
orH
MI
VCM
I /U
Cxx
A/D &
Buffe r
Cnt
rl
MA
X Fx M
AXx0
MA
X x1M
AXx2
= M
edia
n Se
lect
(
,
,
)
whe
re x
is B
ucke
t #M
INF x
MIN
x 0M
INx 1
MIN
x 2 =
Med
ian
Sel
ect (
,
,
)w
here
x is
Buc
ket #
Assu
min
g no
list
data
cap
ture
d &
VPY
R fi
rmw
are
usin
g Bu
ffer 2
dat
a,th
en D
MA
isup
datin
g Bu
ffer 3
'sda
ta.
RS
232
Eth
erne
t
MAX
xyw
here
x is
Buc
ket #
and
y id
entif
ies
the
revo
lutio
n.=
Max
imum
Val
ue fr
om B
ucke
t Spa
n
MIN
xyw
here
x is
Buc
ket #
and
y id
entif
ies
the
revo
lutio
n.=
Min
imum
Val
ue fr
om B
ucke
t Spa
n
AVG
(n-j)
= A
vera
ge o
f Sam
ples
with
inBu
cket
Spa
n fo
r 3 re
volu
tions
(bur
st)
whe
re n
is a
poi
nt in
tim
e an
d
j r
epre
sent
s a
burs
t per
iod.
Del
ta A
vg(n
)
Del
ta A
vg(n
-1)
Del
ta A
vg(n
-2)
[Del
ta F
ilter
Max
]n
[Del
ta F
ilter
Max
]n-
1
[Del
ta F
ilter
Max
]n-
2
Aver
age
of o
neBu
rst (
3 re
vs)
(Fas
tAvg
_A)
Buc
ket O
ffset
and
Spa
n C
alc.
Hea
der 6
Pyro
ChA
Dat
aPy
ro C
hB D
ata
250 • VPYR Pyrometer Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
The rate limit comparator uses the Delta-Delta matrix and compares this against one of two limits. The Delta-Delta matrix is the difference in the rate of change of the filtered maximum temperatures from one burst to another and the rate of change of the average temperature from one burst to the next on a per bucket basis. The limit used is determined by the signal space variable, Rate1 Limit Select for Channel A/B, Rate1_LSel_A/B. If Rate1_LSel_A/B equals FROM_APPLICATION, then the signal space variable, Rate1_Lmt_A/B, is used. The application software sets the value used. At initialization the VPYR firmware sets Rate1_Lmt_A/B = Fn1. If Rate1_LSel_A/B equals FROM VPYR, then Fn1 is used. Fn1 is defined as
Fn = SetptR1B_A/B + SetptR1_A * AVG(n-1)
where SetptR1B_A/B is the set point bias for Rate1, _A for channel A & _B for chB, SetptR1_A/B is the set point gain for Rate1.
The set point bias and gain are both configuration constants in the VPYR. Rate2, Rate3, and the Distance calculations are performed similarly. The pyrometer rate limit checks of the protection algorithm are shown in the following two figures.
Mark VI Pyrometer Rate Check Portion of Protection Algorithm
+
_
Rate Calc:
[Filter Max]n
n-1
+
_
AVG(n)
AVG(n-1)
+
_
A A>B
B
[Rate1 State]
Fn
SetptR1B_A
[Delta Delta] n[Delta Filter Max]
Delta AVG(n)
n
n
where SetptRxx_x are IO configurable constants.
SetptR1_AAVG n-1
Where: "Fn" is SetptR1B_A + SetptR1_A * AVG(n-1)
Rate1_Lmt_ARate1_LSel_A
MUXa
b sel
[Filter Max]
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPYR Pyrometer Board • 251
Mark VI Pyrometer Rate/Distance Check Portion of Protection Algorithm
Rate Calc Cont'd: A A>B
B
[Rate2 State]
[Delta Delta]n-1
A A>B
B
[Rate3 State]
n-2
Distance Calc:
+
_
[Filter Max] n
+
_
AVGn
AVG
+
_
A A>B
B
[Distance State]
n[Delta Filter Max1]
[Delta AVG]
n
where SetptDx_A and StptDDepth_A are configurable constant
Trip Logic:
OR
[Rate2 State]
Rate2Enab_A
[Rate3 State]
Rate3Enab_A
[Distance State]
DistEnab_A
OR
OR
[Rate1 State]
ANDTripPyrA
Matric operation
"Chan A" Trip
TripPyrB
OR
matrixelementsare "ored"
"Chan B" Trip
where RatexEnab_A are IO Configuration constants used as disable switches
FnAVG n-2
FnAVG n-3
Fn
AVGn-StptDDepth_A
AND
KP1 or KP2 valid(Keyphasors)
Signal Space
AND
SetptR2B_ASetptR2_A
SetptR3B_ASetptR3_A
Where: "Fn" is SetptR2B_A + SetptR2_A * AVG(n-1)
Where: "Fn" is SetptR3B_A + SetptR3_A * AVG(n-1)
SetptDB_ASetptD_A
Where: "Fn" is SetptDB_A + SetptD_A * AVG(n-StptDDepth_A)
n-StptDDepth_A
n-StptDDepth_A n-StptDDepth_A
Dist_Lmt_ADist_LSel_A
MUX sel
a b
sel
a
b
Rate3_Lmt_ARate3_LSel_A
MUXa
b sel
Rate2_Lmt_ARate2_LSel_A
MUXa
b sel
[Delta Delta]
[Delta Delta1]
[Filter Max]
Rate2Enab_A: If = 0, then enable or use Rate2State else disable Rate2 trip logic.
Rate3Enab_A: If = 0, then enable or use Rate3State else disable Rate3 trip logic.
DistEnab_A : If = 0, then enable or use Distance State else disable Distance trip logic.
252 • VPYR Pyrometer Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Data Historian Upload of Captured Lists
The Data Historian is used to upload captured lists from VPYR. For a TMR system configuration, the Data Historian uploads the captured lists from VPYR that is designated the UDH communicator. If the user wants the Data Historian to upload captured lists from each of the three VPYRs, then the user must configure the VPYRs as simplex.
VPYR provides two types of captured lists. VPYR runs protection algorithms examining the rate of temperature rise on the turbine blades. If the rate of rise is too high, then the protection algorithm flags the application software through the board point, TripPyrA or TripPyrB, which indicates a rate limit trip for either Channel A and B pyrometer. The application software in the controller detects the rate limit trip and, based on the application code sequencing, either requests a list capture for the trip information or does not. The VPYR captures five individual lists of approximately 12,000 samples or less of temperature data for each channel. The lists are identified as Trip_minus4, Trip_minus3, Trip_minus2, Trip_minus1, and TripList. Trip_minus1 stores the actual event that caused the trip indication. Each list includes a header describing the data captured and the data.
The second type of list capture is a user requested capture. The user capture request is generated in the controller application software in two different ways. First, the user can manually request a pyrometer temperature data capture through the HMI screen. Secondly, the application code periodically pings the VPYR(s) with a request based on a User Capture Timer set up through an HMI screen. When the board point, User Capture Request (UserCapReq), is set True by the application software, the VPYR(s) capture a single list of temperature data for both Channel A and Channel B pyrometers.
The Data Historian uses the voted board point, Trip Captured List (TripCapList), to determine when the trip list(s) are available by the VPYR for upload. The Data Historian uses the voted board point, User Captured List (UserCapList), for a User list upload. When the Boolean TripCapList or UserCapList equal True, the Data Historian checks the Main Header parameter, ListNumber. For I/O boards with multiple lists to be uploaded the parameter, ListNumber, indicates the number of the list that is ready to be uploaded.
Application Software State Diagram
Normally, the application software is in the No Pyro Fault Detected state. A pyrometer trip detection is determined by checking the EGD read variables, TripPyrA and TripPyrB. If either of these variables are True, then the application software transitions to the Pyrometer Fault Detected state where the EGD write variable, LogTrigger, is set True.
VPYR freezes the five lists, Trip_minus4, Trip_minus3, Trip_minus2, Trip_minus1, and TripList per the request, LogTrigger = True, from the application software. Next, VPYR prepares the Trip_minus4 for upload by the Data Historian. The EGD variable, TripCapList is set True by VPYR after the Trip_minus4 upload prep work has been completed. The application software transitions to the Data Historian Uploading state on the detection of TripCapList = True.
The application software starts a timer in the Data Historian Uploading state. To allow enough time for the Data Historian to upload the 5 lists, a minimum 2 minutes delay is required before the HMI Pyrometer Reset button is recognized.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPYR Pyrometer Board • 253
Resetting the EGD variable, LogTrigger, to False before the two minute delay is complete will corrupt the uploaded data. The following figure shows how the controller application software handles the detection of a pyrometer trip.
NO PYRO FAULT DETECTED1) LogTrigger = False
DATA HISTORIAN UPLOADING1) Start Timer
PYRO FAULT DETECTED1) LogTrigger = True
(TripPyrA = True) or(TripPyrB = True)
(Timer >= 2 min.) &(HMI Pyro Reset = True) (TripPyrA = False) &
(TripPyrB = False)
TripCapList = True
(Timer < 2 min.) or(HMI Pyro Reset = False) TripCapList = False
Record Storage in the Data Historian Archive
At least 450 Mbytes of disk space is required to store the Data Historian Archive for Operator or User Captured lists from six VPYR boards (TMR system – boards configured as Simplex) at a maximum rate of one upload per day for two years.
254 • VPYR Pyrometer Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Archive Folder Layout
The folder structure for the Mark* VI I/O boards follows the Data Historian standard. In addition, the main header uploaded from the I/O board provides a subfolder name under the date folder. The naming convention for the file format is:
<collection-name_date_time_controller_rack#_slot#_list-name_A>.dca
File Description
collection-name This is used as the character field for Mark VI I/O board name (VPYR)
date Date format YYMMDD time Time format HHMMSS
Note: The time is defined as the trigger time provided in the Main Header. If I/O board does not provide, then Data Historian will use its computer time.
controller This defines the R, S or T controller rack# This defines the rack number slot# This defines the slot number list-name This defines the Mark VI I/O list name.
Note ListName is provided in the main header. If list-name is not provided, then an alpha character will be appends to the file name to insure a unique file name for each list.
Pyrometer Viewer
The Pyrometer Viewer is used to upload the data captured by the Data Historian. The Viewer is a separate application from the toolbox and is loaded onto the HMI computer or even the field engineer’s computer. The user selects the five dca files associated with the trip as shown in the following figure.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPYR Pyrometer Board • 255
The Pyrometer Viewer uses the raw temperature data from each dca file and re-calculates the median peak temperatures for each bucket as shown in the following figure.
256 • VPYR Pyrometer Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
The rate of change data per each burst is also provided as shown in the following figure.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPYR Pyrometer Board • 257
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of inputs 2 pyrometers, each with 4 analog 4–20 mA current signals
2 Keyphasor probes, each with –0.5 to –20 V dc inputs
Current inputs from pyrometers
4-20 mA across a 100 ohm resistor. Common mode rejection: Dc up to ±5 V dc, CMRR of 80 dB Ac up to ±5 Volt peak, CMRR of 60 dB Measurement accuracy of ±0.1% full scale, 14-bit resolution. Bandwidth of 0 to 100 Hz on 6 slow inputs using multiplexed A/D converter. Bandwidth of 0 to 30,000 Hz on two fast inputs using dedicated A/D converters, sampling at 200,000 per sec.
Keyphasor inputs Input voltage range of –0.5 to –20 V dc CMR of 5 V, CMRR of 50 dB at 50/60 Hz Accuracy 2% of full scale (0.2 V dc) Dc level detection typically 0.2 V/mil sensitivity Speed measurement 2 to 5,610 RPM with accuracy of 0.1% of reading
Device excitation Pyrometers have individual power supplies, current limited: P24V source is diode selected, +22 to +30 V dc, 0.175 A N24V source is diode selected, -22 to -30 V dc, 0.175 A
Measurement parameters
Rated RPM up to 5,100 RPM Number of buckets per stage, up to 92 Number of samples per bucket, up to 30 Fast inputs sampled in bursts covering three revolutions, at twice per second
Size 26.04 cm high x 1.99 cm, wide x 18.73 cm, deep (10.25 x 0.782 x 7.375)
Diagnostics
Three LEDs at the top of the VPYR front panel provide status information. The normal RUN condition is a flashing green, FAIL is a solid red. The third LED is STATUS and is normally off but shows a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in the board. VPYR makes diagnostic checks including:
• System limit checking on the temperature inputs and the Keyphasor gap signals can create faults.
• The two pyrometer inputs are compared against configuration limits to determine if they are tracking, and the fast data is compared with other inputs to check validity.
• If any one of the above signals goes unhealthy, a composite diagnostic alarm L3DIAG_VPYR occurs. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
• Terminal board connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1 have their own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and plug location. When the chip is read by VPYR and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
258 • VPYR Pyrometer Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Configuration
Module Parameter Description Choices
Calibration
System limits Enables or disables all system limit checking Enable, disable Min_MA_Input Minimum MA for healthy 4-20 mA input 0 to 21 Max_MA_Input Maximum MA for healthy 4-20 mA input 0 to 21 RPMrated Rated turbine RPM 300 to 10,000 BuckSamples Minimum samples per bucket at 110 percent speed 10 to 30 BuckOffset_A Offset from key to the first bucket, % bucket, pyrometer A 0 to 100 BuckSpan_A Percent of bucket to include in protection algorithm,
pyrometer A 0 to 100
BuckNumb_A Number of buckets, pyrometer A 30 to 92 Burst_Period Burst Period for Pyr A & B. Note: Value here must match
what is in the controller application software. 480 to 5000
SetptR1_A Setpoint, rate 1, pyrometer A -1 to 1 SetptR1B_A Setpoint, rate 1, bias, average temp, pyrometer A 0 to 50 SetptR2_A Setpoint, rate 2, pyrometer A -1 to 1 SetptR2B_A Setpoint, rate 2,bias, average temp, pyrometer A 0 to 50 SetptR3_A Setpoint, rate 3, pyrometer A -1 to 1 SetptR3B_A Setpoint, rate 3, bias, average temp, pyrometer A 0 to 50 SetptD_A Setpoint distance, pyrometer A -1 to 1 SetptDB_A Setpoint distance bias, average temp, pyrometer A 0 to 50 SetptDDepth_A Setpoint, depth of the distance measurement, pyrometer A 1 to 3 Rate2Enab_A Enable, temperature rate 2, pyrometer A Enable, disable Rate3Enab_A Enable, temperature rate 3, pyrometer A Enable, disable DistEnab_A Enable temperature rate 3, pyrometer A
Same configuration for channel B pyrometer Enable, disable
J3:IS200TPYRH1A Terminal board 1 connected to VPYR through J3 Connected, not connected SlowAvg_A Slow, average temperature, pyrometer A - board point Point edit (input FLOAT) Input use Used, unused
Low_Input Input MA at low value 0 to 21 Low_Value Input value in engineering units at low MA -3.4e+038 to 3.4e+038 High_Input Input MA at high value 0 to 21 High_Value Input value in engineering units at high MA -3.4e+038 to 3.4e+038 TMR_Diff Difference limit for voted TMR inputs in % of
(high value/low value) 0 to 100
SlowMXPk_A Slow, maximum peak temperature, pyrometer A (configuration similar to above) - board point
Point edit (input FLOAT)
SlowAvgPk_A Slow, average peak temp, pyrometer A - board point Point edit (input FLOAT) FastAvg_A Fast, average temp, pyrometer A - board point Point edit (input FLOAT) SlowAvg_B Slow, Average Temperature, Pyr B - board point Point Edit (Input FLOAT) SlowMXPk_B Slow, Max Peak Temperature, Pyr B - board point Point Edit (Input FLOAT) SlowAvgPk_B Slow, average peak temperature, Pyr B - board pt. Point Edit (Input FLOAT) FastAvg_B Fast, average temperature, Pyr B - board point Point Edit (Input FLOAT) GAP_KPH1 Air Gap, keyPhasor #1 - board point Point Edit (Input FLOAT) VIB-Type Configurable item Used, Not used VIB_Scale Volts/mil 0 to 2
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPYR Pyrometer Board • 259
Module Parameter Description Choices
KPH_Thrshld Voltage difference from gap voltage where Keyphasor Trigger
1 to 5
KPH_Type Type of Pulse Generator Slot, Pedestal SysLim System Limits 1 and 2, and TMR same as above Standard Choices GAP_KPH2 Air Gap, keyPhasor #2, config. Same as above - board point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
Board Points (Signals) Description – Point Edit (Enter Signal Name) Direction Type
L3DIAG_VPYR1 Board diagnostic Input BIT L3DIAG_VPYR2 Board diagnostic Input BIT L3DIAG_VPYR3 Board diagnostic Input BIT ProtAlgRun_A Protection Algorithm is running for Pyr Ch. A Input BIT ProtAlgRun_B Protection Algorithm is running for Pyr Ch. B Input BIT TripCapList Trip Capture List is ready for upload Input BIT UserCapList User Capture List is ready for upload Input BIT Rate1_LSel_A Rate1 Logic Select for Channel A Output BIT Rate2_LSel_A Rate2 Logic Select for Channel A Output BIT Rate3_LSel_A Rate3 Logic Select for Channel A Output BIT Dist_LSel_A Distance Logic Select for Channel A Output BIT Rate1_LSel_B Rate1 Logic Select for Channel B Output BIT Rate2_LSel_B Rate2 Logic Select for Channel B Output BIT Rate3_LSel_B Rate3 Logic Select for Channel B Output BIT Dist_LSel_B Distance Logic Select for Channel B Output BIT TripPyrA Bucket temperature rate trip, pyrometer A Input BIT TripPyrB Bucket temperature rate trip, pyrometer B Input BIT KeyPh1Act Keyphasor 1 Active Input BIT KeyPh2Act Keyphasor 2 Active Input BIT SysLim1KP1 System Limit Input BIT SysLim2KP1 System Limit Input BIT SysLim1KP2 System Limit Input BIT SysLim2KP2 System Limit Input BIT FastMxMxPk_A Fast, Max of the Max Peaks Temp, Pyr A Input FLOAT FastAgMxPk_A Fast, Average of the Max Peaks Temp, Pyr A Input FLOAT FastMnMnPk_A Fast, Min of the Min Peaks Temp, Pyr A Input FLOAT FastAgMnPk_A Fast, Average of the Min Peaks, Pyr A Input FLOAT FastMxMxPk_B Fast, Max of the Max Peaks Temp, Pyr B Input FLOAT FastAgMxPk_B Fast, Average of the Max Peaks Temp, Pyr B Input FLOAT FastMnMnPk_B Fast, Min of the Min Peaks Temp, Pyr B Input FLOAT FastAgMnPk_B Fast, Average of the Min Peaks, Pyr B Input FLOAT RPM_KPH1 RPM Keyphasor #1 Input FLOAT RPM_KPH2 RPM Keyphasor #2 Input FLOAT Rate1_Lmt_A Rate1 Limit value for Channel A pyro. Output FLOAT Rate2_Lmt_A Rate2 Limit value for Channel A pyro. Output FLOAT Rate3_Lmt_A Rate3 Limit value for Channel A pyro. Output FLOAT Dist_Lmt_A Distance Limit value for Channel A pyro. Output FLOAT Rate1_Lmt_B Rate1 Limit value for Channel B pyro. Output FLOAT Rate2_Lmt_B Rate2 Limit value for Channel B pyro. Output FLOAT Rate3_Lmt_B Rate3 Limit value for Channel B pyro. Output FLOAT Dist_Lmt_B Distance Limit value for Channel B pyro. Output FLOAT
260 • VPYR Pyrometer Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Board Points (Signals) Description – Point Edit (Enter Signal Name) Direction Type
TripBuckIx_A Index of the first Bucket causing trip, Pyr A Input FLOAT TripBuckNb_A Number of Buckets causing trip, Pyr A Input FLOAT TripBuckIx_B Index of the first Bucket causing trip, Pyr B Input FLOAT TripBuckNb_B Number of Buckets causing trip, Pyr B Input FLOAT LogTrigger When true, records freeze, two before, one after Output BIT ResetLists Reset Captured Lists Output BIT UserCapReq User Capture List request from controller Output BIT PollStrobe Strobe to keep each TMR based Pyro in synch Output BIT TurbRPM Turbine Speed in RPM Output FLOAT
Alarms
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
2 Flash Memory CRC Failure Board firmware programming error (board will not go online)
3 CRC failure override is Active Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to go online)
16 System Limit Checking is Disabled System checking was disabled by configuration. 17 Board ID Failure Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board 18 J3 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem 24 Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board 30 ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: #
The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
31 IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
32&38 Milliamp input associated with the slow average temperature is unhealthy. Pyro## SLOW AVG TEMP unhealthy
Specified pyrometer's average output is faulty, or VPYR or TPYR is faulty.
33&39 Pyro## Slow Max Pk Temp unhealthy. Milliamp input associated with the slow maximum peak temperature is unhealthy
Specified pyrometer's maximum output is faulty, or VPYR or TPYR is faulty.
34&40 Pyro## Slow Average Peak Temp. Milliamp input associated with the slow average peak temperature is unhealthy
Specified pyrometer's peak output is faulty, or VPYR or TPYR is faulty.
35&41 Pyro##Fast Temp Unhealthy. Milliamp input associated with the fast temperature is unhealthy
Specified pyrometer's fast output is faulty, or VPYR or TPYR is faulty.
36&42 Pyro## Fast Cal Reference out of limits. The fast calibration reference is out of limits
VPYR is faulty
37&43 Pyro## Fast Cal Null out of limits. The fast calibration null is out of limits
VPYR is faulty
44 Slow Cal Reference out of limits. The slow calibration reference is out of limits
VPYR is faulty
45 Slow Cal Null out of limits. The slow calibration null is out of limits
VPYR is faulty
128-191 Logic Signal # Voting mismatch. The identified signal from this board disagrees with the voted value
A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.
224-247 Input Signal # Voting mismatch, Local #, Voted #. The specified input signal varies from the voted value of the signal by more than the TMR Diff Limit
A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPYR Pyrometer Board • 261
TPYR Pyrometer Input
Functional Description
The Pyrometer Input (TPYR) terminal board is wired to two pyrometers and to two Keyphasor® Proximitor® probes for shaft reference. The resulting 10 voltage signals are cabled to the VPYR board, which samples them at up to 200,000 samples per second.
Three DC-37 connectors on TPYR connect to three VPYRs. Connections can be simplex on a single connector (JR1), or TMR using all three connectors. In TMR applications, the input signals are fanned to the three connectors for the R, S, and T controls.
In the Mark* VI system, TPYR works with the VPYR I/O board and supports simplex and TMR applications. With TMR systems, TPYR connects to three VPYR boards with three cables.
2468
1012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1357911131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
xx
x
JS1
JR1
37-pin "D" shell typeconnectors withlatching fasteners
Barrier type terminalblocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
Shield bar
TPYR Terminal Board
JT1
Pyrometers(2)
KeyPhasors(2)
J ports:
Plug in PPYR I/OPack(s)for Mark VIe
or
Cable(s) to VPYRboard(s) for Mark VI;
the number and locationdepends on the level ofredundancy required.
Pyrometer Terminal Board
262 • VPYR Pyrometer Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
Connect the wires for the two optical pyrometer inputs directly to the first terminal block. Connect the wires for the two Keyphasor probes directly to the second terminal block. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield termination strip attached to chassis ground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block. 28 V dc power for the sensors comes in from the R, S, and T VPYR through the JR1, JS1, and JT1 connectors. The following figure shows TPYR wiring and cabling.
TPYR Terminal Board
2468
1012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
P24 (A)N24 (A)
20ma (A2)
P24 (B)N24 (B)
PCOM1 (A)
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
20ma (A1)
20ma (A3)20ma (A4)
PCOM2 (A)
N24 Pr (1)PrH (1)PrL (1)N24Pr (2)PrH (2)PrL (2)
Ret (A1)Ret (A2)Ret (A3)Ret (A4)
Ret (B1)Ret (B2)Ret (B3)Ret (B4)
PCOM1 (B)PCOM2 (B)
20ma (B1)20ma (B2)20ma (B3)20ma (B4)
JR1
JS1
JT1
Terminal Blocks can be unplugged fromterminal board for maintenance
Pyr Awiring
Pyr Bwiring
Keyphasors1 & 2
J ports:
Plug in PPYR I/OPack(s)for Mark VIe
or
Cable(s) to VPYRboard(s) for Mark VI;
the number and locationdepends on the level ofredundancy required.
TPYR Terminal Board Wiring and Cabling
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VPYR Pyrometer Board • 263
Operation
Analog signals from TPYR are cabled to the VPYR board. The following figure shows the pyrometer monitoring circuit.
TPYR Terminal Board
JR1
P28VRP28VS
CurrentLimiter
CurrentLimiter
N28VXCurrentLimiter
Chan B
Chan A
N24A
P24B
N24Pr1
FanDistrib-ution5
6
78
910
1112
3
13
1718
19
2221
20
2324
303132
N28VRN28VSN28VT
N28VX
CurrentLimiter
P24A1 P28VXPCOM2
PCOM4N28VX
PCOM14P28VX
CurrentLimiter
N24B15PCOM16
N28VX
P28VRN28VRAverage
Max-Pk
Avg-Pk
Fast
Avg
Max Pk
Fast
Avg-Pk
PrH1PrL1
N28VXCurrentLimiterN24Pr233
3435
PrH2
PrL2
KeyPhasor#1
KeyPhasor#2
P28VXP28VT
Noise suppression on allinputs & power outputs
20ma A1RetA1
100 ohms
JT1
P28VTN28VT
PPYR I/O Packor
VPYR Pyrometer Board<R>
Chan A
Chan B
Allothers
Fast
Fast
ID
ID
20ma A2
20ma A3
20ma A4
RetA2
RetA3
RetA4
20ma B1RetB1
20ma B2
20ma B3
20ma B4
RetB2
RetB3
RetB4
PROX
PROX
PYROMETER
PYROMETER
sampling
sampling
A/D
A/D
A/DMux
Fast
Fast
PPYR I/O Packor
VPYR Pyrometer Board<S>
PPYR I/O Packor
VPYR Pyrometer Board<T>
JS1
P28VSN28VS
ID
TPYR Terminal Board and I/O Boards
Optical Pyrometer Measurements
Two infrared pyrometers dynamically measure the temperature profile of the rotating turbine blades. Each pyrometer is powered by a +24 V dc and a –24 V dc source, diode selected on TPYR from voltages supplied by the three VPYRs. Four 4-20 mA signals are returned from each pyrometer, representing the following blade measurements:
• Average temperature • Maximum peak temperature • Average peak temperature • Fast dynamic profile, with 30 kHz bandpass, providing the full signature.
264 • VPYR Pyrometer Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Each 4-20 mA input generates a voltage across a resistor. The signal is sent to VPYR where it is multiplexed and converted. VPYR can be configured for different numbers of turbine buckets, with up to 30 temperature samples per bucket.
Keyphasor Inputs
Two Keyphasor probes are used for shaft position reference, with one used as a backup. These probes and associated circuitry are identical to those used with VVIB/TVIB. They sense a shaft keyway or pedestal to provide a time stamp (angle reference for blade identification).
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of inputs 2 pyrometers, each with 4 analog 4–20 mA current signals
2 Keyphasor probes, each with –0.5 to –20 V dc inputs
Current inputs from pyrometers
4-20 mA across a 100 ohm resistor. Common mode rejection: Dc up to ±5 V dc, CMRR of 80 dB Ac up to ±5 Volt peak, CMRR of 60 dB
Keyphasor inputs Input voltage range of -0.5 to -20 V dc. CMR of 5 V, CMRR of 50 dB at 50/60 Hz
Device excitation (outputs) Each Pyrometers has individual power supplies, current limited: P24V source is diode selected, +22 to +30 V dc, 0.175 A N24V source is diode selected, -22 to -30 V dc, 0.175 A
Size 10.16 cm wide x 33.02 cm high (4.0 in x 13 in)
Diagnostics
Diagnostic tests are made on the terminal board as follows:
• There is system limit checking on the temperature inputs and the Keyphasor gap signals, and these can create faults.
• If any one of the above signals goes unhealthy, a composite diagnostic alarm L3DIAG_VPYR occurs. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
• Terminal board connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1 have their own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and plug location. When the chip is read by the I/O board and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VRTD RTD Input • 265
VRTD RTD Input
Functional Description
The Resistance Temperature Device (RTD) Input (VRTD) board accepts 16, three-wire RTD inputs. These inputs are wired to a RTD terminal board (TRTD or DRTD). Cables with molded fitting connect the terminal board to the VME rack where the VRTD processor board is located.
VRTD excites the RTDs and the resulting signals return to the VRTD. VRTD converts the inputs to digital temperature values and transfers them over the VME backplane to the VCMI, and then to the controller.
2468
1012141618202224
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
1357911131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x x
xx
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VRTD
J3
J4
VME bus to VCMI
TRTD capacity for16 RTD inputs
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cables to VMEI/O rack
Connectors onVME I/O rack
Barrier type terminalblocks can be unpluggedfrom board formaintenance
Shieldbar
TRTD Terminal Board VRTD VME Board
8 RTDinputs
8 RTDinputs
JA1
JB1
RTD Input Terminal Board, I/O Board, and Cabling
VRTD RTD Input
266 • VRTD RTD Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
To install the V-type board
1 Power down the VME processor rack
2 Slide in the board and push the top and bottom levers in with your hands to seat its edge connectors
3 Tighten the captive screws at the top and bottom of the front panel
Note Cable connections to the terminal boards are made at the J3 and J4 connectors on the lower portion of the VME rack. These are latching type connectors to secure the cables. Power up the VME rack and check the diagnostic lights at the top of the front panel. For details, refer to the section on diagnostics in this document.
Operation
VRTD supplies a 10 mA dc multiplexed (not continuous) excitation current to each RTD through the terminal board. The resulting signal returns to VRTD. The VCO type A/D converter uses voltage to frequency converters and sampling counters. The converter samples each signal and the excitation current four times per second for normal mode scanning and 25 times per second for fast mode scanning, using a time sample interval related to the power system frequency. Software in the digital signal processor performs the linearization for the selection of 15 RTD types.
RTD open and short circuits are detected by out of range values. An RTD that is determined to be outside the hardware limits is removed from the scanned inputs to prevent adverse effects on other input channels. Repaired channels are reinstated automatically in 20 seconds or can be manually reinstated.
In triple modular redundant (TMR) configuration, TRTDH1B provides redundant RTD inputs by fanning the inputs to three VRTD boards in the R, S, and T racks. All RTD signals have high frequency decoupling to ground at signal entry. RTD multiplexing is coordinated by redundant pacemakers so that the loss of a single cable or VRTD does not cause the loss of any RTD signals in the control database. VRTD boards in R, S, and T read RTDs simultaneously. The RTDs read by each VRTD differ by two RTDs, such that when R reads RTD3, S reads RTD5, and T reads RTD7, and so on. This ensures that the same RTD is not excited by two VRTDs simultaneously and hence produce bad readings.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VRTD RTD Input • 267
<R> or <S> or <T> I/O rack
RTD Input Board VRTDTerminationBoard TRTD
JA1
Connectorsat
bottom ofVME rack
Excit.
RTD
(8) RTDsGrounded orungrounded
Excitation
Signal
Return
JB1
RTD
(8) RTDsGrounded orungrounded
Excitation
Signal
Return
Excit.
VCO type A/Dconverter
I/O CoreProcessor
TMS320C32
VMEbus
J3
J4
VME Bus
Noisesuppression
Noisesuppression
ID
IDProcessorA/D
NS
NS
RTD Inputs and Signal Processing, Simplex System
268 • VRTD RTD Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
TerminalBoard TRTDH1B
RTD
(8) RTDs to JRA, JSA, JTA
Grounded orungrounded
Excitation
Signal
Return
Noisesuppression
JRAID
JSAID
JTAID
JRBID
JSBID
JTBID
RTD
(8) RTDs to JRB, JSB, JTBGrounded orungrounded
Excitation
Signal
Return
Noisesuppression
PM, TxPM, Rx, S
PM, TxPM, Rx, R
PM, TxPM, Rx, R
PM, TxPM, Rx, T
PM, TxPM, Rx, T
PM, TxPM, Rx, S
SignalsPM= PacemakerTx = VRTD transmitRx = VRTD receive
NS
NS
RTD Inputs and Connections to three VRTD Processors in TMR System
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of channels 16 channels per VRTD board RTD types 10, 100, and 200 Ω platinum
10 Ω copper
120 Ω nickel Span 0.3532 to 4.054 V A/D converter resolution 14-bit resolution Scan Time Normal scan 250 ms (4 Hz)
Fast scan 40 ms (25 Hz) Power consumption Less than 12 W Measurement accuracy See Tables
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VRTD RTD Input • 269
Item Specification
Common mode rejection Ac common mode rejection 60 dB @ 50/60 Hz Dc common mode rejection 80 dB
Common mode voltage range ±5 V Normal mode rejection Rejection of up to 250 mV rms is 60 dB @ 50/60 Hz system frequency for normal scan Maximum lead resistance 15 Ω maximum two way cable resistance Fault detection High/low (hardware) limit check
High/low (software) system limit check Failed ID chip
RTD Accuracy
RTD Type Group Gain Accuracy at 400 ºF
120 Ω nickel 120 Ω nickel 2 ºF
200 Ω platinum Normal_ 1.0 2 ºF
100 Ω platinum Normal_ 1.0 4 ºF
100 Ω platinum -51 to 240ºC (- 60 ºF to 400 ºF) Gain_ 2.0 2 ºF
10 Ω copper 10 Ω Cu_10 10 ºF
RTD Types and Ranges
RTD inputs are supported over a full-scale input range of 0.3532 to 4.054 V. The following table shows the types of RTD used and the temperature ranges.
RTD Type Name/Standard Range °C Range °F
10 Ω copper MINCO_CA GE 10 Ω Copper -51 to +260 -60 to +500
100 Ω platinum SAMA 100 -51 to +593 -60 to +1100
100 Ω platinum DIN 43760 IEC-751 MINCO_PD MINCO_PE PT100_DIN
-51 to +700 -60 to +1292
100 Ω platinum MINCO_PA IPTS-68 PT100_PURE
-51 to +700 -60 to +1292
100 Ω platinum MINCO_PB Rosemount 104 PT100_USIND
-51 to +700 -60 to +1292
120 Ω nickel MINCO_NA N 120
-51 to +249 -60 to +480
200 Ω platinum PT 200 -51 to +204 -60 to +400
270 • VRTD RTD Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Diagnostics
Three LEDs at the top of the VRTD front panel provide status information. The normal RUN condition is a flashing green and FAIL is a solid red. The third LED is normally off, but shows a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in the board. Diagnostic checks include the following:
• Each RTD type has hardware limit checking based on preset (non-configurable) high and low levels set near the ends of the operating range. If this limit is exceeded, a logic signal is set and the input is no longer scanned. If any one of the input’s hardware limits is set, it creates a composite diagnostic alarm, L3DIAG_VRTD, referring to the entire board. Details of the individual diagnostics are available from the toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal.
• Each RTD input has system limit checking based on configurable high and low levels. These limits can be used to generate alarms, and can be configured for enable/disable, and as latching/non-latching. RESET_SYS resets the out of limit signals. In TMR systems, limit logic signals are voted and the resulting composite diagnostic is present in each controller.
• The resistance of each RTD is checked and compared with the correct value, and if high or low, a fault is created.
• Each connector has its own ID device, which is interrogated by the I/O processor board. The terminal board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the connector location. If a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
Note The following information is extracted from the toolbox and represents a sample of the configuration information for this board. Refer to the actual configuration file within the toolbox for specific information.
Module Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
System limits Enable or disable all system limit checking
Enable, disable
Auto reset Enable or disable restoring of RTDs removed from scan
Enable, disable
Group A rate Sampling rate and system frequency filter for first group of 8 inputs
4 Hz, 50 Hz filter 4 Hz, 60 Hz filter 25 Hz
Group A gain Gain 2.0 is for higher accuracy if ohms <190, first group of 8 inputs
Normal_1.0 Gain_2.0 10 ohm Cu_10.0
Group B rate Sampling rate and system frequency filter for second group of 8 inputs
4 Hz, 50 Hz filter 4 Hz, 60 Hz filter 25 Hz
Group B gain Gain 2.0 is for higher accuracy if ohms <190, second group of 8 inputs
Normal_1.0 Gain_2.0 10 ohm Cu_10.0
J3J4:IS200TRTDH1C Terminal board Connected, not connected RTD1 First of 16 RTDs - Board point
signal Point edit (input FLOAT)
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VRTD RTD Input • 271
Module Parameter Description Choices
RTDRTD type RTDs linearizations supported by VRTD;VRTD select RTDRTD or Ohms Input (unused inputs are removed from scanning)
Unused CU10 MINCO_CA PT100_DIN MINCO_PD PT100_PURE MINCO_PA PT100_USIND MINCO_PB N120 MINCO_NA MINCO_PIA PT100_SAMA PT200 MINCO_PK Ohms
SysLim1 Enable Enables or disables a temperature limit for each RTD,RTD can be used to create an alarm
Enable, disable
SysLim1 Latch Determines whether the limit condition will latch or unlatch for each RTD;RTD reset used to unlatch.
Latch, unlatch
SysLim1 Type Limit occurs when the temperature is greater than or equal (>=), or less than or equal to (<=) a preset value.
Greater than or equal Less than or equal
System Limit 1 Enter the desired value of the limit temperature, Deg F or Ohms
-60 to 1,300
SysLim2 Enable Enables or disables a temperature limit which can be used to create an alarm
Enable, disable
SysLim2 Latch Determines whether the limit condition will latch or unlatch; reset used to unlatch.
Latch, unlatch
SysLim2 Type Limit occurs when the temperature is greater than or equal (>=), or less than or equal to (<=) a preset value.
Greater than or equal Less than or equal
System Limit 2 Enter the desired value of the limit temperature, Deg F or Ohms
-60 to 1,300
TMR Diff Limt Limit condition occurs if 3 temperatures in R,S,T differ by more than a preset value; this creates a voting alarm condition.
-60 to 1,300
Board Point Signals Description-Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type
L3DIAG_VRTD1 Board diagnostic Input BIT L3DIAG_VRTD2 Board diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VRTD3 Board diagnostic Input BIT
SysLim1RTD1 System limit 1 Input BIT
: : Input BIT
SysLim1RTD16 System limit 1 Input BIT
SysLim2RTD1 System limit 2 Input BIT
: : Input BIT
SysLim2RTD16 System limit 2 Input BIT
272 • VRTD RTD Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Alarms
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
2 Flash Memory CRC Failure Board firmware programming error (board will not go online)
3 CRC failure override is Active Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to go online)
16 System Limit Checking is Disabled System checking was disabled by configuration.
17 Board ID Failure Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board
18 J3 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem
19 J4 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable problem
20 J5 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J5, or cable problem
21 J6 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J6, or cable problem
22 J3A ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J3A, or cable problem
23 J4A ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J4A, or cable problem
24 Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board
30 ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: [ ]; Tre: [ ]. The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
31 IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: [ ] ; Tre: [ ] The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
32- 47 RTD [ ] high voltage reading, Counts are Y
An RTD wiring/cabling open, or an open on the VRTD board, or a VRTD hardware problem (such as multiplexer), or the RTD device has failed.
48- 63 RTD [ ] low voltage reading, Counts are Y An RTD wiring/cabling short, or a short on the VRTD board, or a VRTD hardware problem (such as multiplexer), or the RTD device has failed.
64- 79 RTD [ ] high current reading, Counts are Y The current source on the VRTD is bad, or the measurement device has failed.
80- 95 RTD [ ] low current reading, Counts are Y An RTD wiring/cabling open, or an open on the VRTD board, or a VRTD hardware problem (such as multiplexer), or the RTD device has failed.
96- 111 RTD [ ] Resistance calc high, it is Y Ohms. RTD [ ] has a higher value than the table and the value is Y
The wrong type of RTD has been configured or selected by default, or there are high resistance values created by faults 32 or 35, or both 32 and 35.
112- 127
RTD [ ] Resistance calc low, it is Y Ohms. TRD [ ] has a lower value than the table and the value is Y
The wrong type of RTD has been configured or selected by default, or there are low resistance values created by faults 33 or 34, or both 33 and 34.
128- 151
Voltage Circuits for RTDs, or Current Circuits for RTDs have Reference raw counts high or low, or Null raw counts high or low
Internal VRTD problems such as a damaged reference voltage circuit, or a bad current reference source, or the voltage/current null multiplexer is damaged.
152 Failed one Clock Validity Test, scanner still running. In TMR mode, the firmware tests whether the three TMR boards are synchronized and will stop scanning inputs under certain conditions
VME board, terminal board, or cable could be defective.
153 Failed one Phase Validity Test, scanner still running. In TMR mode, the firmware tests whether the three TMR boards are synchronized and will stop scanning inputs under certain conditions
VME board, terminal board, or cable could be defective.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VRTD RTD Input • 273
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
154 Failed both Clock Validity Tests, scanner shutdown. In TMR mode, the firmware tests whether the three TMR boards are synchronized and will stop scanning inputs under certain conditions
VME board, terminal board, or cable could be defective.
155 Terminal Board connection(s) wrong. Cables crossed between <R>, <S>, and <T>
Check cable connections.
156 25 Hz Scan not Allowed in TMR Mode, please reconfigure
Configuration error. Choose scan of 4 Hz_50 Hz Fltr or 4 Hz_60 Hz Fltr.
160- 255
Logic Signal [ ] Voting mismatch. The identified signal from this board disagrees with the voted value.
A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.
256- 271
Input Signal [ ] Voting mismatch, Local [ ], Voted [ ]. The specified input signal varies from the voted value of the signal by more than the TMR Diff Limit
A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.
TRTD RTD Input
Functional Description
The RTD Input (TRTD) terminal board accepts 16, three-wire RTD inputs. These inputs are wired to two barrier type terminal blocks. The inputs have noise suppression circuitry to protect against surge and high frequency noise. TRTD communicates with one or more I/O processors, which convert the inputs to digital temperature values and transfer them to the controller.
There are four versions of TRTD as follows:
• TRTDH1B is a TMR version that fans out the signals to three VRTD boards using six DC-type connectors.
• TRTDH1C is a simplex board with two DC-type connectors for VRTD. • TRTDH1D is a simplex board with two DC-type connectors for PRTD, normal
scan. • TRTDH2D is a simplex board with two DC-type connectors for PRTD, fast
scan.
Mark VI Systems
In the Mark* VI system, TRTDH1B and TRTDH1C works with the VRTD processor and supports simplex and TMR applications. One TRTDH1C connects to the VRTD with two cables. In TMR systems, TRTDH1B connects to three VRTD processors with six cables.
Mark VIe Systems
In the Mark VIe system, TRTDH1D and TRTDH2D works with the PRTD I/O pack and support simplex applications only. Two PRTD packs plug into the TRTD for a total of 16 inputs.
274 • VRTD RTD Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
PRTD I/O Pack(s)
the number and location
DC-37 pinConnectorsWith latchingfasteners
TRTDH1C, H1D, H2D Terminal Board
Inputs
Inputs
JA1
JB1
TRTDH1B Terminal Board
JRBJRA
JSBJSA
JTBJTAEight RTD
Inputs
TRTD capacity for16 RTD inputs
J Ports:
Plug infor Mark VIe
orCable(s) to VRTDboard(s) for Mark VI;
depends on the level ofredundancy required .
Inputs
262830323436384042444648
252729313335373941434547
262830323436384042444648
252729313335373941434547
24681012141618202224
1357911131517192123
ShieldBar
Barrier Type terminalBlocks can be unpluggedfrom board formaintenance
+
+
+
+
24681012141618202224
1357911131517192123
Eight RTD
Eight RTD
Eight RTD
RTD Input Terminal Boards
Installation
Connect the wires for the 16 RTDs directly to the two terminal blocks on the terminal board. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield terminal strip attached to chassis ground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block.
For CE mark applications, double-shielded wire must be used. All shields must be terminated at the shield terminal strip. Do not terminate shields located at the end device.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VRTD RTD Input • 275
In a TMR Mark VI system, TRTDH1B provides redundant RTD inputs by fanning the inputs to three VRTD boards in the R, S, and T racks. The inputs meet the same environmental, resolution, suppression, and function requirements and codes as the TRTDH1C terminal board; however, the fast scan is not available.
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Input 1 (Exc)Input 1 (Ret)Input 2 (Sig)Input 3 (Exc)Input 3 (Ret)Input 4 (Sig)Input 5 (Exc)Input 5 (Ret)Input 6 (Sig)Input 7 (Exc)Input 7 (Ret)Input 8 (Sig)
Input 1 (Sig)Input 2 (Exc)Input 2 (Ret)Input 3 (Sig)Input 4 (Exc)Input 4 (Ret)
Input 6 (Exc)Input 6 (Ret)Input 7 (Sig)Input 8 (Exc)Input 8 (Ret)
Input 5 (Sig)
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Input 9 (Exc)Input 9 (Ret)Input 10 (Sig)Input 11 (Exc)Input 11 (Ret)Input 12 (Sig)Input 13 (Exc)Input 13 (Ret)Input 14 (Sig)Input 15 (Exc)Input 15 (Ret)Input 16 (Sig)
Input 9 (Sig)Input 10 (Exc)Input 10 (Ret)Input 11 (Sig)Input 12 (Exc)Input 12 (Ret)
Input 14 (Exc)Input 14 (Ret)Input 15 (Sig)Input 16 (Exc)Input 16 (Ret)
Input 13 (Sig)
RTD Terminal Board TRTDH1C
First 8 RTDsto JA1
Second 8RTDs to JB1
Screw ConnectionsScrew Connections
RTD
Application Note:- Optional Ground: connnect the B wire to ground;
- RTD Group wiring, that is sharing the B wire; tie the B wires together at the RTDs, tie the Sigxx signals together at the TRTD terminal
b board, and interconnect with one wire.
A
BC
Excxx
Sigxx
Retxx
JA1
JB1
J-Port Connections:
Plug in PRTD I/O Pack(s) forMark VIe
or
Cable to VRTD I/O board(s) forMark VI;
The number and locationdepends on the number of
inputs required.
TRTDH1C RTD Terminal Board Wiring
276 • VRTD RTD Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Operation
TRTD supplies a 10 mA dc multiplexed (not continuous) excitation current to each RTD, which can be grounded or ungrounded. The 16 RTDs can be located up to 300 m (984 ft) from the turbine control cabinet with a maximum two-way cable resistance of 15 Ω.
The A/D converter in the I/O processor samples each signal and the excitation current four times per second for normal mode scanning and 25 times per second for fast mode scanning, using a time sample interval related to the power system frequency. Software performs the linearization for the selection of 15 RTD types.
RTD open and short circuits are detected by out-of-range values. An RTD that is determined to be outside the hardware limits is removed from the scanned inputs to prevent adverse effects on other input channels. Repaired channels are reinstated automatically in 20 seconds or can be manually reinstated.
All RTD signals have high-frequency decoupling to ground at signal entry. RTD multiplexing in the I/O processor is coordinated by redundant pacemakers so that the loss of a single cable or I/O processor does not cause the loss of any RTD signals in the control database.
RTD I/O Processor Board TRTDH1CTerminal Board
Excitation
A/DConv
JA1
RTD
(8) RTDs
Grounded orungrounded
Excitation
Signal
Return
Noisesuppression
ID
NS
JB1
RTD
(8) RTDs
Grounded orungrounded
Excitation
Signal
Return
NoiseSuppression
ID
NS
VMEbusProcessor
Tocontroller
JB1 cables to I/O processorVRTD for Mark VI systems orconnects to PRTD I/O packfor Mark VIe systems
I/O Processor is eitherremote (Mark VI) orlocal (Mark VIe)
TRTD (Simplex) Inputs and Signal Processing
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VRTD RTD Input • 277
TerminalBoard TRTDH1B
RTD
(8) RTDs to JRA, JSA, JTA
Grounded orungrounded
Excitation
Signal
Return
Noisesuppression
JRAID
JSAID
JTAID
JRBID
JSBID
JTBID
RTD
(8) RTDs to JRB, JSB, JTBGrounded orungrounded
Excitation
Signal
Return
Noisesuppression
PM, TxPM, Rx, S
PM, TxPM, Rx, R
PM, TxPM, Rx, R
PM, TxPM, Rx, T
PM, TxPM, Rx, T
PM, TxPM, Rx, S
SignalsPM= PacemakerTx = VRTD transmitRx = VRTD receive
NS
NS
TRTDH1 TMR-Capable RTD Terminal Board
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of channels Eight channels per terminal board RTD types 10, 100, and 200 Ω platinum
10 Ω copper 120 Ω nickel
Span 0.3532 to 4.054 V Maximum lead resistance 15 Ω maximum two-way cable resistance Fault detection High/low (hardware) limit check
High/low (software) system limit check Failed ID chip
278 • VRTD RTD Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
RTD Accuracy
RTD Type Group Gain Accuracy at 400 ºF
120 Ω nickel 120 Ω nickel 2 ºF
200 Ω platinum Normal_ 1.0 2 ºF
100 Ω platinum Normal_ 1.0 4 ºF
100 Ω platinum -51 to 240ºC (- 60 ºF to 400 ºF) Gain_ 2.0 2 ºF
10 Ω copper 10 Ω Cu_10 10 ºF
RTD Types and Ranges
RTD inputs are supported over a full-scale input range of 0.3532 to 4.054 V. The following table shows the types of RTD used and the temperature ranges.
RTD Type Name/Standard Range °C Range °F
10 Ω copper MINCO_CA GE 10 Ω Copper -51 to +260 -60 to +500
100 Ω platinum SAMA 100 -51 to +593 -60 to +1100
100 Ω platinum DIN 43760 IEC-751 MINCO_PD MINCO_PE PT100_DIN
-51 to +700 -60 to +1292
100 Ω platinum MINCO_PA IPTS-68 PT100_PURE
-51 to +700 -60 to +1292
100 Ω platinum MINCO_PB Rosemount 104 PT100_USIND
-51 to +700 -60 to +1292
120 Ω nickel MINCO_NA N 120
-51 to +249 -60 to +480
200 Ω platinum PT 200 -51 to +204 -60 to +400
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VRTD RTD Input • 279
Diagnostics
Diagnostic checks include the following:
• Each RTD type has hardware limit checking based on preset (non-configurable) high and low levels set near the ends of the operating range. If this limit is exceeded, a logic signal is set and the input is no longer scanned. If any one of the input’s hardware limits is set, it creates a composite diagnostic alarm, L3DIAG_xxxx, referring to the entire board. Details of the individual diagnostics are available from the toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal.
• Each RTD input has system limit checking based on configurable high and low levels. These limits can be used to generate alarms, and can be configured for enable/disable, and as latching/non-latching. RESET_SYS resets the out of limit signals. In TMR systems, limit logic signals are voted and the resulting composite diagnostic is present in each controller.
• The resistance of each RTD is checked and compared with the correct value, and if high or low, a fault is created.
• Each connector has its own ID device, which is interrogated by the I/O processor board. The terminal board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the connector location. If a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
DRTD Simplex RTD Input
Functional Description
The Simplex RTD Input (DRTD) terminal board is a compact RTD terminal board designed for DIN-rail mounting. The board has eight RTD inputs and connects to the VRTD processor board with a single cable. This cable is identical to those used on the larger TRTD terminal board. The terminal boards can be stacked vertically on the DIN-rail to conserve cabinet space. Two DRTD boards can be connected to VRTD for a total of 16 temperature inputs. Only a simplex version of the board is available.
Note The DRTD board does not work with the PRTD I/O pack.
Installation
Note There is no shield terminal strip with this design.
Mount the plastic holder on the DIN-rail and slide the DRTD board into place. Connect the wires for the eight RTDs directly to the terminal block. The Euro-Block type terminal block has 36 terminals and is permanently mounted on the terminal board. Typically #18 AWG wires (shielded twisted triplet) are used. Terminals 25 through 34 are spares. Two screws, 35 and 36, are provided for the SCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short a distance as possible.
Note SCOM must be connected to ground.
280 • VRTD RTD Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Input 5 (Return)
JA137-pin "D" shellconnector with latchingfasteners
Input 1 (Excitation)Input 1 (Return)
135
11
79
1314 1517192123252729313335
2468
1012
1618202224262830
36
3234
Input 2 (Signal)Input 3 (Excitation)Input 3 (Return)Input 4 (Signal)Input 5 (Excitation)
Input 6 (Signal)Input 7 (Excitation)Input 7 (ReturnInput 8 (Signal)
Chassis Ground
Input 1 (Signal)Input 2 (Excitation)Input 2 (Return)Input 3 (Signal)Input 4 (Excitation)Input 4 (Return)Input 5 (Signal)Input 6 (Excitation)Input 6 (Return)Input 7 (Signal)Input 8 (Excitation)Input 8 (Return)
SCOM
Cable to J3 or J4connector in I/O rackfor VRTD board
Screw Connections
Euro Block typeterminal block
Plastic mountingholder
DRTD
DIN-rail mounting
Chassis Ground
Application Notes:- Optional Ground: connnect the "B" wire to ground;- RTD Group wiring, that is sharing the "B" wire; tie the "B" wires together at the RTDs, tie the "Sigxx" signals together at the TRTD termination
bboard, and interconnect with one wire.
RTD
A
BC
Excxx
Sigxx
Retxx
DRTD Board Wiring and Cabling
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VRTD RTD Input • 281
Operation
The noise suppression on DRTD is similar to that on TRTD. High-density Euro-Block type terminal blocks are permanently mounted to the board, with two screw connections for the ground connection (SCOM). An on-board ID chip identifies the board to VRTD for system diagnostic purposes.
<R> Control Rack
RTD Input Board VRTDDRTD TerminalBoard
JA1
Connectors atbottom ofVME rack
Excitation.
A/D
RTD
(8) RTDs
Grounded orungrounded
Excitation
SignalReturn
Excit.
VCO Type A/Dconverter
I/O CoreProcessor
TMS320C32
J3
J4
VME Bus
ID
16 RTD inputs
SCOM
1
23
A
BC
Noisesuppression
Processor
Connector forcable from secondDRTD board
DRTD Board and VRTD Input Board
DRTD supplies a 10 mA dc multiplexed (not continuous) excitation current to each RTD, which can be grounded or ungrounded. The eight RTDs can be located up to 300 meters (984 feet) from the turbine control cabinet with a maximum two-way cable resistance of 15 Ω.
VRTD’s VCO type A/D converter uses voltage to frequency converters and sampling counters. The converter samples each signal and the excitation current four times per second for normal mode scanning and 25 times per second for fast mode scanning, using a time sample interval related to the power system frequency. Software in the digital signal processor performs the linearization for the selection of 15 RTD types .
RTD open and short circuits are detected by out of range values. An RTD that is determined to be outside the hardware limits is removed from the scanned inputs to prevent adverse effects on other input channels. Repaired channels are reinstated automatically in 20 seconds or can be manually reinstated.
282 • VRTD RTD Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of channels Eight channels per terminal board RTD types 10, 100, and 200 Ω platinum
10 Ω copper
120 Ω nickel Span 0.3532 to 4.054 V Maximum lead resistance 15 Ω maximum two-way cable resistance Fault detection High/low (hardware) limit check
High/low (software) system limit check Failed ID chip
RTD Types and Ranges
RTD inputs are supported over a full-scale input range of 0.3532 to 4.054 V. The following table shows the types of RTD used and the temperature ranges.
RTD Type Name/Standard Range °C Range °F
10 Ω copper MINCO_CA GE 10 Ω Copper -51 to +260 -60 to +500
100 Ω platinum SAMA 100 -51 to +593 -60 to +1100
100 Ω platinum DIN 43760 IEC-751 MINCO_PD MINCO_PE PT100_DIN
-51 to +700 -60 to +1292
100 Ω platinum MINCO_PA IPTS-68 PT100_PURE
-51 to +700 -60 to +1292
100 Ω platinum MINCO_PB Rosemount 104 PT100_USIND
-51 to +700 -60 to +1292
120 Ω nickel MINCO_NA N 120
-51 to +249 -60 to +480
200 Ω platinum PT 200 -51 to +204 -60 to +400
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VRTD RTD Input • 283
Diagnostics
Diagnostic checks include the following:
• Each RTD type has hardware limit checking based on preset (non-configurable) high and low levels set near the ends of the operating range. If this limit is exceeded, a logic signal is set and the input is no longer scanned. If any one of the input’s hardware limits is set, it creates a composite diagnostic alarm, L3DIAG_xxxx, referring to the entire board. Details of the individual diagnostics are available from the toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal.
• Each RTD input has system limit checking based on configurable high and low levels. These limits can be used to generate alarms, and can be configured for enable/disable, and as latching/non-latching. RESET_SYS resets the out of limit signals. In TMR systems, limit logic signals are voted and the resulting composite diagnostic is present in each controller.
• The resistance of each RTD is checked and compared with the correct value, and if high or low, a fault is created.
• Each connector has its own ID device, which is interrogated by the I/O processor board. The terminal board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the connector location. If a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
284 • VRTD RTD Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Notes
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVA Servo Control • 285
VSVA Servo Control
Functional Description The Servo Control (VSVA) board controls up to four electro-hydraulic servo valves that start the steam/fuel valves. These four channels are divided between two TSVA terminal boards. The VSVA/TSVA boards provide triple modular redundancy (TMR) control solution for retrofit applications where 3-coil servo valves are not present. Valve position is measured with linear variable differential transformers (LVDT) or alinear variable differential reluctance (LVDR) sensor. Applications allowing dual coil servo valve and using either single or dual LVDT/LVDR sensors are supported.
VME Bus to VCMI
TSVA Terminal Board
DC -37connectors withlocking fasteners
Cables to VMERack R
Connectors onVME Rack R
Cables toVME Rack S
Cables toVME Rack T
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VSVA
J3
J4
VSVA ServoBoard
Barrier Type TerminalBlocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
Shield Bar
x
x
JS 1
JS 6
JR 6
JT1
JT 6
JR 1
2468
1012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
13579
11131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
From Second TSVA
J5
J7
J8
P 12
JR 5 JS 5 JT 5
DA -15 connectors withlocking fasteners
TB1
TB2
From Second TSVA
From Second TSVA
Locking Tab
Screw
Locking Tab
Screw
VSVA Processor Board, TSVA Terminal Board and Interconnect Cabling
VSVA Servo Control
286 • VSVA Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
To install the V-type board
1 Power down the controller by turning off the power supply.
2 Loosen the top and bottom screws on the existing servo board, or cover plate.
3 Remove existing board (by pushing up on top extraction tab and pushing down on lower extraction tab) or remove cover plate.
4 Ensure the board is in the top and bottom tracks.
5 Fully inset the board by pushing in at the top and bottom.
6 Lock the board in place by pushing down on the top and bottom locking tabs.
7 Tighten the top and bottom screws.
8 Power up the controller by turning on the power supply.
Note Sensors and servo valves are wired directly to two removable barrier type terminal blocks mounted on each terminal board. Each block is held down with two screws, and has 24 terminals accepting up to two #12 AWG wires each. A shield termination strip attached to chassis ground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block.
Combined Servo Output/LVDT Terminal Board TSVAH1A
Up to two #12 AWG wires per point with 300 volt insulation
Terminal blocks can be unplugged from terminal board for maintenance
LVDT 01 (H)LVDT 02 (H)LVDT 03 (H)
LVDT 01 (L)LVDT 02 (L)LVDT 03 (L)LVDT 04 (L)
NCLVDT 06 (L)
Exc R1 (L)Exc R2 (L)Exc S (L)Exc T (L)
LVDT 06 (H)
Exc R1 (H)Exc R2 (H)Exc S (H)Exc T (H)
Servo 1 R (L)
NC
Pulse 01 (24R)
Servo 1 R (H)
NC
Pulse 01 (24V)
NC
Pulse 01 (H)
2468
1012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1357911131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
120 mAJP1
LVDT 04 (H)NC
NC
Servo 2 R (H)
NC
Servo 2 R (L)NCNC
NC
Pulse 01 (L)Pulse 02 (24V)Pulse 02 (H)
Pulse 02 (24R)Pulse 02 (L)
Servo 1
Jumper Choices:120A ±120 mA (40 ohm coil)80 ± 80 mA40 ± 40 mA20 ± 20 mA10 ± 10 mA
Pulse 01 (TTL)Pulse 02 (TTL)
NC
NC
Exc R1/S (L)Exc R2/T (L)
Exc R1/S (H)Exc R2/T (H)
80 mAJP2
40 mAJP3
20 mAJP4
10 mAJP5
120 mAJP6
Servo 2
80 mAJP7
40 mAJP8
20 mAJP9
10 mAJP10
TSVA Terminal Board
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVA Servo Control • 287
Operation
The VSVA servo board contains I/O signal conditioning electronics along with a microprocessor providing four channels of servo loop control with bi-directional servo current outputs. Valve position is typically measured with either four wire LVDT or three wire LVDR Sensors. Ten LVDT/LVDR position inputs, two pulse rate inputs and four LVDT/LVDR excitation source outputs are supported on the VSVA/TSVA boards.
The VSVA/TSVA boards provide a TMR servo control solution using fanned in and out control and feedback signals needed to support retrofits of older simplex control applications which commonly have dual coil servo valves. The two coils are either tied in parallel or split, and have either one or two LVDT/LVDR position feedback sensors per valve.
One, two or three LVDT/LVDR valve position inputs can be assigned to a servo control loop from 10 LVDT/LVDR inputs available for all four servo loops. Two Pulse Rate inputs could be assigned for servo control loop applications requiring flow rate measurement feedback.
The pulse rate inputs can be used for turbine speed control. It is important to ensure that speed input signals meet the VSVA board input sensitivity-versus-frequency specification and that they fall within a 2 Hz to 12 kHz frequency band.
VSVA boards located in the R, S and T VME racks provide individual (local) servo current outputs that are combined on the TSVA terminal board to produce a TMR output. A current sense resistor in series with the total servo current output is located on the TSVA board providing total current feedback to the VSVA current regulator circuits. As long as any two of the three VSVA boards are online and operating without faults, the combined servo output loop will continue to function, allowing online replacement of any one of the three VSVA boards. Refer to the figures for VSVA/TSVA inputs and outputs.
Each VSVA servo control loop output is equipped with an individual suicide relay under firmware control. It opens the output current signal to the TSVA terminal board during rack power off, during system startup, for over-current faults, and for out-of-range position feedback faults.
Inputs, outputs, and critical internal VSVA board functions are continuously monitored online for out-of-limit conditions. The VSVA servo board generates diagnostic alarms. It sends associated fault messages to the operator interface as fault conditions are detected. Green, red, and yellow LEDs on the VSVA front panel display the board-operating status.
Redundant one-bit serial communication busses allow the R, S, and T VSVA boards to share critical status parameters. The decision to suicide servo current loop outputs, select LVDT/LVDR excitation switchover sources, and check all three boards are using the same parameters is continuously shared between VSVA boards over the serial busses.
The TSVA terminal board contains two removable I/O terminal blocks. The terminal screws, each capable of accepting two #12 AWG wires, provide the interface I/O customer sensor wiring. Each TSVA supports two servo control loop outputs plus associated I/O feedback sensors. Signals are fanned in and out on the TSVA board to and from the three VSVA (R, S, and T) boards. LVDT/LVDR inputs, excitation outputs, pulse rate inputs and servo loop outputs are voltage-clamped and passively filtered (suppressed) on the TSVA board. Servo cable lengths, up to 300 m (984 ft), are supported with a maximum two-way cable resistance of 15 Ω.
288 • VSVA Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Three TMR VSVA boards are connected to either one or two TSVA terminal boards using cables, with DC-37 pin connectors on each end, between the JR1, JS1, and JT1 connectors and the R, S, or T rack J3 or J4 backplane connectors. VSVA front panel connectors, J7 and J8, supply feed back signals. They are connected to the TSVA board JR6, JS6 or JT6 receptacles using twisted shielded pair cables with DA-15 connectors. J7 and J3 must connect to one of the TSVA boards, while J8 and J4 connect to the second TSVA board, if used. Pulse rate inputs are fanned to the TMR VSVA boards through twisted shielded pair cables, with DA-15 connectors, between J5 receptacles on the three VSVA front panels and JR5, JS5 and JT5 receptacles on the TSVA. When Pulse Rate inputs are used, J5 on the VSVA board must be connected to JR5 on the TSVA terminal board. JR1 must be connected to J3 on the VME rack using cables with DC-37 pin connectors. If Pulse rate inputs are not required, J5 can be left unconnected. If J5 is used, then the J12 4 pin cable must connect the two TSVA boards.
Jumpers on the TSVA are configured to select appropriate in-line resistors that limit servo output current overdrive depending on coil resistance. Jumpers JP1 through JP5 and JP6 through JP10 select resistors compatible with full-scale servo output current ranges of 10 mA, 20 mA, 40 mA, 80 mA, or 120 mA for servo output channels. Refer to the figures for VSVA/TSVA inputs and outputs.
TSVA provides five channels of LVDT/LVDR differential inputs and two channels of redundant automatically switched-over LVDT/LVDR excitation outputs at 7.10 Vrms at 3.2 kHz.
TSVA provides redundant LVDT/LVDR excitation switchover relays to automatically select a good excitation source from an R, S, or T VSVA board. This feature ensures that a failure of a single VSVA board will not result in the loss-of-excitation output on the TSVA board. It also allows any one of the R, S, or T racks to be powered down to support online VSVA board replacement. TSVA excitation outputs to LVDT/LVDR sensors minimize effects on servo control when either the high or low side of the input or output windings are inadvertently shorted to ground.
This excitation output switchover feature is especially useful for retrofit applications using a single LVDT/LVDR position sensor. The excitation switchover source selection commands are controlled by software on the R, S, and T VSVA boards, which continuously monitor the excitation switchover outputs. A redundant hardware voter circuit on the TSVA board ensures that a single fault on a VSVA board or rack power-off condition will not result in loss-of -excitation output.
The two pulse rate circuits on the TSVA board have two current-limited 24 V dc outputs, at 40 mA each, to supply power to active pulse rate input devices.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVA Servo Control • 289
JR5
TerminalBoard TSVAH1A
(Input Portion)
LVDT
LVDR
NoiseSuppression
P24V1
5 Ckts.
JS1
JT1
CL
JS5
JT5
P28V
1
2
SCOM
Pulse RateInputsActiveProbes
0 - 12 kHz
43
44
Pulse RateInputs,
MagneticPickups
0 - 12 kHz
(PR only availableon 1 of 2 TSVA )
41
42
39P24VR1
CL
45
46
48
P24V2
P24VR2
47
40
P1TTL
DiodeVoltageSelect
R
Servo BoardVSVAH1A
Controller
A/D
Application Software
3.2KHz
P28V
Connector onFront of VSVA
Board in R
Excitation
LocalCurrentSense
Servo Driver
Excitationto TSVA
S
T
J3
J3
Same for S
Same for T
To combinedServo OutputsTSVA
D/A
JR1 J3
P28VR
P28VS
P28VT
3.2k Hz,7 V rmsExcitationSource
LVDT1H
LVDT1L
P1L
P2HP2L
P2TTL
PRTTL
PRMPU
P1H
DigitalServoRegulator
D/AConverter
A/D Converter4 Circuits
ConfigurableGain
TMR TotalCurrentSensefromTSVA
CombinedTMR
FeedbackControl
PulseRate
J5(T)
J5(S)
J5(R)
Regulator
ConfigurableGain
Topulserate
or
LVDT and Pulse Rate Inputs, TMR Servo Outputs
290 • VSVA Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Note Signal pairs from LVDT/LVDR pulse rate devices are twisted shielded pairs.
R
ControllerApplication Software
T
S
Servo Coils
Servo BoardVSVAH1A
A/D
J3
SuicideRelay
ConfigurableGain
PulseRate
Connector onfront of VSVA
card
J5
Local CurrentSense
Servo Driver
FromTSVALVDT
J3
Regulator
D/A
TMR CombinedServo Current Ranges10,20,40,80,120 mA
JR1
Terminal Board TSVAH1A(continued)
JS1
2 Circuits.
10204080
120
31
26
S1RH
S1RL
NS
DigitalServoRegulator
A/D Converter4 Circuits.
TMR TotalCurrent Sense
JR6J7
J7 Connectoron Front of
VSVA Board10204080
120
J3 JT1
10204080120
JS6
JT6
CurrentLimit
Resistors
CurrentLimitResistors
ConfigurableGain
CombinedTMR
FeedbackControl
100
25
CurrentLimit
Resistors
Combined TMR Servo Output
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVA Servo Control • 291
R
TS
VSVAH1A Servo Card (continued)
LVDT/LVDR RedundantExcitation Switchover Diagram
TSVAH1A Terminal Board (continued)
J3
EXS1
JT1
ET1L
ET1H
N.C.
N.C.ET2H
ET2L
J3 JR1
3.2 KHz at 7.0 VrmsLVDT ExcitationOutputs to TSVA
ER1H
ER1LER2H
ER2L
P23.2KHzSinewaveGenerator
1:1
RMS Det.
RMS Det.
J3 JS1ES1H
ES1L
EXS1EXS2
N.C.
N.C.ES2H
ES2L
LV5HLV5L
EXT1EXT2LV5HLV5LLV6HLV6L
LV5HLV5LLV6HLV6L
LV6HLV6L
EXR1EXR2
LVDT Excitatio
nLoss
Detector
LVDT ExcitationSource SelectionOutputs to TSVA
K3K2EXR1
EXT1
K1 K4P28
Relay Coils
HWVoterCkt's
x4
ETH
ETL23
24
K7K6EXR2EXS2EXT2
K5 K8
P28
ERH1
ERL1
ERH2
ERL2
17
19
20
18
EDR1H
EDR1L
13
14
K1A K2A
K3A K4A
K1B K2B
K3B K4B
1112
LV6H
LV6L
21
22
ESH
ESL
15
16
EDR2H
EDR2L
K5A K6A
K7A K8A
K5B K6B
K7B K8B
Relay Coils
1:1
1:1
1:1
To JS1 & JT1To JS1 & JT1
To JS1 & JT1To JS1 & JT1
LVDT/LVDRExcitation Output 1
LVDT/LVDRExcitation Output 2
HWVoterCkt's
x4
LVDT Excitation Switchover Source Selection Relays
292 • VSVA Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
37 Pin Cables
TSVA
TSVA
222
222
222
222
222
222
R VSVA
J3XX
J4XX
S VSVA
J3XX
J4XX
T VSVA
J3XX
J4XX
JR1
JS1
JT1
JR1
JS1
JT1
VSVA-to-VSVA Serial Communications Bus Interconnection Diagram
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVA Servo Control • 293
Data Format / Transfer Rates for VSVA-to-VSVA Serial Communication Bus
VSVA Function
Data Type
State Definition
VSVA to VSVA Transfer Rate
Servo outputs 1-4 over-current status
Servo over-current status bit 1 = Over current 0 = Normal
14.4 ms
Servo outputs 1-4 local current polarity
Servo local current polarity status bit 1 = Positive 0 = Negative
14.4 ms
LVDT excitation - out 1 and 3 source selection
LVDT source selection status bit 1 = S 0 = R1
432 ms
LVDT excitation - out 2 and 4 source selection
LVDT source selection status bit 1 = T 0 = R2
432 ms
Check of R, S, and T VSVA critical configuration parameter match at power-up
Cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of critical configuration parameters
R, S, and T CRCs must match at power-up
432 ms
Examples that define both internal cable and customer sensor wire interconnections to VSVA and TSVA boards are shown in the following five examples.
Example 1: Two Dual Coil Servo Valves and Single LVDT/LVDR
The first example supports two dual coil servo valves with coils electrically connected in parallel, and a single LVDT/LVDR position feedback device per valve. Only one servo valve and associated feedback device are connected to each one of the two TSVA boards. This supports online TSVA replacement with the loss of only one servo valve function. Three TMR VSVA boards plus two TSVA boards control a total of two servo valves plus associated LVDT/LVDR position feedback devices.
This configuration supports steam turbine control retrofit applications that can continue to operate with the loss of any single servo controlled steam valve. No single point fault, including online replacement of a TSVA board, will result in losing more than one servo valve control function. VSVA boards and cables can be replaced online without the losing servo output functions.
Three TMR VSVA boards, R, S, and T, connect to either one or two TSVA terminal boards using cables, with DC-37 pin connectors, between the TSVA JR1, JS1 and JT1 connectors and the R, S, or T VME rack backplane J3xx or J4xx connectors. JR6, JS6 and JT6 TSVA connectors feed total servo output combined current sense signals back to the associated VSVA front panel connectors, J7 and J8, using twisted/shielded pair cables with DA-15 pin connectors. The J7 and J3xx cables must connect to one of the TSVA boards, while J8 and J4xx must connect to a second TSVA board, if used. Pulse rate inputs are fanned into the three TMR VSVA boards using twisted/shielded pair cables, with DA-15 pin connectors, connected between the J5 connectors on the VSVA front panels and JR5, JS5, and JT5 connectors on the TSVA. When pulse rate inputs are used, the J5 cables must be connected to the TSVA board associated with the J3xx 37 pin backplane cable. If pulse rate inputs are not required, connecting the J5 cables is unnecessary. The 4-pin J12 connectors and cable connect the LVDT switchover relay status between two TSVA boards. If the J5 cable is not used, the J12 cable is not needed. Refer to the figure, Application Example 1: Two Dual Coil Servo Valve with Tied Coils and One LVDT/LVDR per TSVA.
294 • VSVA Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Spare I/O resources are wired at the TSVA terminal block providing redundant monitoring functions improving VSVA board fault detection and localization. For example: LVDT inputs 1, 2, and 3 are wired together on the TSVA terminal block using three different LVDT/LVDR input cables and conditioning circuits on the VSVA and TSVA boards. Selecting a three-position, mid-select regulator configuration for regulator 1 and servo output 1 ensures a single fault in any of the three LVDT/LVDR input conditioning circuits or cables will not adversely affect the servo outputs. Mode 1 configuration enables limit checking on the VSVA board between the three LVDT regulator inputs while detecting and reporting disagreements between them. Mode 1 also enables limit checking between LVDT inputs 7, 8, and 9 assigned to servo regulator 3 and servo output 3. Refer to the Configuration section for more detailed information.
Mode 1 configuration checks the R1 excitation sources of both TSVA boards, enhancing fault detecting and reporting capability.
LVDT inputs 6 and 12 are wired at the TSVA terminal block redundantly monitoring LVDT excitation switchover outputs 1 and 3. Circuits on the VSVA boards use LVDT inputs 5 and 11 to detect loss-of-excitation, controlling the excitation 1 and 3 output switchover functions. LVDT inputs 5 and 11 are internally fed back on the TSVA to the VSVA boards. Refer to the Configuration section for more detailed information.
Mode 1 only checks the following defined functions: detecting LVDT/LVDR disagreements and generating diagnostic alarms/messages.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVA Servo Control • 295
J4
x
x
J3
"R" VSVA
J5
J7
J8
J4
x
x
J3
"S" VSVA
J5
J7
J8
J4
x
x
J3
"T" VSVA
J5
J7
J8
15 & 37 Pin Cables
4 Pin Cable
TSVA Terminal Board
LVDRVALVE
A
SERVOVALVE
A
LVDT Inputs
SV1
SV2
LV1
LV2
LV3
LV4
PR1
PR2
LV6JR1
JS1
JT1
R1
R2
T
S
LV5
J12
JR5
JS5
JT5
JR6
JS6
JT6
TSVA Terminal Board
LVDRVALVE
B
SERVOVALVE
B
LVDT Inputs
SV1
SV2
LV1
LV2
LV3
LV4
PR1
PR2
LV6JR1
JS1
JT1
R1
R2
T
S
LV5
J12
JR5
JS5
JT5
JR6
JS6
JT6
13
14
15
16111225
263334123
4567843444748
1718
13
14
15
16
111225
2633341234567843444748
1718
CBA
CBA
Application Example 1: Two Dual Coil Servo Valve with Tied Coils and One LVDT/LVDR per TSVA
296 • VSVA Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Example 2: Four Dual Coil Servo Valves and Single LVDT/LVDR
The second application example supports four dual coil servo valves with tied coils and a single LVDT/LVDR position feedback device per servo valve. Two servo valves and associated feedback devices are connected to each of the two TSVA boards. The three TMR VSVA boards plus two TSVA boards and associated cables shown in the following figure provide servo control outputs for up to four servo valve functions. The VSVA boards and internal cables can be replaced online without the loss of servo output functions. Online replacement of a TSVA board will result in the loss of up to two servo valve control functions during the replacement time period.
Spare I/O resources are wired at the TSVA terminal block providing redundant monitoring functions enhancing VSVA board fault detecting and localization. For example: LVDT inputs 1 and 2 are wired together on the TSVA terminal block utilizing two different LVDT/LVDR input cables and input conditioning circuits on the VSVA and TSVA boards. A two position, minimum or maximum, regulator configuration can be selected for regulators 1 - 4 and servo outputs 1 - 4 ensuring a single fault in either of two associated LVDT/LVDR input conditioning circuits will not affect the servo output functions. A mode 2 configuration should be selected enabling limit checking on the VSVA board between LVDT/LVDR regulator inputs 1 and 2, assigned to servo channel 1, detecting and reporting disagreements between them. Mode 2 enables limit checking between LVDT input pairs 3 - 4, 7 - 8, and 9 - 10 assigned to servo regulators and servo outputs 2 through 4. Refer to the Configuration section for more detailed information on mode 2 servo configuration and operation. Refer to the figure, Application Example 2: Four Dual Coil Servo Valves with Tied Coils-One LVDT/LVDR per Valve.
Mode 2 checks for LVDT/LVDR input pair disagreements for monitors 1 through 12 when configured to a 2_LVposMIN or 2_LVposMAX configuration and assigned to input pairs 1 - 2, 3 - 4, 7 - 8, and 9 - 10. Each of the input pairs must be assigned to one of the 12 monitoring functions when enabling mode 2.
Mode 2 only checks between LVDT/LVDR specified pairs on regulators and monitors detecting disagreements that generate diagnostic alarms and messages.
LVDT input 6 and 12 are wired at the TSVA terminal block to monitor and control LVDT excitation switchover outputs 2 and 4. Excitation switchover outputs 1 and 3 are monitored and controlled using LVDT/LVDR inputs 5 and 11. These are internally fed back to the TSVA detecting loss-of-excitation. Refer to the Configuration section for specifics on setting up and enabling LVDT excitation switchover circuit function.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVA Servo Control • 297
J4
x
x
J3
"R" VSVA
J5
J7
J8
J4
x
x
J3
"S" VSVA
J5
J7
J8
J4
x
x
J3
"T" VSVA
J5
J7
J8
15 & 37 Pin Cables
TSVA Terminal Board
TSVA Terminal Board
LVDRVALVE A
SPEED PICKUPS
LVDT Inputs
LVDRVALVE B
SV1
SV2
LV1
LV2
LV3
LV4
PR1
PR2
LV6
JR1
JS1
JT1
R1
R2
T
S
SV1
SV2
LV1
LV2
LV3
LV4
PR1
PR2
LV6
R1
R2
T
S
LVDRVALVE C
LVDT Inputs
LV5
LVDRVALVE D
LV5
J12
J12
JR5
JS5
JT5
JR6
JS6
JT6
JR1
JR5
JS5
JT5
JR6
JS6
JT6
JS1
JT1
4 Pin Cable
SERVOVALVE ASERVO
VALVE B
SERVOVALVE CSERVO
VALVE D
13
1415
16
111225263334
1234567843
444748
13
14
15
16
111225
2633
341
234567843
444748
CBA
CBA
CBA
CBA
Application Example 2: Four Dual Coil Servo Valves with Tied Coils -One LVDT/LVDR per Valve
298 • VSVA Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Example 3: Four LVDT/LVDR Valve Position Only Monitors
The third application example shows supports four LVDT/LVDR valve position only monitors. LVDT/LVDR position information from four remotely driven servo valves is monitored using this configuration. This configuration was developed to support NSTC monitoring valve positions on customer-controlled valves.
The three TMR VSVA boards plus two TSVA boards and associated cables shown in the following figure provide four LVDT/LVDR excitation sources and LVDT/LVDR input position monitoring functions supporting four customer-controlled valves. The VSVA boards and internal cables can be replaced online without losing LVDT/LVDR excitation/monitor functions. Online replacement of a TSVA board can result in the loss of two servo valve monitoring functions during the replacement time period.
LVDT/LVDR input pairs 1 - 2, 3 - 4, 7 - 8, and 9 - 10 are wired at the TSVA terminal block providing redundant monitoring, enhancing VSVA board fault detecting and localization. For example: LVDT inputs 1 and 2 are wired together on the TSVA terminal block utilizing two different LVDT/LVDR input cables and input conditioning circuits. A two position minimum or maximum monitor configuration can be selected for monitors 1 through 12 ensuring a single fault in either of the two LVDT/LVDR input conditioning circuits will not affect the related LVDT/LVDR monitoring function. A mode 2 configuration can be selected enabling limit checking on the VSVA board between the two LVDT/LVDR monitor inputs for detecting and reporting disagreements between LVDT input pairs 3 - 4, 7 - 8, and 9 - 10 assigned to one of the 12 monitors. Each of these input pairs must only be assigned to one of the 12 monitor functions when enabling mode 2. Refer to the Configuration section for more detailed information on mode 2 servo configuration and operation. Refer to the figure, Application Example 3: Four LVDT/LVDR Value Position Monitors Only Configuration.
LVDT inputs 6 and 12 are wired at the TSVA terminal block monitoring and controlling LVDT excitation switchover outputs 2 and 4. Excitation switchover outputs 1 and 3 are monitored and controlled based on LVDT/LVDR inputs 5 and 11. These are internally fed back to the TSVA board detecting loss-of-excitation. Refer to the Configuration section for more detailed information on setting up and enabling LVDT excitation switchover circuit function.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVA Servo Control • 299
J4
x
x
J3
"R" VSVA
J5
J7
J8
J4
x
x
J3
"S" VSVA
J5
J7
J8
J4
x
x
J3
"T" VSVA
J5
J7
J8
15 & 37 Pin Cables
TSVA Terminal Board
TSVA Terminal Board
LVDRVALVE A
SPEED PICKUPS
LVDT Inputs
LVDRVALVE B
SV1
SV2
LV1
LV2
LV3
LV4
PR1
PR2
LV6
JR1
JS1
JT1
R1
R2
T
S
SV1
SV2
LV1
LV2
LV3
LV4
PR1
PR2
LV6
R1
R2
T
S
LVDRVALVE C
LVDT Inputs
LV5
LVDRVALVE D
LV5
J12
J12
JR5
JS5
JT5
JR6
JS6
JT6
JR1
JR5
JS5
JT5
JR6
JS6
JT6
JS1
JT1
4 Pin Cable
13
1415
16
1112252633
341234567843
444748
13
14
15
16
11122526
33341
234567843
4447
48
SPEED PICKUPS
CBA
CBA
CBA
CBA
Application Example 3: Four LVDT/LVDR Valve Position Monitors Only Configuration
300 • VSVA Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Example 4: Two Dual Coil Servo Valves and Two LVDT/LVDR Devices
The fourth application example supports two dual coil servo valves with split coils and two separate LVDT/LVDR devices per servo valve. The split coils of the two servo valves and the associated LVDT/LVDR devices are divided between the two TSVA boards as shown in the following figure. This supports changing VSVA boards, TSVA boards and cables while online without losing either of the two servo output functions.
Loss of one servo control output channel to one of the two split servo coils will result in a 50% reduction in gain and null bias.
Spare I/O resources are wired on the TSVA terminal block providing redundant monitoring functions while enhancing VSVA board fault detection and localization. For example: LVDT inputs 1 and 2 are wired together on the TSVA terminal block. They utilize two different LVDT/LVDR input cables and input conditioning circuits on the VSVA and TSVA boards while monitoring a single LVDT/LVDR input. A two position minimum or maximum monitor arrangement can be configured using monitor 1. LVDT/LVDR inputs 3 - 4, 7 - 8, and 9 - 10 can be configured using monitor 3, monitor 7, and monitor 9. A mode 2 configuration can be selected enabling a limit check on the VSVA board between these pairs of LVDT/LVDR monitor inputs detecting and reporting disagreements between them. Refer to the Configuration section for more detailed information on Mode 2 monitor configuration and operation. Refer to the figure, Application Example 4: Two Dual Coil Valves with Split Coils - Two LVDT/LVDRs per Valve.
LVDT input 6 and 12 are wired at the TSVA terminal block to monitor and control LVDT excitation switchover outputs 2 and 4. Excitation switchover outputs 1 and 3 are monitored and controlled based on LVDT/LVDR inputs 5 and 11. These are internally fed back on the TSVA to detect loss-of-excitation. Refer to the Configuration section for specifics on setting up and enabling LVDT excitation switchover circuit functions.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVA Servo Control • 301
J4
x
x
J3
"R" VSVA
J5
J7
J8
J4
x
x
J3
"S" VSVA
J5
J7
J8
J4
x
x
J3
"T" VSVA
J5
J7
J8
15 & 37 Pin Cables
TSVA Terminal Board
TSVA Terminal Board
SPEED PICKUPS
LVDT Inputs
SV1
SV2
LV1
LV2
LV3
LV4
PR1
PR2
LV6
JR1
JS1
JT1
R1
R2
T
S
SV1
SV2
LV1
LV2
LV3
LV4
PR1
PR2
LV6
R1
R2
T
S
LVDR BVALVE A
LVDT Inputs
LV5
LVDR AVALVE BLV5
J12
J12
JR5
JS5
JT5
JR6
JS6
JT6
JR1
JR5
JS5
JT5
JR6
JS6
JT6
JS1
JT1
4 Pin Cable
13
1415
16
111225
2633341234567843
444748
13
14
15
16
111225
2633341
234567843
444748
SPEED PICKUPS
LVDR AVALVE A
LVDR BVALVE B
SERVOVALVE A
SERVOVALVE B
CBA
CBA
CBA
CBA
Application Example 4: Two Dual Coil Valves with Split Coils – Two LVDT/LVDRs per Valve
302 • VSVA Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Example 5: Single Servo Valve - Dual LVDT/LVDR One Value Per Terminal Board
The fifth application example supports a single-coil servo valve with two separate LVDT/LVDR devices per servo valve. The single-coil servo valve and the associated LVDT/LVDR devices are supported by a single TSVA terminal board as shown in the following figure.
Spare I/O resources are wired on the TSVA terminal block providing redundant monitoring functions while enhancing the VSVA board fault detection and localization. For example: LVDT inputs 1 and 2 are wired together on the TSVA terminal block. They utilize two different LVDT/LVDR input cables and input conditioning circuits on the VSVA and TSVA boards while monitoring a single LVDT/LVDR input. A two position minimum or maximum monitor arrangement can be configured using monitor 1. LVDT/LVDR inputs 3-4, 7-8 and 9-10 can be configured using monitor 3, monitor 7 and monitor 9. A mode 2 configuration can be selected enabling a limit check on the VSVA board between these pairs of LVDT/LVDR monitor inputs detecting and reporting disagreements between them. Refer to the Configuration section for more detailed information on Mode 2 monitor configuration and operation.
TSVA
LVDR2
SERVOVALVE A
SINGLE SERVO VALVE - DUAL LVDT/LVDRONE VALVE PER TERMINAL BD
SPEED PICKUPS
VSVA
VSVA
J7
J5
J8
J7
J5
J8
J3XX
J4XX
J3XX
J4XX
"R"
"S"
LVDT Inputs
VALVE A
VALVE A
LVDR 1
J4XX
J3XX
VSVA
J7
J5
J8
"T"
R1
R2
T
SV1
SV2
LV1
LV2
LV3
LV4
PR1
PR2
LV5
LV6JR1
JS1
JT1
JR5
JS5
JT5
JR6
JS6
JT6
S
CBA
CBA
Application Example 5: Single Servo Valve - Dual LVDT/LVDR
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVA Servo Control • 303
Typical Servo Coil Ratings
Coil Type
Nominal Current
Nominal Coil Resistance (Ω/Coil)
Typical Servo Design
Rated Current for Rated Flow
Internal TSVA Resistance (Ω)
J1 – J10 TSVA Jumper Setting
1 ±10 mA 1,000 2 and 3 Coil Gas 10 mA 102 10 mA 2 ±20 mA 250 25 GPM, 3 and 4 Way, 2
Coil 16 mA 416 20 mA
3 ±20 mA 500 70 GPM, 3 Way, 2 Coil 17 mA 416 10 mA 4 ±40 mA 125 50 GPM, 4 Way, 2 Coil 34.5 mA 185 40 mA
The above table defines standard servo coil resistance and associated internal resistance, selectable with the terminal board jumpers shown in the preceding figure. In addition, non-standard jumper settings could be used to drive non-standard coils. The total resistance would be equivalent to the standard setting.
Control valve position is sensed with either a four wire LVDT or a three-wire linear variable differential reluctance (LVDR). The application software allows maximum flexibility checks for the feedback devices. LVDT/LVDRs can be mounted up to 300 m (984 ft) from the turbine control with a maximum two-way cable resistance of 15 Ω.
Note The excitation source is isolated from signal common (floating) and is capable of operation at common mode voltages up to 35 V dc, or 35 V rms, 50/60 Hz
Two LVDT/LVDR excitation sources are located on each terminal board for Simplex applications and another two for TMR applications. Excitation voltage is 7 V rms and the frequency is 3.2 kHz with a total harmonic distortion of less than 1% when loaded.
A typical LVDT/LVDR has an output of 0.7 V rms at the zero stroke position of the valve stem, and an output of 3.5 V rms at the designed maximum stoke position (some applications have these reversed). The LVDT/LVDR input is converted to dc and conditioned with a low pass filter. Diagnostics perform a high/low (hardware) limit check on the input signal and a high/low system (software) limit check.
Two pulse rate inputs are cabled to a single J5 connector on the VSVA board front. This is a dedicated connection minimizing noise sensitivity on the pulse rate inputs.
Inputs support both passive magnetic pickups and active pulse rate transducers (TTL type). Both are interchangeable without configuration. Pulse rate inputs can be located up to 300 m (984 ft) from the turbine control cabinet, provided 70 NF shielded-pair cable is used or 35 NF differential capacitance with 15 Ω resistance.
A frequency range of 2 to 12 kHz can be monitored at a normal sampling rate of either 10 or 20 ms. Magnetic pickups typically have an output resistance of 200 Ω and an inductance of 85 mHz excluding cable characteristics. The transducer is a high impedance source, generating energy levels insufficient to cause a spark.
Note The maximum short circuit current is approximately 100 mA with a maximum power output of 1 W.
304 • VSVA Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of inputs (per TSVA) LVDT 1-4 and 6. Five LVDT windings Two pulse rate signals (total of two per VSVA)
Number of outputs (per TSVA) Two servo valves (total of four per VSVA board) Four excitation sources for LVDTs Two special TMR switchover LVDT/LVDR excitation sources Two excitation sources (24 V dc) for pulse rate transducers
Internal sample rate 200 Hz
Pulse Rate Excitation Source (TSVA) Nominal 24 V dc --- 40 mA max LVDT accuracy 1% with 14-bit resolution LVDT input filter Low pass filter with three down breaks at 50 rad/sec ±15% LVDT common mode rejection CMR is 1 V, 60 dB at 50/60 Hz LVDT excitation output Frequency of 3.2 ± 0.2 kHz
Voltage of 7.00 ± 0.14 V rms Pulse rate accuracy 0.05% of reading with 16-bit resolution at 50 Hz frame rate
Noise of acceleration measurement is less than ± 50 Hz/sec for a 10,000 Hz signal being read at 10 ms
Pulse rate input Minimum signal for proper measurement at 4 Hz is 33 mVpk, and at 12 kHz is 827 mVpk.
Magnetic PR pickup signal input Generates 150 V peak-to-peak into 60 kΩ Active PR Pickup Signal input Generates 5 to 27 V peak-to-peak into 60 kΩ Servo valve output accuracy 2% with 12-bit resolution
Dither amplitude and frequency adjustable; unused, 12.5 Hz, 25 Hz, 33.33 Hz, 50 Hz, 100 Hz; 0 to 10% Amplitude
Fault detecting Suicide servo outputs initiated by: Servo current out of limits Regulator feedback signal out of limits
Diagnostics
Three LEDs at the top of the VSVA front panel display status information. The normal RUN condition is a flashing green, and FAIL is solid red. The third LED is normally off but displays a steady orange if an alarm condition exists on the board
Servo diagnostics cover items such as out of range LVDT voltage, servo suicide, servo current open circuit, and short circuit. If any one of the signals goes unhealthy a composite diagnostic alarm, L#DIAG_VSVA occurs. If the associated regulator has two sensors, the bad sensor is removed from the feedback calculation and the good sensor is used. Details of the individual diagnostics are available from the toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy
Connectors JR1, JS1, JT1, JR6, JS6, JT6, JR5, JS5 and JT5 on the TSVA terminal board have their own ID device that is interrogated by the VSVA board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the plug location.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVA Servo Control • 305
Configuration
Jumpers on the TSVA must be configured to select appropriate in-line resistors that limit Servo output current overdrive. Jumpers JP1 to JP5 and JP6 to JP10 select resistor values that are compatible with full-scale servo output currents of 10 mA, 20mA, 40 mA, 80 mA or 120 mA for servo output channels 1 and 2 respectively.
Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
System Limits Enable / Disable system limits for Pulse Rate Inputs. Enable, disable Mode Modes 1 and 2 for specific VSVA board applications. Unused, Mode1, Mode 2 Mode 1:
Mode1 generates diagnostic alarms for applications using one servo valve with dual coils tied in parallel and a single LVDT for position feedback. Only one servo valve and associated LVDT is supported per TSVA terminal board. If Regulator 1 and 3 is used, RegType must be selected to 3_LV_PosMid using LVDT inputs 1, 2 and 3 and 7,8 and 9 respectively. Regulators 2 and 4 must be selected to RegType unused. A diagnostic alarm is generated when an LVDT input assigned to Regulator 1 or 3 exceeds the TMR_DiffLimt referenced to the voted median value. If Monitors 4 and 10 are used, they must be assigned to LVDT inputs 4 and 10 respectively. A diagnostic alarm will be generated if LVDT input 4 or 10 is < 6.6 Vrms or > 7.7 Vrms. Excitation sources J3 ER1 and J4 ER1 must be wired to LVDT Inputs 4 and 10 respectively if Monitors 4 and 10 are used.
Mode 2: Mode2 generates diagnostic alarms for applications using one or two servo valves with dual split coils and one or two LVDTs each for position feedback. These applications will typically split the servo valves and LVDTs between the two TSVA terminal boards. Mode2 also supports four-valve LVDT position monitoring only applications. If Regulators 1,2,3 or 4 are used, they must be selected to RegType 2_LV_PosMAx or Min using LVDT input pairs (1,2) (3,4) (7,8) (9,10) respectively. If Monitors 1-12 are used and assigned to any of LVDT input pairs (1,2) (3,4) (7,8) or (9,10), they must be selected to RegType 2_LV_PosMax or Min. Only one Monitor can be assigned to one of these pairs. If a Regulator or Monitor is assigned LVDT input pairs (1,2) (3,4) (7,8) or (9,10) and the difference within the pair exceeds the associated TMR_DiffLimt value, a diagnostic alarm will be generated.
SrvOcSiucHld If an over-current condition exists on a used Servo Output 1,2,3 or 4 and it exceeds the selected Curr_Suicide value, the suicide command will be held off for this time interval to prevent suicide action on a short transient over-current condition.
Unused, 10 ms, 15 ms, 20 ms, 25 ms, 30 ms, 35 ms, 40 ms, 45 ms, 50 ms
LvdtExFlHold Hold-off time to allow LVDT input hardware filter recovery when LVDT Excitation source switch over occurs. The LVDT input retains last known good value for the time selected.
Unused, 5 ms, 10 ms, 15 ms, 20 ms, 25 ms, 30 ms, 35 ms, 40 ms
306 • VSVA Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Parameter Description Choices
Regulators
Regulator 1
RegType Algorithm used in the regulator Unused, no_fbk, 1_PulseRate, 2_PlsRateMAX, 1_LVPosition, 2_LV_PosMIN, 2_LV_PosMAX, 3_LV_PosMid, 2_LV_pilotCyl 4_LVp/cylMAX
RegGain Position loop gain in (%current/%position) Gain −200 to 200 RegNullBias Null bias in % current, balances servo spring force Null Bias −100 to 100 DitherAmpl Dither in % current (minimizes hysteresis) Dither amp: 0 to 10% Dither Frequency Dither Frequency in Hz Dither Frequency: unused,
12.5Hz, 25Hz, 33.33Hz, 50Hz, 100Hz
MinPOSvalue Position at Min End Stop in engineering units Range: -15 to150 MAxPOSvalue Position at Max End Stop in engineering units Range: -15 to150 LVDT#input LVDT Input Selection Unused; LVDT 1 through 12 MnLVDT#_Vrms LVDT# Vrms at Min End Stop – Normally set by Auto-
Calibrate Range: 0 to10
MxLVDT#_Vrms LVDT# Vrms at Max End Stop – Normally set by Auto-Calibrate
Range: 0 to10
LVDT_MArgin Allowable Range Exceeded Error of LVDT in Percent Range: 0 to7.1 TMR_DiffLimit Diagnostic, Limit TMR Input Vote Difference, Position in
Engineering Units Range: -15 to150
Monitor 1 Monitor type Monitor algorithm Unused 1_Lvposition
2_LVposMIN 2_LVposMAX 3_LVposMID
MinPOSvalue Position at Min End Stop in engineering units Range: -15 to150 MAxPOSvalue Position at Max End Stop in engineering units Range: -15 to150 LVDT#input LVDT Input Selection Unused: LVDT 1 through 12 MnLVDT#_Vrms LVDT# Vrms at Min End Stop – Normally set by Auto-
Calibrate Range: 0 to10
MxLVDT#_Vrms LVDT# Vrms at Max End Stop – Normally set by Auto-Calibrate
Range: 0to10
LVDT_MArgin Allowable Range Exceeded Error of LVDT in Percent Range: 0 to.7.1 TMR_DiffLimit Diagnostic, Limit TMR Input Vote Difference, Position in
Engineering Units Range: -15 to150
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVA Servo Control • 307
Parameter Description Choices
Monitor 2
Monitor 12
J3:IS200TSVAH1A Terminal board 1 connected to VSVA through J3 J3 connected, not connected
ExctFailOvr1 Excitation 1 Failover Status: indicates whether excitation source “R1” or Excitation source “S” is selected. (R1=0; S=1)
(Input BIT)
ExciteMode If both LVDT Excitation Failover Outputs 1 and 2 are required, independent should be selected. If only LVDT Excitation Failover Output 1 is required, “redundant” should be selected and LVDT Input 6 must be wired to LVDT Excitation Failover Output 1. This provides redundant monitoring of LVDT Input 5 failover detecting circuits. Switch_R2T must be set to “Disable”.
Independent, Redundant
Switch_R1S Disable or Enable Excitation 1 Failover. Disable, Enable RndtLvdtDiag Enable - Configures LVDT 6 Input as a redundant monitor of
excitation Source Select 1 switchover logic. Produces a Diagnostic if disagreement occurs.
Disable, Enable
ExctFailOvr2 Excitation 2 Failover Status: indicates whether excitation source “R2” or Excitation source “T” is selected. (R2=0; T=1)
(Input BIT)
Switch_R2T Disable or Enable Excitation 2 Failover. Set to Disable if ExciteMode is set to Redundant.
Disable, Enable
Servo Output1 Measured Servo Output 1 Current Total in Percent (Input FLOAT)
Reg Number Identify regulator number Unused, Reg1, Reg2, Reg3, Reg4
Servo_mA_Out Select current output for coil windings 10, 20, 40, 80, 120 mA EnableCurSuic Select Suicide function based on current Enable, disable Curr_Suicide Percent current error to initiate suicide 75 to 125% (output current
error) EnablFbkSuic Select Suicide function based on feedback Enable, disable Fdbk_Suicide Percent position error to initiate suicide 0 to 10% (actuator position
error)
Servo Output2 Measured Servo Output 2 Current Total in Percent (input FLOAT)
J4:IS200TSVAH1A Terminal Board 2 connected to VSVA through J4 J4 connected, not connected
ExctFailOvr1 Excitation 3 Failover Status: indicates whether excitation source “R1” or Excitation source “S” is selected. (R1=0; S=1)
(Input BIT)
ExciteMode If both LVDT Excitation Failover Outputs 3 and 4 are required, independent should be selected. If only LVDT Excitation Failover Output 3 is required, “redundant” should be selected and LVDT Input 12 must be wired to LVDT Excitation Failover Output 3. This provides redundant monitoring of the LVDT Input 11 failover detecting circuits. Switch_R2T must be set to “Disable”.
Independent, Redundant
Switch_R1S Disable or Enable Excitation 3 Failover. Disable, Enable RndtLvdtDiag Enable - Configures LVDT 12 Input as a redundant monitor
of excitation Source Select 3 switchover logic. Produces a Diagnostic if disagreement occurs.
Disable, Enable
ExctFailOvr2 Excitation 4 Failover Status: indicates whether excitation source “R2” or Excitation source “T” is selected. (R2=0; T=1)
(Input BIT)
Switch_R2T Disable or Enable Excitation 4 Failover. Set to Disable if ExciteMode is set to Redundant.
Disable, Enable
308 • VSVA Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Parameter Description Choices
Servo Output3 Measured Servo Output 3 Current Total in Percent (Input FLOAT)
Servo Output4 Measured Servo Output 4 Current Total in Percent (Input FLOAT)
J5:IS200TSVAH1A Pulse Rate inputs cabled to J5 connector Note: If used, the J5 cable must be attached to the J3 TSVA terminal board.
Connected, not connected
FlowRate1 Pulse rate input selected - Board point (Input FLOAT) PRType Select speed or flow type signal Unused, speed, or flow PRScale Convert Hz to engineering units 0 to 1,000 SysLim1Enabl Select system limit Enable, disable SysLim1Latch Select whether alarm will latch Latch, not latch SysLim1Type Select type of alarm initiation >= Or <= SysLimit Select alarm level in GPM or RPM 0 to 12,000 SystemLim2 Same as above Same as above TMR_DiffLimt Difference limit off voted pulse inputs (EU) 0 to 12,000 FlowRate2 Pulse rate input selected - Board point (as above) (Input FLOAT)
Board Points (Signals) Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type L3DIAG_VSVA Board diagnostic exists Input BIT R1_SuicideNV Servo 1 Output Suicide Status Input BIT : : Input BIT R4_SuicideNV Servo 4 Output Suicide Status Input BIT ER1_StateNV Excitation 1 Select Relay State Input BIT : : Input BIT ER4_StateNV Excitation 4 Select Relay State Input BIT SysLim1PR1 Pulse Rate 1 Limit 1 Status Input BIT SysLim2PR1 Pulse Rate 1 Limit 2 Status Input BIT SysLim1PR2 Pulse Rate 2 Limit 1 Status Input BIT SysLim2PR2 Pulse Rate 2 Limit 2 Status Input BIT Reg1Suicide Regulator 1 suicide relay status Input BIT : : Input BIT Reg4Suicide Regulator 4 suicide relay status Input BIT RegCalMode Regulator Calibration Status Input BIT Reg1_Fdbk Regulator 1 Feedback Value Input FLOAT : : Input FLOAT Reg4_Fdbk Regulator 4 Feedback Value Input FLOAT MiscFdbk1a Pilot/Cylinder 1 Input FLOAT : : Input FLOAT MiscFdbk4a Pilot/Cylinder 4 Input FLOAT Reg1_Error Regulator 1 Position Error Input FLOAT : : Input FLOAT Reg4_Error Regulator 4 Position Error Input FLOAT Accel1 GPM/sec Input FLOAT Accel2 GPM/sec Input FLOAT Mon1 Position monitor Input FLOAT : : Input FLOAT Mon12 Position monitor Input FLOAT AVSelect1NV Anti-vote Signal Monitor – One of Five Selected Signals.
(Local Current, Total Current, Compliance Voltage, DAC Feedback or Position Error)
Input FLOAT
: : Input FLOAT
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVA Servo Control • 309
Parameter Description Choices
AVSelect4NV Anti-vote Signal Monitor – One of Five Selected Signals. (Local Current, Total Current, Compliance Voltage, DAC Feedback or Position Error)
Input FLOAT
CalibEnab1 Enable Calibration for Regulator 1 Output BIT : : Output BIT CalibEnab4 Enable Calibration for Regulator 4 Output BIT SuicideForce1 Force Suicide for Servo Output 1 Output BIT : : Output BIT SuicideForce4 Force Suicide for Servo Output 4 Output BIT Reg1_Ref Regulator 1 Position Reference Output FLOAT : : Output FLOAT Reg4_Ref Regulator 1 Position Reference Output FLOAT Reg1- GainMod Regulator 1 Gain Modifier Output FLOAT : : Output FLOAT Reg4- GainMod Regulator 4 Gain Modifier Output FLOAT Reg1_NullCor Reg 1 Null Bias Correction Output FLOAT : : Output FLOAT Reg4_NullCor Reg 4 Null Bias Correction Output FLOAT
Internal Variables Internal variables to service the auto-calibration display, not configurable
Alarms
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
2 Flash Memory CRC Failure Board firmware programming error (VSVA board is not allowed to go online unless override is active)
3 CRC failure override is Active Board firmware programming error (VSVA board is allowed to go online – should not happen on released code)
16 System Limit Checking is Disabled Limit checks for J5 Pulse Rate Inputs disabled. This diagnostic is disabled if the J5 cable is not present at power-up.
System checking was disabled by configuration.
24 Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility Invalid terminal board connected to the VSVA board.30 ConfigCompatCode Mismatch; Firmware: Firmware:
# (Tre: # The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on VSVA board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
31 IOCompatCode Mismatch; Firmware: Firmware: # (Tre: # The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the VSVA board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
33-44 Monitor LVDT #1-12 rms voltage out of limits valueMonitor LVDT # rms voltage is out of limits. The Limits are defined as: Monitor MnLVDT#_Vrms – ((MxLVDT#_Vrms - MnLVDT#_Vrms) * LVDT_MArgin percent /100) = Low Limit Monitor MnLVDT#_Vrms + ((MxLVDT#_Vrms - MnLVDT#_Vrms) * LVDT_MArgin percent /100) = High Limit
Minimum and maximum LVDT rms voltage limits are configured incorrectly. The LVDT may need recalibration. May be a problem on the VSVA board.
310 • VSVA Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
45 Calibration Mode Enabled A VSVA Servo Regulator was placed into calibration mode.
The VSVA is in calibration mode.
46 VSVA board not online, Servos Suicided The servo is suicided because the VSVA is not online.
The controller (R, S, T) or IONet is down, or there is a configuration problem with the system preventing the VCMI from bringing the VSVA board online.
48-51 Servo current #1-4 Over current Detected value Local Servo # Current exceeded 80% for a continuous time period >80 milliseconds.
Bad Regulator Position reference or position feedback value. May be a problem on the VSVA board.
52-55 Servo current #1-4 Current Exceeded Limit value, Suicided. Produces a diagnostic alarm and suicides the Servo # Output when the following four conditions are met: Servo local current exceeds the Curr_Suicide Limit in percent. The time hold off requirement of SrvOcSiucHld value is met Local Current polarities for R, S and T Servo Outputs support isolation of a single VSVA board/servo output to suicide. Configuring the EnableCurSuic to disable will disable the suicide action.
Bad Regulator Position reference or position feedback value. May be a problem on the VSVA board.
56-59 Servo posit. #1-4 fdbk out of range value, SuicidedServo position feedback is out of limits resulting in a Suicide. The Limits are defined as: Regulator # MinPOSvalue - Servo # Fdbk_Suicide value = low limit Regulator # MAxPOSvalue + Servo # Fdbk_Suicide value = high limit. Configuring the EnableFbkSuic to disable will disable the suicide action.
Minimum and maximum LVDT rms voltage limits are configured incorrectly. The LVDT may need recalibration. May be a problem on the VSVA board.
60 ConfigMsg error for regulator #1-4 Configuration Message Error for Regulator Number #. There is a problem with the VSVA configuration and the servo will not operate properly.
The LVDT minimum and maximum voltages are equal or reversed, or an invalid LVDT, regulator, or servo number is specified.
61 On board ref voltages Pos ref Neg ref Onboard Calibration Voltage Range Fault for Positive 9.09 V dc and/or Negative 9.09 V dc References. Message displays the values for the P9.09 and N9.09 reference voltage readings.
Problem on the VSVA board.
62 VSVA LVDT Exct Out Mon to J3 ER1, ES, ET voltage out of range value LVDT Excitation Voltage out of range. (<6.3Vrms or >7.7Vrms)
May be a problem on the VSVA board.
63 VSVA LVDT Exct Out Mon to J4 ER1, ES, ET voltage out of range value LVDT Excitation Voltage out of range. (<6.3Vrms or >7.7Vrms)
May be a problem on the VSVA board.
64 VSVA LVDT Exct Out Mon to J3 ER2, ES2 unused, ET2 unused voltage out of range value LVDT Excitation Voltage out of range. (<6.3Vrms or >7.7Vrms)
May be a problem on the VSVA board.
65 VSVA LVDT Exct Out Mon to J4 ER2, ES2 unused, ET2 unused voltage out of range value LVDT Excitation Voltage out of range. (<6.3Vrms or >7.7Vrms)
May be a problem on the VSVA board.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVA Servo Control • 311
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
66 Servo Output Assignment Mismatch Servo output assignment mismatch. Regulator types 8 and 9 (pilot cylinder configurations) use two-servo outputs each. They have to be consecutive pairs, and they have to be configured as the same range
Fix the regulator configurations.
67-68 J3 Excitation failure #1-2 Excitation Switchover An excitation switchover has occurred due to loss of LVDT Excitation output for 1 J3 Exc R1/S or 2 J3 Exc R2/T.
The Power Supply for the R, S or T rack may have been turned off. (R or S for #1, R or T for #2).
69-70 J4 Excitation failure #3-4 Excitation Switchover An excitation switchover has occurred due to loss of LVDT Excitation output for 3 J4 Exc R1/S or 4 J4 Exc R2/T.
The Power Supply for the specified R or T rack may have been turned off. R and S for #3, R and T for #4.
71 J3 R, S, T_Pack DIO Communication Failure on R, S channels 1+2 Both J3 Serial Communication channels 1 and 2 for the specified R or S channel are not communicating. J3 R or J3 S or J3 T clarifies which VSVA board saw the fault and generated this diagnostic alarm.
The Power Supply for the specified R or S rack may be off.. The specified R or S VSVA board may have a problem sending or receiving serial communications The 37 pin J3 cable associated with the specified VSVA may not be properly mated at the TSVA terminal board or the rack backplane connector
72-73 J3 R, S, T_Pack DIO Communication Failure on R, S channel #1 or 2) One of the J3 Serial Communication channels 1 or 2 for the specified R or S channel is not communicating. J3 R or J3 S or J3 T clarifies which VSVA board saw the fault and generated this diagnostic alarm.
The specified R or S VSVA board may have a problem. The 37 pin J3 cable associated with the specified R or S VSVA may not be properly mated at the TSVA terminal board or the rack backplane connector or may have a shorted / open wire or pin. The terminal board may have a signal net open or shorted to another signal.
74 J3 R, S, T_Pack DIO Communication Failure on S, T channels 1+2 Both J3 Serial Communication channels 1 and 2 for the specified S or T channel are not communicating. J3 R or J3 S or J3 T clarifies which VSVA board saw the fault and generated this diagnostic alarm.
The Power Supply for the specified S or T rack may be off. The specified S or T VSVA board may have a problem sending or receiving serial communications The 37 pin J3 cable associated with the specified VSVA may not be properly mated at the TSVA terminal board or the rack backplane connector
75-76 J3 R, S, T_Pack DIO Communication Failure on S, T channel #1 or 2) One of the J3 Serial Communication channels 1 or 2 for the specified S or T channel is not communicating. J3 R or J3 S or J3 T clarifies which VSVA board saw the fault and generated this diagnostic alarm.
The specified R or S VSVA board may have a problem. The 37 pin J3 cable associated with the specified R or S VSVA may not be properly mated at the TSVA terminal board or the rack backplane connector or may have a shorted / open wire or pin. The terminal board may have a signal net open or shorted to another signal.
77 J3 R, S, T_Pack DIO Communication Failure on R, S, T channels 1+2 Both J3 Serial Communication channels 1 and 2 for the specified R or S or T channel are not communicating. J3 R or J3 S or J3 T clarifies which VSVA board saw the fault and generated this diagnostic alarm.
The Power Supply for the specified R, S or T rack may be off. The specified R, S or T VSVA board may have a problem sending or receiving serial communications The 37 pin J3 cable associated with the specified VSVA may not be properly mated at the TSVA terminal board or the rack backplane connector
312 • VSVA Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
78-79 J3 R, S, T_Pack DIO Communication Failure on R, S, T channel #1 or 2) One of the J3 Serial Communication channels 1 or 2 for the specified R or S or T channel is not communicating. J3 R or J3 S or J3 T clarifies which VSVA board saw the fault and generated this diagnostic alarm.
The specified R, S or T VSVA board may have a problem. The 37 pin J3 cable associated with the specified R, S or T VSVA may not be properly mated at the TSVA terminal board, the rack backplane connector or may have a shorted / open wire or pin. The terminal board may have a signal net open or shorted to another signal.
80 J4 R, S, T_Pack DIO Communication Failure on R, S channels 1+2 Both J4 Serial Communication channels 1 and 2 for the specified R or S channel are not communicating. J4 R or J4 S or J4 T clarifies which VSVA board saw the fault and generated this diagnostic alarm.
The Power Supply for the specified R or S rack may be off. The specified R or S VSVA board may have a problem sending or receiving serial communications The 37 pin J4 cable associated with the specified VSVA may not be properly mated at the TSVA terminal board or the rack backplane connector
81-82 J4 R, S, T_Pack DIO Communication Failure on R, S channel #1 or 2) One of the J4 Serial Communication channels 1 or 2 for the specified R or S channel is not communicating. J4 R or J4 S or J4 T clarifies which VSVA board saw the fault and generated this diagnostic alarm.
The specified R or S VSVA board may have a problem. The 37 pin J4 cable associated with the specified R or S VSVA may not be properly mated at the TSVA terminal board or the rack backplane connector or may have a shorted / open wire or pin. The terminal board may have a signal net open or shorted to another signal.
83 J4 R, S, T_Pack DIO Communication Failure on S, T channels 1+2 Both J4 Serial Communication channels 1 and 2 for the specified S or T channel are not communicating. J4 R or J4 S or J4 T clarifies which VSVA board saw the fault and generated this diagnostic alarm.
The Power Supply for the specified S or T rack may be off. The specified S or T VSVA board may have a problem sending or receiving serial communications The 37 pin J4 cable associated with the specified VSVA may not be properly mated at the TSVA terminal board or the rack backplane connector
84-85 J4 R, S, T_Pack DIO Communication Failure on S, T channel #1 or 2) One of the J4 Serial Communication channels 1 or 2 for the specified S or T channel is not communicating. J4 R or J4 S or J4 T clarifies which VSVA board saw the fault and generated this diagnostic alarm.
The specified S or T VSVA board may have a problem. The 37 pin J4 cable associated with the specified S or T VSVA may not be properly mated at the TSVA terminal board or the rack backplane connector or may have a shorted / open wire or pin. The terminal board may have a signal net open or shorted to another signal.
86 J4 R, S, T_Pack DIO Communication Failure on R, S, T channels 1+2 Both J4 Serial Communication channels 1 and 2 for the specified R or S or T channel are not communicating. J4 R or J4 S or J4 T clarifies which VSVA board saw the fault and generated this diagnostic alarm.
The Power Supply for the specified R, S or T rack may be off. The specified R, S or T VSVA board may have a problem sending or receiving serial communications The 37 pin J4 cable associated with the specified VSVA may not be properly mated at the TSVA terminal board or the rack backplane connector
87-88 J4 R, S, T_Pack DIO Communication Failure on R, S, T channel #1 or 2 One of the J4 Serial Communication channels 1 or 2 for the specified R or S or T channel is not communicating. J4 R or J4 S or J4 T clarifies which VSVA board saw the fault and generated this diagnostic alarm.
The specified R, S or T VSVA board may have a problem. The 37 pin J4 cable associated with the specified R, S or T VSVA may not be properly mated at the TSVA terminal board or the rack backplane connector or may have a shorted / open wire or pin. The terminal board may have a signal net open or shorted to another signal.
97-100 Suicide relay #1-4 does not match commanded stateSuicide relay status contact feedback does not match the relay commanded state.
There is a problem on the associated VSVA board.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVA Servo Control • 313
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
101-104 Excitation relay Driver #1-4 does not match commanded state The VSVA excitation switchover driver state output to the TSVA terminal board does not match the VSVA commanded state.
There may be a problem on the associated VSVA board. The TSVA terminal board may be the problem. The J3 or J4 37 pin cable may be the problem.
105-106 J3 Excitation relay #1-2 does not match commanded state The TSVA LVDT Excitation 1 or 2 relay driver state does not match the commanded state. If the J5 cable is not connected, this diagnostic is suppressed. If the J5 cable and two TSVA terminal boards are used, the J12 cable must be installed.
The J3 TSVA terminal board may be the problem. Switchover Excitation Output (1 or 2) may be shorted at the J3 TSVA TB Screws.
107-108 J4 Excitation relay #3-4 does not match commanded state The TSVA LVDT Excitation 3 or 4 relay driver state does not match the commanded state. If the J4 TSVA terminal board is used and J5 is connected to the J3 TSVA board, the J12 cable must be installed.
The J4 TSVA terminal board may be the problem. Switchover Excitation Output (1 or 2) may be shorted at the J4 TSVA TB Screws.
109-112 Regulator #1-4 failed, exceeded position limits value Regulator position feedback is out limits. The limits are defined as: Regulator # MinPOSvalue - Servo # Fdbk_Suicide value = low limit. Regulator # MAxPOSvalue + Servo # Fdbk_Suicide value = high limit.
Minimum and maximum Regulator LVDT rms voltage limits are configured incorrectly. The assigned LVDTs may need recalibration. May be a problem on the VSVA board.
113-116 Excitation Failover #1-4 limit exceeded value The LVDT Excitation # output is faulted. The VSVA fault detecting circuitry has toggled the selection relays on the TSVA terminal board four times within a 100 msec period attempting to select a good excitation source. This action has been repeated after waiting 16 seconds for the fault to go away. After 3 attempts separated by 16 seconds each, the VSVA boards will stop commanding the failover relays to toggle to prevent excessive long-term stress on the relays. (Nominal limit value displayed will be 12) If the fault goes away at any time and the Excitation Output returns to a healthy state, the failover detector circuits will restart and return to an active mode.
The LVDT Excitation output may be shorted. The LVDT Excitation output may be faulted to an open state on the TSVA terminal board.
117-120 Excitation #1-4 Not Valid LVDT Excitation # Failover output has been faulted for more than three seconds at the failover detector comparator circuit.
Excitation Outputs may be shorted at the TSVA TB-1 Screw Inputs.
128 J3 TB ID not found or invalid JR1, JS1 or JT1 cable ID device on the TSVA terminal board connected to the J3 cable was not found.
The TSVA ID devices may have a problem. The VSVA has a problem reading the ID. The J3 cable connectors may not be properly mated.
129 J4 TB ID not found or invalid JR1, JS1 or JT1 cable ID device on the TSVA terminal board connected to the J4 cable was not found.
The TSVA ID devices may have a problem. The J4 cable connectors may not be properly mated.
130 J5 TB ID not found or invalid JR5, JS5 or JT5 cable ID device on the TSVA terminal board connected to the J5 cable was not found.
The TSVA ID devices may have a problem. The J5 cable connectors may not be properly mated.
131 J7 TB ID not found or invalid JR6, JS6 or JT6 cable ID device on the TSVA terminal board connected to the J7 cable was not found.
The TSVA ID devices may have a problem. The J7 cable connectors may not be properly mated.
314 • VSVA Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
132 J8 TB ID not found or invalid JR6, JS6 or JT6 cable ID device on the TSVA terminal board connected to the J8 cable was not found.
The TSVA ID devices may have a problem. The J8 cable connectors may not be properly mated.
133 J3 + J7 TB ID Barcode Do NOT MATCH J3 and J7 cables must be connected to the same TSVA Terminal Board to properly close the Servo TMR total current regulation loops. If both the J3 and J7 cables are unconnected at power up, this diagnostic is suppressed.
The J3 37 pin cable and the J7 15 pin cables must be connected to the same TSVA. The TSVA ID devices may have a problem. The VSVA board may have a problem reading the ID devices.
134 J4 + J8 TB ID Barcode Do NOT MATCH J4 and J8 cables must be connected to the same TSVA Terminal Board to properly close the Servo TMR total current regulation loops. If both the J4 and J8 are unconnected at power up, this diagnostic is suppressed.
The J4 37 pin cable and the J8 15 pin cables must be connected to the same TSVA. The TSVA ID devices may have a problem. The VSVA board may have a problem reading the ID devices.
135-138 Servo #1-4 Suicided Status of Servo Suicide state independent of a reason for the suicide condition.
VSVA Board may be off line or in the process of startup. Vsva board may have a problem.
139 RST Configuration mismatch of critical items The VSVA is not allowed to go Online following power on because one or more critical configuration parameters do not match between the R, S and T boards. If the code revision is a match, a configuration download is required.
Critical configuration parameters or the firmware revision do not match the other R, S or T VSVA boards in this slot location. Download the firmware and configuration to this board.
140 Redundant LVDT5+LVDT6 Vrms Diff > 0.5v value LVDT Excitation Output 1 ExciteMode is selected to Redundant and the LVDT 5 and 6 Vrms input values are not within 0.5VRMS of each other.
Wires on J3 TSVA Between TB-1 Screws 11 and 13 or 12 and 14 may be loose or missing. The VSVA board may have a problem.
141 Redundant LVDT11+LVDT12 Vrms Diff > 0.5v value LVDT Excitation Output 3 ExciteMode is selected to Redundant and LVDT 11 and 12 Vrms input values are not within 0.5VRMS of each other.
Wires on J4 TSVA Between TB-1 Screws 11 and 13 or 12 and 14 may be loose or missing. The VSVA board may have a fault.
142 J3 Redundant Excitation Loss Failure Detected LVDT5+LVDT6 LVDT Excitation Output 1 ExciteMode is selected to Redundant and the LVDT 6 input redundant loss detector disagreed with the LVDT 5 detector event detecting time.
Wires on J3 TSVA Between TB-1 Screws 11 and 13 or 12 and 14 may be loose or missing. The VSVA board may have a problem.
143 J4 Redundant Excitation Loss Failure Detected LVDT11+LVDT12 LVDT Excitation Output 3 ExciteMode is selected to Redundant and the LVDT 12 input redundant loss detector disagreed with the LVDT 11 detector event detecting time.
Wires on J4 TSVA Between TB-1 Screws 11 and 13 or 12 and 14 may be loose or missing. The VSVA board may have a fault.
160 LVDT4 Pre-Relay R1 Excitation Low value Mode 1 specific diagnostic alarm. The ER1 Excitation output for the J3 TSVA terminal board which must be wired to LVDT4 Input at the TSVA terminal board screws is < 6.6Vrms or > 7.7 Vrms.
The “R” VSVA board ER1 LVDT Excitation out has a problem. The transformer on the TSVA board may have an open winding. The J3 cable may be improperly mated, have an open wire/connector pin or a short between signal and ground.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVA Servo Control • 315
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
161 LVDT10 Pre-Relay R1 Excitation Low value Mode 1 specific diagnostic alarm. The ER1 Excitation output for the J4 TSVA terminal board which must be wired to LVDT4 Input at the J4 TSVA terminal board screws is < 6.6Vrms or > 7.7 Vrms.
The “R” VSVA board ER1 LVDT Excitation out has a problem. The transformer on the TSVA board may have an open winding. The J4 cable may be improperly mated, have an open wire/connector pin or a short between signal and ground.
162 Mode1 REG1 3_LVDT (1,2,3)#1 or 2 or 3 Exceeded TMR Median Diff Limit value LVDT 1, 2 and 3 inputs to Regulator 1 are compared to the median selected value. A diagnostic alarm is generated and the faulted LVDT # and value is inserted into the message if the TMR Median Diff Limit value is exceeded.
VSVA Board Electronics or the associated 37 pin cable may have an LVDT Input fault. Wire on LVDT input screws may be loose or missing.
165 Mode1 REG3 3_LVDT (7,8,9)#7 or 8 or 9 Exceeded TMR Median Diff Limit value LVDT 7, 8 and 9 inputs to Regulator 3 are compared to the median selected value. A diagnostic alarm is generated and the faulted LVDT # and value is inserted into the message if the TMR Median Diff Limit value is exceeded.
VSVA Board Electronics or the associated 37 pin cable may have an LVDT Input fault. Wire on LVDT input screws may be loose or missing.
170 Mode2 REG1 LVDT (1,2) Exceeded Diff Limit (value) value LVDT 1and 2 inputs to Regulator 1 are compared to either the Min or Max value dependent upon the RegType selection. A diagnostic alarm is generated and the fault value is inserted into the message if the TMR Median Diff Limit value is exceeded.
VSVA Board Electronics or the associated 37 pin cable may have an LVDT Input fault. Wire on LVDT input screws may be loose or missing.
171 Mode2 REG2 LVDT (3,4) Exceeded Diff Limit (value) value LVDT 3 and 4 inputs to Regulator 2 are compared to either the Min or Max value dependent upon the RegType selection. A diagnostic alarm is generated and the fault value is inserted into the message if the TMR Median Diff Limit value is exceeded.
VSVA Board Electronics or the associated 37 pin cable may have an LVDT Input fault. Wire on LVDT input screws may be loose or missing.
172 Mode2 REG3 LVDT (7,8) Exceeded Diff Limit (value) value LVDT 7 and 8 inputs to Regulator 3 are compared to either the Min or Max value dependent upon the RegType selection. A diagnostic alarm is generated and the fault value is inserted into the message if the TMR Median Diff Limit value is exceeded.
VSVA Board Electronics or the associated 37 pin cable may have an LVDT Input fault. Wire on LVDT input screws may be loose or missing.
173 Mode2 REG4 LVDT (9,10) Exceeded Diff Limit (value) value LVDT 9 and 10 inputs to Regulator 4 are compared to either the Min or Max value dependent upon the RegType selection. A diagnostic alarm is generated and the fault value is inserted into the message if the TMR Median Diff Limit value is exceeded.
VSVA Board Electronics or the associated 37 pin cable may have an LVDT Input fault. Wire on LVDT input screws may be loose or missing.
316 • VSVA Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
174 Mode2 MON 1-12 LVDT (1,2) Exceeded Diff Limit value If LVDT input pair 1 and 2 are assigned to any of the Monitors 1-12, the LVDT inputs 1 and 2 are compared to either the Min or Max value dependent upon the Monitor type selection. A diagnostic alarm is generated and the faulted Monitor # is inserted into the message if the TMR Median Diff Limit value is exceeded.
VSVA Board Electronics or the associated 37 pin cable may have an LVDT Input fault. Wire on LVDT input screws may be loose or missing.
175 Mode2 MON 1-12 LVDT (3,4) Exceeded Diff Limit value If LVDT input pair 3 and 4 are assigned to any of the Monitors 1-12, the LVDT inputs 3 and 4 are compared to either the Min or Max value dependent upon the Monitor type selection. A diagnostic alarm is generated and the faulted Monitor # is inserted into the message if the TMR Median Diff Limit value is exceeded.
VSVA Board Electronics or the associated 37 pin cable may have an LVDT Input fault. Wire on LVDT input screws may be loose or missing.
176 Mode2 MON 1-12 LVDT (7,8) Exceeded Diff Limit value If LVDT input pair 7 and 8 are assigned to any of the Monitors 1-12, the LVDT inputs 7 and 8 are compared to either the Min or Max value dependent upon the Monitor type selection. A diagnostic alarm is generated and the faulted Monitor # is inserted into the message if the TMR Median Diff Limit value is exceeded.
VSVA Board Electronics or the associated 37 pin cable may have an LVDT Input fault. Wire on LVDT input screws may be loose or missing.
177 Mode2 MON 1-12 LVDT (9,10) Exceeded Diff Limit value If LVDT input pair 9 and 10 are assigned to any of the Monitors 1-12, the LVDT inputs 9 and 10 are compared to either the Min or Max value dependent upon the Monitor type selection. A diagnostic alarm is generated and the faulted Monitor # is inserted into the message if the TMR Median Diff Limit value is exceeded.
VSVA Board Electronics or the associated 37 pin cable may have an LVDT Input fault. Wire on LVDT input screws may be loose or missing.
180-191 Regulator LVDT #1-12 rms voltage out of limits value Regulator LVDT # position input is out of limits. The Limits are defined as: Regulator MnLVDT#_Vrms – ((MxLVDT#_Vrms - MnLVDT#_Vrms) * LVDT_MArgin percent /100) = Low Limit Regulator MnLVDT#_Vrms + ((MxLVDT#_Vrms - MnLVDT#_Vrms) * LVDT_MArgin percent /100) = High Limit
Minimum and maximum Regulator LVDT rms voltage limits are configured incorrectly. The LVDT may need recalibration. May be a problem on the VSVA board.
192-255 Logic Signal name) Voting Mismatch The specified signal from this VSVA disagrees with the TMR voted value. Voter Disagreement Diagnostic
A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.
288-323 Input Signal name Voting Mismatch, Local=value, Voted=value The specified input signal from this VSVA varies from the voted value of the signal by more than the TMR Diff Limit value. Voter Disagreement Diagnostic.
A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSCA Serial Communication Input/Output • 317
VSCA Serial Communication Input/Output
Functional Description
The Serial Communication Input/Output (VSCA) board provides I/O interfaces for external devices using RS-232C, RS-422, and RS-485 serial communications. Currently the IS200VSCAH2A version is available. The DSCB terminal board connects to the external devices, which include intelligent pressure sensors such as smart Honeywell® pressure transducers and Kollmorgen® electric drives.
VSCA connects to the DSCB terminal board(s) through the J6 and J7 front panel connectors. These are parallel connected using 37-pin D shell connectors with group shielded twisted pair wiring. For RS-422 and RS-485, DSCB can interface with external devices at distances up to 1000 ft, at baud rates up to 375 kbps. For RS-232C, the distance is only 50 ft or 2500 pF of cable capacitance (including the cable from VSCA to the DSCB). It supports short haul modems for longer distances.
Installation
To install the V-type board
1 Power down the VME I/O processor rack.
2 Slide in the board and push the top and bottom levers in with your hands to seat its edge connectors.
3 Tighten the captive screws at the top and bottom of the front panel.
Note Cable connections to the terminal boards are made at the J6 and J7 connectors on the front panel. These are latching type connectors to secure the cables. Power up the VME rack and check the diagnostic lights at the top of the front panel; for details refer to the section on diagnostics in this document.
It may be necessary to update the VSCA firmware to the latest level. For instructions, refer to GEH-6403 Control System Toolbox for the Mark VI Turbine Controller.
VSCA Serial Communication Input/Output
318 • VSCA Serial Communication Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Operation
Note VSCA/DSCB is a data terminal device (DTE).
The VSCA is a single slot board with six serial communication ports. Each port can be independently configurable as an RS-232C, RS-485, or RS-422 interface, using a three-position group jumper (berg array). Both RS-232C and R-S422 support full duplex. The line drivers on VSCA include appropriate termination resistors with configurable jumpers to accommodate multi-drop line networks. RS-422 and RS-485 outputs have tri-state capability. I/O goes to a high impedance condition when powered down. They do not cause significant disturbance when powered down/up (less than 10 ms) on a party line. The open wire condition on a receiver is biased to a high state.s
• RS-232C supports: RXD, TXD, DTR/RTS, GND, CTS (five wire) • RS-422 supports: TX+, TX-, RX+, RX-, GND • RS-485 supports: TX/RX+, TX/RX-, GND
Data Flow from VSCA to Controller
The data flow from VSCA to the UCV_ controller is of two types: fixed I/O and Modbus® I/O. Fixed I/O is associated with the smart pressure transducers and the Kollmorgen electric drive data. This data processes completely, every frame, as with conventional I/O. The required frame rate is 100 Hz. These signals are mapped into signal space, using the .tre file, and have individual health bits, use system limit checking, and have offset/gain scaling.
Note Two consecutive time outs are required before a signal is declared unhealthy. Diagnostic messages are used to annunciate all communication problems.
Modbus I/O is associated with the Modbus ports. Because of the quantity of these signals, they are not completely processed every frame. Instead they are packetized and transferred to the UCV_ processor over the IONet through a special service. This accommodates up to 2400 bytes at 4 Hz, or 9600 bytes at 1 Hz, or combinations thereof. This I/O is known as second class I/O, where coherency is at the signal level only, not at the device or board level. Health bits are assigned at the device level, the UCV_ expands (fully populate) for all signals, and system limit checking is not performed.
Ports 1 and 2 only (as an option) support the Honeywell pressure configuration. It reads inputs from the Honeywell smart pressure transducers, type LG-1237. This service is available on ports 1 and 2 as an option (pressure transducers or Modbus, or drives). The pressure transducer protocol uses the XDSAG#AC interface board and RS-422. Each port can service up to six transducers. The service is 375 kbaud, asynchronous, and with nine data bits (11 bits including start and stop). It includes the following failsafe features:
• Communication miss counters, one per device, and associated diagnostics • After four consecutive misses it forces the input pressure to 1.0 psi, and posts a
diagnostic. After four consecutive hits (good values) it removes the forcing and the diagnostic.
Three ports (any three, but no more than three) support the Kollmorgen electric drive. It communicates with a Kollmorgen electric fast drive FD170/8R2-004 at a 19200 baud rate, point-to-point, using RS-422.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSCA Serial Communication Input/Output • 319
Modbus service
The current Modbus design supports the master mode. However the design does not prevent the future enhancement of Modbus slave mode of operation. It is configurable at the port level as follows:
• Used, not used • Baud Rate RS-232C: 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600 • Baud Rate RS-485/422: 19200, 38400, 57600, 115000 • Parity: none, odd, even • Data bits: seven, eight • Stop bits: one, two • Station addresses • Multi-drop, up to eight devices per port; maximum of 18 devices per board • RTU • Time out (seconds) per device
The Modbus service is configurable at the signal level as follows:
• Signal type • Register number • Read/write • Transfer rate, 0.5, 1, 2, or 4 Hz • Scaling, offset, and gain
The service supports function codes 1-7, 15, and 16. It also supports double 16-bit registers for floating point numbers and 32-bit counters. It periodically tries 20 attempts to reestablish communications with a dead station. The VSCA and toolbox support type casting and scaling of all I/O signals to/from engineering units, for both fixed I/O and Modbus I/O.
Physical interfaces
Special connections are required for RS-485 applications with VSCA/DSCB located somewhere in the middle of the transmission path. Because of the potential length of the connection between VSCA and DSCB, there may be substantial stub length to the connection that will affect signal quality. For this reason, VSCA supports the connection of two DSCB boards wired in parallel. This permits RS-485 signals to come in one DSCB, pass through VSCA with the RS-485 transceiver, and go out the opposite DSCB. This ensures that the stub-length of the RS-485 path is minimized.
Note The above arrangement is not required when the VSCA/DSCB is located at one end of the RS-485 wiring.
320 • VSCA Serial Communication Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
The following figure shows the physical interface to the electric drives. For the Honeywell transducer interface using DSCB and DPWA, refer to the section, DSCB Serial Input/Output.
+125 V dc power-
excexcsec2sec2sec1sec1
123456
Mark VI Control 89465
3678
3132
VSCA
DSCB
VCCC
TRLY
TBCI
VSVO
TSVO
Twisted shielded pairAWG#18 min, up to1000 ft, ground shields atMark VI end only
Contact inputL5FMVn_CFZFault = Open
Drive enable relayL4FMVn_ENAXEnable = Close
Monitoring signals
Electric DriveFD170/8F2-004
Actuator/Valve
J1
Motor GrdMotorframe
Shield(int)
J4
Chassis
Resolver
Ref Sin Cos
6Ther
LVDT
J2
J4
Rx
Tx
Grd
EnableP24 Venable
Crit faultrelay
+-
+-
4 5 1 2 3 6 30 27 17 19 21 2823 18 20 22
7 8 E A B D C GF
PhA
PhB
PhC
Grd
421 3 5
VSCA Interface to Electric Servo Drive using DSCB Board
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSCA Serial Communication Input/Output • 321
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of Serial Ports 6 per VSCA board Devices Port Pressure Transducer Electric Drive* Modbus Comm.
1 Y Y Y
2 Y Y Y
3 - Y Y
4 - Y Y
5 - Y Y
6 - Y Y
Type RS-422 (375 KB) RS-422 (19.2 KB) RS-232 (57.6 KB) RS-422 (115 KB) RS-485 (115 KB)
Boards DSCB, DPWA DSCB DSCB
Choices (jumper select) RS-232C 50 ft Baud Rates up to 57.6 kbps. Full duplex RS-422 1000 ft Baud Rates up to 375 kbps RS-485 1000 ft Baud Rates up to 375 kbps Full duplex Ports 1 and 2 Honeywell pressure transducers, 6 transducers per port using XDSA board Ports 1 through 6 Modbus operation or Kollmorgen electric fast drive FD170/8R2-004. * Note Size 26.04 cm high x 1.99 cm wide x 18.73 cm deep (10.25 in. x 0.78 x 7.375 in.)
Note Any three ports, but no more than three, can support the electric drive.
Diagnostics
Three LEDs at the top of the VSCA front panel provide status information. The normal RUN condition is a flashing green, and FAIL is a solid red. The third LED shows a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in the board. Diagnostic checks include the following:
• Each port checks communications and if there is no response, or bad data, or the communication port is non functional, a diagnostic fault is set. This creates a composite diagnostic alarm, L3DIAG_VSCA, referring to the entire board. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal.
• Each terminal board has its own ID device, which is interrogated by the I/O board. The board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JA1 connector. When the chip is read by the I/O board and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Details of diagnostic faults generated by the electric actuator are a separate category and are listed in the Alarms section of this document.
322 • VSCA Serial Communication Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Configuration
VSCA is configured with board jumpers and with the toolbox. Jumpers JP1 through JP6 are block jumpers, used to select the port electrical characteristic, RS-232C, RS-422, or RS-485. Each jumper has three positions marked 232, 422, and 485.
Jumpers JP7 through JP12 are block jumpers, used to select the correct termination configuration for all the transmission lines (Tx). Each jumper has three positions marked TRM, THR, and PRK where:
• TRM means with terminating resistor. • THR means no terminating resistor, pass through to J7. • PRK means no terminating resistor, or park position
Jumpers JP13 through JP18 are block jumpers, and are used to select the correct termination configuration for all the receive lines (Rx). Each jumper has three positions marked, TRM, THR, and PRK, where the meanings are the same as above.
A two-position jumper, JPU1, selects between Honeywell pressure transducer and Modbus operation for ports 1 and 2. The default position for JPU1 is X2, which enables the serial clock for operation with Honeywell transducers. Position X1 selects the clock needed for Modbus operation. JPU1 is located at the bottom of the board towards the backplane connector (away from the other jumpers).
VSCA Board Jumper Positions
Network Port Number
232/422/485 Communication
Tx TRM/THR/PRK
Rx TRM/THR/PRK
Port 1 JP1 JP7 JP13 Port 2 JP2 JP8 JP14 Port 3 JP3 JP9 JP15 Port 4 JP4 JP10 JP16 Port 5 JP5 JP11 JP17 Port 6 JP6 JP12 JP18
Parameter Description Choices
VSCA_Crd_Cfg
Pressure_ Port1_Cfg
PortNum Toolbox Parameter, Applicable port, Port 1 only PortType Type of VSCA port Priority Priority None, Odd, Even PhyConnect Type of physical connection RS-232, RS-422, RS-485 TermType Type of Termination None, Terminated, Pass through BitsPerChar Bits per character 7 Bits, 8 Bits, 9 Bits Parity Normal parity None, Odd, Even StopBits Normal Parity 1 StopBit, 2 StopBit Baud Baud rate DevAddr1 Device Address for transducer
(first of six devices)
TimeOut Time out in msec 10 … 60000 Pressure_ Port2_Cfg (Similar configuration, for six devices) PressureXdr_Pnt_Cfg
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSCA Serial Communication Input/Output • 323
Parameter Description Choices
RawMin Scaling Factor Raw Limit -3.4E+038, +3.4E+038 RawMax Scaling Factor Raw Limit -3.4E+038, +3.4E+038 EngMin Scaling Factor eng limit -3.4E+038, +3.4E+038 EngMax Scaling Factor eng limit -3.4E+038, +3.4E+038 Lim1Enable Enable Limit 1 check Disable, Enable Lim1_Latch Latch error limit 1 NotLatch, Latch Lim1Comp Latch error compare <=, >=
(Similar for Lim2)
Limit1 Limit 1 Limit2 Limit 2 ElectDrive_Port_Cfg
PortNum Toolbox Parameter, Applicable port, Port 1 thru 6 PortType Type of VSCA port Priority Priority None, Odd, Even PhyConnect Type of physical connection RS-232, RS-422, RS-485 TermType Type of Termination None, Terminated, Pass through BitsPerChar Bits per character 7 Bits, 8 Bits, 9 Bits Parity Normal parity None, Odd, Even StopBits Normal Parity 1 StopBit, 2 StopBit Baud Baud rate ATA Drive parameter, Ampl Temp Alarm PCP Drive parameter, Position Loop Comp PDP Drive parameter, Position Loop Comp PIN Drive parameter, Position Integral Gain PPN Drive parameter, Position Loop Proportional Gain RES_p1 Drive parameter, Resolver excit amplitude RES_p2 Drive parameter, Resolver excit freq RMS_p1 Drive parameter, Resolver excit freq RMS_p2 Drive parameter, Resolver excit freq RTL_p1 Drive parameter, Time limit RTL_p2 Drive parameter, Time limit TOF Drive parameter, Torque Offset TimeOut Time Out in msec 10 … 60000 ElectDriveRefCfg
RawMin Scaling Factor Raw Limit -3.4E+038, +3.4E+038 RawMax Scaling Factor Raw Limit -3.4E+038, +3.4E+038 EngMin Scaling Factor eng limit -3.4E+038, +3.4E+038 EngMax Scaling Factor eng limit -3.4E+038, +3.4E+038 ElectDrivePosCfg (Similar to PressureXdr_Pnt_Cfg) ElectDriveVelCfg (Similar to ElectDriveRefCfg) ElectDriveTorCfg (Similar to ElectDriveVelCfg) Modbus_Port_Cfg
PortNum Toolbox Parameter, which port, Port 1 thru 6 PortType Type of VSCA port Priority Priority 0 … 7 PhyConnect Type of physical connection RS-232, RS-422, RS-485 TermType Type of Termination None, Terminated, Pass through BitsPerChar Bits per character 7 Bits, 8 Bits, 9 Bits
324 • VSCA Serial Communication Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Parameter Description Choices
Parity Normal parity None, Odd, Even StopBits Normal Parity 1 StopBit, 2 StopBit Baud Baud rate 300, 600, 800, 1200, 2400, 9600,
115000, 192000, 384000, 57600, 375000.
StationCount Toolbox Parameter, Number of stations Modbus_Station_Cfg
StationAddr What is station address 1 … 255 PageCount Toolbox Parameter, Number of Pages TimeOut Time Out in msec 10 … 60000 FuncCode15 The connected station supports Modbus command
FC15 Force Mult Coils. Enable, Disable
FuncCode16 The connected station supports Modbus command FC16 Write Mult Registers.
Enable, Disable
DataSwap Float Data Format, swap words, ie Most Significant first
LswFirst, MswFirst
MaxBools Maximum Number of Booleans per request -32768 … +32767 MaxReg Maximum Number of Registers per request -32768 … +32767 DeviceDelay Transmit Delay Time in msec for non Modbus
compliant slaves 0 … 60000
Modbus_Page_Cfg
PageType What is the page type – HC, HR, OC, CC … PointCount Toolbox Parameter, Number of points Modbus_Bit_Cfg
Address Address of remote Register/Discrete 1 … 9999 BitNumber Bit-Packed register bit number –1 = Not Used 0 or –1 RemDataType Data-type of remote register/discrete UNS16, PAC16, SIGN16 UpdateRate The rate at which inputs are updated – Never means
spare ½, 1, 2, 4 Hz
RawMin Scaling factor raw minimum -3.4E+038, +3.4E+038 RawMax Scaling factor raw maximum -3.4E+038, +3.4E+038 EngMin Scaling factor engineering minimum -3.4E+038, +3.4E+038 EngMax Scaling factor engineering maximum -3.4E+038, +3.4E+038 Modbus_Long_Cfg (Similar to Modbus_Bit_Cfg) Modbus_Float_Cfg
Address Address of remote Register/Discrete BitNumber Bit-Packed register bit number –0 = LSB -1 or 0
(Similar to Modbus_Bit_Cfg)
PointDefs
Pressure Transducer Port 1 and 2 Point Definitions.
Electric Drive Port Point Definitions (see drive Faults in the Alarm section).
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSCA Serial Communication Input/Output • 325
Alarms VSCA I/O Board Diagnostic Alarms
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
2 Flash ,memory CRCCRC failure Board firmware programming error (board will not go online) 3 CRCCRC failure override is active Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to go online) 16 System limit checking is disabled System checking was disabled by configuration 30 ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware:
[ ] A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory
31 IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: [ ] A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
32 Port [ ] Device/Station [ ] No Response Message sent but no response received. Hardware or software configuration error.
33 Port [ ] Device/Station [ ] Bad Data Message sent but bad data received. Software configuration error 34 Configure problem, Port [ ] ,
Communications nonfunctional No communications taking place. Hardware or software configuration error
35 Electric drive, Port [ ], save command non functional
36 Card ID failure 37 P6 ID failure
Electric Actuator Diagnostic Alarms
Fault (Point Definition) Note
L5FMV_CF Drive critical fault L3FMV_RST Drive reset fault feedback L5FMV_LRC Drive LRC fault L5FMV_BOV Fault, Bus overvoltage (> 240 V) L5FMV_BUV Fault, Bus undervoltage (< 90 V) L30FMV_LVA Alarm, Low Volts (< 100 V) L5FMV_WDT Fault, Watch Dog Timer L5FMV_OVC Fault, Bridge Over-Current
L5FMV_POR Fault, Power On Reset L5FMV_ATF Fault, Ampl. Temperature L5FMV_MTF Fault, Motor Temperature L30FMV_RMS Alarm, Alarm, RMS Over-current L5FMV_PCF Fault, Position Control L5FMV_RTL Fault, Commun. Time Limit. L5FMV_CSL Fault, Check Sum Limit. L5FMV_CVL Fault, Control Volts Limit L5FMV_PF Fault, Processor Failure L5FMV_RF Fault, Resolver Limit
326 • VSCA Serial Communication Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
DSCB Simplex Serial Communication Input/Output
Functional Description
The Simplex Serial Communication Input/Output (DSCB) terminal board is a compact interface terminal board, designed for DIN-rail mounting. DSCB connects to theVSCA board with a 37-wire cable. VSCA provides communication interfaces with external devices, using RS-232C, RS-422, and RS-485 serial communications. DSCB is wired to the external devices, which include intelligent pressure sensors such as the smart Honeywell® Pressure Transducers and Kollmorgen® Electric Drives used for valve actuation.
Wiring to devices uses shielded twisted pair. DSCB communication signals have on-board noise suppression. An on-board ID chip identifies the board to VSCA for system diagnostic purposes.
Note DSCB does not work with the PSCA I/O pack.
Installation
Mount the plastic holder on the DIN-rail and slide the DSCB board into place. Connect the wires for the external devices to the Euro-Block type terminal block as shown in the following figure. Four terminals are provided for the SCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short as possible. Connect DSCB to VSCA using the 37 pin JA1 connector.
Note Jumpers J1 - J6 direct SIGRET directly to SCOM or through a capacitor to SCOM. The shield must be grounded at one end or the other, but not both. If the shield is grounded at the device end, the jumpers should be set to include the capacitor in the circuit. If the shield is not grounded at the device end, the jumpers should be set to go directly to SCOM.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSCA Serial Communication Input/Output • 327
DSCB Terminal Assignments
RS422 TX+ TX- RX+ RX- NC SIGRET JPx SCOMRS485 NC NC Tx/RX+ Tx/RX- NC SIGRET JPx SCOMRS232 CTS DTR/RTS RX NC TX SIGRET JPx SCOM
1 2 3 4 5 6 JP1 79 10 11 12 13 JP2 14
16 17 18 19 20 JP3 2123 24 25 26 27 JP4 2830 31 32 33 34 JP5 3537 38 39 40 41 JP6 42
43,44,45,46
Comments: The RS422/RS485 transmit and receive pairs must usea twisted pair in the VSCA to DSCB
Chan 1Chan 2Chan 3Chan 4Chan 5Chan 6
815222936
Six channels
To/from VSCA, J6
DSCB DIN-rail mountedterminal board
with twisted pair,
JA1Twisted shielded pair,AWG#18, to externaldevices.Configurable to RS232,RS422, or RS485.
Six channels, screwdefinitions below
SCOM
SIGRETSCOM
CapJ1
SCOM GRD
ss
ss
37 wire cable,
group shielding
DSCB Wiring, Cabling, and Jumper Positions
328 • VSCA Serial Communication Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Operation
The three XDSA boards are intermediate distribution boards for the RS-422 multi-drop signals. The pressure transducers plug into ports P1, P2, P3, and P4 on these boards. The following figure shows DSCB using two of the six VSCA channels, Ports 1 and 2, to interface with 12 Honeywell pressure transducers.
JA1DSCB
From VSCAboard front,J6
43444546
Mark VI control Fuel skid
XDSAG1ACCP1
Press XdrLG-1237
Outer valveGP1OA
P2Press XdrLG-1237
Outer valveGP2OA
P3Press XdrLG-1237
Outer valveGP1OB
P4Press XdrLG-1237
Outer valveGP2OB
12345678
910111213141516
PowerAdr= 0
Adr= 1
Adr= 2
Adr= 3
Power
XDSAG1ACCP1
Press XdrLG-1237
Pilot valveGP1PA
P2Press XdrLG-1237
Pilot valveGP2PA
P3Press XdrLG-1237
Pilot valveGP1PB
P4Press XdrLG-1237
Pilot valveGP2PB
12345678
910111213141516
PowerAdr= 4
Adr= 5
Adr= 6
Adr= 7
Power
XDSAG1ACCP1
Press XdrLG-1237
Inner valveGP1IA
P2Press XdrLG-1237
Inner valveGP2IA
P3Press XdrLG-1237
Inner valveGP1IB
P4Press XdrLG-1237
Inner valveGP2IB
12345678
910111213141516
PowerAdr= 8
Adr= 9
Adr=10
Adr=11
Power
Chan A
Chan B
Chan B
Chan A
Chan B
Chan A
Chan A, RS422+
+
+
GndSCOM
12
34
+
Chan B, RS422
89
1011
Tx
Rx
Tx
Rx
Port #1
Port #2
Stab-on
nearest gnd
Stab-on
nearest gnd
Stab-on
nearest gnd
XDSA Jumper Settings
Termination: Tx Only, JP1, JP2:Set to "IN" if end of line;Set to "OUT" if not end of line.
Address:Jumper Outer Pilot Inner
JP3 0 1 0 Chan AJP4 0 0 1 Chan A
JP5 0 1 0 Chan BJP6 0 0 1 Chan B
DSCB Connections to XDSA and Pressure Transducers
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSCA Serial Communication Input/Output • 329
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of Channels Six Choices (jumper select on VSCA) RS-232C 50 feet Baud Rates up to 57.6 kbps Full duplex RS-422 1000 feet Baud Rates up to 375 kbps RS-485 1000 feet Baud Rates up to 375 kbps Full duplex Connector for VSCA cable 37-pin D shell connector Size, with support plate 8.6 cm Wide X 16.2 cm High (3.4 in x 6.37 in)
Diagnostics
The DSCB terminal board has its own ID device, which is interrogated by VSCA. The board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JA1 connector. When the chip is read by VSCA and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created. Communication and device problems are detected by the VSCA and reported to the toolbox.
Configuration
Each of the six channels has a jumper to connect the cable shield to ground through a capacitor. These are used when the shield is grounded at the device end. The jumper positions are shown in the Installation section. All other configuration is done on the VSCA board and in the toolbox.
DPWA Transducer Power Distribution
Functional Description
The Transducer Power Distribution (DPWA) terminal board is a DIN-rail mounted power distribution board. It accepts input voltage of 28 V dc ±5%, provided through a two-pin Mate-N-Lok® connector. Connectors are provided for two independent power sources to allow the use of redundant supplies. The input can accept power from a floating isolated voltage source. The input to DPWA includes two 1 kΩ resistors from positive and negative input power to SCOM. These center a floating power source on SCOM. Attenuated input voltage is provided for external monitoring. Output power of 12 V dc ±5% is connected to external devices through a Euro- type terminal block, using screw terminals and AWG#18 twisted-pair wiring. DPWA provides three output terminal pairs with a total output rated at 0 to 1.2 A. The outputs are compatible with the XDSAG#AC interface board. Outputs are short circuit-protected and self-recovering.
Note DPWA provides excitation power to LG-1237 Honeywell pressure transducers.
330 • VSCA Serial Communication Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
Mount the DPWA assembly on a standard DIN-rail. Connect input power to connector P1. If multiple DPWA boards are used, use connector P2 as a pass-through connection point for the power to additional boards. If a redundant power input is provided, connect power to connector P3 and use connector P4 as the pass-through to additional boards.
Connect the wires for the three output power circuits on screw terminal pairs 9-10, 11-12, and 13-14.
Note The DPWA terminal board includes two screw terminals, 15 and 16, for SCOM (ground) that must be connected to a good shield ground.
DPWA Power Distribution Terminal Board
Returns
1 k 1 kBuscenteringbridge
20 k
SCOM
SCOM100 k
20 k
100 k
20 k
SCOM
P12V1P12R1
P12V2P12R2
P12R3P12V3
PSRetSCOM
PS28VA
PS28VBSCOM
SCOM
12
3
4
5
6
910
1112
1314
P1
P3
P4
P28V dcP12Vdc,1.2 Amp
P12
P12
P12
s
s
100k
SCOM15
SCOM16
12
P28V dc toP12 V dcIsolation
s
P2
DPWA Board Block Diagram
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSCA Serial Communication Input/Output • 331
Operation
DPWA has an on-board power converter that changes the 28 V dc to 12 V dc for the transducers. A redundant 28 V dc supply can be added if needed. The following figure shows the DPWA power distribution system feeding power to 12 LG-1237 pressure transducers.
P1
P2
P3
P4
DPWA
28 Vdc +/-11
12
13
14
15
16
28 Vto
12 V
1
2
3
4
5
6
Return
100K20K
Return
SCOM100K
20KP28_J1
SCOM100KP28_J2
SCOM 20K
12 Vdc +/-5%1.2 Amp
P1
P2
P3
P4
DPWA9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
28 Vto
12 V
1
2
3
4
5
6
Return
100K20K
ReturnSCOM
100K20K
P28_J1SCOM
100KP28_J2SCOM 20K
12 V dc +/-5%1.2 Amp
Controller Fuel skid
XDSA P1Press XdrLG-1237
Outer valveGP1OA
P2Press XdrLG-1237
Outer valveGP2OA
P3Press XdrLG-1237
Outer valveGP1OB
P4Press XdrLG-1237
Outer valveGP2OB
12345678
910111213141516
PowerAdr= 0
Adr= 1
Adr= 2
Adr= 3
Power
XDSA P1Press XdrLG-1237
Pilot valveGP1PA
P2Press XdrLG-1237
Pilot valveGP2PA
P3Press XdrLG-1237
Pilot valveGP1PB
P4Press XdrLG-1237
Pilot valveGP2PB
12345678
910111213141516
PowerAdr= 4
Adr= 5
Adr= 6
Adr= 7
Power
XDSA P1Press XdrLG-1237
Inner valveGP1IA
P2Press XdrLG-1237
Inner valveGP2IA
P3Press XdrLG-1237
Inner valveGP1IB
P4Press XdrLG-1237
Inner valveGP2IB
12345678
910111213141516
PowerAdr= 8
Adr= 9
Adr= 10
Adr=11
Power
Chan A
Chan B
Chan B
Chan A
Chan B
Chan A
Power for channel A
Power for channel B
9
10
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
VDCxRetx
RetxVDCx
Redundantpower supplywhen required
RetxVDCx
Power supplymonitoring
voltageinputs
Stab-on
nearest gnd
Stab-on
nearest gnd
Stab-on
nearest gnd
12
+
12
Return
ReturnP12
P12
P12
Grd1Grd2
Isol
Isol
Return
Return
P12
P12
P12
Grd1Grd2
5%
DPWA Power Distribution to XDSA and Smart Pressure Transducers
332 • VSCA Serial Communication Input/Output GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of Channels Three power output terminal pairs Input voltage 28 V dc ±5%, provisions for redundant source Input current Limited by protection to no more than 1.6 A steady state
Output voltage 12 V dc ±5%, maximum total current of 1.2 A, short circuit protected, and self-recovering
Monitor voltages Attenuated by 6:1 ratio
Diagnostics
DPWA features three voltage outputs to permit monitoring of the board input power. The voltage monitor outputs are all attenuated by a 6:1 ratio to permit reading the 28 V dc using an input voltage with 5 V dc full scale input. Terminal 1 (PSRet) is the attenuated voltage present on the power input return line. Terminal 3 (PS28VA) is the attenuated voltage present on the P1 positive power input line. Terminal 5 (PS28VB) is the attenuated voltage present on the P3 positive power input line. Terminals 2, 4, and 6 provide a return SCOM path for the attenuator signals. In redundant systems, monitoring PS28VA and PS28VB permits the detection of a failed or missing redundant input. In systems with floating 28 V power, with the input centered on SCOM, the positive and return voltages should be approximately the same magnitude as a negative voltage on the return. If a ground fault is present in the input power, it may be detected by positive or return attenuated voltage approaching SCOM while the other signal doubles.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 333
VSVO Servo Control
Functional Description
The Servo Control (VSVO) board controls four electro-hydraulic servo valves that actuate the steam/fuel valves. These four channels are usually divided between two servo terminal boards (TSVO or DSVO). Valve position is measured with linear variable differential transformers (LVDT). The loop control algorithm is run in the VSVO.
Three cables connect to VSVO on J5 plug on the front panel and the J3/J4 connectors on the VME rack. TSVO provides simplex signals through the JR1 connector, and fans out TMR signals to the JR1, JS1, and JT1 connectors. Plugs JD1 or JD2 are for external trips from the protection module.
VME bus to VCMI
TSVO Terminal Board
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cables to VMErack R
Connectors onVME rack R
Cables to VMErack S
Cables to VMErack T
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VSVO
J3
J4
Barrier type terminalblocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
Shieldbar
x
x
JS1
JS5
JR5
JT1
JT5
JR1
24681012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
1357911131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
From second TSVO
Externaltrip
JD2JD1
J5
VSVO Processor Board
LVDT inputsPulse rate inputsLVDT excitationServo coil outputs
Servo/LVDT Terminal Board, VSVO Processor Board, and Cabling
VSVO Servo Control
334 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
To install the V-type board
1 Power down the VME processor rack
2 Slide in the board and push the top and bottom levers in with your hands to seat its edge connectors
3 Tighten the captive screws at the top and bottom of the front panel
Note Cable connections to the terminal boards are made at the J3 and J4 connectors on the lower portion of the VME rack. These are latching type connectors to secure the cables. Power up the VME rack and check the diagnostic lights at the top of the front panel. For details, refer to the section on diagnostics in this document.
Operation
VSVO provides four channels consisting of bi-directional servo current outputs, LVDT position feedback, LVDT excitation, and pulse rate flows inputs. The TSVO provides excitation for, and accepts inputs from , up to six LVDT valve position inputs. There is a choice of one, two three, or four LVDTs for each servo control loop. Three inputs are available for gas turbine flow measuring applications. These signals come through TSVO and go directly to the VSVO board front at J5.
Each servo output is equipped with an individual suicide relay under firmware control that shorts the VSVO output signal to signal common when de-energized, and recovers to nominal limits after a manual reset command is issued. Diagnostics monitor the output status of each servo voltage, current, and suicide relay.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 335
Simplex Systems
VSVO circuits for a simplex system are shown in the following figures.
J3
Capacity6 LVDT/R inputs on each of 2boards, and total of 2 active/passivemagnetic pickups.
3.2k Hz,7 V rmsexcitationsource
LVDT
Pulse rateinputsactive probes2 - 20 k Hz
or LVDR
Pulse rateinputs,magneticpickups2 - 20 k Hz
P24V1
(PR only availableon 1 of 2 TSVOs)
PRTTL
P24VR1
P24V2
PRMPU
P24VR2
P1TTL
<R> Control Module
Servo BoardVSVO
Controller
A/D Regulator
Application Software
3.2KHz
J3
SuicideRelay
P28V
ConfigurableGain
PulseRate
Connectoron front ofVSVOboard
J5
To ServoOutputs
Excitation
TosecondTSVO
To TSVO
VoltageLimit
Servo driver
D/A
JR5
TerminationBoard TSVOH1B(Input portion)
Currentlimit
43
44
6 Ckts.
1
2
SCOM
41
42
39
(
Noise suppr.
CL4546
48
47(
40
JR1
P28VR
P28V
P1H
P1L
LVDT1H
LVDT1L
P2TTL
P2H
P2L
Digitalservoregulator
D/A converterA/D converter
LVDT and Pulse Rate Inputs, Simplex
Each servo output channel can drive one or two-coil servos in simplex applications, or two or three-coil servos in TMR applications. The two-coil TMR applications are for 200# oil gear systems where each of two control modules drive one coil each and the third module interfaces with the servo. Servo cable lengths up to 300 meters (984 feet) are supported with a maximum two-way cable resistance of 15 ohms. Because there are many types of servo coils, a variety of bi-directional current sources are selectable by configuring jumpers.
Another trip override relay, K1, is provided on each terminal board and is driven from the <P> Protection Module. If an emergency overspeed condition is detected in the Protection Module, the K1 relay energizes and disconnects the VSVO servo output from the terminal block and applies a bias to drive the control valve closed. This is only used on simplex applications to protect against the servo amplifier failing high, and is functional only with respect to the servo coils driven from <R>.
Note The primary and emergency overspeed systems can trip the hydraulic solenoids independent of this circuit.
336 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Servo BoardVSVO
Controller
A/D
Application Software
3.2KHz
ConfigurableGain
P28V
PulseRate
Connector onfront of VSVO
J5Excitation
VoltageLimit
Servo driver
Regulator
D/AFromLVDTTSVO
<R>
J3
P28VR
Coil current range10,20,40,80,120 ma
22 ohms89 ohms1k ohm
3.2KHz,7V rmsexcitationsourcefor LVDTs
JR1
Terminal BoardTSVOH1B (continued)
JP1
2 Ckts.
P28VR
JD2
JD1 Trip input from<P> module (J1)
12
Servo coil from<R>
2 Ckts.
12
10204080
120120B
25
31
26
1 kohm
17
18
TosecondTSVO
K1
SCOM
SCOM
SuicideRelay
SR1H
SRS1H
SR1L
ER1H
ER1L
NS
NS
Noisesuppr-ession
Digitalservoregulator
D/A converter
A/D converter
Servo Coil and LVDT Outputs, Simplex (continued) LVDT Outputs, Simplex
TMR Systems
In TMR applications, the LVDT signals on TSVO fan out to three racks through JR1, JS1, and JT1. Three connectors also bring power into TSVO where the three voltages are diode high-selected and current limited to supply 24 V dc to the pulse rate active probes. VSVO circuits for a TMR system are shown in the following figures.
Note Only two pulse rate probes on one TSVO are used.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 337
JR5
TerminalBoard TSVOH1B
(Input Portion)
LVDT
Noisesuppression
P24V1
6 Ckts.
JS1
JT1
CL
JS5
JT5
P28V
1
2SCOM
Pulse rateinputsactive probes2 - 20 kHz
43
44
Pulse rateinputs,magneticpickups2 - 20 kHz
(PR only availableon 1 of 2 TSVOs)
41
42
39
(
P24VR1
CL4546
48
P24V2
P24VR2
47(
40
P1TTL
Diode VoltageSelect
<R>
Servo BoardVSVO
Controller
A/D
Application Software
3.2KHz
ConfigurableGain
P28V
PulseRate
Connector onfront of VSVOcard in <R>
J5excitation
VoltageLimit
Servo driver
To TSVO
<S><T>
J3
J3
Same for <S>
Same for <T>
J5 in <S>
J5 in <T>
To servooutputson TSVO
Regulator
D/A
JR1 J3
P28VR
P28VS
P28VT
3.2k Hz,7 V rmsexcitationsource
LVDT1H
LVDT1L
P1L
P2H
P2L
P2TTL
PRTTL
PRMPU
P1H
Digitalservoregulator
D/A converter
A/D converter
LVDT and Pulse Rate Inputs,TMR
338 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
For TMR systems, each servo channel has connections to three output coils with a range of current ratings up to 120 mA selected by jumper.
<R>
22 ohms89 ohms1k ohm
3.2KHz,7V rmsexcitationsourceFor LVDTs
Trip input from<P> not used forTMR
Servo coil from <R>
Servo coil from <S>
3.2KHz,7V rmsexcitationsource
3.2KHz,7V rmsexcitationsourceFor LVDTs
Servo coil from <T>
Servo BoardVSVO
Controller
A/D
Application Software
3.2KHz
J3
Suiciderelay
ConfigurableGain
PulseRate
Connector onfront of VSVO
card
J5excitation
VoltageLimit
Servo driver
FromTSVOLVDT
<T><S>
J3
J 3
Regulator
D/A
Servo current range10,20,40,80,120 ma
JR1
Terminal BoardTSVOH1B (continued)
JP1
2 Ckts
P28VR
JD2
JD112
JS1
JT1
2 Ckts.
12
10204080
120120B
1 Ckt.
2 Ckts.
10204080
120120BJP2
2 Ckts.
10204080
120120BJP3
1 Ckt.
25
31
26
27
28
29
30
17
18
21
22
23
24
P28VR
S1RH
S1RL
ER1H
ER1L
S1SH
S1SL
ESH
ESL
S1TL
S1TH
ETH
ETL
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
Noise suppression
Digitalservoregulator
A/D converter
Servo Coil Outputs and LVDT Excitation, TMR
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 339
The following table defines the standard resistance of servo coils, and their associated internal resistance, selectable with the terminal board jumpers shown in the figure above. In addition to these standard servo coils, non-standard coils can be driven by using a non-standard jumper setting. For example, an 80 mA, 125 Ω coil can be driven by using a jumper setting 120B.
Servo Coil Ratings
Coil Type
Nominal Current
Coil Resistance (Ohms)
Internal Resistance (Ohms)
Application
1 ±10 mA 1,000 180 Simplex and TMR 2 ±20 mA 125 442 Simplex 3 ±40 mA 62 195 Simplex 4 ±40 mA 89 195 TMR 5 ±80 mA 22 115 TMR 6 ±120 mA (A) 40 46 Simplex 7 ±120 mA (B) 75 10 TMR
Note The total resistance is equivalent to the standard setting.
The control valve position is sensed with either a four-wire LVDT or a three-wire linear variable differential reluctance (LVDR). Redundancy implementations for the feedback devices is determined by the application software to allow the maximum flexibility. LVDT/Rs can be mounted up to 300 meters (984 feet) from the turbine control with a maximum two-way cable resistance of 15 Ω.
Each terminal has two LVDT/R excitation sources for simplex applications and four for TMR applications. Excitation voltage is 7 V rms and the frequency is 3.2 kHz with a total harmonic distortion of less than 1% when loaded.
Note The excitation source is isolated from signal common (floating) and is capable of operation at common mode voltages up to 35 V dc, or 35 V rms, 50/60 Hz.
A typical LVDT/R has an output of 0.7 V rms at the zero stroke position of the valve stem, and an output of 3.5 V rms at the designed maximum stoke position (these are reversed in some applications). The LVDT/R input is converted to dc and conditioned with a low pass filter. Diagnostics perform a high/low (hardware) limit check on the input signal and a high/low system (software) limit check.
Two pulse rate inputs connect to a single J5 connector on the front of VSVO. This dedicated connection minimizes noise sensitivity on the pulse rate inputs. Both passive magnetic pickups and active pulse rate transducers (TTL type) are supported by the inputs and are interchangeable without configuration. Pulse rate inputs can be located up to 300 meters (984) from the turbine control cabinet, assuming a shielded-pair cable is used with typically 70 nF single ended or 35 nF differential capacitance and 15 Ω resistance.
Note The maximum short circuit current is approximately 100 mA with a maximum power output of 1 W.
A frequency range of 2 to 30 kHz can be monitored at a normal sampling rate of either 10 or 20 ms. Magnetic pickups typically have an output resistance of 200 Ω and an inductance of 85 mH excluding cable characteristics. The transducer is a high impedance source, generating energy levels insufficient to cause a spark.
340 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Digital Servo Regulators
The Digital Servo Regulators n = 1-4 in the following figure divides the servo regulators into the software and hardware portions of the control loop. The user can choose the LVDT and pulse rate inputs as the servo feedback. The LVDT input is a 3.2 kHz sinusoidal signal with a magnitude proportional to the position of the electro-mechanical valve that is controlled by the servo output. The pulse rate input is TTL-type signal or a periodic signal that triggers a comparator input. The comparator output transitions are counted by an FPGA on VSVO and converted to a flow rate. For LVDT feedbacks, LVDT1 – 12 are scaled and conditioned in the Position Feedback function of the Digital regulator and can also be independently conditioned by a separated Monitoring function. The asterisk after a block name indicates a more detailed drawing exists to better define the block function. All signal space I/O for the VSVO is identified as either si for system input (the controller reads the signal space variable from the servo) or so for system output (the controller writes the signal space variable to the servo card). Italic text is defined as a configuration parameter that can be changed in the toolbox to redefine the operation of the VSVO. Internal variables, for example Variable_Name, are not visible to the user through the toolbox.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 341
(VSV
O H
ardw
are)
(VSV
O S
ervo
firm
war
e)
I/O C
onfig
urat
ion
50%
Dut
y C
yl
Dith
er C
ontr
ol ++
100%
-100
%
volts
/ cn
t
D/A
A/D
M U X
K_c
omp
func
tion
(I ra
nge)
% -----
cnt
FPG
A
M U X
LV8H
/L
A/ D
Reg
Num
ber
Reg
Type
Serv
o Su
icid
eC
ontr
ol*
Suic
ideF
orce
n(s
o)
Enab
leC
urSu
iEn
ablF
dbkS
ui
Serv
o C
urre
nt R
egul
ator
n
Prog
ram
mab
leG
ain
Diff
Am
pIM
FBK
+/
- 2.0
V @
full
scal
e
BU
FO
pA
mp
DA
CIR
EF+/
- 4.0
V FS
10 ohmK
1
P28
AC
OM
AC
OMSE
RVO
xH
SUIC
DR
VHSU
IMO
N
SER
VOxL
AC
OM
Reg
nSui
cide
(si)
Mas
terR
eset
(so)
Suic
ideR
eset
(so)
Dith
erA
mpl
Puls
eR
ate
Cal
c.
PRTy
pePR
Scal
e
A/D
Con
trol
ler &
Reg
iste
rIn
terf
ace
to P
SVO
Mic
ropr
oces
sor
Serv
o n
D/A
Con
trol
ler
Puls
e R
ate
Supp
ort
LVD
T1-1
2
Dig
ital S
ervo
Reg
ulat
ors
n =
1 - 4
cntr
l
cntr
l
Serv
oOut
nNV
(si)
Dig
ital R
eg.
(Reg
Type
)*
G
Cal
ibra
tion
Func
tion
Posi
tion
Fdbk
Func
tion
Cal
ibEn
abn
(so)
Reg
n_R
ef(s
o)
Reg
n_Fd
bk (si)
Reg
n_Er
ror
(si)
Flow
Rat
e1 (si)
Flow
Rat
e2 (si)
Exec
utio
n R
ate
= 20
0 H
z
Serv
o1G
ain
Reg
Logi
cI/O
f r o m T S V O
Serv
oOut
In(s
i)
-1
Rn_
Suic
ideN
V(s
i)
Serv
oOut
nNV
(si)
Mon
itorT
ype
Mon
itor*
/4
LV7H
/L
LV6H
/L
LV5H
/L
LV4H
/L
LV3H
/L
LV2H
/L
LV1H
/L
BE1
H/L
AE1
H/L
Puls
Rat
e2H
/L
Puls
Rat
e1H
/L
Serv
oO
pen/
Shor
tM
onito
r*
+
-m
A_c
mdn
Logi
cI/O
Reg
iste
r
SuicD
rv
IMFB
Kn
T o T S V O
LV9H
/L
LV10
H/L
LV11
H/L
LV12
H/L
BE2
H/L
AE2
H/L
Para
m_N
ame
- S
ervo
con
fig p
aram
eter
(Too
lbox
vie
w)
Sign
al_N
ame
- s
igna
l fro
m A
/D in
(no
Tool
box
view
)V
aria
ble_
Nam
e
- in
tern
al v
ars
to S
ervo
(no
Tool
box
view
)*
- in
dica
tes
a de
taile
d dr
awin
g w
ith ti
tle p
er b
lock
nam
e.In
put_
Nam
e(s
i)- I
nput
to c
ontro
ller f
rom
Ser
vo(T
oolb
ox v
iew
)
Out
put_
Nam
e(s
o)- O
utpu
t fro
m c
ontro
ller t
o S
ervo
(Too
lbox
vie
w)
Syst
emLi
mits
Dith
er_F
req
L3D
IAG
_VSV
O(s
i)
Mon
x(s
i) x
=1- 1
2
Serv
oOut
putn
(si)
342 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Servo Suicide Control The Servo Suicide Control function compares the absolute value of the filtered servo current error against the configuration parameter value, Sui_Margin. This function determines if the hardware servo current regulator has lost control of the current. If the current feedback is not following the current command, a diagnostic is generated and the servo current output is suicided (disabled and put in a safe state).
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 343
Lim
it_C
heck
_Ser
vo_O
utpu
t_C
urre
nt
Mas
ter_
Res
et(s
o)
+-
Low
Pass
Filte
rTc
= .5
sec
Tim
eD
elay
<=Su
i_M
argi
n(c
fg)
AB
S
Suic
ide_
Res
et(s
o)
Y
1) C
lear
Ser
vo I
Dia
g.
2) S
ervo
Sta
te =
OK
Cur
_Sui
_En(
cfg)
N
1) S
et S
ervo
I D
iag.
2) S
ervo
Sta
te =
Fai
led
1) S
ervo
Sta
te =
OK
suici
de
OR
1) S
et S
ervo
Cur
rent
Ran
ge
2) F
PGA
out
= n
o su
icid
e
3) S
ervo
Sta
te =
OK
4) S
ervo
Reg
Hea
lth =
OK
NO
T
1) S
et S
ervo
Cur
rent
Ran
ge =
120
mA
2) F
PGA
out
= s
uici
de
3) S
ervo
Sta
te =
Fai
led
4) S
ervo
Reg
Hea
lth =
Not
OK
1) S
et S
ervo
Cur
rent
Rng
= 1
20 m
A
2) F
PGA
out
= s
uici
de
3) S
ervo
Sta
te =
Fai
led
4) S
et I
/O O
fflin
e D
iagn
ostic
5) S
ervo
Reg
Hea
lth =
OK
1) S
et S
ervo
Cur
rent
Ran
ge
2) F
PGA
out
= n
o su
icid
e
3) S
ervo
Sta
te =
OK
4) C
lear
I/O
Dia
gnos
tic
5) S
ervo
Reg
Hea
lth =
OK
Serv
o Su
icid
e C
ontr
ol
>Su
i_M
argi
n(c
fg) N
Y
Mas
ter_
Res
et(s
o) Suic
ide_
Res
et(s
o)
0
No
Tim
e D
elay
Serv
o St
ate
=Fa
iled
Enab
lCur
Suic
(cfg
)1
Reg
_Typ
e(cf
g) =
4_LV
_LM
OR
S La
tch
R
Mas
ter_
Res
et(s
o)
Suic
ide_
Res
et(s
o)
0 1
Suic
ideF
orce
(so)
1
DPM
_Sta
te_O
nlin
e(S
ervo
is O
nLin
e)
mA
_cm
dxw
here
x =
1- 4
IMFB
xw
here
x =
1- 4
Enab
lCur
Suic
(cfg
)
Suic
ide_
Res
et(s
o)M
aste
r_R
eset
(so)
Para
m_N
ame(
cfg)
- S
ervo
con
fig p
aram
eter
(Too
lbox
vie
w)
Sign
al_N
ame
- s
igna
l fro
m A
/D in
(no
Tool
box
view
)V
aria
ble_
Nam
e
- in
tern
al v
ars
to S
ervo
(no
Tool
box
view
)*
- ind
icat
es a
det
aile
d dr
awin
g w
ith ti
tle p
er b
lock
nam
e.In
put_
Nam
e(s
i)- I
nput
to c
ontro
ller f
rom
Ser
vo(T
oolb
ox v
iew
)
Out
put_
Nam
e(s
o)- O
utpu
t fro
m c
ontro
ller t
o Se
rvo
(Too
lbox
vie
w)
Cal
ibEn
abn
n=1-
4 (
so)
344 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Open/Short Detect Function The servo output open circuit detection function checks for open or broken wires between the terminal screws of the terminal board and the servo coil. If the servo driver voltage is high and no current is flowing, the diagnostic alarm, Msg_Servo_Open, is issued.
Presently, disabled in PSVO
Diagnostic Alarm(Msg_Servo_Short)
Diag = TrueServo State /= Failed
|ServoOutVn| <=|ServoOutnNV * ohms * delta_mA_pct + 0.2|
Open Short Detect Function
Open_Short_Detect is called by the Servo routine every 5ms.
Diagnostic Alarm(Msg_Servo_Short)
Diag = False
Diagnostic Alarm(Msg_Servo_Open)
Diag = TrueServoOutnNV < 10 %|ServoOutVn| > 5 V
Diagnostic Alarm(Msg_Servo_Open)
Diag = False
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 345
1 PulseRate /2 PulseRateMax The Digital Servo Regulator is configured as a flow-rate regulator. A pulse signal with a frequency proportional to the flow-rate of the liquid fuel is the feedback for the 1 PulseRate version of the flow-rate regulator. With the dual input, the larger pulse rate frequency is selected as the feedback for the flow rate regulator. System Limit functions monitor each pulse rate input and are enabled through the configuration parameter, SysLimxEnabl. It can latch the signal space limit flags SysLimxPR1 and/or SysLimxPR2.
346 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
I/O C
onfig
urat
ion
from
FPG
APR
1 P
ulse
Ctr
from
FPG
ATi
mer
M U X
0
I/O C
onfig
urat
ion
Reg
_Gai
n
Reg
Nul
lBia
sPR
ateI
nput
1Sy
sLim
2Ena
blSy
sLim
2Typ
e
SysL
imit2
SysL
im2L
atch
-
+
Reg
n_fd
bk(s
i) n
=1- 4
Reg
n_R
efn=
1- 4
(so)
Reg
n_N
ullC
orn=
1- 4
(s
o)
++
+
Serv
o_m
A_r
ef(%
)
Flow
Rate
1
Reg
n_er
ror
n=1-
4 (
si)
Latc
h O
ptio
n
Sys2
Lm
t En
>= <=Lm
tVa
lue
0
inpu
t
SysL
im1E
nabl
SysL
im1T
ype
SysL
imit1
SysL
im1L
atch
Latc
h O
ptio
n
Sys1
Lm
t En
>= <=Lm
tVa
lue
0
inpu
tSy
sLim
1PR
1(s
i)
SysL
im2P
R1
(si)
PR_S
cale
(EU
* se
c / p
ulse
)
PR_S
cale
Dig
ital S
ervo
Reg
ulat
or
R
egTy
pe=
1_Pu
lseR
ate
Reg
Type
Pul
se R
ate
1 C
alc.
-----
----
----
----
-----
----
----
----
----
-
PLE
(x) -
PLE
(x -
# of
ent
ries
to u
se)
pul
ses
TLE
(x) -
TLE
(x -
# of
tic
ent
ries
to u
se)
6.25
e +
06 t
ics
---
---
sec
TLE
1
TLE
12 7
TLE
2TL
E3
TLE
0
. . .
# of
Tics
List
PLE
1
PLE
127
PLE
2P
LE3
PLE
0
. . .
# of
Puls
esLi
st
Spe
ed (r
pm)
Flow
Spd
LM
HiS
pd
Gea
r5
Gea
r4
Gea
r3
G
ear2
Gea
r1
# of
Ent
ries
toU
se
1
4
3
2
1
4
4
2
1
4
6
2
1
2
2
1 1
1
1
1
Flow
Spd
LM
HiS
pd
24
24
24
3
2
8
12
12
1
6
4
6
8
8
2
3
8
4 1
2
8
2
# of
Pul
ses
/Li
st E
ntry
Flow
(pul
ses/
sec)
362
724
144
8
28
96Sp
d (p
ulse
s/se
c)
72
4
144
8
2
896
5793
LM
(pul
ses/
sec)
724
1
448
2600
540
0H
Spd(
puls
es/s
ec)
7
24
144
8
28
96
5
793
puls
es/s
ec/s
ec
fs1
fs2
= 10
0hz
Hys
tere
sis
PLE
(x) -
PLE
(x -
12)
TLE
(x) -
TLE
(x -
12)
PLE
(x) -
PLE
(x -
24)
TLE
(x) -
TLE
(x -
24)
(TLE
(x) -
TLE
(x -
24))
/ 2
puls
es /
sec
Eng
. Uni
ts
PR_S
cale
Acc
el1
(si)
PR_T
ype
fs1
= (#
pul
ses/
sec)
/
(#
pul
ses/
entry
)
Para
m_N
ame
- S
ervo
con
fig p
aram
eter
(Too
lbox
vie
w)
Sign
al_N
ame
- s
igna
l fro
m A
/D in
(no
Tool
box
view
)V
aria
ble_
Nam
e
- in
tern
al v
ars
to S
ervo
(no
Tool
box
view
)*
- ind
icat
es a
det
aile
d dr
awin
g w
ith ti
tle p
er b
lock
nam
e.In
put_
Nam
e(s
i)- I
nput
to c
ontro
ller f
rom
Ser
vo(T
oolb
ox v
iew
)
Out
put_
Nam
e(s
o)- O
utpu
t fro
m c
ontro
ller t
o S
ervo
(Too
lbox
vie
w)
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 347
I/O C
onfig
urat
ion
from
FPG
AP
R1
Pul
seC
tr
from
FPG
ATi
mer
M U X
0
I/O C
onfig
urat
ion
Reg
_Gai
nR
egN
ullB
ias
PRat
eInp
ut1
SysL
im2E
nabl
SysL
im2T
ype
SysL
imit2
SysL
im2L
atch
-
+
Reg
n_fd
bk(s
i) n
=1- 4
Reg
n_R
efn=
1- 4
(so)
Reg
n_N
ullC
orn=
1- 4
(s
o)
++
+
Serv
o_m
A_r
ef(%
)
Flow
Rate
1
Reg
n_er
ror
n=1-
4 (
si)
SysL
im1E
nabl
SysL
im1T
ype
SysL
imit1
SysL
im1L
atch
SysL
im1P
R1
(si)
SysL
im2P
R1
(si)
PR_S
cale
(EU
* se
c /
puls
es)
PR_S
cale
D
igita
l Ser
vo R
egul
ator
Reg
Type
= 2_
PlsR
ateM
AX
Reg
Type
Pul
se R
ate
1 C
alc.
----
----
-----
----
----
----
----
-----
----
PLE
(x) -
PLE
(x -
# of
ent
ries
to u
se)
pul
ses
TLE
(x) -
TLE
(x -
# of
tic
ent
ries
to u
se)
6.25
e +
06 t
ics
---
---
s
ec
TLE1
TLE
12 7
TLE2
TLE3
TLE0 . . .
# of
Tics
List
PLE
1
PLE
127
PLE
2PL
E3
PLE
0
. . .
Puls
eC
ount
List
Spe
ed (r
pm)
Flow
Spd
LM
HiS
pd
Gea
r5
Gea
r4
Gea
r3
G
ear2
Gea
r1
# of
Ent
ries
toU
se
1
4
3
2
1
4
4
2
1
4
6
2
1
2
2
1 1
1
1
1
Flow
Spd
LM
HiS
pd
24
24
24
3
2
8
12
12
1
6
4
6
8
8
2
3
8
4 1
2
8
2
# of
Pul
ses
/Li
st E
ntry
Flow
(pul
ses/
sec)
362
724
144
8
28
96Sp
d (p
ulse
s/se
c)
72
4
144
8
2
896
5793
LM
(pul
ses/
sec)
724
1
448
2600
540
0H
Spd(
puls
es/s
ec)
7
24
144
8
28
96
5
793
puls
es/s
ec/s
ec
fs1
fs2
= 10
0hz
Hys
tere
sis
PLE
(x) -
PLE
(x -
12)
TLE
(x) -
TLE
(x -
12)
PLE
(x) -
PLE
(x -
24)
TLE
(x) -
TLE
(x -
24)
(TLE
(x) -
TLE
(x -
24))
/ 2
puls
es /
sec
PR
_Sca
le
PR1
PR
_Sca
le
Max
imum
Sel
ect
Latc
h O
ptio
n
Sys2
Lm
t En
>= <=Lm
tVa
lue
0
inpu
t
Latc
h O
ptio
n
Sys1
Lm
t En
>= <=Lm
tVa
lue
0
inpu
t
M U XFl
owRa
te2
0
Puls
eR
ate
2C
alc.
PR1
PR2
from
FPG
APR
2Pu
lse
Ctr
from
FPG
ATi
mer
Latc
h O
ptio
n
Sys2
Lm
t En
>= <=Lm
tVa
lue
0
inpu
t
Latc
h O
ptio
n
Sys1
Lm
t En
>= <=Lm
tVa
lue
0
inpu
t
SysL
im2P
R2
(si)
SysL
im1P
R2
(si)
PRat
eInp
ut2
Acc
el1
(si)
Acc
el2
(si)
PR_T
ype
fs1
= (#
pul
ses/
sec)
/
(# p
ulse
s/en
try)
Para
m_N
ame
- Ser
vo c
onfig
par
amet
er(T
oolb
ox v
iew
)Si
gnal
_Nam
e -
sign
al fr
om A
/D in
(no
Tool
box
view
)V
aria
ble_
Nam
e -
inte
rnal
var
iabl
es(n
o To
olbo
x vi
ew)
* -
IDs
a de
taile
d dr
awin
g w
ith ti
tle p
er b
lock
nam
e.In
put_
Nam
e(s
i)- I
nput
to c
ontro
ller f
rom
Ser
vo(T
oolb
ox v
iew
)
Out
put_
Nam
e(s
o)- O
utpu
t fro
m c
ontro
ller t
o S
ervo
(Too
lbox
vie
w)
348 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
1 LVposition, 2 LVposMIN, 2LVposMAX, 3LVposMID The following LVDT feedback configurations are provided for the servo value position loop:
• 1_LVposition – one LVDT signal is used as the position feedback. • 2_LVposMIN – the minimum of two LVDT signals is selected as the position
feedback. • 2_LVposMAX – the maximum of two LVDT signals is selected as the position
feedback. • 3_LVposMID – the median of three LVDT signals is selected as position
feedback.
The LVDT feedback signals are bounded and scaled using the Calibration function. The Calibration function uses the following configuration parameters: position at the minimum end stop in engineering units (EU), MinPOSvalue, and the position at the maximum end stop in EU, MaxPOSvalue. In the calibration mode the LVDT sensors are forced into the minimum and maximum positions. The feedback voltages, MnLVDTx_Vrms and MxLVDTx_Vrm,s are recorded for each of the LVDT feedbacks used. From these values, the internal constants Reg_Sensor_Hdwr_Hi, Reg_Sensor_Hdwr_Lo, Reg_Sensor_Offset, Reg_Sensor_Gain, and Reg_Sensor_End_Stop_Min are calculated. These internal constants are used by the Regulator Calculation Position function.
The Regulator Calculation Position function performs an input boundary check that makes sure the input signal is between the values, Reg_Sensor_Hdwr_Hi and Reg_Sensor_Hdwr_Lo. If the feedback input is out of range a diagnostic alarm is generated. The scaling from volts_rms to position feedback in EU is calculated next. A limit check is then performed on the selected feedback.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 349
I/O C
onfig
urat
ion
I/O C
onfig
urat
ion
Dig
ital S
ervo
Reg
ulat
or
Reg
Type
= 1_
LVpo
sitio
n
-+
Min
PosV
alue
Max
PosV
alue
Reg
n_fd
bk(s
i) n
=1- 4
Reg
n_R
efn=
1- 4
(so
)R
egn_
erro
r(s
i) n
=1- 4
Cal
ibEn
abn
n=1-
4 (
so)
X
Reg
_Gai
n Reg
Nul
lBia
s
Reg
n_N
ullC
orn=
1- 4
(s
o)
++
+ Cal
ibra
teFu
nctio
n*
Reg
Type
Serv
o_m
A_r
ef(%
)
MnL
VDT1
_Vrm
s(cf
g),
MxL
VDT1
_Vrm
s(cf
g)
LVD
T1in
put
Reg_
Sens
or_O
ffse
t
Reg_
Sens
or_G
ain
Reg_
Sens
or_E
nd_S
top_
Min
LVD
T_M
argi
n
Lim
itC
heck
*Po
sitio
n(%
)
LVD
T1LV
DT2
LVD
T3LV
DT4
LVD
T5LV
DT6
LVD
T7LV
DT8
M U X
Reg
Cal
c.Po
sitio
n*
Reg_
Sens
or_H
dwr_
Hi
Reg_
Sens
or_H
dwr_
Lo
Reg
Cal
Mod
e(s
i)
Cal
ibEn
abn
(so)
n=1
- 4
Para
m_N
ame(
cfg)
- S
ervo
con
fig p
aram
eter
(Too
lbox
vie
w)
Sign
al_N
ame
- s
igna
l fro
m A
/D in
(no
Tool
box
view
)V
aria
ble_
Nam
e
- in
tern
al v
ars
to S
ervo
(no
Tool
box
view
)*
- in
dica
tes
a de
taile
d dr
awin
g w
ith ti
tle p
er b
lock
nam
e.In
put_
Nam
e(s
i)- I
nput
to c
ontro
ller f
rom
Ser
vo (T
oolb
oxvi
ew)
Out
put_
Nam
e(s
o)- O
utpu
t fro
m c
ontro
ller t
o S
ervo
(Too
lbox
vie
w)
TMR
_Diff
Lim
t
LVD
T9LV
DT1
0LV
DT1
1LV
DT1
2
350 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
I/O C
onfig
urat
ion
I/O C
onfig
urat
ion
Dig
ital S
ervo
Reg
ulat
or Re
gTyp
e=
2_LV
posM
IN
-+
Min
PosV
alue
Max
PosV
alue
Reg
n_fd
bk(s
i) n
=1- 4
Reg
n_R
efn=
1- 4
(so
)Reg
n_er
ror
(si)
n=1
- 4
Cal
ibEn
abn
n=1-
4 (
so)
X
Reg
_Gai
n Reg
Nul
lBia
s
Reg
n_N
ullC
orn=
1- 4
(s
o)
++
+ Cal
ibra
teFu
nctio
n*
Reg
Type
Serv
o_m
A_r
ef(%
)
MnL
VDT2
_Vrm
s(cf
g),
MxL
VDT2
_Vrm
s(cf
g)
MnL
VDT1
_Vrm
s(cf
g),
MxL
VDT1
_Vrm
s(cf
g)
LVD
T1in
put
LVD
T2in
put
Reg_
Sens
or_O
ffse
t
Reg_
Sens
or_G
ain
Reg_
Sens
or_E
nd_S
top_
Min
LVD
T_M
argi
n
Lim
itC
heck
*
LVD
T1
LVD
T12
M U X
Reg_
Sens
or_H
dwr_
Hi
Reg_
Sens
or_H
dwr_
Lo
Reg
Cal
Mod
e(s
i)C
alib
Enab
n(s
o) n
=1- 4
Posit
ionA
(%)
Posit
ionB
(%)
Reg
Cal
c.Po
sitio
n*
Stat
us_A
Stat
us_B
MIN
A B
M
Stat
ASt
atB
Min
imum
Sel
ect
Reg
Cal
c.Po
sitio
n*
Para
m_N
ame(
cfg)
- S
ervo
con
fig p
aram
eter
(Too
lbox
vie
w)
Sign
al_N
ame
- s
igna
l fro
m A
/D in
(no
Tool
box
view
)V
aria
ble_
Nam
e
- in
tern
al v
ars
to S
ervo
(no
Tool
box
view
)*
- in
dica
tes
a de
taile
d dr
awin
g w
ith ti
tle p
er b
lock
nam
e.In
put_
Nam
e(s
i)- I
nput
to c
ontro
ller f
rom
Ser
vo (T
oolb
oxvi
ew)
Out
put_
Nam
e(s
o)- O
utpu
t fro
m c
ontro
ller t
o Se
rvo
(Too
lbox
vie
w)
TMR
_Diff
Lim
t
LVD
T1LV
DT2
LVD
T3LV
DT4
LVD
T5LV
DT6
LVD
T7LV
DT8
M U XLV
DT9
LVD
T10
LVD
T11
LVD
T12
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 351
I/O C
onfig
urat
ion
I/O C
onfig
urat
ion
Dig
ital S
ervo
Reg
ulat
or R
egTy
pe=
2_LV
posM
AX
-+
Posit
ionA
(%)
Min
PosV
alue
Max
PosV
alue
Reg
n_fd
bk(s
i) n
=1- 4
Reg
n_R
efn=
1- 4
(so)
Reg
n_er
ror
n=1-
4 (
si)
Cal
ibEn
abn
n=1-
4 (
so)
X
Reg
_Gai
n Reg
Nul
lBia
s
Reg
n_N
ullC
orn=
1- 4
(s
o)
++
+ Cal
ibra
teFu
nctio
n*
Reg
Type
Serv
o_m
A_r
ef(%
)
MnL
VDT2
_Vrm
s(cf
g),
MxL
VDT2
_Vrm
s(cf
g)
MnL
VDT1
_Vrm
s(cf
g),
MxL
VDT1
_Vrm
s(cf
g)
LVD
T1in
put
LVD
T2in
put
Reg_
Sens
or_O
ffse
t
Reg_
Sens
or_G
ain
Reg_
Sens
or_E
nd_S
top_
Min
LVD
T_M
argi
n
Lim
itC
heck
*
LVD
T1
LVD
T12
M U X
Posit
ionB
(%)
Reg
Cal
c.Po
sitio
n*
Reg
Cal
c.Po
sitio
n*
Reg_
Sens
or_H
dwr_
Hi
Reg_
Sens
or_H
dwr_
Lo
Stat
us_A
Stat
us_B
MA
X
A B
M
Stat
ASt
atB
Max
imum
Sel
ect
Reg
Cal
Mod
e(s
i)C
alib
Enab
n(s
o) n
=1- 4
Para
m_N
ame(
cfg)
- S
ervo
con
fig p
aram
eter
(Too
lbox
vie
w)
Sign
al_N
ame
- s
igna
l fro
m A
/D in
(no
Tool
box
view
)V
aria
ble_
Nam
e
- in
tern
al v
ars
to S
ervo
(no
Tool
box
view
)*
- in
dica
tes
a de
taile
d dr
awin
g w
ith ti
tle p
er b
lock
nam
e.In
put_
Nam
e(s
i)- I
nput
to c
ontro
ller f
rom
Ser
vo (T
oolb
oxvi
ew)
Out
put_
Nam
e(s
o)- O
utpu
t fro
m c
ontro
ller t
o Se
rvo
(Too
lbox
vie
w)
TMR
_Diff
Lim
t
LVD
T1LV
DT2
LVD
T3LV
DT4
LVD
T5LV
DT6
LVD
T7LV
DT8
M U XLV
DT9
LVD
T10
LVD
T11
LVD
T12
352 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
I/O C
onfig
urat
ion
I/O C
onfig
urat
ion
Dig
ital S
ervo
Reg
ulat
or R
egTy
pe=
3_LV
posM
ID
-+Po
sitio
nA(%
)
Min
PosV
alue
Max
PosV
alue
Reg
n_fd
bk(s
i) n
=1- 4
Reg
n_R
efn=
1- 4
(so)
Reg
n_er
ror
(si)
n=1
- 4
Cal
ibEn
abn
n=1-
4 (
so)
X
Reg
_Gai
nReg
Nul
lBia
s
Reg
n_N
ullC
orn=
1- 4
(s
o)
++
+
Posit
ionC
(%)
Cal
ibra
teFu
nctio
n*
Reg
Type
Serv
o_m
A_r
ef(%
)
MnL
VDT3
_Vrm
s(cf
g),
MxL
VDT3
_Vrm
s(cf
g)
MnL
VDT2
_Vrm
s(cf
g),
MxL
VDT2
_Vrm
s(cf
g)
MnL
VDT1
_Vrm
s(cf
g),
MxL
VDT1
_Vrm
s(cf
g)
LVD
T1in
put
LVD
T2in
put
LVD
T3in
put
Reg_
Sens
or_O
ffse
t
Reg_
Sens
or_G
ain
Reg_
Sens
or_E
nd_S
top_
Min
LVD
T_M
argi
n
Med
ian
Sele
ctLi
mit
Che
ck*
LVD
T1
LVD
T12
M U X M U X
LVD
T1
LVD
T12
Posit
ionB
(%)
Reg
Cal
c.Po
sitio
n*
Reg
Cal
c.Po
sitio
n*
Reg
Cal
c.Po
sitio
n*
Reg_
Sens
or_H
dwr_
Hi
Reg_
Sens
or_H
dwr_
Lo
Reg
Cal
Mod
e(s
i)C
alib
Enab
n(s
o) n
=1- 4
Para
m_N
ame(
cfg)
- S
ervo
con
fig p
aram
eter
(Too
lbox
vie
w)
Sign
al_N
ame
- s
igna
l fro
m A
/D in
(no
Tool
box
view
)V
aria
ble_
Nam
e
- in
tern
al v
ars
to S
ervo
(no
Tool
box
view
)*
- in
dica
tes
a de
taile
d dr
awin
g w
ith ti
tle p
er b
lock
nam
e.In
put_
Nam
e(s
i)- I
nput
to c
ontro
ller f
rom
Ser
vo (T
oolb
oxvi
ew)
Out
put_
Nam
e(s
o)- O
utpu
t fro
m c
ontro
ller t
o S
ervo
(Too
lbox
vie
w)
TMR
_Diff
Lim
t
LVD
T1LV
DT2
LVD
T3LV
DT4
LVD
T5LV
DT6
LVD
T7LV
DT8
M U XLV
DT9
LVD
T10
LVD
T11
LVD
T12
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 353
LVD
Txw
here
x =
1 -
12Is a
LVD
T se
lect
ed?
Reg
_Cal
c_Po
sitio
n
X
Reg_
Sens
or_H
dwr_
Hi[x
]
1.1
Reg_
Sens
or_O
ffse
t[x]
X
Reg_
Sens
or_G
ain[
x]
+
-
++
Reg_
Sens
or_E
nd_S
top_
Min
[x] Re
g_Se
nsor
[x].P
os (%
)
Reg_
Sens
or_F
ail_
Ctr<
Fai
led_
2
1) R
eg_S
enso
r.sta
te =
OK
2) R
eg_S
enso
r_Fa
il_C
tr =
03)
Cle
ar D
iagn
ostic
Ala
rm
1) In
crem
ent R
eg_S
enso
r_Fa
il_C
tr2)
Don
't up
date
Reg
_Sen
sor_
Pos
1) R
eg_S
enso
r.sta
te =
Fai
l2)
Set
Dia
gnos
tic A
larm
+
Reg_
Sens
or_H
dwr_
Lo[x
]= M
nLVD
T_Vr
ms(
cfg)
- (M
xLVD
T_Vr
ms(
cfg)
- M
nLVD
T_Vr
ms(
cfg)
) * L
VDT_
Mar
gin(
cfg)
/ 10
0 b
efor
e ca
libra
tion.
Reg_
Sens
or_H
dwr_
Hi[x
]= M
xLVD
T_Vr
ms(
cfg)
+ (M
xLVD
T_Vr
ms(
cfg)
- M
nLVD
T_Vr
ms(
cfg)
) * L
VDT_
Mar
gin(
cfg)
/ 10
0 b
efor
e ca
libra
tion.
Reg_
Sens
or[x
].vol
ts_r
ms
Para
m_N
ame(
cfg)
- S
ervo
con
fig p
aram
eter
(Too
lbox
vie
w)
Sign
al_N
ame
- s
igna
l fro
m A
/D in
(no
Tool
box
view
)V
aria
ble_
Nam
e
- in
tern
al v
ars
to S
ervo
(no
Tool
box
view
)
Reg_
Sens
or_H
dwr_
Lo[x
] <=
LVD
T[x]
.vol
t_rm
s <=
Reg
_Sen
sor_
hdw
r_H
i[x]
Reg_
Sens
or[x
].Pos
(%)
is u
sed
for R
egTy
pes:
1_LV
posi
tion
2_LV
posM
IN2_
LVpo
sMA
X3_
LVpo
sMID
Reg_
Sens
or[x
].vol
ts_r
ms
is u
sed
for R
egTy
pes:
4_LV
LM
354 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
GoodFdbk = TrueFdbk_lo_limit < Fdbk_hi_limit
GoodFdbk = True
1) Clear Diag. Alarm "Msg Sel Pos"2) Regn_fdbk health bit "OK"3) Fbk_Fail_ctr = 0
Increment Fbk_Fail_ctrFbk_Fail_Ctr < Threshold
1) Regn_fdbk health bit "Not OK"2) Fdbk_state = Failed
1) Set Diag. Alarm "Msg Sel Pos"
Limit Check Function
RegType(cfg) /=4LV_LM
Param_Name(cfg) - Servo config parameter (Toolbox view)Signal_Name - signal from A/D in (no Toolbox view)Variable_Name - internal vars to Servo (no Toolbox view)* - indicates a detailed drawing with title per block name.
Input_Name(si)
- Input to controller from Servo(Toolbox view)
Output_Name(so)
- Output from controller to Servo(Toolbox view)
Fdbk_lo_limit = MinPOSvalue(cfg) - Fdbk_suicide_margin
Fdbk_hi_limit = MaxPOSvalue(cfg) + Fdbk_suicide_margin
Fdbk_lo_limit < < Fdbk_hi_limitRegn_fdbk(si)
Fdbk_hi_limit < < Fdbk_lo_limitRegn_fdbk(si)
=FalseRegn_PosAFlt(si)
=FalseRegn_PosBFlt(si)
Master_Reset(so)
Suicide_Reset(so)
= TrueEnableFdbkSuic(so)
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 355
4 LV_LM The 4_LV_LM Digital Servo regulator uses four LVDT inputs to calculate the single position feedback required for the servo position loop. The Regulator Calculation Position performs the boundary check for the LVDT input signals. The scaling from volts_rms to position in EU is not calculated, but the volts_rms value for each of the LVDT feedbacks is calculated. The ratio of (A – B) / (A + B) is performed on the LVDT input pairs and scaling is calculated using the input from the Calibration function.
The internal variables, Reg_2LV[A].pos, PosA and Reg_2LV[B].pos, PosB are checked against the configuration parameter limits, MinPOSvalue and MaxPOSvalue in the Position A & B Diagnostic function. Results from PosA, PosB, and the diagnostic Booleans feed the Position Feedback Selection function. Refer to the Position Feedback Selection block diagram to understand the details of the function.
Other differences in the LM servo regulator are the following:
• Gain Modifier function • Lead/Lag filter on the position error • Configurable servo position error output clamp
356 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
NO
T U
SED
I/O C
onfig
urat
ion
I/O C
onfig
urat
ion
LVD
T1
Dig
ital S
ervo
Reg
ulat
or
Reg
Type
= 4_
LV_L
M
X+
-
-+
LVD
T12
M U X
LVD
T1
LVD
T12
M U X
Reg
Cal
c.Po
sitio
n*
A -
B---
-----
A +
B
PosA
Dia
g.*
0A +
B /=
0
Reg_
2LV
[0].p
os.o
ffse
t
Pos.
Fdbk
Sel
Func
*Reg
n_R
efn=
1- 4
(so
)
Reg
n_fd
bk(s
i) n
=1- 4
Reg
n_er
ror
(si)
n=
1- 4
Cal
ibEn
abn
n=1-
4 (
so)
X1
+ s
* Lea
dTau
1 +
s * L
agTa
u
Reg
n_N
ullC
or(s
i)
n=
1- 4
++
+G
ain
Mod
ifier
Cla
mp
Reg
_2LV
[B].
pos.f
ailed
X+
-
C -
D---
-----
C +
D0 C +
D /=
0
Reg_
2LV
[B].p
os
M U X
Reg
Cal
c.Po
sitio
n*
M U X
LVD
T1
LVD
T12
LVD
T1
LVD
T12
Cal
ibra
teFu
nctio
n*
PosB
Dia
g.*
Reg
Type
Lead
/Lag
Filt
er
Mis
cFdb
knA
n=1-
4
(si
)
Mis
cFdb
knB
n=1-
4
(si)
Reg
n_Po
sDif1
(si)
n=1
- 4
PosD
iffEn
abn
n=1-
4
(si)
LVD
T1in
put
LVD
T2in
put
LVD
T3in
put
LVD
T4in
put
Reg
n_Po
sDif2
(si)
n=1-
4
Reg
n_Po
s B
Flt
n=1-
4 (
si)
Reg
n_Po
s A
Flt
n=1-
4 (s
i)
(refe
r to
deta
ils)
(refe
r to
deta
ils)
Reg_
2LV
[0].p
os.o
ffse
t
Serv
o_m
A_
ref%
)
Reg
Cal
Mod
e(s
i)C
alib
Enab
nn=
1- 4
(so
)
Reg_
2LV
[0].p
os.g
ain
Reg
_2LV
[1].p
os.o
ffse
t
Reg
_2LV
[1].p
os.g
ain
Reg_
2LV
[0].s
um_l
im_h
i, Re
g_2L
V[0
].sum
_lim
_lo
Reg_
2LV
[0].p
os.fa
iled_
lim
Reg_
2LV
[0].p
os.g
ain
Reg_
2LV
[1].p
os.o
ffse
t
Reg_
2LV
[1].p
os.g
ain
Reg_
2LV
[1].p
os.fa
iled_
lim
Reg_
Sens
or_H
dwr_
Lo[x
], Re
g_Se
nsor
_Hdw
r_H
i[x]
Reg_
Sens
or_G
ain[
x], R
eg_S
enso
r_Of
fset
[x]
Reg_
Sens
or_H
dwr_
Lo[x
]
Reg_
Sens
or_H
dwr_
Hi[x
]
Sum
Che
ck*
Sum
Che
ck*
Reg
Cal
c.Po
sitio
nReg_
Sens
or_H
dwr_
Lo[x
]Re
g_Se
nsor
_Hdw
r_H
i[x]
Reg
Cal
c.Po
sitio
n*
Reg_
2LV
[0].s
um_l
im_h
iRe
g_2L
V[0
].sum
_lim
_lo
Reg_
2LV
[1].s
um_l
im_h
iRe
g_2L
V[1
].sum
_lim
_lo
Reg
_2LV
[0].s
um_f
ailed
Reg
_2LV
[1].s
um_f
ailed
Reg
_2LV
[A].
pos.f
ailed
Reg_
2LV
[A].p
os
Lim
itC
heck
*
Max
PosV
alue
Min
PosV
alue
Cur
Slop
e2C
urB
reak
Cur
Slop
e1R
egN
ullB
ias
Reg
_Gai
n
Lead
Tau
LagT
au
Cur
Clp
PsC
urC
lpN
g
Min
PosV
alue
Max
PosV
alue
PosS
elec
tPo
sDef
ltEna
bSe
lect
Min
Max
Def
ltVal
ue
PosD
iffC
mp1
PosD
iffTi
me1
PosD
iffC
mp2
PosD
iffTi
me2
LVD
T_M
argi
nLV
DTV
sum
Mar
g
Para
m_N
ame
- S
ervo
con
fig p
aram
eter
(Too
lbox
vie
w)
Sign
al_N
ame
- s
igna
l fro
m A
/D in
(no
Tool
box
view
)V
aria
ble_
Nam
e
- in
tern
al v
ars
to S
ervo
(no
Tool
box
view
)*
- in
dica
tes
a de
taile
d dr
awin
g w
ith ti
tle p
er b
lock
nam
e.In
put_
Nam
e(s
i)- I
nput
to c
ontro
ller f
rom
Ser
vo(T
oolb
ox v
iew
)
Out
put_
Nam
e(s
o)- O
utpu
t fro
m c
ontro
ller t
o Se
rvo
(Too
lbox
vie
w)
Reg_
Sens
or[D
].vol
ts_r
ms
Reg_
Sens
or[C
].vol
ts_r
ms
Reg_
Sens
or[B
].vol
ts_r
ms
Reg_
Sens
or[B
].vo
lts_r
ms
Reg_
2LV
[1].s
um_l
im_h
i, Re
g_2L
V[1
].sum
_lim
_lo
MnL
VDT1
_Vrm
s(cf
g), M
xLVD
T1_V
rms(
cfg)
MnL
VDT2
_Vrm
s(cf
g), M
xLVD
T2_V
rms(
cfg)
MnL
VDT3
_Vrm
s(cf
g), M
xLVD
T3_V
rms(
cfg)
MnL
VDT4
_Vrm
s(cf
g), M
xLVD
T4_V
rms(
cfg)
TMR
_Diff
Lim
t
Reg
n_G
ainM
od (s
i)
n=
1- 4
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 357
Master_Reset(so)
1
MinPosValue(cfg) <= Reg_2LV[A].pos <=MaxPosValue(cfg)
Position A & B Diagnostic Function
0
LATCH
S
R
OR Reg_2LV[A].pos.failed
1
PosB Diag Function
0
LATCH
S
R
OR
Reg_2LV[0].sum_failed
Reg_2LV[1].sum_failed
Reg_2LV[B].pos.failed
Reg_2LV[A].pos.failed_limit
MinPosValue(cfg) <= Reg_2LV[B].pos <=MaxPosValue(cfg)
PosA Diag Function
Reg_2LV[B].pos.failed_limit
Param_Name(cfg) - Servo config parameter (Toolbox view)Signal_Name - signal from A/D in (no Toolbox view)Variable_Name - internal vars to Servo (no Toolbox view)* - indicates a detailed drawing with title per block name.
Input_Name(si)
- Input to controller from Servo (Toolboxview)
Output_Name(so)
- Output from controller to Servo(Toolbox view)
If Reg_2LV[A].pos.failed_limit = 1 forthen Health bit = OKelse Health bit = Not OK
If Reg_2LV[A].pos.failed_limit = 1 forthen Health bit = OKelse Health bit = Not OK
MiscFdbk1A(si)
MiscFdbk1A(si)
MiscFdbk1A(si)
MiscFdbk2A(si)
MiscFdbk2A(si)
MiscFdbk2A(si)
If Reg_2LV[A].pos.failed_limit = 1 forthen Health bit = OKelse Health bit = Not OK
If Reg_2LV[A].pos.failed_limit = 1 forthen Health bit = OKelse Health bit = Not OK
MiscFdbk1B(si)
MiscFdbk1B(si)
MiscFdbk1B(si)
MiscFdbk2B(si)
MiscFdbk2B(si)
MiscFdbk2B(si)
358 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Reg_
2LV
[A]
.pos
Def
ltVal
ue(c
fg)
|Re
g_2L
V[A
].pos
-Reg
_2LV
[B].p
os|
PosD
efltE
nab(
cfg)
PosS
elec
t(cfg
)=0
PosS
elec
t(cfg
)=1
PosS
elec
t(cfg
)=2
MIN
Sele
ct
0 1
Set
Fals
e
Afte
rTim
eD
elay
1,se
tTr
ue
Set
Fals
e
Afte
rTim
eD
elay
2,se
tTr
ue
Sele
ctM
inM
ax(c
fg)
MA
XSe
lect
(A+
B)/
2
Posi
tion
Feed
back
Sele
ctio
nFu
nctio
n
PosD
iffTi
me1
(cfg
)
PosD
iffTi
me2
(cfg
)
Reg
n_Po
sDif1
(si)
Reg
n_Po
sDif2
(si)
Reg_
2LV
[B]
.pos
Reg_
2LV
[A]
.pos
.faile
dRe
g_2L
V[B
].p
os.fa
iled
|Re
g_2L
V[A
].pos
-Reg
_2LV
[B].p
os|
>
PosD
iffEn
ab(s
o)
Reg
n_fd
bk(s
i)w
here
n=1
or2
Para
m_N
ame(
cfg)
-Ser
voco
nfig
para
met
er(T
oolb
oxvi
ew)
Var
iabl
e_N
ame
-int
erna
lvar
sto
Serv
o(n
oTo
olbo
xvi
ew)
Inpu
t_N
ame
(si)
-Inp
utto
cont
rolle
rfro
mSe
rvo
(Too
lbox
view
)O
utpu
t_N
ame
(so)
-Out
putf
rom
cont
rolle
rto
Ser
vo(T
oolb
oxvi
ew)
PosD
iffC
mp2
(cfg
) for
Pos
Diff
Tim
e2 (c
fg)
PosD
iffC
mp1
(cfg
) for
Pos
Diff
Tim
e1 (c
fg)
>
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 359
Reg_Sensor[A].volts_rms
Sum Check Calc
+
+
Reg_Sensor[B].volts_rms
>= Reg_2LV[0]. sum_lim_hiY
N
<= Reg_2LV[0]. sum_lim_loY
N
Reg_2LV[0].sum_failed = True
Reg_2LV[0].sum_failed =False
OR
AND
Reg_Sensor[C].volts_rms+
+
Reg_Sensor[D].volts_rms
>= Reg_2LV[1]. sum_lim_hiY
N
<= Reg_2LV[1]. sum_lim_loY
N
Reg_2LV[1].sum_failed = True
Reg_2LV[1].sum_failed =False
OR
AND
Param_Name(cfg) - Servo config parameter (Toolbox view)Variable_Name - internal vars to Servo (no Toolbox view)
Monitors - 1 LVposition, 2 LVposMIN, 2LVposMAX, 3LVposMID The following Monitor configurations are available:
• 1_LVposition – one LVDT signal is used as the position feedback. • 2_LVposMIN – the minimum of two LVDT signals is selected as the position
feedback. • 2_LVposMAX – the maximum of two LVDT signals is selected as the position
feedback. • 3_LVposMID – the median of three LVDT signals is selected as the position
feedback.
360 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
I/O C
onfig
urat
ion
Mon
itor
Mon
itorT
ype
= 1_
LVpo
sitio
n
Min
PosV
alue
Max
PosV
alue
MnL
VDT1
_Vrm
sM
xLVD
T1_V
rms
LVD
T_M
argi
n
LVD
T1
M U X
Para
m_N
ame
- S
ervo
con
fig p
aram
eter
(Too
lbox
vie
w)
Sign
al_N
ame
- s
igna
l fro
m A
/D in
(no
Tool
box
view
)V
aria
ble_
Nam
e
- in
tern
al v
ars
to S
ervo
(no
Tool
box
view
)
Inpu
t_N
ame
(si)
- Inp
ut to
con
trolle
r fro
m S
ervo
(Too
lbox
view
)
TMR
_Diff
Lim
t
X+
+
Offs
et1
= M
inPo
sVal
ue -
((
Max
PosV
alue
- M
inPo
sVal
ue) /
(
MxL
VDT1
_Vrm
s - M
nLVD
T1_V
rms)
) *
MnL
VDT1
_Vrm
s
Gai
n1 =
(Max
PosV
alue
- M
inPo
sVal
ue) /
(M
xLVD
T1_V
rms
- MnL
VDT1
_Vrm
s)LV
DT2
LVD
T3LV
DT4
LVD
T5LV
DT6
LVD
T7LV
DT8
LVD
T9LV
DT1
0LV
DT1
1LV
DT1
2
LVD
T1in
put G
ain1
Offs
et1
Mon
itorT
ype
Mon
x x
=1- 1
2 (s
i)
If LV
DTx
> M
xLVD
T1_V
rms
+ LV
DT_
Mar
gin
*
(M
xLVD
T1_V
rms
- MnL
VDT1
_Vrm
s)th
en 1
) Ass
ign
unh
ealth
y
2)
If O
ut_o
f_Li
mits
3 p
asse
s
th
en S
et D
iagn
ostic
Ala
rmel
se if
LV
DTx
< -M
nLVD
T1_V
rms
+ LV
DT_
Mar
gin
*
(M
xLVD
T1_V
rms
- MnL
VDT1
_Vrm
s)th
en 1
) Ass
ign
u
nhea
lthy
2
) If O
ut_o
f_Li
mits
3 p
asse
s
then
Set
Dia
gnos
tic A
larm
else
1) A
ssig
n M
onx
heal
thy
2) R
eset
Out
_of_
limits
cou
nter
.
Not
e: x
= 1
- 12
Mon
x x
=1- 1
2 (s
i)
Mon
x x
=1- 1
2 (s
i)
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 361
I/O C
onfig
urat
ion
Mon
itor
Mon
itorT
ype
= 2_
LVpo
sMIN
or 2
_LVp
osM
AX
Min
PosV
alue
Max
PosV
alue
MnL
VDT1
_Vrm
sM
xLVD
T1_V
rms
LVD
T_M
argi
n
Max
imum
Sel
ect
if M
onito
rTyp
e =
2_LV
posM
AX
orM
inim
um S
elec
tif
Mon
itorT
ype
= 2_
LVpo
sMIN
LVD
T1
M U X
Para
m_N
ame
- S
ervo
con
fig p
aram
eter
(Too
lbox
vie
w)
Sign
al_N
ame
- s
igna
l fro
m A
/D in
(no
Tool
box
view
)V
aria
ble_
Nam
e
- in
tern
al v
ars
to S
ervo
(no
Tool
box
view
)
Inpu
t_N
ame
(si)
- Inp
ut to
con
trolle
r fro
m S
ervo
(Too
lbox
view
)
TMR
_Diff
Lim
t
X+
+
Offs
et1
= M
inPo
sVal
ue -
((
Max
PosV
alue
- M
inPo
sVal
ue) /
(
MxL
VDT1
_Vrm
s - M
nLVD
T1_V
rms)
) *
MnL
VDT1
_Vrm
s
Gai
n1 =
(Max
PosV
alue
- M
inPo
sVal
ue) /
(M
xLVD
T1_V
rms
- MnL
VDT1
_Vrm
s)LV
DT2
LVD
T3LV
DT4
LVD
T5LV
DT6
LVD
T7LV
DT8
LVD
T9LV
DT1
0LV
DT1
1LV
DT1
2
LVD
T1in
put G
ain1
Offs
et1
X+
+
Offs
et2
= M
inPo
sVal
ue -
((
Max
PosV
alue
- M
inPo
sVal
ue) /
(
MxL
VDT2
_Vrm
s - M
nLVD
T2_V
rms)
) *
MnL
VDT2
_Vrm
s
Gai
n2 =
(Max
PosV
alue
- M
inPo
sVal
ue) /
(M
xLVD
T2_V
rms
- MnL
VDT2
_Vrm
s)
Gai
n2Of
fset
2LV
DT1
M U X
LVD
T12
MnL
VDT2
_Vrm
sM
xLVD
T2_V
rms
LVD
T2in
put
Mon
itorT
ype
Mon
x x
=1- 1
2 (s
i)
If LV
DTx
> M
xLVD
Tz_V
rms
+ LV
DT_
Mar
gin
*
(M
xLVD
Tz_V
rms
- MnL
VDTz
_Vrm
s)th
en 1
) Ass
ign
unh
ealth
y
2)
If O
ut_o
f_Li
mits
3 p
asse
s
th
en S
et D
iagn
ostic
Ala
rmel
se if
LV
DTx
< -M
nLVD
Tz_V
rms
+ LV
DT_
Mar
gin
*
(M
xLVD
Tz_V
rms
- MnL
VDTz
_Vrm
s)th
en 1
) Ass
ign
u
nhea
lthy
2
) If O
ut_o
f_Li
mits
3 p
asse
s
then
Set
Dia
gnos
tic A
larm
else
1) A
ssig
n M
onx
heal
thy
2) R
eset
Out
_of_
limits
cou
nter
.
Not
e: z
= 1
- 2
a
nd x
= 1
- 12
Mon
x x
=1- 1
2 (s
i)
Mon
x x
=1- 1
2 (s
i)
362 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
I/O C
onfig
urat
ion
Mon
itor
Mon
itorT
ype
= 3_
LVpo
sMID
Min
PosV
alue
Max
PosV
alue
MnL
VDT1
_Vrm
sM
xLVD
T1_V
rms
LVD
T_M
argi
n
Med
ian
Sele
ct
LVD
T1
M U X
Para
m_N
ame
- S
ervo
con
fig p
aram
eter
(Too
lbox
vie
w)
Sign
al_N
ame
- s
igna
l fro
m A
/D in
(no
Tool
box
view
)V
aria
ble_
Nam
e
- in
tern
al v
ars
to S
ervo
(no
Tool
box
view
)
Inpu
t_N
ame
(si)
- Inp
ut to
con
trolle
r fro
m S
ervo
(Too
lbox
view
)TMR
_Diff
Lim
t
X+
+
Offs
et1
= M
inPo
sVal
ue -
((
Max
PosV
alue
- M
inPo
sVal
ue) /
(
MxL
VDT1
_Vrm
s - M
nLVD
T1_V
rms)
) *
MnL
VDT1
_Vrm
s
Gai
n1 =
(Max
PosV
alue
- M
inPo
sVal
ue) /
(M
xLVD
T1_V
rms
- MnL
VDT1
_Vrm
s)LV
DT2
LVD
T3LV
DT4
LVD
T5LV
DT6
LVD
T7LV
DT8
LVD
T9LV
DT1
0LV
DT1
1LV
DT1
2
LVD
T1in
put G
ain1
Offs
et1
X+
+
Offs
et2
= M
inPo
sVal
ue -
((
Max
PosV
alue
- M
inPo
sVal
ue) /
(
MxL
VDT2
_Vrm
s - M
nLVD
T2_V
rms)
) *
MnL
VDT2
_Vrm
s
Gai
n2 =
(Max
PosV
alue
- M
inPo
sVal
ue) /
(M
xLVD
T2_V
rms
- MnL
VDT2
_Vrm
s)
Gai
n2Of
fset
2LV
DT1
M U X
LVD
T12
X+
+
Offs
et3
= M
inPo
sVal
ue -
((
Max
PosV
alue
- M
inPo
sVal
ue) /
(
MxL
VDT3
_Vrm
s - M
nLVD
T3_V
rms)
) *
MnL
VDT3
_Vrm
s
Gai
n3 =
(Max
PosV
alue
- M
inPo
sVal
ue) /
(M
xLVD
T3_V
rms
- MnL
VDT3
_Vrm
s)
Gai
n3Of
fset
3LV
DT1
M U X
LVD
T12
MnL
VDT2
_Vrm
sM
xLVD
T2_V
rms
LVD
T2in
put
LVD
T3in
put
MnL
VDT3
_Vrm
sM
xLVD
T3_V
rms
Mon
itorT
ype
Mon
x x
=1- 1
2 (s
i)
If LV
DTx
> M
xLVD
Tz_V
rms
+ LV
DT_
Mar
gin
*
(M
xLVD
Tz_V
rms
- MnL
VDTz
_Vrm
s)th
en 1
) Ass
ign
unh
ealth
y
2)
If O
ut_o
f_Li
mits
3 p
asse
s
th
en S
et D
iagn
ostic
Ala
rmel
se if
LV
DTx
< -M
nLVD
Tz_V
rms
+ LV
DT_
Mar
gin
*
(M
xLVD
Tz_V
rms
- MnL
VDTz
_Vrm
s)th
en 1
) Ass
ign
u
nhea
lthy
2
) If O
ut_o
f_Li
mits
3 p
asse
s
then
Set
Dia
gnos
tic A
larm
else
1) A
ssig
n M
onx
heal
thy
2) R
eset
Out
_of_
limits
cou
nter
.
Not
e: z
= 1
- 3
a
nd x
= 1
- 12
Mon
x x
=1- 1
2 (s
i)
Mon
x x
=1- 1
2 (s
i)
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 363
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of inputs (per TSVO) 6 LVDT windings 2 pulse rate signals (total of 2 per VSVO) External trip signal
Number of outputs (per TSVO) 2 servo valves (total of 4 per VSVO board) 4 excitation sources for LVDTs 2 excitation sources for pulse rate transducers
Internal sample rate 200 Hz Power supply voltage Nominal 24 V dc LVDT accuracy 1% with 14-bit resolution LVDT input filter Low pass filter with 3 down breaks at 50 rad/sec ±15% LVDT common mode rejection CMR is 1 V, 60 dB at 50/60 Hz LVDT excitation output Frequency of 3.2 ± 0.2 kHz
Voltage of 7.00 ± 0.14 V rms Pulse rate accuracy 0.05% of reading with 16-bit resolution at 50 Hz frame rate
Noise of acceleration measurement is less than ± 50 Hz/sec for a 10,000 Hz signal being read at 10 ms
Pulse rate input Minimum signal for proper measurement at 2 Hz is 70 mVpk, and at 12 kHz is 827 mVpk.
Magnetic PR pickup signal Generates 150 V p-p into 60 kΩ Active PR Pickup Signal Generates 5 to 27 V p-p into 60 kΩ Servo valve output accuracy 2% with 12-bit resolution
Dither amplitude and frequency adjustable Fault detection Suicide servo outputs initiated by:
Servo current out of limits or not responding Regulator feedback signal out of limits
364 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Diagnostics
Three LEDs at the top of the VSVO front panel show status information. The normal RUN condition is a flashing green, and FAIL is solid red. The third LED is STATUS and is normally off but displays a steady orange if an alarm condition exists on the board. Diagnostic checks include the following:
• The output servo current is out of limits or not responding, which creates a fault. • The regulator feedback (LVDT) signal is out of limits. A fault is created and if
the associated regulator has two sensors, the bad sensor is removed from the feedback calculation and the good sensor is used.
• The servo has suicided. This creates a fault. • The A/D converter calibration voltage is out of limits and a default value is
being used. • The LVDT excitation voltage is out of range. A fault is created • The input signal varies from the voted value by more than the TMR differential
limit. This causes a fault to be created indicating a problem with this sensor input.
• If any one of the above signals go unhealthy a composite diagnostic alarm, L#DIAG_VSVO, occurs. Details of the individual diagnostics are available from the toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
• Connectors JR1, JS1, JT1 on the terminal board have their own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the plug location. When the chip is read by VSVO and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
System Limits Select system limits Enable, disable Regulator 1 LVDT/R calibration Online LVDT calibration, yes/no RegType Algorithm used in the regulator Unused 1_PulseRate
2_PlsRateMAX 1_LVposition 2_LVposMIN 2_LVposMAX 3_LVposMID 2_LvpilotCyl 4_LVp/cylMAX 4_LV_LM no_fbk
RegGain Position loop gain in (%current/%position) -200 to 200 RegNullBias Null bias in % current, balances servo spring force -100 to 100 DitherAmpl Dither in % current (minimizes hysteresis) Dither amp: 0 to 10 MinPOSvalue Position at Min End Stop in engineering units. -15 to 150 MaxPOSvalue Position at Max End Stop in engineering units. -15 to 150 MnLVDT1_Vrms LVDT1_Vrms at Min End Stop (Normally set by the
Calibration function) 0 to 7.1
MxLVDT1_Vrms LVDT1_Vrms at Max End Stop (Normally set by the Calibration function)
0 to 7.1
:
MnLVDT4_Vrms LVDT4_Vrms at Min End Stop (Normally set by the Calibration function)
0 to 7.1
MxLVDT4_Vrms LVDT4_Vrms at Max End Stop (Normally set by the Calibration function)
0 to 7.1
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 365
Parameter Description Choices
LVDT_Margin Used in the calibration function to calculate the internal variables, Reg_Sensor_Hdwr_Lo and Reg_Sensor_Hdwr_Hi for LVDT sensor check.
0 to 7.1
TMR_DiffLimt Difference limit off voted pulse inputs (EU) 0 to 12000 Monitor 1
Monitor type Monitor algorithm Unused 1_LVposition 2_LVposMIN 2_LVposMAX 3_LVposMID
MinPOSvalue Position at Min End Stop in engineering units. -15 to 150 MaxPOSvalue Position at Max End Stop in engineering units. -15 to 150 MnLVDT1_Vrms LVDT1_Vrms at Min End Stop (not set by the
Calibration function) 0 to 7.1
MxLVDT1_Vrms LVDT1_Vrms at Max End Stop (not set by the Calibration function)
0 to 7.1
:
MnLVDT4_Vrms LVDT4_Vrms at Min End Stop (not set by the Calibration function)
0 to 7.1
MxLVDT4_Vrms LVDT4_Vrms at Max End Stop (not set by the Calibration function)
0 to 7.1
LVDT_Margin Used in the calibration function to calculate the internal variables, Reg_Sensor_Hdwr_Lo and Reg_Sensor_Hdwr_Hi for LVDT sensor check done by the Monitor function.
0 to 7.1
TMR_DiffLimt Difference limit off voted pulse inputs (EU) 0 to 12000
J3:IS200TSVOH1A Terminal board 1 connected to VSVO through J3 Connected, not connected Servo Output1 Measured output current in percent – Board point Point edit (input FLOAT) Reg Number Identify regulator number Unused, Reg1, Reg2, Reg3, Reg4 Servo_MA_Out Select current output for coil windings 10, 20, 40, 80, 120 mA EnableCurSuic Select Suicide function based on current Enable, disable Curr_Suicide Percent current error to initiate suicide 0 to 100% (output current error) EnablFbkSuic Select Suicide function based on position feedback Enable, disable Fdbk_Suicide Percent position error to initiate suicide 0 to 100% (actuator position error) Servo Output2 Measured output current in percent - Board point Point edit (input FLOAT) J4:IS200TSVOH1A Terminal Board 2 connected to VSVO via J4 Connected, not connected Servo Output3 Servo current output wired to valve - Board point Point edit (input FLOAT) Servo Output4 Servo current output wired to valve - Board point Point edit (input FLOAT) J5:IS00TSVOH1A Pulse Rate inputs cabled to J5 connector Connected, not connected FlowRate1 Pulse rate input selected - Board point Point edit (input FLOAT) PRType Select speed or flow type signal Unused, Speed, Flow, Speed_High,
Speed_LM PRScale Convert Hz to engineering units 0 to 1,000 SysLim1Enabl Select system limit Enable, disable SysLim1Latch Select whether alarm will latch Latch, not latch SysLim1Type Select type of alarm initiation >= or <= SysLimit Select alarm level in GPM or RPM 0 to 12,000 SystemLim2 Same as above Same as above TMR_DiffLimt Difference limit off voted pulse inputs (EU) 0 to 12,000 FlowRate2 Pulse rate input selected - Board point (as above) Point edit (input FLOAT)
366 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Board Points Signals Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type
L3DIAG_VSVOR Board diagnostic Input BIT L3DIAG_VSVOS Board diagnostic Input BIT L3DIAG_VSVOT Board diagnostic Input BIT R1_SuicideNVR Regulator 1 Suicide relay status, non-voted for VSVO-R Input BIT R1_SuicideNVS Regulator 1 Suicide relay status, non-voted for VSVO-S Input BIT R1_SuicideNVT Regulator 1 Suicide relay status, non-voted for VSVO-T Input BIT R2_SuicideNVR Regulator 2 Suicide relay status, non-voted for VSVO-R Input BIT R2_SuicideNVS Regulator 2 Suicide relay status, non-voted for VSVO-S Input BIT R2_SuicideNVT Regulator 2 Suicide relay status, non-voted for VSVO-T Input BIT R3_SuicideNVR Regulator 3 Suicide relay status, non-voted for VSVO-R Input BIT R3_SuicideNVS Regulator 3 Suicide relay status, non-voted for VSVO-S Input BIT R3_SuicideNVT Regulator 3 Suicide relay status, non-voted for VSVO-T Input BIT R4_SuicideNVR Regulator 4 Suicide relay status, non-voted for VSVO-R Input BIT R4_SuicideNVS Regulator 4 Suicide relay status, non-voted for VSVO-S Input BIT R4_SuicideNVT Regulator 4 Suicide relay status, non-voted for VSVO-T Input BIT SysLim1PR1 System Limit 1 indication for Pulse Rate 1 Input BIT SysLim2PR1 System Limit 2 indication for Pulse Rate 1 Input BIT SysLim1PR2 System Limit 1 indication for Pulse Rate 2 Input BIT SysLim2PR2 System Limit 2 indication for Pulse Rate 2 Input BIT Reg1Suicide Regulator 1 suicide relay status Input BIT : : Input BIT Reg4Suicide Regulator 4 suicide relay status Input BIT Reg1_PosAFlt Reg1, LM machine only, position A failure Input BIT : : Input BIT Reg4_PosAFlt Reg4, LM machine only, position A failure Input BIT Reg1_PosBFlt Reg1, LM machine only, position B failure Input BIT : : Input BIT Reg4_PosBFlt Reg4, LM machine only, position B failure Input BIT Reg1_PosDif1 Reg1, LM machine only, position difference failure Input BIT : : Input BIT Reg4_PosDif1 Reg4, LM machine only, position difference failure Input BIT Reg1_PosDif2 Reg1, LM machine only, position difference failure Input BIT : : Input BIT Reg4_PosDif2 Reg4, LM machine only, position difference failure Input BIT RegCalMode Regulator under calibration Input BIT Reg1_Fdbk Regulator 1 feedback Input FLOAT : : Input FLOAT Reg4_Fdbk Regulator 4 feedback Input FLOAT MiscFdbk1a Reg1, PosA when 4_LV_LM or Pilot when 2_LvpilotCy or
4_LVp/cylMax Input FLOAT
MiscFdbk1b Reg1, PosB when 4_LV_LM or otherwise not used. Input FLOAT MiscFdbk2a Reg2, PosA when 4_LV_LM or Pilot when 2_LvpilotCy or
4_LVp/cylMax Input FLOAT
MiscFdbk2b Reg2, PosB when 4_LV_LM or otherwise not used. Input FLOAT MiscFdbk3a Reg3, PosA when 4_LV_LM or Pilot when 2_LvpilotCy or
4_LVp/cylMax Input FLOAT
MiscFdbk3b Reg3, PosB when 4_LV_LM or otherwise not used. Input FLOAT MiscFdbk4a Reg4, PosA when 4_LV_LM or Pilot when 2_LvpilotCy or
4_LVp/cylMax Input FLOAT
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 367
Board Points Signals Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type
MiscFdbk4b Reg4, PosB when 4_LV_LM or otherwise not used. Input FLOAT Reg1_Error Regulator 1 position or flow rate error Input FLOAT : : Input FLOAT Reg4_Error Regulator 4 position or flow rate error Input FLOAT Accel1 GPM/sec based on Pulse Rate 1 Input FLOAT Accel2 GPM/sec based on Pulse Rate 2 Input FLOAT Mon1 Position feedback based on Monitor 1 Input FLOAT : : Input FLOAT Mon12 Position feedback based on Monitor 12 Input FLOAT ServoOut1NVR Servo Current Output 1, non-voted for VSVO-R Input FLOAT ServoOut1NVS Servo Current Output 1, non-voted for VSVO-S Input FLOAT ServoOut1NVT Servo Current Output 1, non-voted for VSVO-T Input FLOAT ServoOut2NVR Servo Current Output 2, non-voted for VSVO-R Input FLOAT ServoOut2NVS Servo Current Output 2, non-voted for VSVO-S Input FLOAT ServoOut2NVT Servo Current Output 2, non-voted for VSVO-T Input FLOAT ServoOut3NVR Servo Current Output 3, non-voted for VSVO-R Input FLOAT ServoOut3NVS Servo Current Output 3, non-voted for VSVO-S Input FLOAT ServoOut3NVT Servo Current Output 3, non-voted for VSVO-T Input FLOAT ServoOut4NVR Servo Current Output 4, non-voted for VSVO-R Input FLOAT ServoOut4NVS Servo Current Output 4, non-voted for VSVO-S Input FLOAT ServoOut4NVT Servo Current Output 4, non-voted for VSVO-T Input FLOAT CalibEnab1 Enable calibration Reg 1 Output BIT : : Output BIT CalibEnab4 Enable calibration Reg 4 Output BIT SuicideForce1 Force suicide on Reg 1 Output BIT : : Output BIT SuicideForce4 Force suicide on Reg 4 Output BIT PossDiffEnab1 Position difference enable reg 1, LM only Output BIT : : Output BIT PossDiffEnab4 Position difference enable reg 4, LM only Output BIT Reg1_Ref Reg 1 position reference Output FLOAT : : Output FLOAT Reg4_Ref Reg 4 position reference Output FLOAT Reg1-GainMod Reg 1 gain modifier (don’t use) Output FLOAT : : Output FLOAT Reg4-GainMod Reg 4 gain modifier (don’t use) Output FLOAT Reg1_NullCor Reg 1 null bias correction Output FLOAT : : Output FLOAT Reg4_NullCor Reg 4 null bias correction Output FLOAT
Internal Variables Internal variables to service the auto-calibration display, not configurable
368 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Alarms
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
2 Flash Memory CRC Failure Board firmware programming error (board will not go online)
3 CRC failure override is Active Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to go online)
16 System Limit Checking is Disabled System checking was disabled by configuration.
17 Board ID Failure Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board 18 J3 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable
problem 19 J4 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable
problem 20 J5 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J5, or cable
problem 21 J6 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J6, or cable
problem 22 J3A ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J3A, or cable
problem 23 J4A ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J4A, or cable
problem 24 Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O
board 30 ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The
configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
31 IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
33-44 LVDT # RMS Voltage Out of Limits. Minimum and maximum LVDT limits are configured
The LVDT may need recalibration.
45 Calibration Mode Enabled The VSVO was put into calibration mode. 46 VSVO Board Not Online, Servos Suicided. The servo is
suicided because the VSVO is not on-line The controller (R, S, T) or IONet is down, or there is a configuration problem with the system preventing the VCMI from bringing the board on line.
47-51 Servo Current # Disagrees with Reference, Suicided. The servo current error (reference - feedback) is greater than the configured current suicide margin
A cable/wiring open circuit, or board problem.
52-56 Servo Current # Short Circuit. This is not currently used NA 57-61 Servo Current # Open Circuit. The servo voltage is greater
than 5V and the measured current is less than 10% A cable/wiring open circuit, or board problem.
62-66 Servo Position # Feedback Out of Range, Suicided. Regulator number # position feedback is out of range, causing the servo to suicide
LVDT or board problem
67-71 Configuration Message Error for Regulator Number #. There is a problem with the VSVO configuration and the servo will not operate properly
The LVDT minimum and maximum voltages are equal or reversed, or an invalid LVDT, regulator, or servo number is specified.
72 Onboard Calibration Voltage Range Fault. The A/D calibration voltages read from the FPGA are out of limits, and the VSVO will use default values instead
A problem with the Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) on the board
73-75 LVDT Excitation # Voltage out of range There is a problem with the LVDT excitation source on the VSVO board.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 369
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
77 Servo output assignment mismatch. Regulator types 8 & 9 use two servo outputs each. They have to be consecutive pairs, and they have to be configured as the same range
Fix the regulator configurations.
128-191
Logic Signal # Voting mismatch. The identified signal from this board disagrees with the voted value
A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.
224-259
Input Signal # Voting mismatch, Local #, Voted #. The specified input signal varies from the voted value of the signal by more than the TMR Diff Limit
A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.
TSVO Servo Input/Output
Functional Description
The Servo Input/Output (TSVO) terminal board interfaces with two electro-hydraulic servo valves that actuate the steam/fuel valves. Valve position is measured with LVDTs. Two cables connect to VSVO using the J5 plug on the front of VSVO and the J3 or J4 connector on the VME rack. TSVO provides simplex signals through the JR1 connector, and fans out TMR signals to the JR1, JS1, and JT1 connectors. Plugs JD1 or JD2 are for an external trip from the protection module.
VME bus to VCMI
TSVO Terminal Board
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cables to VMErack R
Connectors onVME rack R
Cables to VMErack S
Cables to VMErack T
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VSVO
J3
J4
Barrier type terminalblocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
Shieldbar
x
x
JS1
JS5
JR5
JT1
JT5
JR1
24681012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
1357911131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
From second TSVO
Externaltrip
JD2JD1
J5
VSVO Processor Board
LVDT inputsPulse rate inputsLVDT excitationServo coil outputs
TSVO Servo Terminal Board and VSVO Processor Board
370 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
Connect the wires for the sensors and servo valves directly to two I/O terminal blocks on the terminal board, as displayed in the figure Servo Terminal Board Wiring. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wiring. A shield termination strip attached to chassis ground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block. Connect the wires for the external trip into JD1 or JD2. Cable the J5 connectors to the front of VSVO boards in racks <R>, <S>, and <T>. Cable the J1 connectors to the VME rack below VSVO in <R>, <S>, and <T>.
Each servo output can have three coils in TMR configuration. Each coil current is jumper selected using JP1-6.
Servo/LVDT Terminal Board TSVOH1B
To connectorsJR5, JS5, JT5,JR1, JS1, JT1
LVDT 01 (H)LVDT 02 (H)LVDT 03 (H)
LVDT 01 (L)LVDT 02 (L)LVDT 03 (L)LVDT 04 (L)LVDT 05 (L)LVDT 06 (L)
Exc R1 (L)Exc R2 (L)Exc S (L)Exc T (L)
LVDT 06 (H)
Exc R1 (H)Exc R2 (H)Exc S (H)Exc T (H)
Servo 01 R (L)
Servo 01 T(L)
Pulse 01 (24R)
Servo 01 R (H)
Servo 01 T (H)
Pulse 01 (24V)
Servo 01 S (H)
Servo 01 SMX (H)
Pulse 01 (H)
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
JP1
JP2
JP3
JP4
JP5
JP6
JD1
JD2
External Trip
LVDT 04 (H)LVDT 05 (H)
Servo 01 S (L)
Servo 02 R (H)
Servo 02 T (H)
Servo 02 R (L)Servo 02 S (L)Servo 02 T (L)
Servo 02SMX(H)
Pulse 01 (L)Pulse 02 (24V)Pulse 02 (H)
Pulse 02 (24R)Pulse 02 (L)
12
1
2
GND
Servo Coil 01 R
Servo Coil 01 S
Servo Coil 01 T
Servo Coil 02 T
Servo Coil 02 S
Servo Coil 02 R
External Trip from <P>
GND
Pulse 01 (TTL)Pulse 02 (TTL)
Servo 02 S (H)
Up to two #12 AWG wires perpoint with 300 V insulation
Terminal blocks can be unpluggedfrom terminal board for maintenance
Jumper Choices:120B +/-120 ma (75 ohm coil)120A +/-120 ma (40 ohm coil)80 +/- 80 ma40 +/- 40 ma20 +/- 20 ma10 +/- 10 ma
Servo Terminal Board Wiring
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 371
Operation
VSVO provides four channels consisting of bi-directional servo current outputs, LVDT position feedback, LVDT excitation, and pulse rate flows inputs. The TSVO provides excitation for, and accepts inputs from, up to six LVDT valve position inputs. There is a choice of one, two, three, or four LVDTs for each servo control loop. If three inputs are used they are available for gas turbine flow measuring applications. These signals come through TSVO and go directly to the VSVO board front at J5.
Each servo output is equipped with an individual suicide relay under firmware control that shorts the VSVO output signal to signal common when de-energized, and recovers to nominal limits after a manual reset command is issued. Diagnostics monitor the output status of each servo voltage, current, and suicide relay.
J3
Capacity6 LVDT/R inputs on each of 2boards, and total of 2 active/passivemagnetic pickups.
3.2k Hz,7 V rmsexcitationsource
LVDT
Pulse rateinputsactive probes2 - 20 k Hz
or LVDR
Pulse rateinputs,magneticpickups2 - 20 k Hz
P24V1
(PR only availableon 1 of 2 TSVOs)
PRTTL
P24VR1
P24V2
PRMPU
P24VR2
P1TTL
<R> Control Module
Servo BoardVSVO
Controller
A/D Regulator
Application Software
3.2KHz
J3
SuicideRelay
P28V
ConfigurableGain
PulseRate
Connectoron front ofVSVOboard
J5
To ServoOutputs
Excitation
TosecondTSVO
To TSVO
VoltageLimit
Servo driver
D/A
JR5
TerminationBoard TSVOH1B(Input portion)
Currentlimit
43
44
6 Ckts.
1
2
SCOM
41
42
39
(
Noise suppr.
CL4546
48
47(
40
JR1
P28VR
P28V
P1H
P1L
LVDT1H
LVDT1L
P2TTL
P2H
P2L
Digitalservoregulator
D/A converterA/D converter
LVDT and Pulse Rate Inputs, Simplex (Part 1 of 2)
372 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Each servo output channel can drive one or two-coil servos in simplex applications, or two or three-coil servos in TMR applications. The two-coil TMR applications are for 200# oil gear systems where each of two control modules drive one coil each, and the third control module has no servo coil interface. Servo cable lengths up to 300 meters (984 feet) are supported with a maximum two-way cable resistance of 15 Ω. Because there are many types of servo coils, a variety of bi-directional current sources are selectable by configuring jumpers.
Another trip override relay K1 is provided on each terminal board and is driven from the <P> Protection Module. If an emergency overspeed condition is detected in the Protection Module, the K1 relay energizes and disconnects the VSVO servo output from the terminal block and applies a bias to drive the control valve closed. This is only used on simplex applications to protect against the servo amplifier failing high, and is functional only with respect to the servo coils driven from <R>.
Servo BoardVSVO
Controller
A/D
Application Software
3.2KHz
ConfigurableGain
P28V
PulseRate
Connector onfront of VSVO
J5Excitation
VoltageLimit
Servo driver
Regulator
D/AFromLVDTTSVO
<R>
J3
P28VR
Coil current range10,20,40,80,120 ma
22 ohms89 ohms1k ohm
3.2KHz,7V rmsexcitationsourcefor LVDTs
JR1
Terminal BoardTSVOH1B (continued)
JP1
2 Ckts.
P28VR
JD2
JD1 Trip input from<P> module (J1)
12
Servo coil from<R>
2 Ckts.
12
10204080
120120B
25
31
26
1 kohm
17
18
TosecondTSVO
K1
SCOM
SCOM
SuicideRelay
S1RH
S1SH
S1RL
ER1H
ER1L
NS
NS
Noisesuppr-ession
Digitalservoregulator
D/A converter
A/D converter
Servo Coil and LVDT Outputs, Simplex (Part 2 of2)
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 373
In TMR applications, the LVDT signals on TSVO fan out to three racks through JR1, JS1, and JT1. Three connectors also bring power into TSVO where the three voltages are diode high-selected and current limited to supply 24 V dc to the pulse rate active probes.
JR5
TerminalBoard TSVOH1B
(Input Portion)
LVDT
Noisesuppression
P24V1
6 Ckts.
JS1
JT1
CL
JS5
JT5
P28V
1
2SCOM
Pulse rateinputsactive probes2 - 20 kHz
43
44
Pulse rateinputs,magneticpickups2 - 20 kHz
(PR only availableon 1 of 2 TSVOs)
41
42
39
(
P24VR1
CL4546
48
P24V2
P24VR2
47(
40
P1TTL
Diode VoltageSelect
<R>
Servo BoardVSVO
Controller
A/D
Application Software
3.2KHz
ConfigurableGain
P28V
PulseRate
Connector onfront of VSVOcard in <R>
J5excitation
VoltageLimit
Servo driver
To TSVO
<S><T>
J3
J3
Same for <S>
Same for <T>
J5 in <S>
J5 in <T>
To servooutputson TSVO
Regulator
D/A
JR1 J3
P28VR
P28VS
P28VT
3.2k Hz,7 V rmsexcitationsource
LVDT1H
LVDT1L
P1L
P2H
P2L
P2TTL
PRTTL
PRMPU
P1H
Digitalservoregulator
D/A converter
A/D converter
LVDT and Pulse Rate Inputs, TMR (Part 1 of 2)
374 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
For TMR systems, each servo channel has connections to three output coils with a range of current ratings up to 120 mA, selected by jumper.
<R>
22 ohms89 ohms1k ohm
3.2KHz,7V rmsexcitationsourceFor LVDTs
Trip input from<P> not used forTMR
Servo coil from <R>
Servo coil from <S>
3.2KHz,7V rmsexcitationsource
3.2KHz,7V rmsexcitationsourceFor LVDTs
Servo coil from <T>
Servo BoardVSVO
Controller
A/D
Application Software
3.2KHz
J3
Suiciderelay
ConfigurableGain
PulseRate
Connector onfront of VSVO
card
J5excitation
VoltageLimit
Servo driver
FromTSVOLVDT
<T><S>
J3
J 3
Regulator
D/A
Servo current range10,20,40,80,120 ma
JR1
Terminal BoardTSVOH1B (continued)
JP1
2 Ckts
P28VR
JD2
JD112
JS1
JT1
2 Ckts.
12
10204080
120120B
1 Ckt.
2 Ckts.
10204080
120120BJP2
2 Ckts.
10204080
120120BJP3
1 Ckt.
25
31
26
27
28
29
30
17
18
21
22
23
24
P28VR
S1RH
S1RL
ER1H
ER1L
S1SH
S1SL
ESH
ESL
S1TL
S1TH
ETH
ETL
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
Noise suppression
Digitalservoregulator
A/D converter
Servo Coil Outputs and LVDT Excitation, TMR System (Part 2 of 2)
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 375
The following table defines the standard servo coil resistance and their associated internal resistance, selectable with the terminal board jumpers shown in the figure above. In addition to these standard servo coils, it is possible to drive non-standard coils by using a non-standard jumper setting. For example, an 80 mA, 125 Ω coil could be driven by using a jumper setting 120B.
Servo Coil Ratings
Jumper Label
Nominal Current
Coil Resistance (Ohms)
Internal Resistance (Ohms)
Application
10 ±10 mA 1,000 180 Simplex and TMR20 ±20 mA 125 442 Simplex 40 ±40 mA 62 195 Simplex 40 ±40 mA 89 195 TMR 80 ±80 mA 22 115 TMR 120A ±120 mA (A) 40 46 Simplex 120B ±120 mA (B) 75 10 TMR
The control valve position is sensed with either a four-wire LVDT or a three-wire LVDR. Redundancy implementations for the feedback devices are determined by the application software to allow the maximum flexibility. LVDT/Rs can be mounted up to 300 meters (984 feet) from the turbine control with a maximum two-way cable resistance of 15 Ω.
Each terminal board has two LVDT/R excitation sources for simplex applications and four for TMR applications. Excitation voltage is 7 V rms and the frequency is 3.2 kHz with a total harmonic distortion of less than 1% when loaded.
Note The excitation source is isolated from signal common (floating) and is capable of operation at common mode voltages up to 35 V dc, or 35 V rms, 50/60 Hz.
A typical LVDT/R has an output of 0.7 V rms at the zero stroke position of the valve stem, and an output of 3.5 V rms at the designed maximum stoke position (these are reversed in some applications). The LVDT/R input is converted to dc and conditioned with a low pass filter. Diagnostics perform a high/low (hardware) limit check on the input signal and a high/low system (software) limit check.
Two pulse rate inputs connect to a single J5 connector on the front of VSVO. This dedicated connection minimizes noise sensitivity on the pulse rate inputs.
Both passive magnetic pickups and active pulse rate transducers (TTL type) are supported by the inputs and are interchangeable without configuration. Pulse rate inputs can be located up to 300 meters (984) from the turbine control cabinet; this assumes shielded-pair cable is used with typically 70 nF single ended or 35 nF differential capacitance and 15 ohms resistance.
A frequency range of 2 to 30 kHz can be monitored at a normal sampling rate of either 10 or 20 ms. Magnetic pickups typically have an output resistance of 200 Ω and an inductance of 85 mH excluding cable characteristics. The transducer is a high impedance source, generating energy levels insufficient to cause a spark.
Note The maximum short circuit current is approximately 100 mA with a maximum power output of 1 W.
376 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of inputs 6 LVDT windings 2 pulse rate signals (total of 2 per VSVO) External trip signal
Number of outputs 2 servo valves (total of 4 per VSVO board) 4 excitation sources for LVDTs 2 excitation sources for pulse rate transducers
Power supply voltage Nominal 24 V dc LVDT excitation output Frequency of 3.2 ±0.2 kHz
Voltage of 7.00 ±0.14 V rms Pulse rate input Minimum signal for proper measurement at 2 Hz is 33 mVpk, and at 12 kHz is 827 mVpk.
Magnetic PR pickup signal Generates 150 V p-p into 60 kΩ Active PR Pickup Signal Generates 5 to 27 V p-p into 60 kΩ Fault detection Servo current out of limits or not responding
Regulator feedback signal out of limits Failed ID chip
Size 17.8 cm high x 33.02 cm wide (7 in. x 13 in.) Technology Surface mount
Diagnostics
VSVO performs diagnostic checks on the terminal board, including the following:
• If the output servo current is out of limits or not responding, a fault is created. • If the regulator feedback (LVDT) signal is out of limits, a fault is created and if
the associated regulator has two sensors, the bad sensor is removed from the feedback calculation and the good sensor is used.
• If any one of the above signals go unhealthy a composite diagnostic alarm, L#DIAG_VSVO occurs. Details of the individual diagnostics are available from the toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
• Each cable connector on the terminal board has its own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O processor. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the J connector location. When this chip is read by the I/O processor and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
For a simplex system, jumper JP1 configures the coil current of Servo 1, and jumper JP4 configures the coil current of Servo 2. Refer to the table Servo Coil Ratings for more information.
In a TMR system, each servo output can have three coils.Jumpers JP 1 – 3 configure the coil currentfor Servo 1, and Jumpers JP 4 – 6 configure the coil current for Servo 2. All other configuration is done from the toolbox.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 377
DSVO Simplex Servo Input/Output
Functional Description
The Simplex Servo Input/Output (DSVO) terminal board is a compact terminal board designed for DIN-rail mounting. This board has two servo outputs, I/O for six LVDT position sensors, and two active pulse rate inputs for flow measurement. Servo coil currents ranging from 10 to 120 mA can be selected using jumpers. DSVO connects to the VSVO processor board with a 37-pin cable, which is identical to those used on the larger TSVO board. The terminal boards can be stacked vertically on the DIN-rail to conserve cabinet space. Two DSVO boards can be connected to the VSVO, if required. Only a simplex version of this board is available.
The on-board functions and high frequency decoupling to ground are the same as those on the TSVO. High density Euro-Block type terminal blocks are permanently mounted to the board with six screws for the ground connection (SCOM). Connectors JR1 and J5 connect to signals from on-board ID chips that identify the board to the VSVO for system diagnostic purposes.
Two versions of the DSVO, H1B and H2B, are available. The H1B is a direct replacement for the previous H1A design. The H2B is certified by UL for Class 1 Division 2 applications.
DSVOH1B vs. DSVOH2B
Function H1B H2B
Class 1, Div. 2 certification No Yes Servo valves accommodated 75, 40, 22, 62, 89, 125, 1 kΩ 1 kΩ (10 mA) LVDT excitation outputs 2 at 120 mA each 4 at 60 mA each Excitation for pulse rate probes 2 at 24 V dc, 100 mA each No Additional pulse rate inputs for TTL signals
No 2
378 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
Mount the plastic holder on the DIN-rail and slide the DSVO board into place. Connect the wires for the servo I/O directly to the terminal block. The Euro-Block type terminal block has 36 terminals (DSVOH1A) or 42 terminals (DSVOH1B,H2B) and is permanently mounted on the terminal board. Typically #18 AWG shielded twisted pair wiring is used. Six screws, 31 – 36, are provided for SCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short as distance as possible.
Note There is no shield termination strip with this design.
LVDT 1 (High)135
11
79
1314 1517192123252729313335
2468
1012
1618202224262830
36
3234
Excitation 1 (High)
Pulse 1 (24V)
Chassis Ground
SCOM
Euro-Block typeterminal block
Plastic mountingholder
DSVOH1A Servo Terminal Board
DIN-rail mounting
Chassis GroundChassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
LVDT 2 (High)LVDT 3 (High)
LVDT 5 (High)LVDT 4 (High)
LVDT 6 (High)
LVDT2 (Low)LVDT1 (Low)
LVDT4 (Low)LVDT3 (Low)
LVDT5 (Low)LVDT6 (Low)
Excitation 2 (High)Excitat1(Low)Excitat2(Low) ServoR1 (High)
ServoR2 (High)ServoS1 (High)
ServoR1(Low)ServoR2(Low)ServoS2(High)
Pulse 1 (High)Pulse 2 (24V)Pulse 2 (High)
Pulse1 (Low)Pulse 2(24R)Pulse2 (Low)
Pulse 1(24R)
JD2 JD1External trip
circuits
Chassis Ground
Screw Connections
JR1
37-pin "D" shellconnector withlatching fasteners
Cable to J3connector in I/Orack for VSVO
boardJR5
Cable to J5 onfront of VSVO
board
JP1
JP2
120A120B
Screw Connections
CoilCurrentJumpers
10 2040 80120A
120B
10 2040 80
DSVOH1A Wiring and Cabling
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 379
LVDT 1 (High)135
11
79
1314 1517192123252729313335
2468
1012
1618202224262830
36
3234
Excitation 1 (High)
Pulse 1 (24V)
Euro-Block typeterminal block
Plastic mountingholder
DSVOH1B, H2B
DIN-rail mounting
Chassis Ground
LVDT 2 (High)LVDT 3 (High)
LVDT 5 (High)LVDT 4 (High)
LVDT 6 (High)
LVDT2 (Low)LVDT1 (Low)
LVDT4 (Low)LVDT3 (Low)
LVDT5 (Low)LVDT6 (Low)
Excitation 2 (High)Excitat1(Low)Excitat2(Low) ServoR1 (High)
ServoR2 (High)ServoS1 (High)
ServoR1(Low)ServoR2(Low)
ServoS2(High)
Pulse 1 (High)Pulse 2 (24V)Pulse 2 (High)
Pulse1 (Low)Pulse 2(24R)Pulse2 (Low)
Pulse 1(24R)
JD2 JD1
External tripcircuits
Screw Connections
JR1
JR5
JP1 JP2
120A120B
Screw Connections
CoilCurrentJumpers
10204080
120A120B
10204080
373941
384042
Pulse1TTL (High)Excitation3 (High)Excitation4 (High)
Pulse2TTL (High)Excitation3 (Low)Excitation4 (Low)
H1B and H2B Connection DifferencesScrew # H1B H2B23, 24 N/C27, 28 N/C37, 38 N/C39, 40 N/C41, 42 N/C
N/C = Not Connected
37-pin "D" shellconnector withlatching fasteners
Cable to J3connector in I/Orack for VSVOboard
Cable to J5 onfront of VSVOboard
Chassis GroundChassis Ground
Chassis GroundChassis GroundChassis Ground
DSVOH1B, H2B Wiring and Cabling
380 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Operation
DSVO Version H1A
The following figures show operation of two versions of the DSVO board.
JR5
DSVOH1A
LVDTexcitation
Jumper position:120B is 75 ohm coil120A is 40 ohm coil
P28VT External tripK1
Servo valvecoil
17
21
18
JP1
10204080
120A120B
Servo valvecoil
19
22
20
JP2
10204080
120A120B
P28VR
P28VR
3.2 kHz excitation131415
16
JD2
JD112
1
2
SCOM
SCOM
SR1H
SS1H
SR1L
SR2H
SS2H
SR2L
SCOM
K1
3.2k Hz, 7 V rmsexcitation source
Pulse rateinputs -active probes2 - 20 kHz
23Current
Limit
24
25
26
NoiseSuppression
Pulse rateinputs -active probes2 - 20 kHz
27
28
29
30
1
2
3
4
JR1
P28V
CL
P28V
P28V
Total of sixLVDT inputcircuits
Cable to J3 connectorin I/O rack for VSVO board
Cable to front of VSVO board
ID
SCOM
SCOM
LVDTLVDT1H
LVDT1L
P1 24V
P1 24R
P1 H
P1 L
P2 24V
P2 24R
P2 H
P2 L
E1HE1L
E2H
E2L
NS
NS
Noisesuppression
DSVOH1A Terminal Board
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 381
DSVO Versions H1B, H2B
JR1
S
S
Total of six LVDTinput circuits
Exc
LVDT
12
S
S
LV1H
LV2L
LV2H
LV1L
CL P28VRS
S
S
P24V1
P24R1S
PR
CL P28VRS
S
S
P24V2
P24R2S
PR
PR1H
PR1L
PR2H
PR2L
RP28V
4
4
ExternalTrip
Servovalvecoils
ERL1
ERH1 13
14
39
40
4
3
2
1
24
23
27
26
25
30
29
28
JD1
JD2K1
P28VR
SSS1H
SSR1H
SR1L
1
17
21
ID
S18
JR5
4ERL2
ERH2
2
12
P28VR
K1
Servovalvecoils
SSS2H
SSR2H
SR2L
19
22
JP2
S20
P28VR
K1 10
204080
120A120B
TTL1
TTL2
37
38
15
16
41
42
S
(IS200DSVOH1B Replaces IS200DSVOH1A)
332ς
332ς
JPx (mA) Coil Res. 120 B 75 ohm 120 A 40 ohm 80 22 ohm 40 62 or 89 ohm 20 125 ohm 10 1000 ohm
170ς
170ς
432ς185ς105ς
36ς0ς
JP1
10
204080
120A120B
170ς
170ς
432ς185ς105ς
36ς0ς
CHASSIS
SCOM31 3635343332
(SCREWS 37 & 38 ARE NC IN H1B)
PCOM
PCOM
S
(SCREWS 39-42 ARE NC IN H1B)
10ς IN VSVO
10ς IN VSVO
10ς IN VSVO
10mA, 1K Coil
10mA, 1K Coil
PCOM
H2B is certified to UL-1604 Class 1 Div 2
LVD
T E
xcita
tionERL3
ERH3
ERL4
ERH4
(SCREWS 23, 24,27,28 ARE NC IN H2B)
PCOM
Fromcontrol rack P28
PCOM
P28VR
H1B ONLY
10mA, 1K CoilH2B ONLY
H1B ONLY
10mA, 1K CoilH2B ONLY
CONN SHLD
CONN SHLD
ID
Fromcontrol rack
LVDT Input TB Locations: LVx H L . 1 1 2 2 3 4 3 5 6 4 7 8 5 9 10 6 11 12
Current limit
DSVOH1B, H2B Board (Part 1 of 2)
382 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
VSVO
TSVO
10 ohm
ConfigurableGain
JP1P28VP28VR
Ext TripCkt
JD1
JD2
SuicideRelay
VoltageLimiter11 vlt
Current Ref
flow of current toshutdown actuateddevice80
2010
120A
40
120B (75 ohm coil)(40)
Servo Driver Circuit:
36
105
185
432
170
170
ServoCoils
DSVOH1B, H2B board (Part 2 of 2)
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of inputs 6 LVDT windings 2 pulse rate signals External trip signal
Number of outputs 2 servo valves 2 excitation sources for LVDTs 2 excitation sources for pulse rate transducers
LVDT excitation output 2 Outputs: Frequency of 3.2 ±0.2 kHz Voltage of 7.00 ±0.14 V rms
Pulse rate input Minimum signal for proper measurement at 2 Hz is 33 mVpk, and at 12 kHz is 827 mVpk.Magnetic PR pickup signal Generates 150 V p-p into 60 Ω, used on DSVOH2B. Active PR Pickup Signal Generates 5 to 27 V p-p into 60 Ω, used on DSVOH1B. Fault detection Servo current out of limits or not responding.
The LVDT excitation is out of range. The LVDT feedback is out of limits. Failed ID chip.
Size 23.8 cm high x 8.6 cm wide (9.37 in. x 3.4 in.) complete with support plate
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VSVO Servo Control • 383
Diagnostics
VSVO performs diagnostic checks on DSVO including the following:
• If the output servo current is out of limits or not responding, a fault is created. • If the regulator feedback (LVDT) signal is out of limits, a fault is created and if
the associated regulator has two sensors, the bad sensor is removed from the feedback calculation and the good sensor is used.
• If any one of the above signals go unhealthy a composite diagnostic alarm, L#DIAG_VSVO, occurs. Details of the individual diagnostics are available from the toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
• Connector JR1 on the terminal board has its own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the connector location. When the chip is read by VSVO and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
On DSVOH1B, jumpers JP1 and JP2 select the desired coil current and servo valve coil resistance, which varies from 22 W to 1,000 W. The following table shows the coil currents and resistances (for example, jumper 120B provides a ±120 mA coil current).
Jumper J1/2 Label (mA)
Coil Resistance
120B 75 Ω 120A 40 Ω 80 22 Ω 40 62 or 89 Ω 20 125 Ω 10 1,000 Ω
With DSVOH2B, only a 1,000 Ω, 10 mA coil can be driven, so there are no jumper settings.
384 • VSVO Servo Control GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Notes
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTCC Thermocouple Input • 385
VTCC Thermocouple Input
Functional Description
The Thermocouple Input (VTCC) board accepts 24 thermocouple inputs. These inputs are wired to the TBTC or DTTC terminal boards. Cables with molded plugs connect the terminal board to the VME rack where the VTCC thermocouple processor board is located. The TBTC can provide both simplex (TBTCH1C) or triple module redundant (TMR) control (TBTCHIB). Two groups of the VTCC provide different temperature ranges optimized for gas turbine control applications (VTCCH1) and general-purpose applications (VTCCH2). The same terminal boards are used with both groups of the VTCC card.
VTCCH1 supports E, J, K, S, and T types of thermocouples and mV inputs. The mV span is -8mV to +45mV.
VTCCH2 supports E, J, K, S, T as well as B, N, and R types of standard thermocouples and mV inputs. The mV span for VTCCH2 is -20mV to +95mV.
Note Input data is transferred over the VME backplane from VTCC to the VCMI and then to the controller.
VTCC Thermocouple Input
386 • VTCC Thermocouple Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
24681012141618202224
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
13579
11131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
xx
x
JA1
JB1
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VTCC
J3
J4
VME Bus to VCMIcommunication board
TBTC, capacity for24 thermocouple inputs
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cables to VMErack
Connectors onVME rack
Barrier type terminalblocks can be unpluggedfrom board formaintenance
Shield barground
TBTC Terminal Board VTCC VME Board
TCinputs
TCinputs
Thermocouple Input Terminal Board, I/O Board, and Cabling
Installation
To install the V-type board
1 Power down the VME processor rack
2 Slide in the board and push the top and bottom levers in with your hands to seat its edge connectors
3 Tighten the captive screws at the top and bottom of the front panel
Note Cable connections to the terminal boards are made at the J3 and J4 connectors on the lower portion of the VME rack. These are latching type connectors to secure the cables. Power up the VME rack and check the diagnostic lights at the top of the front panel. For details, refer to the section on diagnostics in this document.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTCC Thermocouple Input • 387
Operation
Type E, J, K, S, and T thermocouples can be used with VTCCH1, and they can be grounded or ungrounded. Type E, J, K, S, T, B, N and R thermocouples can be used with VTCCH2, and they can be grounded or ungrounded. They can be located up to 300 m (984 ft) from the turbine control cabinet with a maximum two-way cable resistance of 450 Ω. High frequency noise suppression and two cold junction (CJ) reference devices are mounted on the terminal board.
Linearization for individual thermocouple types is performed in software by VTCC. A thermocouple that is determined to be out of the hardware limits is removed from the scanned inputs to prevent adverse affects on other input channels.
Cold Junctions
If both CJ devices are within the configurable limits, then the average of the two is used for CJ compensation. If only one CJ device is within the configurable limits, then that CJ is used for compensation. If neither CJ device is within the configurable limits, then a default value is used. The thermocouple inputs and cold junction inputs are automatically calibrated using the filtered calibration reference and zero voltages.
Note VTCC boards manufactured after software version VTCC-100100C and higher have additional thermocouple and cold junction features. The newly designed boards permit the use of S-type thermocouples, in addition to all previous types. They also provide for a remote CJ compensation feature for thermocouple inputs. This allows the user to select whether CJ compensation is done based on a temperature reading at a remote location or at the terminal board as explained above. The calculations are the same as previous VTCC boards, only the source of the CJ reading changes.
Two CJ references are used per VTCC, one each for connectors J3 and J4. Each reference can be selected as either remote (from VME bus) or local (from associated terminal board, T-type or D-type). All references are then treated as sensor inputs (for example, averaged, limits configured). The two references can be mixed, one local and one remote. CJ signals go into signal space and are available for monitoring. Normally the average of the two is used. Acceptable limits are configured, and if a CJ goes outside the limit, a logic signal is set. A 1 °F error in the CJ compensation causes a 1 °F error in the thermocouple reading.
Hard coded limits are set at 32 to 158 °F, and if a CJ goes outside this range, it is regarded as bad. Most CJ failures are open or short circuit. If one CJ fails, the good one is used. If both CJs fail, the backup value is used. This backup value can be derived from CJ readings on other terminal boards, or can be the configured default value.
388 • VTCC Thermocouple Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
<R> or <S> or <T> Rack
Thermocouple Input Board VTCC
Terminal Board TBTC
JA1 J3
Connectors atbottom ofVME rack
Excitation
JB1 J4
(12) thermocouples
(12) thermocouples
Excit.
I/O CoreProcessor
TMS320C32VMEbus
NoiseSuppression
NoiseSuppression
Thermocouple
Thermocouple
Grounded orungrounded
High
Low
Low
High
Localcold junctionreference
Localcold junctionreference
ID
ID
A/D
Remote coldjunctionreferences
Simplex Thermocouple Inputs to VTCC Processor Board
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTCC Thermocouple Input • 389
<R> RackTerminal Board TBTCH1B
Thermocouple Input Board VTCC
Excit.
Excitation.
(12) thermocouples
Thermocouple
Grounded orungrounded
High
Low
J3
(12) thermocouples
Thermocouple
Grounded orungrounded
High
Low
J4
LocalCJ reference
JRAID
JSAID
JTAID
JRBID
JSBID
JTBID
To<S>Rack
To<T>Rack
To<T>Rack
To<S>Rack
I/O CoreProcessor
TMS320C32
VMEbus
A/D
Analog-DigitalConverter
Processor
Noisesuppression
NS
NS
Remote CJreferences
LocalCold JunctionReference
TMR Thermocouple Inputs to VTCC Processor Boards
Thermocouple inputs are supported over a full-scale input range of -8.0 mV to +45.0 mV. The following table shows typical input voltages for different thermocouple types versus the minimum and maximum temperature range. The CJ temperature is assumed to range from +32 to +158 °F.
Thermocouple E J K S T
Low range, °F / °C −60 /−51 −60 / −51 −60 / −51 0 / −17.78 −60 / −51 mV at low range with reference at 158 °F (70°C) −7.174 −6.132 −4.779 −0.524 −4.764 High range, °F / °C 1100 / 593 1400 / 798 2000 / 1093 3200 / 1760 750 / 399 mV at high range with reference at 32 °F (0°C) 44.547 42.922 44.856 18.612 20.801
390 • VTCC Thermocouple Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
VTCCH1 Thermocouple Range
Thermocouple inputs are supported over a full-scale input range of -8.0 mV to +45.0 mV. The following table shows typical input voltages for different thermocouple types versus the minimum and maximum temperature range. The CJ temperature is assumed to range from 0 to 70°C (+32 to +158 °F).
Thermocouple Type VTCCH1
E J K S T
Low range, °F -60 -60 -60 0 -60 °C -51 -51 -51 -17.78 -51 mV at low range with reference at 70°C (158 °F)
-7.174 -6.132 -4.779 -0.524 -4.764
High range, °F 1100 1400 2000 3200 750 °C 593 760 1093 1760 399 mV at high range with reference at 0°C (32 °F)
44.547 42.922 44.856 18.612 20.801
VTCCH2 Thermocouple Range
Thermocouple inputs support a full-scale input range of -20.0 mV to + 95.0 mV. The following table shows typical input voltages for different thermocouple types versus the minimum and maximum temperature range. The CJ temperature is assumed to range from 0 to 70°C (+32 to +158 °F).
Thermocouple Type VTCCH2
E J K S T
Low range, °F -60 -60 -60 0 -60
°C -51 -51 -51 -17.78 -51 mV at low range with reference at 70°C (158 °F)
-7.174 -6.132 -4.779 -0.524 -4.764
High range, °F 1832 2192 2372 3200 752 °C 1000 1200 1300 1760 400 mV at high range with reference at 0°C (32 °F)
76.373 69.553 52.41 18.612 20.869
Thermocouple Type VTCCH2
B N R
Low range, °F 32 -60 0
°C 0 -51 -17.78
mV at low range with reference at 70°C (158 °F)
-0.0114 -3.195 -0.512
High range, °F 3272 2282 3092
°C 1800 1250 1700
mV at high range with reference at 0°C (32 °F)
13.593 45.694 20.220
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTCC Thermocouple Input • 391
Specifications
Item Specifications
Number of channels 24 channels per terminal board and I/O board Thermocouple types E, J, K, S, T thermocouples, and mV inputs for VTCCH1
E, J, K, S, T, B, N, R thermocouples, and mV inputs for VTCCH2 Span -8 mV to +45 mV for VTCCH1
-20 mV to +95 mV for VTCCH2 A/D converter Sampling type 16-bit A/D converter with better than 14-bit resolution CJ compensation Reference junction temperature measured at two locations on each terminal board (option
for remote CJs). TMR board has six CJ references.
Cold junction temperature accuracy
Cold junction accuracy 1.1ºC (2 ºF)
Conformity error Maximum software error 0.14ºC (0.25 ºF) Measurement accuracy VTCCH1 = 53 µV (excluding cold junction reading).
Example: For type K, at 1000 ºF, including cold junction contribution, RSS error= 3 ºF VTCCH1 = 115 µV (excluding cold junction reading). Example: For type K, at 1000 ºF, including cold junction contribution, RSS error= 6 ºF
Common mode rejection Ac common mode rejection 110 dB @ 50/60 Hz, for balanced impedance input Common mode voltage ±5 V
Normal mode rejection Rejection of 250 mV rms is 80 dB @ 50/60 Hz Scan time All inputs are sampled at 120 times per second for 60 Hz operation; for 50 Hz operation it is
100 times per second Fault detection High/low (hardware) limit check
High/low system (software) limit check Monitor readings from all TCs, CJs, calibration voltages, and calibration zero readings
392 • VTCC Thermocouple Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Diagnostics
Three LEDs at the top of the front panel provide status information. The normal run condition is a flashing green, and fail is a solid red. The third LED shows a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in the board. Diagnostic checks include the following:
• Each thermocouple type has hardware limit checking based on preset (non-configurable) high and low levels set near the ends of the operating range. If this limit is exceeded a logic signal is set and the input is no longer scanned. If any one of the 24 inputs hardware limits is set it creates a composite diagnostic alarm, L3DIAG_VTCC, referring to the entire board. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal.
• Each thermocouple input has system limit checking based on configurable high and low levels. These limits can be used to generate alarms, and can be configured for enable/disable, and as latching/non-latching. RESET_SYS resets the out of limit signals.
• In TMR systems, if one signal varies from the voted value (median value) by more than a predetermined limit, that signal is identified and a fault is created. This can provide early indication of a problem developing in one channel.
• Each terminal board and I/O board has its own ID device, which is interrogated by the I/O board. The board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JA1/JB1 connector location. When the chip is read by the I/O processor and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created. Details of diagnostic faults are in the Alarms section of this document.
Configuration
Note The following information is extracted from the toolbox and represents a sample of the configuration information for this board. Refer to the actual configuration file within the toolbox for specific information.
Parameter Description Choices
Configuration SysFreq System frequency (used for noise rejection) 50 or 60 Hz SystemLimits Enables or disables all system limit checking Enable, disable Auto Reset Automatic Restoring of Thermocouples removed from scan Enable, disable J3J4:I200TBTCH1A Terminal board Connected, Not Connected ThermCpl1 First of 24 thermocouples - board point signal Point edit (input FLOAT) ThermoCpl Type Thermocouples supported by VTCC; unused inputs are
removed from scanning, mV inputs are primarily for maintenance. When configured for mV input, the signal span is –8 mV to +45 mV. The input is not compensated for CJ and is a straight reading of the terminal board mV input. In order to detect open wires, each input is biased using plus and minus 0.25 V through 10 Ω resistors. This should be taken into account if high impedance mV signals are to be read.
Unused, mV, S, T, K, J, E
LowPassFiltr Enable 2 Hz low pass filter Enable, disable SysLim1 Enabl Enables or disables a temperature limit which can be used
to create an alarm. Enable, disable
SysLim1 Latch Determines whether the limit condition will latch or unlatch; reset used to unlatch.
Latch, unlatch
SysLim1 Type Limit occurs when the temperature is greater than or equal (>=), or less than or equal to (<=) a preset value.
Greater than or equal, less than or equal
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTCC Thermocouple Input • 393
Parameter Description Choices
SysLimit 1 Enter the desired value. Engineering units SysLim2 Enabled Enables or disables a temperature limit which can be used
to create an alarm. Enable, disable
SysLim2 Latch Determines whether the limit condition will latch or unlatch; reset used to unlatch.
Latch, unlatch
SysLim2 Type Limit occurs when the temperature is greater than or equal (>=), or less than or equal to (<=) a preset value.
Greater than or equal, less than or equal
SysLimit 2 Enter the desired value. Engineering units TMR Diff Limt Limit condition occurs if 3 temperatures in R, S, T differ by
more than a preset value (deg F); this creates a voting alarm condition.
-60 to 2,000
ColdJunc1 First CJ reference - Board point signal (similar configuration as for thermocouples but no low pass filter or CJ type choices of local or remote).
As above (input FLOAT)
ColdJunc2 Second CJ reference – Board point signal (similar configuration as for thermocouples but no low pass filter or CJ type choices of local or remote).
As above (input FLOAT)
Board Points (Signals)
Description-Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection Name)
Direction Type
L3DIAG_VTCC1 Board diagnostic Input BIT L3DIAG_VTCC2 Board diagnostic Input BIT L3DIAG_VTCC3 Board diagnostic Input BIT SysLim1TC1 System limit 1 for thermocouple Input BIT : : Input BIT SysLim1TC24 System limit 1 for thermocouple Input BIT SysLim1CJ1 System limit 1 for CJ Input BIT SysLim1JC2 System limit 1 for CJ Input BIT SysLim2TC1 System limit 2 for thermocouple Input BIT : : Input BIT SysLim2TC24 System limit 2 for thermocouple Input BIT SysLim2CJ1 System limit 2 for CJ Input BIT SysLim2CJ2 System limit 2 for CJ Input BIT CJ Backup CJ backup Output FLOAT CJ Remote 1 CJ remote 1 Output FLOAT CJ Remote 2 CJ remote 2 Output FLOAT ThermCpl1 Thermocouple reading Input FLOAT : : Input FLOAT ThermCpl24 Thermocouple reading Input FLOAT ColdJunc1 CJ for thermocouples (TC) 1-12 Input FLOAT ColdJunc2 CJ for TCs 13-24 Input FLOAT
394 • VTCC Thermocouple Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Alarms
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
2 Flash Memory CRC Failure Board firmware programming error (board will not go online)
3 CRC failure override is Active Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to go online)
16 System Limit Checking is Disabled System checking was disabled by configuration.
17 Board ID Failure Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board
18 J3 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem
19 J4 ID Failure. Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable problem
20 J5 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J5, or cable problem
21 J6 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J6, or cable problem
22 J3A ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J3A, or cable problem
23 J4A ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J4A, or cable problem
24 Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board
30 ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: [ ] ; Tre: [ ] The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
31 IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: [ ]; Tre:[ ] The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
32-55 Thermocouple [ ] Raw Counts High. The [ ] thermocouple input to the analog to digital converter exceeded the converter limits and will be removed from scan
A condition such as stray voltage or noise caused the input to exceed +63 millivolts.
56-79 Thermocouple [ ] Raw Counts Low. The [ ] thermocouple input to the analog to digital converter exceeded the converter limits and will be removed from scan
The board has detected a thermocouple open and has applied a bias to the circuit driving it to a large negative number, or the TC is not connected, or a condition such as stray voltage or noise caused the input to exceed -63 millivolts.
80,81 Cold Junction [ ] Raw Counts High. CJ device number [ ] input to the A/D converter has exceeded the limits of the converter. Normally two CJ inputs are averaged; if one is detected as bad then the other is used. If both CJs fail, a predetermined value is used
The CJ device on the terminal board has failed.
82,83 Cold Junction [ ] Raw Counts Low. CJ device number [ ] input to the A/D converter has exceeded the limits of the converter. Normally two CJ inputs are averaged; if one is detected as bad then the other is used. If both CJs fail, a predetermined value is used
The CJ device on the terminal board has failed.
84,85 Calibration Reference [ ] Raw Counts High. Calibration Reference [ ] input to the A/D converter exceeded the converter limits. If Cal. Ref. 1, all even numbered TC inputs will be wrong; if Cal. Ref. 2, all odd numbered TC inputs will be wrong
The precision reference voltage on the board has failed.
86,87 Calibration Reference [ ] Raw Counts Low. Calibration Reference [ ] input to the A/D converter exceeded the converter limits. If Cal. Ref. 1, all even numbered TC inputs will be wrong; if Cal. Ref. 2, all odd numbered TC inputs will be wrong
The precision reference voltage on the board has failed.
88,89 Null Reference [ ] Raw Counts High The null reference voltage signal on the board has failed.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTCC Thermocouple Input • 395
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
90,91 Null Reference [ ] Raw Counts Low. The null (zero) reference number [ ] input to the A/D converter has exceeded the converter limits. If null ref. 1, all even numbered TC inputs will be wrong; if null ref. 2, all odd numbered TC inputs will be wrong
The null reference voltage signal on the board has failed.
92-115 Thermocouple [ ] Linearization Table High. The thermo-couple input has exceeded the range of the linearization (lookup) table for this type. The temperature will be set to the table's maximum value
The thermocouple has been configured as the wrong type, or a stray voltage has biased the TC outside of its normal range, or the CJ compensation is wrong.
116- 139 Thermocouple [ ] Linearization Table Low. The thermo -couple input has exceeded the range of the linearization (lookup) table for this type. The temperature will be set to the table's minimum value
The thermocouple has been configured as the wrong type, or a stray voltage has biased the TC outside of its normal range, or the CJ compensation is wrong.
160- 255 Logic Signal [ ] Voting mismatch A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.
256- 281 Input Signal [ ] Voting mismatch, Local [ ], Voted [ ]. The specified input signal varies from the voted value of the signal by more than the TMR Diff Limit
A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.
TBTC Thermocouple Input
Functional Description
The Thermocouple Input (TBTC) terminal board accepts 24-type E, J, K, S, or T thermocouple inputs. It accepts additional B, N and R types of thermocouple inputs only when used with PTCCH2 in Mark VIe. These inputs are wired to two barrier-type blocks on the terminal board. TBTC communicates with the I/O processor through DC-type connectors. Two types of the TBTC are available, as follows:
• TBTCH1C for simplex applications has two DC-type connectors. • TBTCH1B for TMR applications has six DC-type connectors.
Mark VI Systems
In the Mark VI system, TBTC works with the VTCC processor and supports simplex and TMR applications. One TBTCH1C connects to the VTCC with two cables. In TMR systems, TBTCH1B connects to three VTCC boards with six cables.
Mark VIe Systems
In the Mark VIe system, TBTC works with the PTCC I/O pack and supports simplex, dual, and TMR applications. In simplex systems, two PTCC packs plug into the TBTCH1C for a total of 24 inputs. With the TBTCH1B, one, two, or three PTCC packs can be connected, supporting a variety of system configurations.
• Simplex pack – 12 inputs • Simplex packs – 24 inputs • TMR packs – 12 inputs
396 • VTCC Thermocouple Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
The Thermocouple Input (TBTC) terminal board accepts 24-type E, J, K, S, or T thermocouple inputs for PTCCH1 pack and 24-type E, J, K, S,T,B,N or R thermocouple inputs for PTCCH2 pack.
24 thermocoupleinputs
24681012141618202224
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
13579
11131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x x
x TBTCH1C,capacity for
Shield BarGround
TBTCH1C Terminal BoardSimplex
12 TCInputs
12 TCInputs
BarrierType TerminalBlocks can be unpluggedfrom board formaintenance
24681012141618202224
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
13579
11131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x x
x TBTCH1B,capacity for
Shield BarGround
TBTCH1B Terminal BoardTMR
BarrierType TerminalBlocks can be unpluggedfrom board formaintenance
24 thermocoupleinputs (with Packsonly 12 inputs)
JRBJRA
JSBJSA
JTBJTA
J ports:
Plug in PTCC I/O Pack(s)for Mark VIe system
or
Cables to VTCC boardsfor Mark VI system;
JA1
JB1 For TBTCH1B the numberand location of PTCC I/Opoints depends on the levelof redundancy required.
Thermocouple Terminal Board, I/O Processor, and Cabling
Installation
Connect the thermocouple wires directly to the two I/O terminal blocks. These removable blocks are mounted on the terminal board and held down with two screws. Each block has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield terminal strip attached to chassis ground is located on the left side of each terminal block.
In Mark VI systems, cable the TBTC J-type connectors to the I/O processors in the VME rack.
In Mark VIe systems, plug the I/O packs directly into the TBTC J-type connectors. The number of cables or I/O packs depends on the level of redundancy required.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTCC Thermocouple Input • 397
Operation
The 24 thermocouple inputs can be grounded or ungrounded. They can be located up to 300 m (984 ft) from the turbine control panel with a maximum two-way cable resistance of 450 Ω. TBTC features high-frequency noise suppression and two CJ reference devices, as shown in following figure. The I/O processor performs the analog-to-digital conversion and the linearization for individual thermocouple types.
In Mark VI simplex systems using TBTCH1C, one VTCC is used. In Mark VIe simplex systems, two PTCC packs plug into TBTC, obtaining 24 thermocouple inputs.
Thermocouple I/O ProcessorTerminal Board TBTCH1C
JA1 Excitation
(12) thermocouples
(12) thermocouples
NoiseSuppression
NoiseSuppression
Thermocouple
Thermocouple
Grounded orungrounded
High
Low
Low
High
Cold JunctionReference
Cold JunctionReference
ID
ID
A/DConv
JB1
I/O Processor is eitherremote (Mark VI) or local(Mark VIe)
Processor
JB1 cables to I/O controller
Thermocouple Inputs and I/O Processor, Simplex
398 • VTCC Thermocouple Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
For TMR systems using TBTCH1B, the thermocouple signals fan out to three J-connectors. The Mark VI system accommodates 24 inputs and the Mark VIe system accommodates 12 inputs.
The TBTC terminal board supports all thermocouple spans documented for the associated thermocouple I/O processor.
<R>
Termination Board TBTCH1B Thermocouple I/O Processor
Excitation.
(12) thermocouples
Thermocouple
Grounded orungrounded
High
Low
(12) thermocouples
Thermocouple
Grounded orungrounded
High
Low
Cold Junc.Refer.
JRBID
JSBID
JTBID
Cold Junc.Refer.
JRAID
JSAID
JTAID
NoiseSuppression
NS
NS
I/O Processor is eitherremote (Mark VI) orlocal (Mark VIe)
Other selected J-ports cable to I/OProcessor VTCC for Mark VI systems,orconnect PTCC I/O Packs for Mark VIe,for <S> and <T>.
A/DConv.
Processor
Thermocouple Inputs and I/O Processor, TMR systems
Cold Junctions
The CJ signals go into signal space and are available for monitoring. Normally the average of the two is used. Acceptable limits are configured, and if a CJ goes outside the limit, a logic signal is set. A 1 °F error in the CJ compensation will cause a 1 °F error in the thermocouple reading.
Hard-coded limits are set at -40 to 85°C (-40 to +185 ºF), and if a CJ goes outside this, it is regarded as bad. Most CJ failures are open or short circuit. If the CJ is declared bad, the backup value is used. This backup value can be derived from CJ readings on other terminal boards, or can be the configured default value (refer to signals in the section, Configuration).
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTCC Thermocouple Input • 399
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of channels 24 channels per terminal board Thermocouple types E, J, K, S, T thermocouples, and mV inputs if TBTC is connected to PTCCH1 or
VTCCH1 E, J, K, S, T, B, N ,R thermocouples, and mV inputs if TBTC is connected to PTCCH2 or VTCCH2
Span -8 mV to +45 mV if TBTC is connected to PTCCH1 or VTCCH1 -20 mV to +95 mV if TBTC is connected to PTCCH2 or VTCCH2
Cold junction compensation Reference junction temperature measured at two locations on each H1C terminal boardTMR H1B board has six CJ references. Only three available with Mark VIe I/O packs.
Cold junction temperature accuracy
CJ accuracy 1.1ºC (2 ºF)
Fault detection High/low (hardware) limit check Monitor readings from all TCs, CJs, calibration voltages, and calibration zero readings.
Diagnostics
Diagnostic tests to components on the terminal boards are as follows:
• Each thermocouple type has hardware-limit checking based on preset (non-configurable) high and low levels set near the ends of the operating range. If this limit is exceeded, a logic signal is set and the input is no longer scanned. If any one of the inputs hardware limits is set, it creates a composite diagnostic alarm.
• Each terminal board connector has its own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O board. The board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the J connector location. If a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
• When operating with the I/O processor a very small current is injected into each thermocouple path. This is done to detect open circuits and is of a polarity to create a low temperature reading should a thermocouple open.
DTTC Simplex Thermocouple Input
Functional Description
The Simplex Thermocouple Input (DTTC) terminal board is a compact terminal board designed for DIN-rail mounting. The board has 12 thermocouple inputs and connects to the VTCC thermocouple processor board with a single 37-pin cable. This cable is identical to the one used on the larger TBTC terminal board. The on-board signal conditioning and CJ reference are identical to those on the TBTC board.
Note An on-board ID chip identifies the board to the VTCC for system diagnostic purposes.
Two DTTC boards can be connected to the VTCC for a total of 24 inputs. High- density Euro-Block type terminal blocks are permanently mounted to the board with two screw connections for the ground connection (SCOM). Every third screw connection is for the shield. Only the simplex version of the board is available. The terminal boards can be stacked vertically on the DIN-rail to conserve cabinet space.
Note The DTTC board does not work with the PTCC I/O pack.
400 • VTCC Thermocouple Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
Note Shield screws are provided on this board and are internally connected to SCOM.
Mount the plastic holder on the DIN-rail and slide the DTTC board into place. Connect the thermocouples wires directly to the terminal block. The Euro-Block type terminal block has 42 terminals and is permanently mounted on the terminal board. Typically #18 AWG wires are used. Two screws, 41 and 42, are provided for the SCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short a distance as possible.
Note SCOM must be connected to ground.
Input 5 Shld
JA1
Chassis Ground
Screw Connections
37-pin "D" shellconnector with latchingfasteners
DIN Thermocouple Terminal Board DTTC
Input 1 (+)Input 1 Shld
135
11
79
1314 15171921232527293133
373941
35
42
2468
1012
1618202224262830
36
3234
3840
Input 2 (+)Input 3 (+)Input 3 ShldInput 4 (+)Input 5 (+)
Input 6 (+)Input 7 (+)Input 7 ShldInput 8 (+)Input 9 (+)Input 9 ShldInput 10 (+)Input 11 (+)Input 11 ShldInput 12 (+)
Chassis Ground
Input 1 (-)Input 2 ShldInput 2 (-)Input 3 (-)Input 4 ShldInput 4 (-)Input 5 (-)Input 6 ShldInput 6 (-)Input 7 (-)Input 8 ShldInput 8 (-)Input 9 (-)Input 10 ShldInput 10 (-)Input 11 (-)Input 12 ShldInput 12 (-)
Cable to J3connector in I/Orack for the VTCCboard
Screw Connections
DIN-rail mounting
Euro-Block typeterminal block
Plastic mountingholder
SCOM
DTTC Wiring and Cabling
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTCC Thermocouple Input • 401
Operation
VTCC provides excitation for the CJ reference on DTTC. The 12 thermocouple signals, the CJ signal, and the connection to the identity chip (ID) come through connector JA1 and are cabled to the VME control rack R. The following figure shows DTTC connected to VTCC, which contains the A/D converter.
JA1
<R> Control Rack
Thermocouple Input Board VTCC
Connectors atbottom ofVME rack
Excitation
Excit.
Sampling typeA/D converter
I/O CoreProcessor
TMS320C32
VMEbusJ4
24 Thermocouples
DTTC Terminal Board
(12) thermocouples
Thermocouple
Grounded orungrounded
Pos
Neg
Local CJreference (1)
SCOM
Shld
Connector for cablefrom second DTTCterminal board
ID
1
2
3
Noise Suppression
ProcessorA/D
Remote CJreferences
J3
DTTC and VTCC for Thermocouple Inputs
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of Channels 12 channels per terminal board Cold junction compensation Reference junction temperature measured at one location Cold junction temperature accuracy CJ accuracy 1.1ºC (2 ºF) Fault detection High/low (hardware) limit check.
Check ID chip on J3 connector.
402 • VTCC Thermocouple Input GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Diagnostics
Diagnostic tests are made on the terminal board as follows:
• Each thermocouple type has hardware limit checking based on preset (non-configurable) high and low levels set near the ends of the operating range. If VTCC finds this limit is exceeded a logic signal is set and the input is no longer scanned. If any one of the input hardware limits is set it creates a composite diagnostic alarm, L3DIAG_VTCC, referring to the entire board.
• Each terminal board cable has its own ID device that is interrogated by VTCC. The board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the terminal board serial number, board type, and revision number. If a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
• When operating with the I/O processor a very small current is injected into each thermocouple path. This is done to detect open circuits and is of a polarity to create a high temperature reading should a thermocouple open.
Details of the individual diagnostics are available from the toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 403
VTUR Primary Turbine Protection
Functional Description
The Primary Turbine Protection (VTUR) board, has the following functions:
• Measures the turbine speed with four passive pulse rate devices and passes the signal to the controller, which generates the primary overspeed trip
• Provides automatic generator synchronizing and closes the main breaker • Monitors induced shaft voltage and current
• Monitors eight Geiger-Mueller® flame detectors on gas turbine applications. The detectors connect to TRPG and use 335 V dc, 0.5 mA from an external supply.
• Controls three primary overspeed trip relays on the TRPx terminal board. The controller generates the trip signal, which is sent to VTUR and then to TRPx to trip the emergency solenoids. The turbine overspeed trip can come from VTUR or VPRO. TRPx contains nine magnetic relays to interface with three trip solenoids, known as the electrical trip devices (ETD). Nine relays are used in TMR systems, three in simplex systems.
Board Versions
There are two board versions as follows:
• VTURH1 drives three trip solenoids using one TRPx board and accepts eight flame detectors
• VTURH2 is a two-slot version that drives six trip solenoids using two TRPx boards, but only accepts eight flame detectors
VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip
404 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
VME bus to VCMI
TTURH1B Terminal Board
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cables to VMErack R
Connectors onVME rack R
Cables to VMErack S
Cables to VMErack T
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VTUR
J3
J4
VTUR VME Board
Shield bar
x
x
JS1
JS5
JR5
JT1
JT5
JR1
2468
1012141618202224
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
1357911131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
Cable to TRPG
J5
TB3
Wiring toTTL speedpickups
BreakersGenerator voltsBus voltsShaft voltsShaft current
Magneticspeedpickups (12)
Barrier type terminalblocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
VTUR Turbine Control Board, Terminal Boards, and Cabling
Installation
To install the V-type board
1 Power down the VME processor rack
2 Slide in the board and push the top and bottom levers in with your hands to seat its edge connectors
3 Tighten the captive screws at the top and bottom of the front panel
Note Cable connections to the terminal boards are made at the J3 connector on the lower portion of the VME rack. These are latching type connectors to secure the cables. Cable connection to the J5 connector on TTUR is made from J5 on the front panel. The cable to TRPG connects at J4. Power up the VME rack and check the diagnostic lights at the top of the front panel, for details refer to the section on diagnostics in this document.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 405
Operation
In simplex applications, up to four pulse rate signals can be used to measure turbine speed. Generator and bus voltages are brought into VTUR for automatic synchronizing in conjunction with the turbine controller and excitation system. TTUR has permissive generator synchronizing relays and controls the main breaker relay coil 52G. Shaft voltage is picked up with brushes and monitored along with the current to the machine case.
Note VTUR contains the pulse rate to digital circuits. VTUR alarms high voltages and tests the integrity and continuity of the circuitry.
The following figures show the VTUR simplex and TMR turbine speed inputs and generator synchronizing circuits.
Gen.volts120 V acfrom PT
Busvolts120 Vacfrom PT
Machine case
175V
14V
41
ToTPRO
#1 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU 42
#3 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU
45
46
#4 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU
47
48
Shaft
TripsignalstoTRPG
Note 1: TTL option onlyavailable on first twoSpeed pickups.
JR1
Terminal Board TTURH1B (continued)
28Vdc
K25P
02 01
52G
a
TMRSMX
JP1
Generator Breakerfeedback
P125Gen
RD
RD K25
K25A
Mon
Synch. Perm.
Auto Synch
Synch. checkfrom VPRO
08 0506,7 04 03
TMR
SMXJP2
N125Gen
Breaker coil
52Gb
AUTO
MAN
BKRH
Mon
Mon
J8
MPU1RH
MPU1RL
<R> ControlRack
TurbineBoardVTUR
J3
Connectorsat bottom ofVME rack
J3
J5
J4
TTURH1B Terminal Board (input portion)
JR1 17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
JR5
FilterClampACCoupling
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
ID
ID
)
TTL1_R
GENH
GENL
BUSL
BUSH
SVH
SVL
SCH
SCL
5 (TB3)
6 (TB3)
#2 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU
43
44
MPU2RH
MPU2RL
)
TTL2_R
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
PulseRate
MUXA/D
Ac&DcShafttest
Tripsolenoids
Flamesensors
suppression
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
Note 2: An external normallyclosed auxiliary breakercontact must be provided inthe breaker close coil circuitas indicated.Note 3: Signal to K25Acomes from TREG/VPROthrough TRPG & VTUR.
VTUR Turbine Speed Inputs and Generator Synchronizing on TTUR, Simplex
406 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Terminal Board TTURH1B(input portion)
Gen. Volts120 Vacfrom PT
17
18
19
20
Bus Volts120 Vacfrom PT
Machine Case
175V
14V
21
22
23
24
#1 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU
#2 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU
#3 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU
33
34
25
26
ToTPRO
TripSignals toTRPG
To Rack S
To Rack T
Shaft
JR1
Terminal Board TTURH1B(continued)
28Vdc
02 01
52G a
Generator BreakerFeedback
Note 1: TTL option onlyavailable on first two circuits.of each group of 4 pickups*.
P125Gen
RDK25P
RD K25
K25A
Mon
Synch.Permissve
Auto Synch.
Synch. checkfrom VPRO
08 0507 04 03
23
23
JS1
JT1
N125Gen
Bkr Coil
52G b
AU
TO
MA
N
BK
RH
J8
MPU1RH
MPU1RL
MPU1SL
MPU1SH
MPU1TL
MPU1TH
06
B52
GL
B52
GH
TMR
SMX
JP1
TMR
SMXJP2
<R>TurbineBoardVTUR J3
Connectors at bottom of
VME rack
J3
J5J4
<S><T>
J3
J3
JR1
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
JR5
42
JS5
JT5
4 Circuits*
4 Circuits*
4 Circuits*
JS1
JT1
41
)
TTL1R
)
TTL1S
)
TTL1T
5 (TB3)
1 (TB3)
3 (TB3)
GENH
GENL
BUSH
BUSL
SVH
SVL
SCH
SCL
Note 2: An external normallyclosed auxiliary breakercontact must be provided inthe Breaker close coil circuitas indicated.
Note 3: Signal to K25Acomes from TREG/VPROthrough TRPG & VTUR.
f( )
PulseRate/Digital
MUXA/D
AC&DCshafttest
NoiseSuppression
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
Tripsolenoids
Flamesensors
VTUR Turbine Speed Inputs and Generator Synchronizing, TMR
Speed Pickups
Note The median speed signal is used for speed control and for the primary overspeed trip signal.
VTUR interfaces with four passive, magnetic speed inputs with a frequency range of 2 to 20,000 Hz. Using passive pickups on a sixty- tooth wheel, circuit sensitivity allows detection of 2-RPM turning gear speed to determine if the turbine is stopped (zero speed). If automatic turning gear engagement is provided in the turbine control, this signal initiates turning gear operation.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 407
The primary overspeed trip calculations are performed in the controller using algorithms similar to (but not the same as) those in the VPRO protection board. The fast trip option used on gas turbines runs in VTUR.
Primary Trip Solenoid Interface
The normal primary overspeed trip is calculated in the controller and passed to the VTUR and then to the chosen primary trip terminal board. TRPx contains relays to interface with the ETDs. TRPx typically works in conjunction with an emergency trip board (TREx) to form the primary and emergency sides of the interface to the ETDs. VTUR supports up to three ETDs driven from each TRPx/TREx combination.
VTUR supports the following trip boards:
• TRPG is targeted at gas turbine applications and works in conjunction with the TREG board for emergency trip.
• TRPS is used for small and medium size steam turbine systems and works in conjunction with the TRES board for emergency trip.
• TRPL is intended for large steam turbine systems and works in conjunction with the TREL board for emergency trip.
Note Additional trip boards are being developed for other specific applications.
To support trip board operation, VTUR provides discrete inputs used to monitor signals such as trip relay position, synchronizing relay coil drive, and ETD power status.
Fast Overspeed Trip
In special cases where a faster overspeed trip system is required, the VTUR Fast Overspeed Trip algorithms can be enabled. The system employs a speed measurement algorithm using a calculation for a predetermined tooth wheel. Two overspeed algorithms are available as follows:
• PR_Single uses two redundant VTURs by splitting up the two redundant PR transducers, one to each board. PR_Single provides redundancy and is the preferred algorithm for LM gas turbines.
• PR_Max uses one VTUR connected to the two redundant PR transducers. PR_Max allows broken shaft and deceleration protection without the risk of a nuisance trip if one transducer is lost.
The fast trips are linked to the output trip relays with an OR-gate. VTUR computes the overspeed trip instead of the controller, so the trip is very fast. The time from the overspeed input to the completed relay dropout is 30 ms or less.
408 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Firmware
Input, PR1 Scaling
InputConfig.param.
Fast Overspeed Protection
PR1Setpoint
PR1Type,PR1Scale 2
ResetSys, VCMI, Mstr
ddt
------ Four Pulse Rate Circuits -------
PR1TrEnable
PR2SetpointPR2TrEnable
PR3SetpointPR3TrEnable
PulseRate1
PulseRate2
PulseRate3
PR4SetpointPR4TrEnable
PulseRate4
Accel1
AccASetpointAccelAEnab
OR
PTR1
Fast TripPathFalse = Run
PTR2
PTR3
PTR4
PTR5
PTR6
PulseRate2
PulseRate3
PulseRate4
PR1TrPerm
PR2TrPerm
PR3TrPerm
PR4TrPerm
AccelAPerm
AccelB
AccBSetpointAccelBEnabAccelBPerm
Accel3Accel4
Accel3
FastTripType PR_Single
PTR1_Output
PTR2_Output
PTR3_Output
PTR4_Output
PTR5_Output
PTR6_Output
Accel2Accel3Accel4
AccelA
Accel1Accel2
Inputcct.select
InForChanA
Accel1Accel2Accel3Accel4
Inputcct.select
InForChanB
Primary Trip Relay, normal Path, True= Run
PulseRate1
Signal SpaceInputs
FastOS1Trip
RPM
RPM/sec Accel1
FastOS2Trip
FastOS3Trip
PulseRate2RPM
PulseRate3RPM
PulseRate4RPM
FastOS4Trip
AccATrip
AccBTrip
Accel2RPM/sec
Accel4RPM/sec
RPM/sec
Output, J4,PTR1
Output, J4,PTR2
Output, J4,PTR3
Output, J4A,PTR4
Output, J4A,PTR5
Output, J4A,PTR6
ANDPrimary Trip Relay, normal Path, True= Run True = Run
AND True = Run
-------------Total of six circuits ----- True = Run
True = Run
True = Run
True = Run
SR
SR
SR
SR
A
BA>B
A
BA>B
A
BA>B
A
BA>B
SR
SR
A
BA>B
A
BA>B
Fast Overspeed Algorithm, PR-Single
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 409
FastOS2Trip
FirmwareInput, PR1
ScalingInput Config.param.
Signal Spaceinputs
Fast Overspeed Protection
FastOS1Stpt
PR1Type,PR1Scale 2
ResetSys, VCMI, Mstr
A A>BB
Output, J4,PTR1
FastOS1Trip
ddt
------ Four Pulse Rate Circuits -------
FastOS1Enab
S
R
FastOS3Trip
PulseRate1
PulseRate2
PR1/2Max
OR
PTR1 Primary Trip Relay, normal Path, True= Run
Fast TripPathFalse = Run
Output, J4,PTR2PTR2 Primary Trip Relay, normal Path, True= Run
PTR3
PTR4PTR5
PTR6
-------------Total of six circuits ---------Output, J4,PTR3
PulseRate2
PulseRate3
PulseRate4
FastOS1Perm
PR3/4MaxDiffSetpoint
A A>BB
DiffEnab
FastDiffTripS
RDiffPerm
Accel1Accel2
MAX
FastTripType PR_Max
A |A-B|B
DecelStpt
A A<BB
DecelTrip
DecelEnab
S
R
Accel1Accel2
DecelPerm
Neg
Neg
A A>BB
FastOS4Trip
FastOS2Stpt
A A>BB
FastOS2Enab
S
R
PulseRate3
PulseRate4
FastOS2Perm
PR1/2Max
PR3/4Max
PTR1_Output
PTR2_Output
PTR3_Output
PTR5_Output
PTR6_Output
PulseRate1
Accel3Accel4
Accel3Accel4
AccelA
AccelB
PulseRateA
PulseRateB
PulseRate1PulseRate2PulseRate3PulseRate4
InForChanBInForChanA
Inputcct.
Selectfor
AccelAand
AccelB
N/CN/C
AND True = Run
AND True = Run
True = Run
True = Run
True = Run
True = Run
RPMRPM/sec Accel1
RPM
RPM
RPM
Accel2RPM/sec
Accel4RPM/sec
Accel3RPM/sec
PulseRate1
PulseRate2
PulseRate3
PulseRate4
Output, J4A,PTR4
Output, J4A,PTR5
Output, J4A,PTR6
MAX
Fast Overspeed Algorithm, PR-Max
410 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Shaft Voltage and Current Monitor
Bearings can be damaged by the flow of electrical current from the shaft to the case. This current can occur for several reasons:
• A static voltage can be caused by droplets of water being thrown off the last stage buckets in a steam turbine. This voltage builds up until a discharge occurs through the bearing oil film.
• An ac ripple on the dc generator field can produce an ac voltage on the shaft with respect to ground through the capacitance of the field winding and insulation. Note that both of these sources are weak, so high impedance instrumentation is used to measure these voltages with respect to ground.
• A voltage can be generated between the ends of the generator shaft due to dissymmetries in the generator magnetic circuits. If the insulated bearings on the generator shaft breakdown, the current flows from one end of the shaft through the bearings and frame to the other end. Brushes can be used to discharge damaging voltage buildup, and a shunt should be used to monitor the current flow.
The turbine control continuously monitors the shaft to ground voltage and current, and alarms excessive levels. There is an ac test mode and a dc test mode. The ac test applies an ac voltage to test the integrity of the measuring circuit. The dc test checks the continuity of the external circuit, including the brushes, turbine shaft, and the interconnecting wire.
Note The dc test is driven from the R controller only. If the R controller is down, this test cannot be run successfully.
Flame Detectors
When used with TRPG, VTUR monitors signals from eight Geiger-Mueller flame detectors. With no flame present, the detector charges up to the supply voltage. The presence of the flame causes the detector to charge to a level and then discharge through TRPG. As the flame intensity increases the discharge frequency increases. When the detector discharges, VTUR and TRPG convert the discharged energy into a voltage pulse. The pulse rate varies from 0 to 1,000 pulses/sec. These voltage pulses are fanned out to all three modules. Voltage pulses above 2.5 V generate a logic high, and the pulse rate over a 40 ms time period is measured in a counter.
Automatic Synchronizing
All synchronizing connections are located on the TTUR terminal board. The generator and bus voltages are provided by two, single phase, potential transformers (PTs) with a fused secondary output supplying a nominal 115 V rms. Measurement accuracy between the zero crossing for the bus and generator voltage circuits is 1 degree.
Turbine speed is matched against the bus frequency. The generator and bus voltages are matched by adjusting the generator field excitation voltage from commands sent between the turbine controller and the EX2000 over the Unit Data Highway (UDH). A command is given to close the breaker when all permissions are satisfied. The breaker is predicted to close within the calculated phase/slip window. Feedback of the actual breaker closing time is provided by a 52G/a contact from the generator breaker (not an auxiliary relay) to update the database. An internal K25A sync check relay is provided on the TTUR; the independent backup phase/slip calculation for this relay is performed in the <P> protection module. Diagnostics monitor the relay coil and contact closures to determine if the relay properly energizes or de-energizes upon command.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 411
Synchronizing Modes
There are three basic synchronizing modes. Traditionally, these modes are selected from a generator panel mounted selector switch:
• Off The breaker cannot be closed by the controller. The check relay will not pick up.
• Manual The operator initiates breaker close, which is still subject to the K25A Sync Check contacts driven by the VPRO. The manual close is initiated from an external contact on the generator panel, normally connected in series with a sync mode in manual contact.
• Auto The system automatically matches voltage and speed, and then closes the breaker at the right time to hit top dead center on the synchroscope. All three of the following functions must agree for this closure to occur:
K25A - sync check relay, checks the allowable slip/phase window, from VPRO
K25 - auto sync relay, provides precision synchronization, from VTUR
K25P - sync sequence permissive, checks the turbine sequence status, from VTUR
The K25A relay should close before the K25 or else the sync check function will interfere with the auto sync optimizing. If this sequence is not executed, a diagnostic alarm is posted, a lockout signal is set true in signal space, and the application code may prevent any further attempts to synchronize until a reset is issued and the correct coordination is set up. Details of the various checks are discussed in the following sections.
Sync Check
The K25A sync check function is based on phase lock loop techniques. The VPRO performs the calculations for this function, but interfaces to the breaker close circuit are located on the TTUR board, not TPRO. Limit checks are performed against adjustable constants as follows:
• Generator under-voltage • Bus under-voltage • Voltage error • Frequency error (slip), with a maximum value of 0.33 Hz, typically set to 0.27
Hz • Phase error with a maximum value of 30 °, typically set to 10 °.
In addition, sync check arms logic to enable the function, and provides bypass logic for deadbus closure. The sync window below is based on typical settings:
SLIP
PHASEDegrees+10-10
+0.27 Hz
-0.27 Hz Typical Sync Window
412 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Auto Sync
The Auto Sync K25 function uses zero voltage crossing techniques. It compensates for the breaker time delay, which is defined by two adjustable constants with logic selection between the two (for two breaker applications). VTUR performs the calculations for phase, slip, acceleration, and anticipated time lead for the breaker delay. The time delay parameter is adjusted (up to certain limits) based on the measured breaker close time.
In addition, auto sync arms logic to enable the function, and bypasses logic to provide for deadbus or manual closure. The auto sync projected sync window is shown below, where positive slip indicates that the generator frequency is higher than the bus frequency.
SLIP
10
0.3 Hz
Gen. Lag Gen. Lead (phase degrees)
0.12 Hz
0
Auto Sync Projected Window
The projected window is based on current phase, current slip, and current acceleration. The generator must currently be lagging and have been lagging for the last 10 consecutive cycles, and projected (anticipated) to be leading when the breaker actually reaches closure. Auto sync does not allow the breaker to close with negative slip; speed matching typically aims at around + 0.12 Hz slip.
Synchronization Display
A special synchronization screen is available on the HMI with a real-time graphical phase display and control pushbutton. The display items are listed in table.
Sync Display Description
Dynamic Parameters Voltages: Generator, Bus, Difference Frequencies: Generator, Bus, Slip (difference) Phase: Difference angle, degrees
Status Indication Mode: Sync OFF, MANUAL, AUTO Sync Monitor: OFF, ON Dead bus breaker: Open/close Second breaker if applicable: Open/close Sync permissive: K25P Auto sync enabled Speed adjust: Raise/lower Voltage adjust: Raise/lower
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 413
Sync Display Description
Sync Permissive Gen voltage: OK/not OK Bus voltage: OK/not OK Gen frequency: OK/not OK Bus frequency: OK/not OK Difference volts: OK/not OK Difference frequ:OK/not OK Phase: K25, OK/not OK K25A, OK/not OK
Limit Constants Upper and lower limits for the above permissive
Breaker Performance Diagnostics: Slow check relay Sync relay lockup Breaker #1 close time out of limits Breaker #2 close time out of limits Relay K25P trouble Breaker closing voltage (125 V dc) missing
Control Pushbuttons Sync monitor: ON, OFF Speed adjust: RAISE, LOWER Voltage adjust:RAISE, LOWER
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of inputs 4 passive speed pickups 1 shaft voltage and 1 current measurement 1 generator and 1 bus voltage Generator breaker status 8 flame detectors from first TRPG
Number of outputs Synch permissive and Auto synch relays. Primary trip solenoid interface, 3 outputs to TRPx Additional 3 trip outputs from second TRPx using VTURH2
MPU pulse rate range 2 Hz to 20 kHz MPU pulse rate accuracy 0.05% of reading MPU input circuit sensitivity 27 mV pk (detects 2 rpm speed) Shaft voltage monitor Signal is frequency of ±5 V dc (0 – 1 MHz) pulses from 0 to 2,000 Hz Shaft voltage wiring Up to 300 m (984 ft), with maximum two-way cable resistance of 15 Ω Shaft voltage dc test Applies a 5 V dc source to test integrity of the external turbine circuit and measures dc
current flow. Circuit computes a differential resistance between 0 and 150 Ω within ±5 Ω and compares against shunt limit and brush limit. Readings above 50 Ω indicate a fault. Return signal is filtered to provide 40 dB of noise attenuation at 60 Hz.
Shaft voltage ac test Applies a test voltage of 1 kHz to the input of the VTUR shaft voltage circuit (R module only). Shaft voltage monitor circuit on R, S, and T displays an offset of 1000 Hz from normal reading.
Shaft current input Measures shaft current in amps ac (shunt voltage up to 0.1 V pp) Generator and bus voltage sensors
Two single phase potential transformers, with secondary output supplying a nominal 115 V rms Each input has less than 3 VA of loading Allowable voltage range for synch is 75 to 130 V rms Each PT input is magnetically isolated with a 1,500 V rms barrier Cable length can be up to 1,000 ft. of 18 AWG wiring
414 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Item Specification
Synchronizing measurements
Frequency accuracy 0.05% over 45 to 66 Hz range Zero crossing of the inputs is monitored on the rising slope Phase difference measurement is better than ±1 degree
Contact voltage sensing 20 V dc indicates high and 6 V dc indicates low Each circuit is optically isolated and filtered for 4 ms
Trip solenoids 6 per VTURH2 (3 per TRPx terminal board) 3 per VTURH1
Flame detectors 8 per VTUR
Diagnostics
Three LEDs at the top of the VTUR front panel provide status information. The normal RUN condition is a flashing green, FAIL is a solid red. The third LED is STATUS and is normally off but shows a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in the board. VTUR makes diagnostic checks including:
• If feedback from the solenoid relay drivers differs with the control signal a fault is created
• If feedback from the relay contacts differs with the control signal a fault is created
• Loss of solenoid power creates a fault • High and low flame detector voltage creates a fault • Slow synch check relay, slow auto synch relay, and locked up K25 relay; all of
these condition creates a fault • If any one of the above signals goes unhealthy, a composite diagnostic alarm
L3DIAG_VTUR occurs. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy
• Terminal board connectors JR1, JS1, JT1, JR5, JS5, JT5 have their own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and plug location. When the chip is read by VTUR and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created
Configuration
Note The following information is extracted from the toolbox and represents a sample of the configuration information for this board. Refer to the actual configuration file within the toolbox for specific information.
Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
VTUR system limits Select system limits Enable, disable
SMredundancy Select Simplex or TMR system Simplex or TMR AccelCalType Select acceleration calculation type Slow, medium, fast FastTripType Select Fast Trip algorithm Unused, PR_Single, PR_Max
J3J5:IS200TTURH1A TTUR connected to VTUR through J3 and J5 Connected, not connected
PulseRate1 Pulse rate input 1 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)
PRType Select Speed or Flow type input Unused, speed, flow, Speed_LM PRScale Select pulses per revolution 0 to 1,000 SysLim1Enable Select system limit 1 Enable, disable SysLim1Latch Select whether alarm will latch Latch, not latch
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 415
Parameter Description Choices
SysLim1Type Select type of alarm initiation >= or <= SysLimit1 Select alarm level in GPM or RPM 0 to 20,000 SysLim2Enable Select system limit 2 (as above) Enable, disable TMRDiffLimit Difference limit for voted PR inputs EU 0 to 20,000
ShVoltMon Shaft voltage monitor - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)
SysLim1Enable Select System Limit 1 Enable, disable SysLim1Latch Select whether alarm will latch Latch, not latch SysLim1Type Select type of alarm initiation >= or <= SysLimit1 Select alarm level in frequency 0 to 100 SysLim2Enable Select system limit 2 (as above) Enable, disable
ShCurrMon Shaft current monitor - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)
ShuntOhms Shunt resistance 0 to 100 Shunt limit Shunt maximum ohms 0 to 100 Brush limit Shaft brush maximum ohms 0 to 100 SysLim1Enable Select system limit 1 Enable, disable SysLim1Latch Select whether alarm will latch Latch, not latch SysLim1Type Select type of alarm initiation >= or <= SysLimit1 Select alarm level in amps 0 to 100 SysLim2Enable Select system limit 2 Enable, disable
GenPT_KVolts Generator potential transformer - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)
PT_Input PT input in kVrms for PT output 0 to 1,000 PT_Output PT output in Vrms, nominal 115 V rms 0 to 150 SysLim1 Select alarm level in kVrms 0 to 1,000 SysLim2 Select alarm level in kVrms 0 to 1,000
BusPT_Kvolts Bus potential transformer - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)
Ckt_Bkr Circuit breaker - board point Point edit (input BIT)
System Frequency Select frequency in Hz 50 or 60 CB1CloseTime Breaker 1 closing time, ms 0 to 1,000 CB1 AdaptLimit Breaker 1 self adaptive limit, ms 0 to 1,000 CB1 AdaptEnabl Select breaker 1 self adaptive limit Enable, disable CB1FreqDiff Breaker 1 special window frequency
difference, Hz 0 to 10
CB1PhaseDiff Breaker 1 special window phase difference, degrees
0 to 30
CB2CloseTime Breaker 2 closing time, ms (as above) 0 to 1,000
J4:IS200TRPGH1A TRPG terminal board, 8 flame detectors Connected, not connected
Board Points Signals
Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection)
Direction Type
L3DIAG_VTUR1 Board diagnostic Input BIT L3DIAG_VTUR2 Board diagnostic Input BIT L3DIAG_VTUR3 Board diagnostic Input BIT ShShntTst_OK Shaft voltage monitor shunt test OK Input BIT ShBrshTst_OK Shaft voltage brush test OK Input BIT CB_Volts_OK L3BKR_VLT circuit breaker coil voltage available Input BIT CB_K25P_PU L3BKR_PERM sync permissive relay picked up Input BIT CB_K25_PU L3KBR_GES auto sync relay picked up Input BIT CB_K25A_PU L3KBR_GEX sync check relay picked up Input BIT
416 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Board Points Signals
Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection)
Direction Type
Gen_Sync_LO Generator sync trouble (lockout) Input BIT L25_Command -------- Input BIT Kq1_Status -------- Input BIT : : Input BIT Kq6_Status -------- Input BIT FD1_Flame -------- Input BIT : : Input BIT FD16_Flame -------- Input BIT SysLim1PR1 -------- Input BIT : : Input BIT SysLim1PR4 -------- Input BIT SysLim1SHV Ac shaft voltage frequency high L30TSVH Input BIT SysLim1SHC Ac shaft current high L30TSCH Input BIT SysLim1GEN -------- Input BIT SysLim1BUS -------- Input BIT SysLim2PR1 (same set as for Limit1 above) Input BIT GenFreq Hz frequency Input FLOAT BusFreq Hz frequency Input FLOAT GenVoltsDiff KiloVolts rms-Gen Low is negative Input FLOAT Gen Freq Diff Slip Hz-Gen Slow is negative Input FLOAT Gen Phase Diff Phase Degrees-Gen Lag is negative Input FLOAT CB1CloseTime Breaker #1 close time in milliseconds Input FLOAT CB2CloseTime Breaker #2 close time in milliseconds Input FLOAT Accel1 RPM/SEC Input FLOAT : : Input FLOAT Accel4 RPM/SEC Input FLOAT FlmDetPwr1 335 V dc Input FLOAT ShTestAC L97SHAFT_AC SVM_AC_TEST Output BIT ShTestDC L97SHAFT_DC SVM_DC_TEST Output BIT FD1_Level 1 = high detection counts level Output BIT : : Output BIT FD16_Level 1 = high detection counts level Output BIT Sync_Perm_AS L83AS - auto sync permissive Output BIT Sync_Perm L25P - sequencing sync permissive Output BIT Sync_Monitor L83S_MTR - monitor mode Output BIT Sync_Bypass1 L25_BYP-1 = auto aync bypass Output BIT Sync_Bypass0 L25_BYPZ-0 = auto sync permissive Output BIT CB2_Selected L43SAUT2 - 2nd breaker selected Output BIT AS_Win_Sel L43AS_WIN - special window selected Output BIT Sync_Reset L86MR_SYNC - sync trouble reset Output BIT Kq1 L20PTR1 - primary trip relay Output BIT : : Output BIT Kq6 L20PTR6 - primary trip relay Output BIT
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 417
Alarms
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
2 Flash Memory CRC Failure Board firmware programming error (board will not go online)
3 CRC failure override is Active Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to go online)
16 System Limit Checking is Disabled System checking was disabled by configuration
17 Board ID Failure Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board
18 J3 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem
19 J4 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable problem
20 J5 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J5, or cable problem
21 J6 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J6, or cable problem
22 J3A ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J3A, or cable problem
23 J4A ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J4A, or cable problem
24 Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O board
30 ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: [ ]; Tre:[ ] The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
31 IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: [ ]; Tre:[ ] The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
32-37 Solenoid [ ] Relay Driver Feedback Incorrect. Solenoid (1-6) relay driver feedback is incorrect as compared to the command; VTUR cannot drive the relay correctly until the hardware failure is corrected
The solenoid relay driver on the TRPG/L/S board has failed, or the cabling between VTUR and TRPG/L/S is incorrect.
38-43 Solenoid [ ] Contact Feedback Incorrect. Solenoid (1-6) relay contact feedback is incorrect as compared to the command; VTUR cannot drive the relay correctly until the hardware failure is corrected
The solenoid relay driver or the solenoid relay on the TRPG/L/S board has failed, or the cabling between VTUR and TRPG/L/S is incorrect.
44-45 TRPG [ ] Solenoid Power Absent. P125/24 V dc power is not present on TRPG terminal board; VTUR cannot energize trip solenoids 1 through 3, or 4 through 6 until power is present
Power may not be coming into TRPG/L/S on the J1 connector, or the monitoring circuit on TRPG/L/S is bad, or the cabling between TRPG/L/S and VTUR is at fault.
46,48 TRPG [ ] Flame Detector Volts Low at Y Volts. TRPG 1 or 2 flame detect voltage is low; the ability to detect flame by detectors 1 through 8, or 9 through 16 is questionable
Power comes into TRPG through J3, J4, and J5. If the voltage is less than 314.9 V dc, this should be investigated. If the voltage is above this value, the monitoring circuitry on TRPG or the cabling between TRPG and VTUR is suspect.
47,49 TRPG [ ] Flame Detector Volts High at Y Volts. TRPG 1 or 2 flame detect voltage is high; the ability to detect flame by detectors 1 through 8, or 9 through 16 is questionable because the excitation voltage is too high and the devices may be damaged
This power comes into TRPG through J3, J4, and J5. If the voltage is greater than 355.1 V dc, this should be investigated. If the voltage is below this value, the monitoring circuitry on TRPG or the cabling between TRPG and VTUR is suspect.
50 L3BKRGXS – Synch Check Relay is Slow. The auto synchronization algorithm has detected that during synchronization with no dead bus closure (synch bypass was false) the auto synch relay I3BKRGES closed before synch relay I3BKRGEX closed
The synch check relay I3BKRGXS, known as K25A, on TTUR is suspect; also the cabling between VTUR and TTUR may be at fault.
418 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
51 L3BKRGES – Auto Synch Relay is Slow. The auto synchronization algorithm has detected that the auto synch relay I3BKRGES had not closed by two cycle times after the command I25 was given
The Auto synch relay I3BKRGES also known as K25, on TTUR is suspect; also the cabling between VTUR and TTUR may be at fault.
52-53 Breaker [ ] Slower than Adjustment Limit Allows. Breaker 1 or 2 close time was measured to be slower than the auto synch algorithms adaptive close time adjustment limit allows
The breaker is experiencing a problem, or the operator should consider changing the configuration (both nominal close time and self-adaptive limit in ms can be configured).
54 Synchronization Trouble - K25 Relay Locked Up. The auto synchronization algorithm has determined that the auto synch relay I3BKRGES, also known as K25, is locked up. Auto synch will not be possible until the relay is replaced
K25 on TTUR is most likely stuck closed, or the contacts are welded.
55 Card and Configuration File Incompatibility. You are attempting to install a VTUR board that is not compatible with the VTUR TRE file you have installed
Install the correct TRE file from the factory
56 Terminal Board on J5X and Config File Incompatibility. VTUR detects that the terminal board that is connected to it through J5 is different than the board that is configured
Check your configuration.
57 Terminal Board on J3 and Config File Incompatibility. VTUR detects that the terminal board that is connected to it through J3 is different than the board that is configured
Check your configuration.
58 Terminal Board on J4 and Config File Incompatibility. VTUR detects that the terminal board that is connected to it through J4 is different than the board that is configured
Check your configuration.
59 Terminal Board on J4A and Config File Incompatibility. VTUR detects that the terminal board that is connected to it through J4A is different than the board that is configured
Check your configuration.
60 Terminal Board TTUR and card VTUR Incompatibility. VTUR detects that the TTUR connected to it is an incompatible hardware revision
The TTUR or VTUR must be changed to a compatible combination.
61 TRPL or TRPS Solenoid Power Bus "A" Absent
Cabling problem or solenoid power source
62 TRPL or TRPS Solenoid Power Bus "B" Absent
Cabling problem or solenoid power source
63 TRPL or TRPS Solenoid Power Bus "C" Absent
Cabling problem or solenoid power source
64-66 TRPL/S J4 Solenoid [ ] Voltage mismatch. The voltage feedback disagrees with the PTR or ETR feedback
PTR or ETR relays, or defective feedback circuitry
128- 223 Logic Signal [ ] Voting mismatch. The identified signal from this board disagrees with the voted value
A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.
224- 251 Input Signal [ ] Voting mismatch, Local [ ], Voted [ ]. The specified input signal varies from the voted value of the signal by more than the TMR Diff Limit
A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 419
TTURH1B Primary Turbine Protection Input
Functional Description
The Primary Turbine Protection Input (TTURH1B) terminal board works with VTUR and has the following inputs and outputs:
• Twelve passive pulse rate devices sensing a toothed wheel to measure the turbine speed
• Generator voltage and bus voltage signals from potential transformers • 125 V dc output to the main breaker coil for automatic generator synchronizing • Inputs from the shaft voltage and current sensors to measure induced shaft
voltage and current
TTUR has three relays, K25, K25P, and K25A, that all have to close to provide 125 V dc power to close the main breaker, 52G. The speed signal cable to VTUR uses the JR5 connector, and the other signals use the JR1 connector. For TMR systems, signals fan out to the JR5, JS5, JT5, JR1, JS1, and JT1 connectors.
Mark VI Systems
In the Mark* VI system, the TTUR works with the VTUR processor and supports simplex and TMR applications. In TMR systems, TTURH1B connects to three VTUR boards.
Note TTURH1B does not support I/O packs, see Mark VIe below.
Mark VIe Systems
For the Mark VIe system, a new design board, the TTURH1C, is used.
Note This document does not describe TTURH1C. For details, refer to GEI-100575 PTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip.
420 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
VME bus to VCMI
TTURH1B Terminal Board
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cables to VMErack R
Connectors onVME rack R
Cables to VMErack S
Cables to VMErack T
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VTUR
J3
J4
VTUR VME Board
Shield bar
x
x
JS1
JS5
JR5
JT1
JT5
JR1
2468
1012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
1357911131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
Cable to TRPG
J5
TB3
Wiring toTTL speedpickups
BreakersGenerator voltsBus voltsShaft voltsShaft current
Magneticspeedpickups (12)
Barrier type terminalblocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
TTUR Turbine Terminal Board, Processor Board, and Cabling
Installation
Connect the wires for the magnetic pick ups, shaft pick ups, potential transformers, and breaker relays to the two I/O terminal blocks TB1 and TB2, as shown in the figure, TTUR Terminal Board Wiring. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield termination strip attached to chassis ground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block.
Use jumpers JP1 and JP2 to select either SMX or TMR for relay drivers K25 and K25P. If used, connect the wires for optional TTL active speed pick ups to TB3; these require an external power supply.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 421
Simplex systems use cable connectors JR5 and JR1. TMR systems use all six cable connectors.
Turbine Terminal Board TTURH1B
To connectors JR5,JS5, JT5, JR1, JS1, JT1
52G (H)P125GENMAN
52G (L)AUTOBKRHN125GEN
Gen (L)Bus (L)ShaftV (L)ShaftC (L)
Gen (H)Bus (H)ShaftV (H)ShaftC (H)
MPU 1T (H)
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1357911131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25272931333537
41434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
BKRH
JP1K1
K3
K2
MPU 2T (H)MPU 3T (H)MPU 4T (H)MPU 1S (H)MPU 2S (H)MPU 3S (H)MPU 4S (H)MPU 1R (H)MPU 2R (H)MPU 3R (H)MPU 4R (H)
MPU 1T (L)MPU 2T (L)MPU 3T (L)MPU 4T (L)MPU 1S (L)
MPU 4S (L)
MPU 2S (L)MPU 3S (L)
MPU 1R (L)MPU 2R (L)
MPU 4R (L)MPU 3R (L)
TMR SMX
x
TB3
J8
JP2
TMR SMX
TB3 Screw Connections
TB1
TB2
TTL1T 01
TTL1S
TTL2T
TTL2S
TTL1RTTL2R
02
0304
0506
39x
x
01
TTUR Terminal Board Wiring
422 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Operation
In simplex applications, up to four pulse rate signals can be used to measure turbine speed. Generator and bus voltages are brought into TTUR for automatic synchronizing in conjunction with VTUR, the turbine controller, and excitation system. TTUR has permissive generator synchronizing relays and controls the main breaker relay coil, 52G.
Gen.volts120 V acfrom PT
Busvolts120 Vacfrom PT
Machine case
175V
14V
41
ToTPRO
#1 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU 42
#3 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU
45
46
#4 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU
47
48
Shaft
TripsignalstoTRPG
Note 1: TTL option onlyavailable on first twoSpeed pickups.
JR1
Terminal Board TTURH1B (continued)
28Vdc
K25P
02 01
52G
a
TMRSMX
JP1
Generator Breakerfeedback
P125Gen
RD
RD K25
K25A
Mon
Synch. Perm.
Auto Synch
Synch. checkfrom VPRO
08 0506,7 04 03
TMR
SMXJP2
N125Gen
Breaker coil
52Gb
AUTO
MAN
BKRH
Mon
Mon
J8
MPU1RH
MPU1RL
<R> ControlRack
TurbineBoardVTUR
J3
Connectorsat bottom ofVME rack
J3
J5
J4
TTURH1B Terminal Board (input portion)
JR1 17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
JR5
FilterClampACCoupling
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
ID
ID
)
TTL1_R
GENH
GENL
BUSL
BUSH
SVH
SVL
SCH
SCL
5 (TB3)
6 (TB3)
#2 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU
43
44
MPU2RH
MPU2RL
)
TTL2_R
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
PulseRate
MUXA/D
Ac&DcShafttest
Tripsolenoids
Flamesensors
suppression
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
Note 2: An external normallyclosed auxiliary breakercontact must be provided inthe breaker close coil circuitas indicated.Note 3: Signal to K25Acomes from TREG/VPROthrough TRPG & VTUR.
TTUR Control I/O and VTUR Board, Simplex
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 423
In TMR applications all inputs fan to the three control racks. Control signals coming into TTUR from R, S, and T are voted before they actuate permissive relays K25 and K25P. Relay K25A is controlled by the VPRO and TREG boards.
Note All three relays have two normally open contacts in series with the breaker close coil.
Terminal Board TTURH1B(input portion)
Gen. Volts120 Vacfrom PT
17
18
19
20
Bus Volts120 Vacfrom PT
Machine Case
175V
14V
21
22
23
24
#1 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU
#2 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU
#3 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU
33
34
25
26
ToTPRO
TripSignals toTRPG
To Rack S
To Rack T
Shaft
JR1
Terminal Board TTURH1B(continued)
28Vdc
02 01
52G a
Generator BreakerFeedback
Note 1: TTL option onlyavailable on first two circuits.of each group of 4 pickups*.
P125Gen
RDK25P
RD K25
K25A
Mon
Synch.Permissve
Auto Synch.
Synch. checkfrom VPRO
08 0507 04 03
23
23
JS1
JT1
N125Gen
Bkr Coil
52G b
AU
TO
MA
N
BK
RH
J8
MPU1RH
MPU1RL
MPU1SL
MPU1SH
MPU1TL
MPU1TH
06
B52
GL
B52
GH
TMR
SMX
JP1
TMR
SMXJP2
<R>TurbineBoardVTUR J3
Connectors at bottom of
VME rack
J3
J5J4
<S><T>
J3
J3
JR1
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
JR5
42
JS5
JT5
4 Circuits*
4 Circuits*
4 Circuits*
JS1
JT1
41
)
TTL1R
)
TTL1S
)
TTL1T
5 (TB3)
1 (TB3)
3 (TB3)
GENH
GENL
BUSH
BUSL
SVH
SVL
SCH
SCL
Note 2: An external normallyclosed auxiliary breakercontact must be provided inthe Breaker close coil circuitas indicated.
Note 3: Signal to K25Acomes from TREG/VPROthrough TRPG & VTUR.
f( )
PulseRate/Digital
MUXA/D
AC&DCshafttest
NoiseSuppression
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
Tripsolenoids
Flamesensors
TTUR Control I/O and VTUR Board, TMR
424 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of inputs 12 passive speed pickups. 1 shaft voltage and 1 shaft current measurement. 1 generator and 1 bus voltage. Generator breaker status contact. Signal to K25A relay.
Number of outputs Generator breaker coil, 5 A at 125 V dc Power supply voltage Nominal 125 V dc to breaker coil MPU pulse rate range 2 Hz to 20 kHz MPU pulse rate accuracy 0.05% of reading MPU input circuit sensitivity 27 mV pk (detects 2 rpm speed) Shaft voltage monitor Signal is frequency of ± 5 V dc (0 – 1 MHz) pulses from 0 to 2,000 Hz Shaft voltage wiring Up to 300 m (984 ft), with maximum two-way cable resistance of 15 Ω Shaft voltage dc test Applies a 5 V dc source to test integrity of the external turbine circuit and measures dc
current flow. Shaft voltage ac test Applies a test voltage of 1 kHz to the input of the VTUR shaft voltage circuit (R module
only). Shaft current input Measures shaft current in amps ac (shunt voltage up to 0.1 V pp) Generator and bus voltage sensors
Two single phase potential transformers, with secondary output supplying a nominal 115 V rms Each input has less than 3 VA of loading Allowable voltage range for synch is 75 to 130 V rms Each PT input is magnetically isolated with a 1,500 V rms barrier Cable length can be up to 1,000 ft. of 18 AWG wiring
Generator breaker circuits (synchronizing)
External circuits should have a voltage range within 20 to 140 V dc. The external circuit must include a NC breaker auxiliary contact to interrupt the current Circuits are rated for NEMA class E creepage and clearance 250 V dc applications require interposing relays
Contact voltage sensing 20 V dc indicates high and 6 V dc indicates low Each circuit is optically isolated and filtered for 4 ms
Size 33.0 cm high x 17.8 cm wide (13 in. x 7 in.) Technology Surface mount Temperature Operating: -30 to 65ºC (-22 to 149 ºF)
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 425
Diagnostics
VTUR makes diagnostic tests on the terminal board and connections as follows:
• Feedback from the solenoid relay drivers; if they do not agree with the control signal a fault is created.
• Feedback from the relay contacts; if they do not agree with the control signal a fault is created.
• Loss of solenoid power, which creates a fault. • Slow synch check relay, slow auto synch relay, and locked up K25 relay; all of
these create a fault. • If any one of the above signals goes unhealthy, a composite diagnostic alarm
L3DIAG_VTUR occurs. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
• Terminal board connectors JR1, JS1, JT1, JR5, JS5, JT5 have their own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and plug location. When the chip is read by VTUR and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
Jumpers JP1 and JP2 select either simplex or TMR for relay drivers K25 and K25P. There are no switches on the board.
426 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
TRPG Turbine Primary Trip
Functional Description
The Gas Turbine Primary Trip (TRPG) terminal board is controlled by the Primary Turbine Protection controller (VTUR or PTUR). TRPG contains nine magnetic relays in three voting circuits to interface with three trip solenoids (ETDs). The TRPG works in conjunction with the TREG to form the primary and emergency sides of the interface to the ETDs. TRPG also accommodates inputs from eight Geiger-Mueller® flame detectors for gas turbine applications. There are two board types as follows:
• The H1A and H1B version for TMR applications has three voting relays per trip solenoid.
• The H2A and H2B version for simplex applications has one relay per trip solenoid.
Mark VI System
In the Mark* VI system, the TRPG works with the VTUR board and supports simplex and TMR applications. Cables with molded plugs connect TRPG to the VME rack where the VTUR board is located.
Mark VIe System
In the Mark VIe system, the TRPG is controlled by the PTUR packs on TTURH1C and supports simplex and TMR applications. The I/O packs plug into the D-type connectors on TTURH1C, which is cabled to TRPG.
Version Difference
Board
TMR
Simplex
Output contact, 125 V dc, 1 A
Output contact, 24 V dc, 3 A
28 V Power use
TRPGH1A* Yes No Yes No Normal TRPGH2A* No Yes Yes No Normal TRPGH1B Yes No Yes Yes Normal TRPGH2B No Yes Yes Yes Normal TRPGH3B Yes No Yes Yes Special
* H1A and H2A are not used for new applications. TRPGH3B features special handling of 28 V control power and is otherwise identical to a TRPGH1B. Consult factory for additional details.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 427
Shield bar
x
x
JS1
JT1
JR1
24681012141618202224
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
1357911131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
J2
J4J5J3
J1
Cable toTREG
335 V from rackpower suppliesR, S, T
ETD power
Trip solenoidsPower monitoring
Flame sensorsignals (8)
J - Port Connections:
Cables to TTURH1Cfor Mark VIe system
or
Cables to VTUR boardsfor Mark VI system
DC-37 pin typeconnectorswith latchingfasteners
TRPG Terminal Board and Cabling
428 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
Connect the wires for the three trip solenoids directly to the first I/O terminal block. Connect the wires for the flame detectors (if used) to the second terminal block. Connect the power for the flame detectors to the J3, J4, and J5 plug.
Connect the 125 V dc power for the trip solenoids to the J1 plug. Transfer power to the TREG board using the J2 plug.
Turbine Primary Trip Terminal Board TRPG
Flame 1 (L)
Flame 3 (L)
Flame 5 (L)
Flame 7 (L)Flame 8 (L)
2468
1012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
125 Vdc (N)
Trip Solenoid 1 or 4Trip Solenoid 2 or 5Trip Solenoid 3 or 6
Flame 2 (L)
Flame 4 (L)
Flame 6 (L)
J1
J2
Cable to TREG
125 V dc
J - Port Connections:
Cables to TTURH1Cfor Mark VIe system
or
Cables to control rack VTUR boardsfor Mark VI system
125 Vdc (P)125 Vdc (P)125 Vdc (P)
125 Vdc (N)
Flame 1 (H)
Flame 3 (H)
Flame 5 (H)
Flame 7 (H)
Flame 2 (H)
Flame 4 (H)
Flame 6 (H)
Flame 8 (H)
Up to two #12 AWG wires perpoint with 300 V insulation
Terminal blocks can be unpluggedfrom terminal board for maintenance
J4
J5
J3
335 V dc
335 V dc
335 V dc
JS1
JT1
JR1
TRPG Terminal Board Wiring
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 429
Operation
The I/O pack/board provides the primary trip function by controlling the relays on TRPG, which trip the main protection solenoids. In TMR applications, the three inputs are voted in hardware using a relay ladder logic two-out-of-three voting circuit. The I/O pack/board monitors the current flow in its relay driver control line to determine its energize or de-energize vote/status of the relay coil contact status. Supply voltages are monitored for diagnostic purposes. A normally closed contact from each relay on TRPG is monitored by the diagnostics to determine its proper operation.
J2
J2
Terminal Board TRPGH1A (TMR), H2A (Simplex)
JR1
RD KR1
KR2
KR3
RD
RD
JS1RD KS1
KS2
KS3
RD
RD
JT1RD KT1
KT2
KT3
RD
RD
KR1 KS1
KS1
KT1 KR1
PDM 125 V dc
J1-+
TerminalBoard TREG
28 Vdc
28 Vdc
28 Vdc
TripSolenoid
1 or 4
01 03 05 09 10
KT1
02
KR2 KS2
KS2
KT2 KR2
KT2
KR3 KS3
KS3
KT3 KR3
KT3
TripSolenoid
2 or 504
TripSolenoid
3 or 606
KE101
J2 J2
0403
KE205
J2
0807
KE309
J2
1211
- +
- +
- +
These relays in TMR systems
KT1,2,3
KS1,2,3
KR1,2,3
Mon
Mon
Mon
Mon
Mon
Mon
NS
NS
Voltage Supplyand Monitor
Voltage Supplyand Monitor
Voltage Supplyand Monitor
Supply 8detectorsEight flame
detector circuits
8 signals toJR1 ,JS1,JT1 J3
J4
J5
3 monitorsignals toJR1,JS1,JT1
335 V dc from R
335 V dc from S
335 V dc from T
J2 J2-+
0610
02
SolenoidPower Monitor
To JR1,JS1, JT1
"PTR 2/5"
"PTR 3/6"
"PTR 1/4"
N125 Vdc
Optionaleconomizingresistor
Monitoring outputs
33
34
ID
ID
N125P125
FLAME1H
FLAME1L
335 V dc
ID
From R
From S
From T
TRPG and Connections to Controller and Trip Solenoids
430 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Note A metal oxide varister (MOV) and a current limiting resistor are used in each ETD circuit
The primary overspeed trip comes from the controller and is passed to the I/O pack/board, and then to TRPG. TRPG works in conjunction with the TREG board, which is controlled by the emergency overspeed system. This TRPG/TREG combination can drive three ETDs.
Flame Detectors
The primary protection system monitors signals from eight Geiger-Mueller® flame detectors. With no flame present, the detector charges up to the supply voltage. The presence of flame causes the detector to charge to a level and then discharge through TRPG. As the flame intensity increases, the discharge frequency increases. When the detector discharges, the I/O pack/board and TRPG convert the discharged energy into a voltage pulse. The pulse rate varies from 0 to 1,000 pulses/sec. These voltage pulses are fanned out to all three modules. Voltage pulses above 2.5 volts generate a logic high, and the pulse rate over a 40 ms time period is measured in a counter.
Specifications
Item Specification
Trip solenoids 3 solenoids per TRPG Solenoid rated voltage/current 125 V dc standard with up to 1 A draw
24 V dc is alternate with up to 1 A draw (H1B, H2B, H3B) Solenoid response time L/R time constant is 0.1 sec
Current suppression MOV on TREG Current economizer Terminals for optional 10 Ω, 70 W economizing resistor on TREG Control relay coil voltage supply Relays are supplied with 28 V dc from JR1, JS1, and JT1 Flame detectors 8 detectors per TRPG Flame detector supply voltage/current 335 V dc with 0.5 mA per detector
Diagnostics
The I/O board runs the TRPG diagnostics. These include feedback from the trip solenoid relay driver and contact, solenoid power bus, and the flame detector excitation voltage too low or too high. A diagnostic alarm is created if any one of the signals go unhealthy (beyond limits). Connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1 on the terminal board have their own ID device, which is interrogated by the I/O board, and if a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the plug location.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 431
TRPL Turbine Primary Trip
Functional Description
The Large Steam Turbine Primary Trip (TRPL) terminal board is used for the primary overspeed protection of large steam turbines. TRPL is controlled by the turbine Primary Turbine Protection controller (VTUR or PTUR), and contains nine magnetic relays in three voting circuits to interface with three trip solenoids (ETDs). TRPL works in conjunction with the TREL terminal board to form the primary and emergency sides of the interface to the ETDs. These two terminal boards are used in a similar way as TRPG and TREG are used on gas turbine applications.
Up to three trip solenoids can be connected between the TREL and TRPL terminal boards. TREL provides the positive side of the 125 V dc to the solenoids and TRPL provides the negative side. In addition, two manual emergency stop functions can be connected.
Mark VI Systems
In the Mark* VI system, the TRPL works with the VTUR board and only supports TMR systems applications. Cables with molded plugs connect TRPL to the VME rack where the VTUR board is located.
Mark VIe Systems
In the Mark VIe system, the TRPL is controlled by the PTUR I/O packs on TTURH1C and only supports TMR applications. The I/O packs plug into the D-type connectors on TTURH1C, which is cabled to TRPL.
432 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
Connect the wires for the three trip solenoids directly to the first I/O terminal block. Connect the wires for the primary emergency stop and optional secondary emergency stop to the second terminal block. Connect the trip solenoid power to plugs JP1, JP2, and JP3. The wiring connections are shown in the following figure.
Install a jumper across terminals 9 and 11 for the PTR3 trip. If a second emergency stop is required, remove the jumper from terminals 46 and 47 and connect the wires here.
TRPL Primary Trip Terminal Board
Up to two #12 AWG wiresper point with 300 voltinsulation
Terminal blocks can beunplugged from board formaintenance
2468
1012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Trip solenoid 1 or 4
Trip solenoid 2 or 5
Trip solenoid 3 or 6
PwrB_P
PwrA_P PwrA_P
PwrB_P
PwrC_PPwrC_P
PwrB_NPwrA_NPwrC_N
TRP1
TRP3 TRP5TRP6
TRP4
(Large Steam Turbine)
NC3NC1
NC4NC2
Primary E-StopPrimary E-
Stop TRP2
To secondTRPL
Cable to TREL
To add secondary E-Stop,remove jumper acrossterminals 46 and 47
J - Port Connections:
Cables to TTURH1Cfor Mark VIe system
or
Cables to VTUR boardsfor Mark VI system
JS1
JP1
JP2
JP3
125/24 V dc, bus A
125/24 V dc, bus B
125/24 V dc, bus C
JT1
JR1
Misc. tie points,
connectionno internal
J2
TRPL Terminal Board Wiring
Operation
TRPL is used for TMR applications only. Three separate power buses, PwrA, PwrB, and PwrC for solenoid power, are brought in through connectors JP1, JP2, and JP3, and then distributed to TREL through connector J2.
The power buses have a nominal voltage of 125 V dc (70 to 145 V dc) or 24 V dc (18 to 32 V dc). The board includes power bus monitoring (three buses). The maximum current per bus is 3 A.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 433
Each of the three trip solenoids is controlled by three relays using 2/3 contact voting. The relay output rating (for 100,000 operations) is as follows:
• At 24 V dc, 3 A, L/R = 100 ms, with suppression • At 125 V dc, 1.0 A, L/R = 100 ms, with suppression
The trip circuits include solenoid suppression, associated solenoid voltage monitoring, and trip relay contact monitoring. In the TRPL, the hardwired trip (E-STOP) and associated monitoring provides approximately 6.6 V dc to the I/O board when the K4 relays are picked up.
J2
RD
RD
RD
JS1
RD
RD
RD
JT1
RD
RD
RD
KR1 KS1
KS1
KT1 KR1
R J4
S J4
T J4
P28 VR
P28 VS
P28 VT
Tripsolenoid#1 or 4
KT1
SOL1 02
Tripsolenoid#2 or 5
SOL2 06
Tripsolenoid#3 or 6
10
02
J2 J2
05
J2
08
- +
- +
- +
KT1,2,3
KS1,2,3
KR1,2,3
Mon
Mon
Mon
PTR 1
ID
44
45
46
47
48
CL
K4R
K4S
K4T
P28VV
P28R1P28S1P28T1
43TRP1
TRP2Primary E-Stop
TRP4
TRP3
TRP5
KR2 KS2
KS2
KT2 KR2
KT2
PTR 2
"PTR 3"
Solenoid volts monitorto JR1,JS1,JT1
Solenoid volts monitorto JR1,JS1,JT1
PwrA_N
PwrB_N
PwrC_N J2 J2
9
KR3 KS3
KS3
KT3 KR3
KT3
11
PwrC_P
Solenoid volts monitorto JR1,JS1,JT1
K4R
K4S
K4T
KR1
KR2
KR3
KS1
KS2
KS3
KT1
KT2
KT3
P28R1 tomonitor
P28S1 tomonitor
P28T1 tomonitor
0103
04PwrA_P
05
07
08PwrB_P
18
19
PwrC_P
Sol Pwr
Monitor
To JR1,JS1, JT1 PwrA_P
PwrB_PPwrC_P
J2
To relayK25A onTTUR drivenfrom TREL
JR1JS1JT1
PwrA_N
PwrC_NPwrB_N
2223
24
ETR1
ETR2
ETR3
Terminal Board TRPL
JR1
125/24 Vdc bus A
JP1
TerminalBoard TREL
JP2 JP3
125/24 Vdc bus B 125/24 Vdc bus C
J2, powerbuses toTREL
PwrA_P
PwrA_N
PwrB_P
PwrB_N
PwrC_P
PwrC_N
Mon(3)
JR1JS1JT1
To
TRP6
Secondary E-Stop whenapplicable, remove jumperto enable function.
IDID
ID
42
41
40
39Miscellaneous tiepoints; no internalconnections
Jumper
TRPL Terminal Board
434 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Specifications
Item Specification
Trip solenoids 3 solenoids per TRPx Solenoid rated voltage/current 125 V dc standard with up to 1 A draw
24 V dc is alternate with up to 3 A draw Solenoid response time L/R time constant is 0.1 sec with suppression Current suppression MOVs Control relay coil voltage supply Relays are supplied with 28 V dc from JR1, JS1, and JT1
Primary Emergency Stop, manual One with optional secondary E-stop
Diagnostics
Note The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the plug location.
The I/O controller runs the TRPx diagnostics. These include feedback from the trip solenoid relay driver and contact, solenoid voltage, and solenoid power bus. A diagnostic alarm is created if any one of the signals goes unhealthy (beyond limits).
The Jx1 connectors on the terminal board have their own ID device, which is interrogated by the I/O board, and if a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
There are no switches or hardware settings on the terminal board. Terminals 9 and 11 must use a jumper to include the PTR 3 trip. Terminals 46 and 47 must use a jumper if only one manual emergency stop is required.
TRPS Turbine Primary Trip
Functional Description
The Small Steam Turbine Primary Trip (TRPS) terminal board is used for the primary overspeed protection of small and medium size steam turbines. TRPS is controlled by the Primary Turbine Protection controller (VTUR or PTUR), and contains three magnetic relays to interface with three trip solenoids (ETDs). TRPS works in conjunction with the TRES terminal board to form the primary and emergency sides of the interface to the ETDs. These two terminal boards are used in a similar way as TRPG and TREG are used on gas turbine applications, except with the following differences:
• Two-out-of-three voting is done in the relay drivers and not using relay contacts as with TRPG and TRPL.
• In a simplex application, the voting is bypassed and the relay drivers are controlled by a single signal from JA1.
• There are no economizing relays. • There are no flame detector inputs.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 435
Up to three trip solenoids can be connected between the TRES and TRPS terminal boards. TRES provides the positive side of the 125 V dc to the solenoids and TRPS provides the negative side. In addition, two manual emergency stop functions can be connected.
Mark VI Systems
In the Mark* VI system, the TRPS works with the VTUR board and supports simplex and TMR applications. Cables with molded plugs connect TRPS to the VME rack where the VTUR board is located.
Mark VIe Systems
In the Mark VIe system, TRPS is controlled by the PTUR I/O packs on TTURH1C and supports simplex and TMR applications. The I/O packs plug into the D-type connectors on TTURH1C, which is cabled to TRPS.
436 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
Connect the wires for the three trip solenoids to the first I/O terminal block. Connect the wires for the primary emergency stop and optional secondary emergency stop to the second terminal block. Connect the trip solenoid power to plugs JP1, JP2, and JP3. If a second emergency stop is required, remove the jumper from terminals 46 and 47, and connect the wires here. The wiring connections are shown in the following figure.
Primary Trip Terminal Board TRPS
2468
1012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
PwrB_NPwrA_NPwrC_N
TRP1
TRP3TRP5TRP6
TRP4
(Small/Medium Steam Turbine)
NC3NC1
NC4NC2
Primary E-Stop TRP2
JP1
JP2
JP3
125/24 V dc, bus A
125/24 V dc, bus B
125/24 V dc, bus C
Cable to TRES
PwrA_P1PwrA_P3SUS1BSUS1DSOL1BPwrB_P1PwrB_P3SUS2BSUS2DSOL2B
PwrA_P2SUS1ASUS1CSOL1A
PwrB_P2SUS2ASUS2CSOL2A
PwrC_P1PwrC_P3
PwrC_P2SUS3A
SUS3C SUS3BSUS3DSOL3A SOL3B
Jumper
J2
PTR1
PTR3
PTR2
K4_3
K4_1
K4_2
PrimaryE-Stop
JT1
JS1
JR1JA1
J - Port Connections:
Cables to TTURH1Cfor Mark VIe system
or
Cables to VTUR boardsfor Mark VI system
Up to two #12 AWG wires perpoint with 300 V insulation
Terminal blocks can be unpluggedfrom terminal board for maintenance
TRPS Terminal Board Wiring
Operation
TRPS is used for TMR and simplex applications. Three separate power buses, PwrA, PwrB, and PwrC for solenoid power, are brought in through connectors JP1, JP2, and JP3, and then distributed to TRES through connector J2.
The power buses have a nominal voltage of 125 V dc (70 to 145 V dc) or 24 V dc (18 to 32 V dc). The board includes power bus monitoring (three buses). The maximum current per bus is 3 A.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 437
Each of the three trip solenoids is controlled by a relay driver. The relay output rating (for 100,000 operations) is as follows:
• At 24 V dc, 3 A, L/R = 100 ms, with suppression • At 125 V dc, 1.0 A, L/R = 100 ms, with suppression
The trip circuits include solenoid suppression, associated solenoid voltage monitoring, and trip relay contact monitoring. In the TRPS, the hardwired trip (E-Stop) and associated monitoring provides approximately 6.6 V dc to the I/O board when the K4 relays are picked up.
44
45
46
47
48
CLK4_1
K4_2
K4_3
P28VV
43TRP1
TRP2Primary E-Stop
TRP4
TRP3
TRP5
Terminal Board TRPS JP1
TerminalBoard TRES
JP2 JP3
J2, powerbuses toTRES
PwrA_P
PwrA_N
PwrB_P
PwrB_N
PwrC_P
PwrC_N
TRP6
Secondary E-Stop whenapplicable, remove jumperto enable function.
JR1
P28A
P28R
P28S
P28TP28
JA1
PTR1
IDID
RD23
MonPTR1
To R,S,T, A
PTR2
IDID
RD23
MonPTR2
To R,S,T, A
PTR3
ID
RD23
MonPTR3
To R,S,T, A
JS1
JT1
K4_1
K4_2
K4_3
P28
P28
424140
39NC1
NC2
NC3
NC4
ID
Misc. tie points,no internalconnections
J2To R,S,T,A
To relay K25A onTTUR driven fromTRES
SimplexsystemusesJA1
Tripsolenoid
J2 J2Solenoid voltsmonitor to JR1,JS1, JT1, JA1
01
02
03
PwrA_P1
PwrA_P2
PwrA_P3PwrA_P
04
05
0706
08
3609
SUS1A
SUS1B
SOL1A
SUS1C
SUS1D
- +SOL1A
SOL1B
PTR1
PTR1
PwrA_N
Tripsolenoid
J2 J2Solenoid voltsmonitor to JR1,JS1, JT1, JA1
1112
13
PwrB_P1
PwrB_P2
PwrB_P3PwrB_P
14
15
1716
18
37
19
SUS2A
SUS2B
SOL2A
SUS2C
SUS2D
- +SOL2A
SOL2B
PTR2
PTR2
PwrB_N
Tripsolenoid
J2 J2Solenoid voltsmonitor to JR1,JS1, JT1, JA1
2122
23
PwrC_P1
PwrC_P2
PwrC_P3PwrC_P
24
25
2726
28
38
29
SUS3A
SUS3B
SOL3A
SUS3C
SUS3D
- +SOL3A
SOL3B
PTR3
PTR3
PwrC_N
Sol. Power
Monitor
To JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1
PwrA_P
PwrB_P
PwrC_P
Several terminalpositions fordifferentapplications
Monitor(3)
JR1JS1JT1
AND JA1
125/24 V dc bus A 125/24 V dc bus B 125/24 V dc bus C
R
S
T
Jumper
TRPS Terminal Board
438 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Specifications
Item Specification
Trip solenoids 3 solenoids per TRPx Solenoid rated voltage/current 125 V dc standard with up to 1 A draw
24 V dc is alternate with up to 3 A draw Solenoid response time L/R time constant is 0.1 sec with suppression Current suppression MOVs Control relay coil voltage supply Relays are supplied with 28 V dc from JR1, JS1, and JT1
Primary Emergency Stop, manual One with optional secondary E-stop
Diagnostics
Note The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the plug location.
The I/O controller runs the TRPx diagnostics. These include feedback from the trip solenoid relay driver and contact, solenoid voltage, and solenoid power bus. A diagnostic alarm is created if any one of the signals goes unhealthy (beyond limits).
The Jx1 connectors on the terminal board have their own ID device, which is interrogated by the I/O board, and if a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
There are no switches or hardware settings on the terminal board. Terminals 46 and 47 must use a jumper if only one manual emergency stop is required; remove jumper if secondary E-Stop is used.
TTSA Trip Servo Interface
Functional Description
The Trip Servo Interface (TTSA) terminal board provides four sets of power resistors in a configuration to support bipolar currents in two-coil trip servos. All connections to the board are made through pluggable barrier terminal strips. The board is the functional equivalent of the 194B5725 Servo Module in a smaller physical design. Power ratings are adequate to withstand a high DC line of 145 V dc and zero coil impedance.
Mark VI and Mark VIe Systems
The TTSA function is independent of the control in use and is compatible with Mark V, Mark VI, and Mark VIe.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 439
Servo Interface Terminal board
440 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
Connect the wires for up to four trip servos to the terminal blocks to provide bipolar coil current, as shown in the following figure. Connect the barrier terminal strips to the appropriate tripping board and servo coils.
Mark VI Trip Servo Interface Board, TTSA
5k
5k
2.2k
TTSAG1A
2.2k
TS1-YEL
External DualCoil Servo
TripR
un
TS1-RED
TS1-WHT
TS1-GRN
TS-NEGTS1-POS
TS1-NEG
5k
5k
2.2k
2.2k
TS2-YEL
TripR
un
TS2-RED
TS2-WHT
TS2-GRN
TS2-POS
TS2-NEG
5k
5k
2.2k
2.2k
TS3-YEL
TripR
un
TS3-RED
TS3-WHT
TS3-GRN
TS3-POS
TS3-NEG
5k
5k
2.2k
2.2k
TS4-YEL
TripR
un
TS4-RED
TS4-WHT
TS4-GRN
TS4-POS
TS4-NEG
TS-POS
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
10
28
29
31
30
36
37
38
39
20
21
22
23
44
45
46
47
External DualCoil Servo
External DualCoil Servo
External DualCoil Servo
Operation
Fixed 125 V nominal dc power is applied to terminals 11 (positive) and 02 (negative). With no other power, a trip current is applied to the external solenoid coil pair with magnitude equal to ½ V dc / (10k + parallel solenoid impedance). If a 1 Ω servo coil is used and V dc is 125 V, the current in each coil equals ½ * 125 / (10,000 + 500) = 5.95 mA.
When running current is desired in the servo coils, positive dc is applied to the TS#-POS terminal and negative dc is applied to the TS#-NEG terminal. This causes a reverse current in the coil with magnitude equal to [½ V dc / (4.4k + parallel solenoid impedance)] trip current. For the previous example, this equals [½ * 125 / (4,400 + 500)] – 5.95 mA = 6.8 mA.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 441
Specifications
Item Specification
Maximum applied V dc 145 V Resistor tolerance 5% Minimum servo coil impedance 0 Ω
Diagnostics
No diagnostic features are provided on this module.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
DTUR Simplex Pulse Rate Input
Functional Description
The Simplex Pulse Rate Input (DTUR) terminal board is a compact pulse-rate terminal board designed for DIN-rail mounting. The board accepts four passive pulse-rate transducers (magnetic pickups) for speed and flow measurement. It connects to the VTUR processor board with a 37-pin cable and a 15-pin cable. These cables are identical to those used on the larger TTUR terminal board. VTUR only accommodates one DTUR board.
Note DTUR does not work with the Mark VIe system.
Note Only the simplex version is available.
Installation
Mount the plastic holder on the DIN-rail and slide the DTUR board into place. DTUR boards can be stacked vertically on the DIN-rail to conserve cabinet space. Connect the wires for the magnetic pickups directly to the terminal block, which has 36 terminals. Typically #18 AWG shielded twisted pair wiring is used. Two screws, 35 and 36, are provided for the SCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short a distance as possible. Connect DTUR to VTUR using the JR1 and JR5 connectors.
Note Only the JR5 cable carries signals to VTUR.
442 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
JR1
37-pin "D" shellconnector withlatching fasteners
MPU 1 (High)135
11
79
1314 1517192123252729313335
2468
1012
1618202224262830
36
3234 Chassis ground
Cable to J3connector in I/Orack for VTURboard Euro-Block type
terminal block
Plastic mountingholder
JR5
SCOM
MPU 2 (High)MPU 3 (High)MPU 4 (High)
MPU 2 (Low)MPU 1 (Low)
MPU 4 (Low)MPU 3 (Low)
DIN-rail mounting
Cable to J5 onfront of VTURboard
DTUR
Chassis ground
Screw ConnectionsScrew Connections
MPU meansmagnetic pick up
DTUR Wiring and Cabling
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 443
Operation
DTUR accepts four magnetic pulse rate sensors and has onboard signal conditioning identical to that on the TTUR. The pulse frequency circuits are in the VTUR. DTUR does not accept generator and bus voltage signals, or shaft current and voltage signals, as with TTUR. Two on-board ID chips identify the connectors and terminal board to VTUR for system diagnostic purposes.
<R> Control Rack
VTUR
J3
Connectorsat bottom ofVME rack
J5
J4
f( )Pr/DMUXA/D
FilterClamp
AcCoupling
JR5
1
#1 MagneticSpeed Pickup
FilterClamp
AcCoupling
NS
#2 MagneticSpeed Pickup
2
3
4
FilterClamp
AcCoupling
#3 MagneticSpeed Pickup
5
6
FilterClamp
AcCoupling
#4 MagneticSpeed Pickup
7
8
JR1
Unused VTURcircuits grounded
DTUR Board
SCOM
SCOM
SCOM
SCOM
ID
ID
MPU1H
MPU1L
MPU2H
MPU2L
MPU3H
MPU3L
MPU4H
MPU4L
Noisesuppresion
NS
NS
NS
DTUR Board Circuits
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of inputs 4 passive speed pickups. TRPG MPU pulse rate range 2 Hz to 20 kHz MPU pulse rate accuracy 0.05% of reading
MPU input circuit sensitivity 27 mV pk (detects 2 rpm speed) Size 16.2 cm high x 8.6 cm wide (6.37 in. x 3.4 in.) with support holder Technology Surface mount Temperature Operating: -30 to 65ºC (-22 to 149 ºF)
444 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Diagnostics
Terminal board connectors JR1 and JR5 have their own ID device that is interrogated by VTUR. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and plug location. When the chip is read by VTUR and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
DTRT Simplex Primary Trip Relay Interface
Functional Description
The Simplex Primary Trip Relay Interface (DTRT) terminal board is a DIN-rail mounted trip transition board that connects the VTUR with the DRLY board. DTRT allows three trip functions on the VTUR to interface with DRLY, instead of with the TRPG, TRPL, or TRPS board. Two VTUR boards can connect to the DTRT to control a total of six relays on DRLY.
Note Only the simplex version of this board is available.
Installation
Note DTRT does not have a shield terminal strip.
Mount the plastic holder on the DIN-rail and slide the DTRT board into place. The three cables connecting VTUR and DRLY plug into the DC-37 connectors. Connect DTRT to the first VTUR using the J1 connector. Connect DTRT to the second VTUR using the J2 connector. Connect DTRT to DRLY using the J3 connector. Three screws are provided on TB1 for the SCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short a distance as possible.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 445
J1 J2 J3
To DRLY board(Six relay circuits)
TB1
DTRT
123
SCOM
DIN-railmounting
Cable from first VTUR
Cable from second VTUR
Plastic mounting holder
Chassis GroundChassis GroundChassis Ground
DTRT Wiring
446 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Operation
DTRT must be used in applications where a trip is required that is faster than VTUR, the controller, and TRPG can provide. DTRT cannot be eliminated if the application requires only one VTUR. A high density Euro-Block type terminal block is permanently mounted to the board with three screw connections for the ground connection (SCOM). The first three DRLY circuits are driven by the first VTUR and the second three DRLY circuits are driven by the second VTUR, as shown in the following figure.
DTRT transfers board identification from the ID chip on DRLY to VTUR for diagnostic purposes. DTRT has its own ID chip connected to J2.
DTRT Terminal Board
Primary TripController
Three relay circuits
Three relay circuits
J4
J1
J2
J3
IDchip
To DRLY board
(Six relay circuits )
DTRT Terminal Board
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of Inputs Two DC-37 pin connectors for cables from VTUR, J4. 3 trip relays per cable Number of Outputs One DC-37 pin connector for cable to DRLY. Total of 6 trip relays
Diagnostics
Diagnostic tests are made on components on the terminal board as follows:
• Each terminal board connector has its own ID device that is interrogated by the I/O board. The connector ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the board serial number, board type, revision number, and the J connector location. When the chip is read by the I/O processor and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
• DTRT also transfers ID information from DRLY to VTUR through J1.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 447
DRLY Simplex Relay Output
Functional Description
The Simplex Relay Output (DRLY) terminal board is a compact relay output terminal board designed for wall mounting (not DIN-rail mounting). The board has 12 form-C dry contact output relays and connects to the VCCC, VCRC, or VTUR processor board with a single cable. The 37-pin cable connector is identical to those used on the larger TRLY terminal board. Two DRLY boards can be connected to VCCC, VCRC, or VTUR for a total of 24 contact outputs. Only a simplex version of this board is available.
There are two versions of the DRLY terminal board:
• H1A has higher powered relay contacts than H1B. • H1B is suitable for use in UL listing for Class I, Division 2 Hazardous
(classified) locations.
Note DRLY does not work with the PDOA I/O Pack.
Installation
Note DLRY does not have a shield terminal strip.
Mount the DRLY board by fastening screws to wall through the four mounting holes in the corners of metal support plate. Connect the wires for the 12 relay outputs directly to the odd-numbered screws on the terminal blocks. The high-density Euro-Block type terminal blocks plug into the numbered receptacles on the board. The two screws on TB2 are provided for the SCOM (chassis ground) connection, which should be as short a distance as possible.
Note SCOM, TB2, must be connected to chassis ground.
448 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
123456789
101112
131415161718192021222324
252627282930313233343536
373839404142434445464748
495051525354555657585960
616263646566676869707172
K1
K8
K2
K3
K4
K5
K6
K7
K9
K10
K11
K12
TB2SCOMOutput 1 (NC)
Output 1 (COM)
Output 1 (NO)
Output 2 (NC)
Output 2 (COM)
Output 2 (NO)
Output 3 (NC)
Output 3 (COM)
Output 3 (NO)
Output 4 (NC)
Output 4 (COM)
Output 4 (NO)
Output 5 (NC)
Output 5 (COM)
Output 5 (NO)
Output 6 (NC)
Output 6 (COM)
Output 6 (NO)
Output 7 (NC)
Output 7 (COM)
Output 7 (NO)
Output 8 (NC)
Output 8 (NO)
Output 8 (COM)
Output 9 (NC)
Output 9 (NO)
Output 9 (COM)
Output 10 (NC)
Output 10 (COM)
Output 10 (NO)
Output 11 (NC)
Output 11 (COM)
Output 11 (NO)
Output 12 (NC)
Output 12 (COM)
Output 12 (NO)
1 2
JR1
Cable from J3 or J4on I/O rack, fromI/O processorboard
LED relaystate indicator
TB1
Mountingholes
37-pin "D" shellconnector
Screw ConnectionsScrew Connections
P28 OK LED
DRLY Wiring and Cabling
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip • 449
Operation
DRLY does not include solenoid source power. There is one set of dry contacts per relay, with two NO contacts in series. Unlike TRLY, there is no on-board suppression, and no relay state monitoring. The I/O board (VCCC, VCRC, or VTUR) provides the 28 V dc power for the relay coils, which is indicated with a green LED. DRLY has a yellow LED for each relay that indicates voltage across the coil. With an unconnected control cable, the relays default to a de-energized state.
Note Three relays on DRLY can be controlled by VTUR using the DTRT transition board. Six relays can be controlled if two DTURs are used.
LED COIL
RelayDriver
P28V
JR1
DRLY Board
From J3 or J4on I/O rack,from I/Oprocessorboard
NC
COM
NO
Output 1of 12 drycontactoutputs
12 of the above circuitsID
1
2
SCOM
TB1
TB2
1
3
5
RD
P28 OK
DRLY Board Circuits
DRLYH1A Specifications
Item Specification
Number of relay outputs and type
12 relays, nominal 24 V dc coil. Two-pole double throw with Form C contacts containing two NO and 2 NC contacts
Relay contact rating Resistive: 28 V dc: 10 A 120 V ac: 10 A 240 V ac: 3 A 125 V dc: 0.5 A
Inductive: 28 V dc: 2 A, L/R = 7 ms, without suppression 120 V ac: 2 A, PF= 0.4, 10 A inrush, no suppression Motor load 1/3 Hp. 240 V ac: 2 A, PF= 0.4, 10 A inrush, no suppression Motor load ½ Hp. 125 V dc: 0.2 A, L/R = 7 ms without suppression 125 V dc: 0.65 A, L/R = 150 ms, MOV suppression by others (with two contacts in series on the same relay)
Suppression External suppression will be supplied by customer
Relay response time Operate: 15 ms typical Release: 10 ms typical
Fault detection in I/O board The state of the P28 V dc is monitored using a green LED at the top of the board. Voltage across each relay coil is indicated with a yellow LED. There is no relay state monitoring in the VCCC or VCRC
Physical Size 21.59 cm long x 20.57 cm wide (8.5 in x 8.1 in wide) Temperature 0 to 60ºC (32 to 140 ºF)
450 • VTUR Turbine Specific Primary Trip GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
DRLYH1B Specifications
Item Specification
Number of relay outputs 12 relays, nominal 24 V dc coil Relay type Two-pole double throw with Form C contacts containing two NO and 2 NC contacts. UL listed,
CSA certified, sealed to UL 1604
Relay contact rating (resistive load)
28 V dc: 2 A 125 V dc: 0.5 A 120 V ac: 1 A 240 V ac: 0.5 A
Max operating voltage: 250 V rms, 220 V dc Max operating current: 2 A dc, 1 A rms Max switching capacity: 125 VA, 60 W
Suppression External suppression will be supplied by customer Relay response time Operate: 3 ms typical
Release: 2 ms typical Fault detection in I/O board
The state of the P28 V dc is monitored using a green LED at the top of the board Voltage across each relay coil is indicated with a yellow LED There is no relay state monitoring in the I/O board
Agency requirements UL listed Class I, Division. 2 applications, CSA, and CE, also approvals listed in table above for TRLYH1A
Physical Size 21.59 cm long x 20.57 cm wide, (8.5 in x 8.1 in) Temperature 0 to 75ºC (32 to 167 ºF)
Diagnostics
The board contains the following diagnostics; there is no relay state monitoring.
• The terminal board connector has an ID device that is interrogated by the I/O board. The connector ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the board serial number, board type, and revision number. When this chip is read by VCCC/VCRC or VTUR and a mismatch is encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
• The voltage across each relay coil is indicated with a yellow LED. • The 28 V supply to the board is indicated with a green LED.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VVIB Vibration Monitor Board • 451
VVIB Vibration Monitor
Functional Description
The Vibration Monitor (VVIB) board processes vibration probe signals from the TVIB or DVIB terminal board. Up to 14 probes connect directly to the terminal board. Two TVIB can be cabled to the VVIB processor board. VVIB digitizes the various vibration signals, and sends them over the VME bus to the controller. The Mark* VI system uses Bently Nevada* probes for shaft vibration monitoring. The following vibration probes are compatible:
• Proximity • Velocity • Acceleration • Seismic • Phase
Note If desired, a Bently Nevada 3500 monitoring system can be connected to the terminal board.
Vibration probes are normally used for four protective functions in turbine applications as follows:
Vibration: Proximity probes monitor the peak-to-peak radial displacement of the shaft (the shaft motion in the journal bearing) in two radial directions. This system uses non-contacting probes and Proximitors®, and detects alarms, trips, and faults.
Rotor Axial Position: A probe is mounted in a bracket assembly off the thrust bearing casing to observe the motion of the thrust collar on the turbine rotor. This system uses non-contacting probes and Proximitors, and detects thrust bearing wear alarms, trips, and faults.
Differential Expansion: This application uses non-contacting probe(s) and Proximitor(s) and detects alarms, trips, and faults for excessive expansion differential between the rotor and the turbine casing.
Rotor Eccentricity: A probe is mounted adjacent to the shaft to continuously sense the surface and update the turbine control. The calculation of eccentricity is made once per revolution while the turbine is on turning gear. Alarm and fault indications are provided.
There are two types of TVIB terminal boards, H1A and H2A. The H2A type board has BNC connectors allowing portable vibration data gathering equipment to be plugged in for predictive maintenance purposes. Both types have connectors so that Bently Nevada vibration monitoring equipment can be permanently cabled to the terminal board to measure and analyze turbine vibration.
VVIB Vibration Monitor Board
452 • VVIB Vibration Monitor Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
VME bus to VCMI
TVIB Terminal Board
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cable to VMErack R
Connectors onVME rack R
Cable torack S
Cable torack T
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VVIB
J3
J4
VVIB VME Board
x
x
JS1
JB1
JC1
JT1JA1
JR1
Cable from second TVIB
Shield bar
2468
1012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
13579
11131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
JD1
Plugs for Portable Bently-Nevada data gathering &monitoring equipment
Vibrationsignals
Vibrationsignals
Cables to fixed Bently-Nevada 3500 VibrationMonitoring System
P1P2
P3P4P5P6
P7P8P9P10
P11121314
.......
...
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
Cables with inner and outer shields: Connectinner shield to shield bar and leave the outershield which is connected to the sensor caseopen.
Vibration Processor Board, Terminal Board, and Cabling
Installation
To install the V-type board
1 Power down the VME processor rack
2 Slide in the board and push the top and bottom levers in with your hands to seat its edge connectors
3 Tighten the captive screws at the top and bottom of the front panel
Note Cable connections to the terminal boards are made at the J3 and J4 connectors on the lower portion of the VME rack. These are latching type connectors to secure the cables. Power up the VME rack and check the diagnostic lights at the top of the front panel. For details, refer to the section on diagnostics in this document.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VVIB Vibration Monitor Board • 453
Operation
The terminal board supports Proximitor, Seismic, Accelerometer, and Velomitor® probes of the type supplied by Bently Nevada. Power for the vibration probes comes from the VVIB boards, in either simplex or TMR mode. The probe signals return to VVIB where they are A/D converted and sent over the VME bus to the controller.
Terminal Board TVIBH2A
PROX
N28V
V
S
1
2
3
S
S
S
CL
<S><T>
N28VR
PCOM
3mAJP1A
s
N24V1
PR01H
PR01LN28V
N28V
Vibration BoardVVIB
JR1
JS1
JT1
<R><S>
<T>
Vib. or pos.prox. (P), orseismic (S),or accel (A),or velomiter(V)
Eight of theabove ccts.
JA1
JB1
JC1
JD1
BufferAmplifiers
BufferAmplifiers
BufferAmplifiers
P,A
V
S
P,V,A
NegativeVolt Ref
JP1B
S
S
S
CL
N28V
PCOM
N24V9
PR09H
PR09L
PROX
25
26
27
S
S
S
CL
N28V
PROX
N24V13
PR13H
PR13L
37
38
39
PCOM
28 V dc
Amp A/D
Same as<S>
Same as<T>
TMRApplications
Samplingtype A/Dconverter(16 bit)
Tocontroller
Four cables to BentlyNevada 3500 system
Positionprox
Reference orkeyphasorprox.
Four of theabove ccts.
One of the above ccts for Mark VI(Two of the above ccts for B/N
P1-P8
P9-P12
P13-P14
BNCConnectors
DB25
DB25
DB25
DB9
J3
J3
J3
J4
J4
J4
ID
ID
ID
CurrentLimit
VVIB Processor, Vibration Probes, and Bently Nevada Interface, TMR system
454 • VVIB Vibration Monitor Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
VVIB supplies -28 V dc to the terminal board for Proximitor power. In TMR systems, a diode high-select circuit selects the highest -28 V dc bus for redundancy. Regulators provide individual excitation sources, -23 to -26 V dc, short circuit protected.
Probe inputs are sampled at high speeds up to 4600 samples per second over discrete time periods. The maximum and minimum values are accumulated, the difference is taken (max-min) for vibration, and the results are filtered. The resulting peak-to-peak voltage is scaled to yield engineering units (EU) (peak-to-peak) displacement for Proximitors inputs, EU (pk) for velocity inputs from accelerometers, integrated outputs, seismics, and Velomitors.
Vibration Monitoring Firmware
The Vibration Monitoring on the VVIB in partitioned in the following manner:
Channels 1 – 3:
Channels 1 through 3 can be used for position information from Proximitors, wideband vibration information from Proximitors, accelerometers with integrated outputs, Velomitors, and Seismics. 1X and 2X information can be derived from Proximitors viewing axial vibration information when a Keyphasor® probe is used. Tracking filters are normally used in LM applications with accelerometers.
Gapx_Vibx Vibration Filtering section runs the low-pass filter for the gap calculation, the wideband vibration filter, and the maximum / minimum detect for the peak-to-peak calculation at a 4.6 kHz rate and 2.3 kHz rate if input channels 14 through 21 are configured as vibration channels. The Gap Scaling and Limit Check runs at the frame rate. This function converts the gap value from volts to the desired EU. The system limit check provides two detection limits and Boolean outputs for the status. The Vpp, Filter and Limit Check block runs every 160 ms. The peak-to-peak calculation is based on the Vfmax and Vfmin values of the Gapx_Vibx Wideband Vibration Filtering section. The wideband peak-to-peak signal is filtered and then scaled to EU.
Note Vibx is expressed in EU (pk) for the configuration parameter, VibTypes: accelerometers with integrated outputs, seismics, and Velomitors. Vibx is expressed in EU(pk – pk) for Proximitors.
The re-scaled wideband signal is the input for the limit check function. The limit check provides the Booleans, SysLim1VIBx, and SysLim2VIBx for the limit check status.
Three tracking filters are provided to calculate the peak vibration for the LM applications when accelerometers are used. The tracking filters provide the vibration that occurs at the rotor speeds defined by the System outputs, LM_RPM_A, LM_RPM_B, and/or LM_RPM_C. LMVib1A is the vibration detected on channel 1 based on the rotor speed, LM_RPM_A. LMVib1B is the vibration detected on channel 1 based on rotor speed, LM_RPM_B. LMVib1C is based on LM_RPM_C.
The 1X and 2X filters provide the peak-to-peak vibration vector relative to the Keyphasor input from channel 13. VIB1X1 is the peak-to-peak magnitude of the vibration from channel 1 relative to the rpm based on the Keyphasor input. Vib1xPH1 is the phase angle in degrees of the vibration vector from channel 1 relative to the Keyphasor input. VIB2X1 is the peak-to-peak magnitude of the vibration from channel 1 relative to twice the Keyphasor rpm. Vib2xPH1 is the phase angle in degrees of the 2X vibration vector from channel 1.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VVIB Vibration Monitor Board • 455
Channels 4 – 8:
Channels 4 through 8 can be used for position information from Proximitors, wideband vibration information from Proximitors, Velomitors, and Seismics. 1X and 2X information can be derived from Proximitors viewing axial vibration information when a Keyphasor probe is used. Channels 4 through 8 are identical to channels 1 through 3 with the exception of the Tracking filters. Channels 4-8 do not include the Tracking filters.
Gap1_Vib1(TVIB1) & Gap14_Vib9(TVIB2) Vibration Calculations
Vpp, Filter & Limit Check(Exec Rate = 6.25 hz)
Filtering(Exec. Rate = 4.6khz for <= 8 chs. & 2.3khz for > 8 chs.)
TerminalBoard Pts
SignalSpace
(Sys Inputs)
Gap Scaling & Limit Check(Exec Rate = Frame Rate = 25, 50 or 100 hz)
A/D GAIN &OFFSETCOMP.
VOLTS-----------COUNT
V_wb
Vfmax
Vfmin
LOW PASSFILTER(8 Hz)
Vgap
+
-Vfpp
CLAMP
Diff Amp,MUX & A/D GAP1/14_VIB1/9
Vib1/9
PRO01/14H
PRO01/14L SysLimit2 *
SysLimit1 *
Limit ChkSysLim2GAP1/14
SysLim1GAP1/14
SysLim2VIB1/9
SysLim1VIB1/9
Gap2_Vib2(TVIB1) & Gap15_Vib10(TVIB2) Vibration Calculations
PRO02/15H
PRO02/15L
GAP2/15_VIB2/10
Vib2/10
SysLim2GAP2/15SysLim1GAP2/15
SysLim2VIB2/10SysLim1VIB2/10
Gap8_Vib8(TVIB1) & Gap21_Vib16(TVIB2) Vibration Calculations
PRO08/21H
PRO08/21L
GAP8/21_VIB8/16
Vib8/16
SysLim2GAP8/21SysLim1GAP8/21
SysLim2VIB8/16SysLim1VIB8/16
VIB_Scale
ScaleOff
* Additional SysLimit Config. Parm.SysLim1Enable (En or Dis)SysLim1Latch (Latch or Not Latch)SysLim1Type (>= or <=)
Wideband Vibration Filtering and
Peak Detection
VIBScale
ScaleOff
Vmax
Vmin
SysLimit2 *
SysLimit1 *
Limit Chk
FilterTypeFltrhpcutoff FltrhpattnFltrlpcutoff Fltrlpattn
LP Filter(1-pole)
(Hz)
Mag. (db)0
Vib_PP_Fltr
-3
456 • VVIB Vibration Monitor Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Channels 9 – 12:
Channels 9 – 12 are used for position information only. The Gapx_Pos_Filtering runs at 4.6 kHz rate and 2.3 kHz rate if input channels 14 through 21 are configured as vibration channels. This section provides an 8 Hz low pass filter for the gap calculation. Gapx_Pos Scaling and Limit Check runs every frame. This function rescales the gap value from volts to EU based on the configuration. The System Limit Check can be used set a Boolean at minimum and/or maximum limit values configured by the user.
Channnel 13:
Channel 13 supports position feedback and Keyphasor feedback. The Key_Phasor Filtering is executed 4.6 kHz rate and 2.3 kHz rate if input channels 14 through 21 are configured as vibration channels. The Filtering function performs a median select filter for the gap signal.
A hardware comparator circuit with a software controlled hysteresis limit is used to detect the leading edge of the slot or pedestal gap transition. The Keyphasor timing pulse is fed into an FPGA with counters that determine the time between Keyphasor pulses and the firmware uses this information to calculate the rotor speed in rpm. At very low speeds the hardware Keyphasor comparator is not usable and the runtime application code determines speed by counting pulses detected through the system input, GAP13_KPH1.
The Gap13 KP Scaling and Limit Check runs every frame. The gap scaling and System Limit Check performs the same way it does for channels 1 through 12.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VVIB Vibration Monitor Board • 457
Gap13_KP1(TVIB1) & Gap26_KP2(TVIB2) Calculations
Gap13/26 Scaling & Limit Check(Exec Rate = Frame Rate = 25, 50 or 100 hz)
Gap13/26 Filtering( Rate = 4.6khz for <= 8 vib chs.
or 2.3khz for > 8 chs.)
Gap9_Pos1(TVIB1) and Gap22_Pos5(TVIB2) Gap Calculations
Gap9 Position Filtering( Rate = 4.6khz for <= 8 vib chs. or 2.3khz for > 8 chs.)
TerminalBoard Pts
SignalSpace
(Sys Inputs)
Gap9 Position Scaling & Limit Check(Exec Rate = Frame Rate = 25, 50 or 100 hz)
A/D GAIN &OFFSETCOMP.
VOLTS-----------COUNT
VgapDiff Amp,MUX & A/D GAP9/22_POS1/5
PRO09/22H
PRO09/23LSysLim2GAP9/22
SysLim1GAP9/22
* Additional SysLimit Config. Parm.SysLimxEnable (En or Dis)SysLimxLatch (Latch or Not Latch)SysLimxType (>= or <=)
Gap10_Pos2(TVIB1) & Gap23_Pos6(TVIB2) Gap CalculationsPRO10/23H
PRO10/23L
GAP10/23_POS2/6SysLim2GAP10/23SysLim1GAP10/23
Gap12_Pos4(TVIB1) & Gap25_Pos8(TVIB2) Gap CalculationsPRO12/25H
PRO12/25L
GAP12/25_POS4/8SysLim2GAP12/25SysLim1GAP12/25
A/D GAIN &OFFSETCOMP.
VOLTS-----------COUNT
Vgap
MEDIANSELECT
-1 Z
-1 Z
Diff Amp,MUX & A/D GAP13/26_KPH1/2
PRO13H
PRO13LSysLim2GAP13/26
SysLim1GAP13/26
* Additional SysLimit Config. Parm.SysLimxEnable (En or Dis)SysLimxLatch (Latch or Not Latch)SysLimxType (>= or <=)
Comparator/ Interrupt Timer Speed
Calculation RPM_KPH1/2
SysLimit2 *
SysLimit1 *
Limit ChkScale
ScaleOff
Scale
ScaleOff
SysLimit2 *
SysLimit1 *
Limit Chk
Key Phasor Support
KPH_ThrshldKPH_Type
LOW PASSFILTER(8 Hz)
458 • VVIB Vibration Monitor Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Wideband Vibration Filtering
The Wideband_Vibration Filtering function is executed at 4.6 kHz rate and 2.3 kHz rate if input channels 14 through 21 are configured as vibration channels. The vibration input for this function comes from the FPGA that controls the A/D and multipler circuit. The gap or position filter is a 2-pole low pass filter with a cutoff frequency set at 8 Hz. The output of the gap filter is expressed in volts and provides the input the Gap Scaling and Limit Check function.
The wideband vibration information can be shaped or conditioned based on the configuration parameter, FilterType. FilterTypes equal to Low-pass, Band-pass or High-pass are used for the Seismic and Velomitor sensor types. FilterType = None is used by all the other sensor types. The Low-Pass filter can be configured for 2, 4, 6 or 8 pole attenuation behavior through the parameter, Filtrlpattn. The 3 db cutoff frequency, Filtrlocutoff is also adjustable. The High-pass filter can also be configured for 2, 4, 6 and 8 pole to sharpen the attenuation characteristics of the filter through the parameter, Filtrhpattn. The cutoff frequency, Filtrhpcutoff is adjustable in configuration.
The wideband filtered vibration output, Vfout goes through a minimum/maximum peak detect function. The capture window for the minimum/maximum detect is 160 milliseconds wide for Keyphasor based speeds greater than 12 rpm. The objective is to capture at least 2 cycles of vibration information to get an accurate peak-to-peak calculation.
The wideband unfiltered vibration output, goes through a second minimum/maximum peak detect function. The outputs, Vmax and Vmin, are used to clamp the filtered vibration output peak-to-peaks.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VVIB Vibration Monitor Board • 459
Filt
erTy
pe
Low
pass
(Not
e2)
Ban
dpas
s(N
ote2
)
Hig
hpas
s(N
ote2
)
none
(Not
e3)
Low
Pas
s Fi
lter
(2,4
,6 o
r 8-p
ole)
Freq
. (H
z)
Mag
. (db
)0
Filtr
lpcu
toff
-3
Filtr
lpat
tn =
86
42
Hig
h Pa
ss F
ilter
(2,4
,6 o
r 8-p
ole)
Freq
. (H
z)
Mag
. (db
)0
Filtr
hpcu
toff
-3
Filtr
hpat
tn =
86
42
Low
Pas
s Fi
lter
(2,4
,6 o
r 8-p
ole)
Freq
. (H
z)
Mag
. (db
)0
Filtr
lpcu
toff
-3
Filtr
lpat
tn =
86
42
Hig
h Pa
ss F
ilter
(2,4
,6 o
r 8-p
ole)
Freq
. (H
z)
Mag
. (db
)0
Filtr
hpcu
toff
-3
Filtr
hpat
tn =
86
42
Vfou
t(c
nts)
Wid
eban
d Vi
brat
ion
Filte
ring
and
Peak
Det
ectio
nEx
ec. R
ate
= 46
00 /
2300
Hz
Not
e 1:
Tex
t in
BLU
E ar
e PV
IB c
onfig
urat
ion
para
met
ers.
MA
X
MIN
Pk-P
k Sc
an T
ime
Vmin
(cnt
s)
Vmax
(cnt
s)
160
ms
Not
e 2:
Thi
s fil
ter t
ype
is o
nly
used
for S
eism
ics
and
Vel
omito
rsTM
.
Not
e 3:
Thi
s fil
ter t
ype
is u
sed
for a
ll ot
her s
enso
r typ
es.
MA
X
MIN
Pk-P
k Sc
an T
ime
160
ms
Vfm
in(c
nts)
Vfm
ax(c
nts)
V_w
b
460 • VVIB Vibration Monitor Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Vpp Filter and Limit Check
The Vpp, Filter and Limit Check operates on channels 1 through 8 for TVIB1 and channels 14 through 21 for TVIB2. The execution rate for the function is 6.25 Hz. The Vpp, Filter, and Limit Check inputs are the following:
• Vfmax – filtered maximum peak vibration • Vfmin – filtered minimum peak vibration • Vmin – unfiltered min peak vibration • Vmax – unfiltered max peak vibration
The system inputs or Vpp, Filter, and Limit Check outputs are:
VIBx - the wideband vibration in EU where the units for EU are in peak for the configuration parameter, VibType = Seismic, Velomitor or Accelerometer and the EU units are peak-to-peak for VibType = Proximitor
SysLim1VIBx – the System Limit #1 Boolean (Boolean is True if VIBx is in the limit 1)
SysLim2VIBx – the System Limit #2 Boolean (Boolean is True if VIBx is in the limit 2)
The system output used is the System Limit Reset Boolean. If Reset is True, a latched System Limit Boolean is cleared.
The filtered peak-to-peak wideband vibration signal, Vfpp = Vfmax – Vfmin. Vfpp is then clamped based on the unfiltered peak-to-peak wideband value. The clamp prevents outputs from the Infinite Impulse Response (IIR-based) filter designs used for the high-pass and low-pass filters to exceed the original input values. The clamped wideband vibration signal, Vpp passes through a single-pole low-pass filter with an adjustable cutoff frequency, VIB_PP_Fltr.
The Vpp, Filter, and Limit Check scaling block converts the clamped and filtered wideband peak-to-peak vibration from volts to EU or Volts peak (Vp) depending on the configuration parameter VibType.
• VibType – determines the A/D conversion value, AD_CONV in units of volts / counts and the default value for the sensor offset and the final EU units being expressed in peak or peak-to-peak.
• VIBScale – gain factor expressed in volts peak / EU (peak) irregardless to the VibType setting.
• ScaleOffset – offset value in EU (peak).
The Vpp, Filter and Limit Check provides two System Limit blocks. The following configuration parameters control the behavior of the System Limit block:
• SysLimxEnabl – the System Limit (x=1 or 2) Enable is set True to select the use of the block.
• SysLimxType – the System Limit (x=1 or 2) Type selects whether the limit check does a “>=” check or a “<=” check.
• SysLimitx – System Limit (x=1 or 2) is the limit value used in the “>=” or “<=” check.
• SysLimxLatch – System Limit (x=1 or 2) Latch determines whether the Boolean status flag is latched or unlatched. If the Boolean status flag is latched the flag will remain True even if the limit value is no longer exceeded.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VVIB Vibration Monitor Board • 461
The system input or System Limit Boolean status flag is SysLimxVIBy where x is the System Limit block number (1 or 2) and y is the VVIB channel input number (1 – 8 for TVIB1 and 14 – 21 for TVIB2).
Gap Scaling and Limit Check
The Gap Scaling and Limit Check operates on channels 1 through 8 for TVIB1 and channels 14 through 21 for TVIB2. The execution rate for the function is 25, 50, or 100 Hz. The rate of execution is based on the frame rate selected for IONet. The system inputs or Gap Scaling and Limit Check outputs are:
Gapx_VIBx – the position or gap value in EU for Proximitors and bias voltage in Vdc for accelerometers with integrated outputs, seismics, and Velomitors
SysLim1GAPx – the System Limit #1 Boolean; (Boolean is True if GAPx_VIBx is in the limit 1)
SysLim2GAPx – the System Limit #2 Boolean. (Boolean is True if GAP_VIBx is in the limit 2)
The system output used is the System Limit Reset Boolean. If Reset is True, a latched System Limit Boolean is cleared.
The Gap Scaling and Limit Check scaling block converts the 8 Hz filtered output gap signal from volts to EU or Volts peak (Vp) depending on the configuration parameter VibType. The scaling is determined by the following configuration parameters:
• VIB_Scale – gain factor expressed in volts peak / EU (peak) irregardless to the VibType setting.
• ScaleOffset – offset value in EU (peak)
The Gap Scaling and Limit Check provides two System Limit blocks. The following configuration parameters control the behavior of the System Limit block:
• SysLimxEnabl – the System Limit (x=1 or 2) Enable is set True to select the use of the block.
• SysLimxType – the System Limit (x=1 or 2) Type selects whether the limit check does a “>=” check or a “<=” check.
• SysLimitx – System Limit (x=1 or 2) is the limit value used in the “>=” or “<=” check.
• SysLimxLatch – System Limit (x=1 or 2) Latch determines whether the Boolean status flag is latched or unlatched. If the Boolean status flag is latched the flag will remain True even if the limit value is no longer exceeded.
The system input or System Limit Boolean status flag is SysLimxGAPy where x is the System Limit block number (1 or 2) and y is the VVIB channel input number (1 – 8 for TVIB1 and 14 – 21 for TVIB2).
462 • VVIB Vibration Monitor Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Gapx_POSy Gap Calculations
The Gapx_POSy Gap Calculations is comprised of the Gapx Position Filtering and the Gapx_Pos Scaling and Limit Check where x is the VVIB channel number 9 through 12 for TVIB1 and 22 through 25 for TVIB2 and y is the position number 1 – 4 for TVIB1 and 5 – 8 for TVIB2. The Gapx_POSy Gap Calculation’s outputs are:
Gapx_POSy – the position or gap value in EU for Proximitors
SysLim1GAPx – the System Limit #1 Boolean (Boolean is True if GAPx_POSy is in the limit 1)
SysLim2GAPx – the System Limit #2 Boolean (Boolean is True if GAP_POSy is in the limit 2)
The system output used is the System Limit Reset Boolean. If Reset is True, a latched System Limit Boolean is cleared.
The Gapx_Position Filtering is executed at 4.6 kHz rate and 2.3 kHz rate if input channels 14 through 21 are configured as vibration channels. The position input for this function comes from an FPGA that controls the multiplexed A/Ds. The A/D value is compensated for A/D gain and offset errors and converted to volts. A median select filter is then applied.
The Gapx_Position Scaling and Limit Check scaling block converts the filtered gap signal from volts to EU or Volts peak (Vp) depending on the configuration parameter VibType. The configuration parameters are:
• Scale – gain factor expressed in volts peak / EU (peak) • ScaleOffset – offset value in EU (peak)
The Gapx_Position Scaling and Limit Check provides two System Limit blocks. The following configuration parameters control the behavior of the System Limit block:
• SysLimxEnabl – the System Limit (x=1 or 2) Enable is set True to select the use of the block.
• SysLimxType – the System Limit (x=1 or 2) Type selects whether the limit check does a “>=” check or a “<=” check.
• SysLimitx – System Limit (x=1 or 2) is the limit value used in the “>=” or “<=” check.
• SysLimxLatch – System Limit (x=1 or 2) Latch determines whether the Boolean status flag is latched or unlatched. If the Boolean status flag is latched the flag will remain True even if the limit value is no longer exceeded.
The system input or System Limit Boolean status flag is SysLimxGAPy where x is the System Limit block number (1 or 2) and y is the VVIB channel input number (9 – 12 for TVIB1 and 22 – 25 for TVIB2).
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VVIB Vibration Monitor Board • 463
Gap13/26_KPH1/2 Calculations
The Gap13/26_KPH12 Calculations is comprised of the Gap13/26 Filtering and the Gap13/26_KP Scaling and Limit Check. The Gap13/26_KPH1/2 Calculation system inputs are:
GAP13_KPH1 – the position or gap value in EU for the Keyphasor Proximitor for TVIB1
GAP26_KPH2 – the position or gap value in EU for the Keyphasor Proximitor for TVIB2
SysLim1GAP13 – the System Limit #1 Boolean for TVIB1 (Boolean is True if GAP13_KPH1 is in the limit 1)
SysLim2GAP13 – the System Limit #2 Boolean for TVIB1 (Boolean is True if GAP13_KPH1 is in the limit 2)
SysLim1GAP26 – the System Limit #1 Boolean for TVIB2 (Boolean is True if GAP26_KPH2 is in the limit 1)
SysLim2GAP26 – the System Limit #2 Boolean for TVIB2 (Boolean is True if GAP26_KPH2 is in the limit 2)
The Gap13_KPH1 system outputs are:
SysLimReset – the System Limit Reset Boolean (If Reset is True, a latched System Limit Boolean is cleared)
LM_RPMx – rotor shaft speed in rpm from different stages of the turbine (x = A, B or C)
The Gap 13/26 Filtering is executed at 4.6 kHz rate and 2.3 kHz rate if input channels 14 through 21 are configured as vibration channels. The input for this function comes from a multiplexed A/D controlled by an FPGA. The Gap 13/26 Filtering uses the median select function to calculate the filtered gap. The median select filter uses the present value (n), the previous (n-1), and the value 2 samples back (n-2) to perform a median select on. The output is expressed in volts and passes to the Gap13/26 Scaling and Limit Check.
The Gap13/26 Scaling and Limit Check scaling block converts the filtered gap signal from volts to EU. The Gap13/26 runs at the frame rate of either 25, 50 or 100 Hz. The gap conversion is based on the following configuration parameters:
• Scale – gain factor expressed in volts peak / EU (peak) • ScaleOffset – offset value in EU (peak)
The Gap13/26 Scaling & Limit Check provides two System Limit blocks. The following configuration parameters control the behavior of the System Limit block:
• SysLimxEnabl – the System Limit (x=1 or 2) Enable is set True to select the use of the block.
• SysLimxType – the System Limit (x=1 or 2) Type selects whether the limit check does a “>=” check or a “<=” check.
• SysLimitx – System Limit (x=1 or 2) is the limit value used in the “>=” or “<=” check.
• SysLimxLatch – System Limit (x=1 or 2) Latch determines whether the Boolean status flag is latched or unlatched. If the Boolean status flag is latched the flag will remain True even if the limit value is no longer exceeded.
464 • VVIB Vibration Monitor Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
The system input or System Limit Boolean status flag is SysLimxGAP13 for TVIB1 and SysLimxGAP26 for TVIB2 where x is the System Limit block number (1 or 2).
1X and 2X Calculations based on Keyphasor Input
The 1X and 2X Calculations based on a Keyphasor input provides a peak-to-peak vibration component (magnitude and phase) at both the Keyphasor frequency and twice the frequency. The calculations are comprised of two sections:
• Modulator and Filter • Magnitude and Phase Calculation
The system inputs from the 1X & 2X calculations are:
• Vib1Xy – the peak-to-peak magnitude of the vibration phasor that is rotating at the Keyphasor frequency
• Vib1xPHy – the phase angle between the Keyphasor input and the ViB1Xy vibration phasor
• Vib2Xy – the peak-to-peak magnitude of the vibration phasor that is rotating at the twice the Keyphasor frequency
• Vib1xPHy – the phase angle between the Keyphasor input and the Vib2Xy vibration phasor, and where y is the VVIB channel number, 1 through 8 for TVIB1 and 14 through 21 for TVIB2
The Modulator and Filter for both the 1X and 2X calculations are executed at 4.6 kHz rate and 2.3 kHz rate if input channels 14 through 21 are configured as vibration channels. The 1X modulator has two inputs: delta_1/delta_2 and the vibration channel input. The delta_1/ delta_2 is the point in the key_phasor cycle where the vibration channel input was sampled. The range for delta_1/delta_2 is from 0 to 1. Delta_1/delta_2 is converted to radians and is the index into a cosine and sine lookup table. The result from the cosine and sine lookup table is modulated with the vibration channel input. The modulated signal is filtered through a 4-pole low pass filter with a cutoff frequency of 0.25 Hz. The filter output provides the dc value of the de-modulated components: the real and imaginary phasors of the vibration component that is rotating at 1X speed.
The Vibration 1X function uses the real and imaginary vibration components based on the Keyphasor frequency as the inputs to the RMS calculator. The square root of the sum of the squares of the real and imaginary vibration components times the scaling block results in the peak-to-peak magnitude of the 1X vibration phasor, Vib1Xy rotating at the Keyphasor frequency. The phase, Vib1xPHy, is the arccosine of the absolute value of Fpi / (VMK ).
The Vibration 2X function is the same calculation except the input delta_1/delta_2 is multiplied by 4 * PI instead of 2 * PI. The results are a peak-to-peak magnitude of the 2X vibration phasor, Vib2Xy, rotating at twice the Keyphasor frequency and a phase of Vib2xPHy.
The scaling block converts the VMK * 4 signal to EU. The scaling is based the following configuration parameters:
• Scale – gain factor expressed in volts peak / EU (peak) • ScaleOffset – offset value in EU (peak)
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VVIB Vibration Monitor Board • 465
Vibration 2X for Ch 1
Fs = 100 Hz
Fs = 4.6khz for <= 8 chs. or2.3khz for > 8 vib ch.
Vibration 1X for Ch 1/14
Fs = 100 Hz
Fs = 4.6khz for <= 8 chs. or2.3khz for > 8 vib ch.
TerminalBoard Pts
TerminalBoard Pts
SignalSpace
(Sys Inputs)
Ch 1/14 Signal Cond. & A / D Input Block
A/D GAIN& OFFSET
COMP.
VOLTS-----------COUNT
2 * PI
COS
SINE
X
X
LOW PASSFILTER
(.25 Hz, 4P)
LOW PASSFILTER
(.25 Hz, 4P)
SQRT
X
X
+
where delta_1 Time from KeyPhasor to A/D Read ---------- = --------------------------------------------------- + ( Channel # - 1 ) * A/D Conv. Time delta_2 KeyPhasor Period
delta_1-------------delta_2
ABS -1 COS
DNDIVIDE
57.29578
4 * PI
COS
SINE
X
X
LOW PASSFILTER
(.25 Hz, 4P)
LOW PASSFILTER
(.25 Hz, 4P)
SQRT
X
X
+
ABS -1 COS
DNDIVIDE
57.29578
Ch 2/15 Signal Cond. &A / D Input Block
Ch 8/21 Signal Cond. &A / D Input Block
Diff Amp,MUX &
A/D
PRO01/14H
PRO01/14L
Vib1X1/9
Vib1xPH1/9
Vib2X1/9
Vib2xPH1/9
PRO02/15H
PRO02/15LVibration 1X for Ch2/15
Vibration 2X for Ch 2/15Vib2X2/10
Vib2xPH2/10
Vib1X2/10
Vib1xPH2/10
PRO08/21H
PRO08/21LVibration 1X for Ch8/21
Vibration 2X for Ch 8/21
Vib1X8/16
Vib1xPH8/16
Vib2X8/16
Vib2xPH8/16
ips------volt
ips------volt
Fpi
VMK
4
4
VMK
Fpi
466 • VVIB Vibration Monitor Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Tracking Filters based on LM_RPM_A/B and C
The Tracking Filters based on LM_RPM_A/B and C provide the peak vibration component (magnitude only) at the frequencies: LM_RPM_A, LM_RPM_B, and LM_RPM_C. The Tracking filters require both Modulation & filter stage executing at 4.6 kHz rate and 2.3 kHz rate if input channels 14 through 21 are configured as vibration channels and the Magnitude calculation.
The system inputs from the Tracking filters are:
• LMVibxA – the peak magnitude of the vibration component rotating at LM_RPM_A speed
• LMVibxB – the peak magnitude of the vibration component rotating at LM_RPM_B speed
• LMVibxC – the peak magnitude of the vibration component rotating at LM_RPM_C speed
• SysLim1ACCx – the System Limit Boolean status of Limit1 where x = 1 through 9
• SysLim2ACCx – the System Limit Boolean status of Limit2 where x = 1 through 9
The Modulator and Low-pass filter for the LMVibxA, LMVibxB, and LMVibxC tracking filters are executed at 4.6 kHz rate. The low-pass filter is identical for all tracking filters. The filter is a 5-pole low-pass filter with a cutoff frequency equal to 2.5 Hz. The LMVibxA filter inputs are the modulated signals cos(2pi/60Fs * LM_RPM_A) * Vibration Input and sin(2pi/60Fs * LM_RPM_A) * Vibration Input. The filtered output of the modulated vibration input with the sine is the de-modulated imaginary component of the channel vibration based on the rotor shaft speed, LM_RPM_A and the filtered output of the modulated vibration input with the cosine is the de-modulated real component of the channel vibration based on the rotor shaft speed, LM_RPM_A.
The LMVibxB and LMVibxC tracking filters perform the same task as the LMVibxA filter, except the de-modulated real and imaginary components of the vibration input are based on the rotor speeds: LM_RPM_B and LM_RPM_C.
The scaling block converts the VMx where x = A, B, or C magnitude to EU. The scaling is based on the following configuration parameters:
• Scale – gain factor expressed in volts peak / EU (peak) • ScaleOffset – offset value in EU (peak)
The Tracking Filter provides two System Limit blocks. The following configuration parameters control the behavior of the System Limit block:
• SysLimxEnabl – the System Limit (x=1 or 2) Enable is set True to select the use of the block.
• SysLimxType – the System Limit (x=1 or 2) Type selects whether the limit check does a “>=” check or a “<=” check.
• SysLimitx – System Limit (x=1 or 2) is the limit value used in the “>=” or “<=” check.
• SysLimxLatch – System Limit (x=1 or 2) Latch determines whether the Boolean status flag is latched or unlatched. If the Boolean status flag is latched the flag will remain True even if the limit value is no longer exceeded.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VVIB Vibration Monitor Board • 467
Ch 1 Tracking Filter for LM_RPM_C
Fs = 100 Hz
Fs = 4.6khz for <= 8 chs. or2.3khz for > 8 vib ch.
Ch 1 Tracking Filter for LM_RPM_B
Fs = 100 Hz
Fs = 4.6khz for <= 8 chs. or2.3khz for > 8 vib ch.
Ch 1Tracking Filter for LM_RPM_A
Fs = 100 Hz
Fs = 4.6khz for <= 8 chs. or2.3khz for > 8 vib ch.Signal
Space(Sys Outputs)
SignalSpace
(Sys Inputs)
Ch 1 Signal Cond. & A / D Input Block
2 * PI----------60 * Fs
X
COS
SINEn
( 1 to Fs / (LM_RPM_A/60) )
XLOW PASS
FILTER(2.5 Hz, 5P)
LOW PASSFILTER
(2.5 Hz, 5P)
SQRT+
2
2 * PI----------60 * Fs
X
COS
SINEn
( 1 to Fs / (LM_RPM_B/60) )
LOW PASSFILTER
(2.5 Hz, 5P)
LOW PASSFILTER
(2.5 Hz, 5P)
SQRT+
2
2 * PI----------60 * Fs
X
COS
SINEn
( 1 to Fs / (LM_RPM_C/60) )
LM_RPM_C
LOW PASSFILTER
(2.5 Hz, 5P)
LOW PASSFILTER
(2.5 Hz, 5P)
Ch 2 Signal Cond. &A / D Input Block
Ch 2 Tracking Filter for LM_RPM_A
Ch 2 Tracking Filter for LM_RPM_B
Ch 2 Tracking Filter for LM_RPM_C
Ch 3 Signal Cond. & A / D Input Block
Ch 3 Tracking Filter for LM_RPM_A
Ch 3 Tracking Filter for LM_RPM_B
Ch 3 Tracking Filter for LM_RPM_C
TerminalBoard Pts
A/D GAIN& OFFSET
COMP.
VOLTS-----------COUNT
Diff Amp,MUX &
A/D
PRO01H
PRO01L
LMVib1A
LMVib1B
LMVib1C
LMVib2B
LMVib2C
LMVib3A
LMVib3B
LMVib3C
TerminalBoard Pts
PRO02H
PRO02L
PRO03H
PRO03L
LM_RPM_B
LM_RPM_A
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
ips------volt
SysLim2ACC1
SysLim1ACC1
SysLim2ACC2
SysLim1ACC2
SQRT+
2X
X
SysLim2ACC3
SysLim1ACC3
LMVib2ASysLim2ACC4SysLim1ACC4
SysLim2ACC5SysLim1ACC5
SysLim2ACC6SysLim1ACC6
SysLim2ACC7SysLim1ACC7
SysLim2ACC8SysLim1ACC8
SysLim2ACC9SysLim1ACC9
* Additional SysLimit Config. Parm.SysLimxEnable (En or Dis)SysLimxLatch (Latch or Not Latch)SysLimxType (>= or <=)
* Additional SysLimit Config. Parm.SysLimxEnable (En or Dis)SysLimxLatch (Latch or Not Latch)SysLimxType (>= or <=)
* Additional SysLimit Config. Parm.SysLimxEnable (En or Dis)SysLimxLatch (Latch or Not Latch)SysLimxType (>= or <=)
ips------volt
ips------volt
SysLimit2 *
SysLimit1 *
Limit Chk
SysLimit2 *
SysLimit1 *
Limit Chk
SysLimit2 *
SysLimit1 *
Limit Chk
468 • VVIB Vibration Monitor Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of Channels TVIB: 13 probes: 8 vibration, 4 position, 1 Keyphasor VVIB: 26 probes with two TVIB boards
Vibration Measurement Range Accuracy Frequency
Displacement 0 to 4.5 V pp ±0 .030 V pp 5 to 200 Hz Proximity Displacement 0 to 4.5 V pp ±0 .150 V pp 200 to 500 Hz Velocity 0 to 2.25 V p Max [2% reading, ±0.008 Vp] 5 to 200 Hz Seismic Velocity 0 to 2.25 V p Max [5% reading, ±0.008 Vp] 200 to 500 Hz Velocity 0 to 2.25 V p Max [2% reading, ±0.008 Vp] 5 to 200 Hz Velomitor Velocity 0 to 2.25 V p Max [5% reading, ±0.008 Vp] 200 to 500 Hz
Accelerometer Velocity (track filter) 0 to 2.25 V p ±0.015 Vp 10 to 233 Hz Position Position -.5 to -20 V dc ±0.2 V dc Air gap (average)
Degrees 0 to 360 degrees ±2 degrees Phase
(1X vibration component with respect to key slot)
Up to 14,000 rpm
Probe power -24 V dc from the -28 V dc bus; each probe supply is current limited 12 mA load per transducer
Probe signal sampling 16-bit A/D converter with 14-bit resolution on the VVIB Sampling rate is 4,600 samples per second in fast scan mode (4,000 to 17,500 rpm) Sampling rate is 2,586 samples per second for nine or more probes (less than 4,000 rpm) All inputs are simultaneously sampled in time windows of 160 ms
Rated RPM If greater than 4,000 rpm, can use eight vibration channels, (others can be prox/position) If less than 4,000 rpm, can use 16 vibration channels, and other probes
Buffered outputs Amplitude accuracy is 0.1% for signal to Bently Nevada 3500 vibration analysis system
Diagnostics
Diagnostics perform a high/low (hardware) limit check on the input signal and a high/low system (software) limit check. The software limit check is adjustable in the field.
A probe fault, alarm, or trip condition occurs if either of an X or Y probe pair exceeds its limits. In addition, the application software prevents a vibration trip (the ac component) if a probe fault is detected based on the dc component.
Position inputs for thrust wear protection, differential expansion, and eccentricity are monitored similar to the vibration inputs except only the dc component is used for a position indication. A 16-bit sampling type A/D converter is used with 14-bit resolution and overall circuit accuracy of 1% of full scale.
Vibration Monitoring and Analysis
Note The Mark VI system provides vibration protection and displays the basic vibration parameters.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VVIB Vibration Monitor Board • 469
Each input is actively isolated and the signals made available through four plugs for direct cabling to a Bently Nevada 3500 monitor. This configuration provides the maximum reliability by having a direct interface from the Proximitors to the turbine control for trip protection and still retaining the real-time data access to the Bently Nevada system for static and dynamic vibration monitoring.
Note The Mark VI system displays the total vibration, the 1X vibration component, and the 1X vibration phase angle, but it is not intended as a vibration analysis system.
Fourteen BNC connectors on TVIB provide buffered signals available to portable data gathering equipment for predictive maintenance purposes. Buffered outputs have unity gain, 10 kΩ internal impedance, and can drive loads up to 1500 Ω configuration.
Configuration Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
System limits Enable system limits Enable, disable
Vib_PP_Fltr First order filter time constant (sec) 0.01 to 2 LMVib1A Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_A, input #1 - board
point Point edit (input FLOAT)
SysLim1Enable Enable system limit 1 fault check Enable, disable SysLim1Latch Latch system limit 1 fault Latch, not latch SysLim1Type system limit 1 check type >= or <= SysLimit1 System Limit 1 - Vibration in mils (Prox) or Inch/sec
(seismic, accel) -100 to +100
SysLim2Enable Enable system limit 2 (same configuration as above) Enable, disable TMR_DiffLimt Difference limit for voted TMR inputs in volts or mils -100 to +100 LMVib1B Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_B, #1 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT) LMVib1C Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_C, #1 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT) LMVib2A Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_A, #2 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT) LMVib2B Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_B, #2 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT) LMVib2C Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_C, #2 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT) LMVib3A Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_A, #3 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT) LMVib3B Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_B, #3 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT) LMVib3C Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_C, #3 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT) J3:IS200TVIBH1A Vibration terminal board, first of two Connected, not connected GAP1_VIB1 Average air gap (for Prox) or dc volts (for others) - board
point Point edit (input FLOAT)
VIB_Type Type of vibration probe Unused, PosProx, VibProx, VibProx-KPH1, VibProx-KPH2, VibLMAccel, VibVelomitor, KeyPhasor
VIB_Scale Volts/mil or volts/ips 0 to 2 ScaleOff Scale offset for prox position only, in mils 0 to 90 SysLim1Enable Enable system limit 1 Enable, disable
SysLim1Latch Latch the alarm Latch, not latch SysLim1Type System limit 1 check type >= or <= SysLimit1 System limit 1 – GAP in negative volts (for vel) or positive
mils (prox) -100 to +100
SysLim2Enabl Enable system limit 2 (same configuration as above) Enable, disable TMR_DiffLimt Difference limit for voted TMR inputs in volts or mils -100 to +100
470 • VVIB Vibration Monitor Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Parameter Description Choices
Vib1 Vibration, displacement (pk-pk) or velocity (pk) - board point
Point edit (input FLOAT)
SysLim1Enable System limits configured as above Enable, disable GAP2_VIB2 Second vibration probe of 8 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT) Vib2 Vibration, displacement (pk-pk) or velocity (pk) - board
point Point edit (input FLOAT)
GAP9_POS1 First position probe of 4 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT) GAP13_KPH1 KeyPhasor probe air gap - board point Point edit (input FLOAT) J4:IS200TVIBH1A Second vibration terminal board Connected, not connected GAP14_VIB9 First Vibration Probe of 8 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT) Vib9 Vibration, displacement (pk-pk) or velocity (pk) - board
point Point edit (input FLOAT)
GAP22_POS5 First position probe of 4 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT) GAP26_KPH2 KeyPhasor probe air gap - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)
Board Points Signals Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type
L3DIAG_VVIB1 Board diagnostic Input BIT L3DIAG_VVIB2 Board diagnostic Input BIT L3DIAG_VVIB3 Board diagnostic Input BIT SysLim1GAP1 Gap signal limit Input BIT : : Input BIT SysLim1GAP26 Gap signal limit Input BIT SysLim2GAP1 Gap signal limit Input BIT : : Input BIT SysLim2GAP26 Gap signal limit Input BIT SysLim1VIB1 Vibration signal limit Input BIT : : Input BIT SysLim1VIB16 Vibration signal limit Input BIT SysLim1ACC1 Acceleration signal limit Input BIT : : Input BIT SysLim1ACC9 Acceleration signal limit Input BIT SysLim2VIB1 Vibration signal limit Input BIT : : Input BIT SysLim2VIB16 Vibration signal limit Input BIT SysLim2ACC1 Acceleration signal limit Input BIT : : Input BIT SysLim2ACC9 Acceleration signal limit Input BIT RPM_KPH1 Speed RPM, of KP #1 Input FLOAT RPM_KPH2 Speed RPM, of KP #2 Input FLOAT Vib1X1 Vibration, 1X component only, displacement Input FLOAT : : Input FLOAT Vib1X16 Vibration, 1X component only, displacement Input FLOAT Vib1XPH1 Angle of 1X component to KP Input FLOAT : : Input FLOAT Vib1XPH16 Angle of 1X component to KP Input FLOAT LM_RPM_A -------- Output FLOAT LM_RPM_B -------- Output FLOAT LM_RPM_C -------- Output FLOAT
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VVIB Vibration Monitor Board • 471
Alarms Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
2 Flash Memory CRC Failure Board firmware programming error (board will not go online)
3 CRC failure override is Active Board firmware programming error (board is allowed to go online)
16 System Limit Checking is Disabled System checking was disabled by configuration. 17 Board ID Failure Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board 18 J3 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J3, or cable problem 19 J4 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J4, or cable problem 20 J5 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J5, or cable problem 21 J6 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J6, or cable problem 22 J3A ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J3A, or cable problem 23 J4A ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J4A, or cable problem 24 Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility Invalid terminal board connected to VME I/O
board. 30 ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: #
The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
31 IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: # The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this board
A tre file has been installed that is incompatible with the firmware on the I/O board. Either the tre file or firmware must change. Contact the factory.
32 VVIB A/D Converter 1 Calibration Outside of Spec. VVIB monitors the Calibration Levels on the 2 A/D. If any one of the calibration voltages is not within 1% of its expected value, this alarm is set
The hardware failed (if so replace the board) or there is a voltage supply problem
33 VVIB A/D Converter 2 Calibration Outside of Spec. VVIB monitors the Calibration Levels on the 2 A/D. If any one of the calibration voltages is not within 1% of its expected value, this alarm is set
The hardware failed (if so replace the board) or there is a voltage supply problem
34 TVIB J3 Analog Input (channel #) Out of Limits Possible open circuit, customer cable short or sensor failure
35 TVIB J4 Analog Input (channel #) Out of Limits Possible open circuit, customer cable short or sensor failure
65-77/ 81-93
TVIB/DVIB J3/J4 Analog Input # out of limits. VVIB monitors the Signal Levels from the 2 A/D. If any one of the voltages is above the max value, this diagnostic is set
The TVIB/DVIB board(s) may not exist but the sensor is specified as used, or the sensor may be bad, or the wire fell off, or the device is miswired.
128-287
Logic Signal # Voting mismatch. The identified signal from this board disagrees with the voted value
A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.
288-404
Input Signal # Voting mismatch, Local #, Voted #. The specified input signal varies from the voted value of the signal by more than the TMR Diff Limit
A problem with the input. This could be the device, the wire to the terminal board, the terminal board, or the cable.
472 • VVIB Vibration Monitor Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
TVIB Vibration Input
Functional Description
The Vibration Input (TVIB) terminal board accepts up to 14 vibration probes, two of which can be cabled directly to the VVIB board. VVIB processes and digitizes the displacement and velocity signals, which are then sent over the VME bus to the controller. The Mark* VI system uses Bently Nevada probes for shaft vibration monitoring. The following vibration probes are compatible with TVIB:
• Proximity • Velocity • Acceleration • Seismic • Phase
There are two types of TVIB terminal boards, H1A and H2A. The H2A type board has BNC connectors allowing portable vibration data gathering equipment to be plugged in for predictive maintenance purposes. Both types have connectors so that Bently Nevada vibration monitoring equipment can be permanently cabled to the terminal board to measure and analyze turbine vibration.
In the Mark VI system TVIB works with the VVIB processor and supports simplex and TMR applications. Two TVIBs connect to VVIB with two cables. In TMR systems, TVIB connects to three VVIB processors with three cables.
Note TVIBH does not support Mark VIe I/O packs.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VVIB Vibration Monitor Board • 473
VME bus to VCMI
TVIB Terminal Board
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cable to VMErack R
Connectors onVME rack R
Cable torack S
Cable torack T
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VVIB
J3
J4
VVIB VME Board
x
x
JS1
JB1
JC1
JT1JA1
JR1
Cable from second TVIB
Shield bar
24681012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
13579
11131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
JD1
Plugs for Portable Bently-Nevada data gathering &monitoring equipment
Vibrationsignals
Vibrationsignals
Cables to fixed Bently-Nevada 3500 VibrationMonitoring System
P1P2
P3P4P5P6
P7P8P9P10
P11121314
.......
...
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
Vibration Terminal Board, Processor Board, and Cabling
Installation
Connect the wires for the 14 vibration probes to the two terminal blocks, three wires per probe. In simplex systems, connect the TVIB1 JR1 connector to VVIB J3 on the VME rack and the TVIB JR1 connector to VVIB J4. In TMR systems, connect the VVIB JR1, JS1, and JT1 connectors to the R, S, and T VVIBs. Use jumpers JP1 through JP8 to select the probe type for the first eight probes. Optionally, connect TVIB to a Bently Nevada system using connectors JA1, JB1, JC1, and JD1.
Note Permanent cable connections to BNCs P1 through P14 are not made.
474 • VVIB Vibration Monitor Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Vibration TerminalBoard TVIBH2A
N24V0124681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1357911131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
PR01 (L)
PR03 (L)
PR02 (L)PR03 (H)
PR04 (H)PR04 (L)PR05 (H)
PR05 (L)PR06 (H)PR06 (L)
Connectors JR1, JS1, JT1, to VME racks
Connectors JA1,JB1, JC1, JD1 to optionalBentley Nevada 3500 system
P1P2
P3P4P5P6
P7P8P9P10
P11P12P13P14
JP1BJP1AJP2BJP2AJP3BJP3AJP4BJP4AJP5BJP5AJP6BJP6AJP7BJP7AJP8BJP8A
N24V02
N24V03
N24V04
N24V05
N24V06
N24V07N24V08
N24V09
N24V10
N24V11
N24V12
N24V13
N24V14
PR01 (H)
PR02 (H)
PR07 (H)
PR08 (H)
PR09 (H)
PR10 (H)
PR11 (H)
PR12 (H)
PR13 (H)
PR14 (H)
PR07 (L)
PR08 (L)
PR09 (L)
PR10 (L)
PR11 (L)
PR12 (L)
PR13 (L)
PR14 (L)
Probeselectionjumpers
BNCconnectorsfor portabledatagatheringequipment
S P,V,A
VS
P,AJumperpositions
P1 is PR01P2 is PR02and so on.P14 is forBently Nevada
Jumper JPXA:S = SeismicV = VelomitorP = ProximitorA = Accelerometer
Jumper JPXB:S = SeismicV = VelomitorP = ProximitorA = Accelerometer
JPxB B/N buffer:JPxA sensor input:
Connector Pin AssignmentsCkt Sensor Conn Comm Sign Shld01 Vib 1 JA1 2 3 402 Vib 2 JA1 6 7 803 Vib 3 JA1 10 11 1204 Vib 4 JA1 24 23 2205 Vib 5 JB1 2 3 406 Vib 6 JB1 6 7 807 Vib 7 JB1 10 11 1208 Vib 8 JB1 24 23 2209 Pos 1 JC1 2 3 410 Pos 2 JC1 6 7 811 Pos 3 JC1 10 11 1212 Pos 4 JC1 24 23 2213 Ref probeJD1 3 1 214 B/N only JD1 9 5 4
Vibrationprobes
Positionprobes
Referenceprobe
Bently Nevadaprobe
Px, BNCConnector
P1P2P3P4P5P6P7P8P9
P10 P11 P12 P13P14
Terminal Board TVIB Wiring
Operation
TVIB supports Proximitor®, Seismic, Accelerometer, and Velomitor® probes supplied by Bently Nevada. Power for the vibration probes comes from the VVIB boards in simplex or TMR mode. The probe signals return to VVIB where they are A/D converted and sent over the VME bus to the controller. Vibration, eccentricity, and axial position alarms and trip logic are generated in the controller.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VVIB Vibration Monitor Board • 475
A -28 V dc source is supplied to the terminal board from the VME board for Proximitor power. In TMR systems, a diode high-select circuit selects the highest -28 V dc bus for redundancy. Regulators provide individual excitation sources, -23 to -26 V dc, that are short circuit protected. VVIB samples the probe inputs at high speed over discrete time periods.
Terminal Board TVIBH2A
PROX
N28V
V
S
1
2
3
S
S
S
CL
<S><T>
N28VR
PCOM
3mAJP1A
s
N24V1
PR01H
PR01LN28V
N28V
Vibration BoardVVIB
JR1
JS1
JT1
<R><S>
<T>
Vib. or pos.prox. (P), orseismic (S),or accel (A),or velomiter(V)
Eight of theabove ccts.
JA1
JB1
JC1
JD1
BufferAmplifiers
BufferAmplifiers
BufferAmplifiers
P,A
V
S
P,V,A
NegativeVolt Ref
JP1B
S
S
S
CL
N28V
PCOM
N24V9
PR09H
PR09L
PROX
25
26
27
S
S
S
CL
N28V
PROX
N24V13
PR13H
PR13L
37
38
39
PCOM
28 V dc
Amp A/D
Same as<S>
Same as<T>
TMRApplications
Samplingtype A/Dconverter(16 bit)
Tocontroller
Four cables to BentlyNevada 3500 system
Positionprox
Reference orkeyphasorprox.
Four of theabove ccts.
One of the above ccts for Mark VI(Two of the above ccts for B/N
P1-P8
P9-P12
P13-P14
BNCConnectors
DB25
DB25
DB25
DB9
J3
J3
J3
J4
J4
J4
ID
ID
ID
CurrentLimit
TVIB Board, Vibration Probes, and Bently Nevada Interface
476 • VVIB Vibration Monitor Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of Channels 13 probes: 8 vibration, 4 position, 1 Keyphasor
Probe Type Measurement Range Accuracy Proximity Displacement
5 to 200 Hz Displacement 200 to 500 Hz
0 to 4.5 V pp 0 to 4.5 V pp
±0 .030 V pp ±0 .150 V pp
Seismic Velocity Velocity
0 to 2.25 V p 5 to 200 Hz 0 to 2.25 V p 200 to 500 Hz
Max [2% reading, ±0.008 Vp] Max [5% reading, ±0.008 Vp]
Velomitor Velocity Velocity
0 to 2.25 V p 5 to 200 Hz 0 to 2.25 V p 200 to 500 Hz
Max [2% reading, ±0.008 Vp] Max [5% reading, ±0.008 Vp]
Accelerometer Velocity (track filter) 10 to 233 Hz
0 to 2.25 V p
±0 .015 Vp
Position Position Air gap (average)
-.5 to -20 V dc
±0.2 V dc
Phase Degrees 0 to 360 degrees ±2 degrees Up to 14,000 rpm (1X vibration component with respect to key slot)
Probe power -24 V dc from the -28 V dc bus; each probe supply is current limited 12 mA load per transducer
Rated RPM If greater than 4,000 rpm, can use eight vibration channels, (others can be prox/position) If less than 4,000 rpm, can use 16 vibration channels, and other probes
Buffered outputs Amplitude accuracy is 0.1% for signal to Bently Nevada* 3500 vibration analysis system Size 33.0 cm high x 17.8 cm wide (13 in. x 7 in.)
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VVIB Vibration Monitor Board • 477
Diagnostics
Diagnostic tests are performed on the terminal board components by VVIB as follows:
• Diagnostics perform a high/low (hardware) limit check on the probe input signals and a high/low system (software) limit check. These limits create faults.
• A probe fault, alarm, or trip condition will occur if either of an X or Y probe pair exceeds its limits.
• Position inputs for thrust wear protection, differential expansion, and eccentricity are monitored similar to the vibration inputs except only the dc component is used for a position indication. If a maximum limit is exceeded a fault is created.
Fourteen BNC connectors on TVIB provide buffered signals available to portable data gathering equipment for predictive maintenance purposes. Buffered outputs have unity gain, 10 Ω internal impedance, and can drive loads up to 1500 Ω.
Configuration
Jumpers JP1A through JP8A select the type of the first eight probes as follows:
• S = Seismic • V = Velocity • P = Proximity • A = Accelerometer
Refer to the Installation section for more information.
DVIB Simplex Vibration Input
Functional Description
The Simplex Vibration Input (DVIB) terminal board is a compact vibration terminal board for DIN-rail mounting. It is designed to meet UL 1604 specification for operation in a 65°C Class 1, Division 2 environment. DVIB accepts 13 vibration probes, including 8 vibration inputs, 4 position inputs, and 1 Keyphasor input. It connects to the VVIB processor board with a 37-pin cable identical to those used on the larger TVIB terminal board. VVIB accommodates two DVIB boards.
Note Only a simplex version is available.
478 • VVIB Vibration Monitor Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
Mount the plastic holder on the DIN-rail and slide the DVIB board into place. Connect the wires for the vibration probes to the terminal block, which has 42 terminals. Typically #18 AWG shielded twisted triplet wiring is used. Two screws, 41 and 42, are provided for the SCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short distance as possible.
PR05 (L)
JR1
DIN Vibration Terminal BoardDVIB
N24V01PR01 (L)
135
11
79
1314 15171921232527293133
373941
35
42
2468
1012
1618202224262830
36
3234
3840
PR02 (H)N24V03PR03 (L)PR04 (H)IN24V05
PR06 (H)N24V07PR07 (L)PR08 (H)N24V09PR09 (L)PR10 (H)N24V11PR11 (L)PR12 (H)
PR01 (H)N24V02PR02 (L)PR03 (H)N24V04PR04 (L)PR05 (H)N24V06PR06 (L)PR07 (H)N24V08PR08 (L)PR09 (H)N24V10PR10 (L)PR11 (H)N24V12PR12 (L)
Screw Connections
DIN-rail mounting
Euro-Block typeterminal block
Plastic mountingholder
SCOM
Screw Connections
37-pin "D" shellconnector with latchingfasteners
Cable to J3connector in I/Orack for the VVIBboard
N24V13
SCOMSCOM
PR13 (H) PR13 (L)
JP1AV P
JP5AV P
JP2AV P
JP3AV P
JP4AV P
JP6AV P
JP7AV P
JP8AV P
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
Vib1-8
Pos1-4
Refprobe
DVIB Wiring and Cabling
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VVIB Vibration Monitor Board • 479
Operation
The eight vibration inputs on each DVIB can be applied as either Proximitor, accelerometer, seismic (velocity), or Velomitor® inputs. Jumpers on DVIB assign a specific vibration sensor type to each input point, with the seismic type assigned to point (S), the Velomitor type assigned to point (V), and the Proximitor and accelerometer types sharing point (P/A). The Proximitor reads a shaft keyway to generate a once per revolution Keyphasor input for phase angle reference.
On DVIB, the high frequency decoupling to ground on all signals is the same as on TVIB. An on-board ID chip identifies the board to VVIB for system diagnostic purposes.
DVIB Board
PROX
N28V
V
S
1
2
3
S
S
S
CL
N28VR
PCOM
3mAJP1A
S
N24V1
PR01H
PR01L
JR1
Vib. or pos.prox. (P), orseismic (S),or accel (A),or velomiter(V)
Eight of theabove circuits
P,A
V
S
S
S
CL
N28V
PCOM
N24V9
PR09H
PR09L
PROX
25
26
27
S
S
S
CL
N28V
PROX
N24V13
PR13H
PR13L
37
38
39
PCOM
PositionProx
Reference orpeyPhasorprox.
Four of theabove circuits
IDCurrent
limit
Vibration BoardVVIB
<R>
28Vdc
Amp A/D
Samplingtype A/Dconverter(16-bit)
Tocontroller
J4
J3
P28V
DVIB Terminal Board
480 • VVIB Vibration Monitor Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of Channels 13 probes: 8 vibration, 4 position, 1 Keyphasor
Probe Type Measurement Range Accuracy Proximity Displacement
5 to 200 Hz Displacement 200 to 500 Hz
0 to 4.5 V pp 0 to 4.5 V pp
±0 .030 V pp ±0 .150 V pp
Seismic Velocity Velocity
0 to 2.25 V p 5 to 200 Hz 0 to 2.25 V p 200 to 500 Hz
Max [2% reading, ±0.008 Vp] Max [5% reading, ±0.008 Vp]
Velomitor Velocity Velocity
0 to 2.25 V p 5 to 200 Hz 0 to 2.25 V p 200 to 500 Hz
Max [2% reading, ±0.008 Vp] Max [5% reading, ±0.008 Vp]
Accelerometer Velocity (track filter) 10 to 233 Hz
0 to 2.25 V p
±0 .015 Vp
Position Position Air gap (average)
-.5 to -20 V dc
±0.2 V dc
Phase Degrees 0 to 360 degrees ±2 degrees Up to 14,000 rpm (1X vibration component with respect to key slot)
Probe power -24 V dc from the -28 V dc bus; each probe supply is current limited 12 mA load per transducer
Rated RPM If greater than 4,000 rpm, can use eight vibration channels, (others can be prox/position) If less than 4,000 rpm, can use 16 vibration channels, and other probes
Buffered outputs Amplitude accuracy is 0.1% for signal to Bently Nevada* 3500 vibration analysis system Size 33.0 cm high x 17.8 cm wide (13 in. x 7 in.)
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VVIB Vibration Monitor Board • 481
Diagnostics
Diagnostic tests are performed on the terminal board components by VVIB as follows:
• Diagnostics perform a high/low (hardware) limit check on the probe input signals and a high/low system (software) limit check. These limits create faults.
• A probe fault, alarm, or trip condition occurs if either of an X or Y probe pair exceeds its limits.
• Position inputs for thrust wear protection, differential expansion, and eccentricity are monitored similar to the vibration inputs except only the dc component is used for a position indication. If a maximum limit is exceeded a fault is created.
Buffered signals for portable data gathering equipment or external vibration analysis equipment are not available as with the TVIB board.
Configuration
Jumpers JP1A through JP8A select the type of the first eight probes as follows:
• S = Seismic • V = Velocity • P = Proximity • A = Accelerometer
Refer to the Installation section for more information.
482 • VVIB Vibration Monitor Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Notes
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II TTPW Power Conditioning Board • 483
TTPW Power Conditioning
Functional Description
The Power Conditioning (TTPWH1A) terminal board power conditioning board provides branch circuit protection and distribution between one or more Mark* VI rack mounted +28 V dc power supplies and discrete wiring to peripheral devices. The H1A has three 2-pin inputs for +28 V dc from the Mark VI power supply. It provides diode OR selection between the three inputs to power the +28 V dc outputs. Outputs are rated 22 – 30 V dc, 0 – 0.25 A individually and capable of parallel operation. There is high frequency isolation between the inputs and the outputs and the voltage drop is less than +4 V dc when delivering rated current.
VME rackPowersupply
<R>
TBAI
TTPW
PS28C
VME rackPowersupply
<S>
PS28C
Monitoring
Discretewiring
P1
P2
P3
PL2
PL3PS28C"Isolation"
PL2
PL3PS28C
"Isolation"
VME rackPowersupply
<T>
PS28C
PL2
PL3PS28C"Isolation"
TB2Nine 0.25 Aoutputs
TB1
TTPWH1A Application Diagram
TTPW Power Conditioning Board
484 • TTPW Power Conditioning Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Large steam turbines use 24 V dc electrical trip solenoid valves (ETSV). Power for these valves is provided to the TRPL and TREL trip boards by a power transition board TTPW. Wiring from the rack power supplies, through TTPW, to the trip board is shown in the figure.
VME rackPowersupply
<R>
TBAI
TTPW
TRPL
TREL
ETSV
PS28C
VME rackPowersupply
<S>
PS28C
Single ETSV Applications:
Double ETSV Applications:
VME rackPowersupply
<R>
TBAI
TTPW
TREL
ETSV1
PS28C
VME rackPowersupply
<S>
PS28C
Powersupply
Monitoring
TBAI
TTPW
Monitoring
Monitoring
ETSV2
PwrA
PwrB
PwrA
Discretwiring
P1
P2
P3
JA1
P1 JA1
P2 JA1
JP1
JP1
JP2
PL2
PL3PS28C"Isolation"
PL2
PL3PS28C
"Isolation"
PL2
PL3PS28C"Isolation"
PL2
PL3PS28C"Isolation"
VME rackPowersupply
<T>
PS28C
PL2
PL3PS28C"Isolation"
VME rack
<T>
PS28C
PL2
PL3PS28C"Isolation"
TRPL
TTPWG1B Wiring to the ETSV
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II TTPW Power Conditioning Board • 485
Installation
TTPWG1B
Three 28 V dc supplies are wired from I/O racks R, S, and T to plugs P1, P2, and P3. The primary 28 V dc output comes from plug JA1 and is wired to the trip board TRPL. The power monitoring signals are wired to the top terminal block (TB1) and go to an analog input board. The secondary voltage outputs are wired to the lower terminal block (TB2) as shown in the following figure.
2468
1012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
PCOM (Gnd) PCOM (Sig)
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Power Conditioning Board TTPWG1B
JA1(P28V)
P28V1 (Pos)
P28R (Sig)
P28S (Sig)
P28T (Sig)
P28V (Sig)
P28R (Gnd)
P28S (Gnd)
P28T (Gnd)
P28V (Gnd)
P28V2 (Pos)
P28V3 (Pos)P28V4 (Pos)P28V5 (Pos)P28V6 (Pos)
P28V1 (Neg)P28V2 (Neg)
P28V4 (Neg)P28V5 (Neg)
P28V3 (Neg)
P28V6 (Neg)
P1(R)
P3(T)
P2(S)
12
12
12
12
28 V power toTRPL trip board
28 V power fromracks R, S, T
Monitoringsignals toTBAI board
Poweroutputs
P28R
P28S
P28T
PCOM
PCOM
PCOM
P28VPCOM
TTPWG1B Board with Wiring and Cabling
486 • TTPW Power Conditioning Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
TTPWH1A
Three 28 V dc supplies are wired from I/O racks R, S, and T to plugs P1, P2, and P3. The power monitoring signals are wired to the top terminal block (TB1) and go to an analog input board. The secondary voltage outputs are wired to the lower terminal block (TB2) as shown in the following figure.
2468
1012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
PCOM (Gnd) PCOM (Sig)
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Power Conditioning Board TTPWH1A
P28V1 (Pos)
P28R (Sig)
P28S (Sig)
P28T (Sig)
P28V (Sig)
P28R (Gnd)
P28S (Gnd)
P28T (Gnd)
P28V (Gnd)
P28V2 (Pos)
P28V4 (Pos)P28V5 (Pos)P28V6 (Pos)P28V7 (Pos)
P28V1 (Neg)P28V2 (Neg)
P28V5 (Neg)P28V6 (Neg)
P28V4 (Neg)
P28V7 (Neg)
P1(R)
P3(T)
P2(S)
12
12
12
28 V power fromracks R, S, T
Monitoringsignals toTBAI board
Poweroutputs
P28R
P28S
P28T
PCOM
PCOM
PCOM
P28V3 (Pos)
P28V8 (Pos)P28V9 (Pos)
P28V3 (Neg)
P28V8 (Neg)P28V9 (Neg)
TTPWH1A Wiring and Cabling Diagram
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II TTPW Power Conditioning Board • 487
Operation
TTPWG1B
The turbine ETSV is a 24 V dc device with a 24 watt, 20-22 ohm coil. Power is supplied from the three I/O rack supplies to TTPWG1B, where the three 28 V supplies are diode ORed to produce a single 28 V dc output. The primary output is 0 - 2 A (total), 22 - 30 V dc, and there are four secondary outputs of 0.25 A each.
34
78
1112
22 - 30 V dc, 2.0 A total
TTPWG1B P1 P2 P3 2 1 2 1 2 1
100k
10k
SCOM
1516
1920
Power Supply Monitoring
(screw compatible to TBAI)
PCOM
P28R
P28S
P28T
P28V
2526
2728
3132
3334
3536
3738
1 k 1k
SCOM
SCOM
Peripheral Power Outputs
Bus voltagecentering bridge
P28V
PCOM
PCOM
P28RP28S
P28T
0.25 Aoutputs(each)
JA1
12
PCOM
100k
10k
100k
10k
100k
10k
100k
10k
SCOM
PCOM
SCOM
SCOM
SCOM
P28V
2.0 A(total)
P28V1
P28V2
P28V3
P28V4
P28V5
P28V6
SigGnd
GndSig
GndSig
GndSig
GndSig
To TRPL
(+)(-)
(+)(-)
(+)(-)
(+)(-)
(+)(-)
(+)(-)
TTPWG1B Board Diagram
488 • TTPW Power Conditioning Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
TTPWH1A
The TTPWH1A power conditioning board provides branch circuit protection and distribution between one or more Mark VI rack mounted +28 V dc power supplies and discrete wiring to peripheral devices. The H1A has three 2-pin inputs for +28 V dc from the Mark VI power supply. It provides diode or selection between the three inputs to power the +28 V dc outputs. Outputs are rated 22 – 30 V dc, 0 – 0.25 A individually and capable of parallel operation. There is high frequency isolation between the inputs and the outputs and the voltage drop is less than +4 V dc when delivering rated current.
Typical applications power the H1A from the P28C output of the VME rack power supply. When this is done, the isolation jumper on the rack is placed in the isolated position removing all connections between the P28C output and the rack. The TTPWH1A then provides a resistive bridge to ground to center the power circuit with respect to ground. Voltage feedback monitoring signals are provided using 0.1% resistors allowing monitoring of three input voltages, output voltage, and voltage between PCOM and SCOM.
Note The TTPWH1A internal signal paths are shown in the figure. Nine current limited 0.25 A outputs are provided and may be paralleled for higher current applications.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II TTPW Power Conditioning Board • 489
The +28 V dc power source should have an isolated common (return), especially if the load is external to the cabinet and is grounded. The rack power supplies are wired through TTPWH1A to the trip board.
100k
10k
100k
10k
100k
10k
34
78
1112
22 - 30 V dc0.25 A each
TTPWH1A
P1 P2 P3 2 1 2 1 2 1
100k
10k
PCOM
100k
10k
SCOM
1516
1920
Power SupplyMonitoring
PCOM
P28R
P28S
P28T
P28V
2526
2728
2930
3132
3334
3536
3738
3940
4142
1 k 1k
SCOM
SCOM
Peripheralpower
Bus voltagecenteringbridge
P28V
PCOM
PCOM
P28RP28S
P28T
SCOM
SCOM
SCOM
TTPWH1A Board Diagram
Specifications TTPWH1A Specification
Item Description
Inputs Three 28 V dc inputs from the VME rack power supplies
Outputs Nine current limited outputs of 0.25 A, 22 – 30 V dc, 28 V dc nom. Monitoring Three 28 V dc inputs
Output 28 V dc power PCOM voltage
Accuracy Resistors in measuring circuits are 0.1%
490 • TTPW Power Conditioning Board GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
TTPWG1B Specification
Item Description
Inputs Three 28 V dc inputs from the VME rack power supplies Outputs Three outputs with total of 2.0 A, 22 – 30 V dc, 28 V dc nom. (to TRPL board)
Four current limited outputs of 0.25 A, 22 – 30 V dc, 28 V dc nom Monitoring Three 28 V dc inputs
Output 28 V dc power PCOM voltage
Accuracy Resistors in measuring circuits are 0.1%
Diagnostics
The five monitored voltages are wired to an analog input terminal board, TBAI. The I/O processor board, VAIC, creates a fault if an input signal goes out of configured limits, either high or low.
Configuration
There are no switches or jumpers on the power conditioning boards. On the VME rack power supply, place the P28C isolation jumper in the isolated position.
Alarms
The alarms associated with this board depend on system use of the feedback signals.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VME Rack Power Supply • 491
VME Rack Power Supply
Functional Description
The Mark* VI VME rack power supply mounts on the side of the VME control and interface racks. It supplies +5, ±12, ±15, and ±28 V dc to the VME backplane, and an optional 335 V dc output for powering flame detectors connected to TRPG.
Two supply input voltage selections are available. There is a 125 V dc input supply that is powered from a Power Distribution Module (PDM) and a low voltage version for 24 V dc operation.
Note A different power supply is used on the stand-alone control rack which only powers the Mark VI controller, VDSK, and VCMI.
VME Rack Power Supply
492 • VME Rack Power Supply GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
SUPPLYPOWER
AVAILABLE
0 (OFF)GREEN LED NORMAL
1 (ON)
PULL TO TOGGLE
SWITCH
RED LEDYELLOW LED
FAULT
GE CAT. NO. REV. NO.
S/N
PS125 oPS335PS28C
PS125 oPS335PS28PSSTAT
PS28A PS28B
IS2020LVPSG1and
IS2020RKPSG1
PSA PSB
IS2020LVPSG2 -4and
IS2020RKPSG2-3
VME Rack Power Supply types G1 and G2, Front, Side, and Bottom Views
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VME Rack Power Supply • 493
IS20
20R
KPS
G2-
3 &
IS20
20R
KPS
G2-
312
5/24
VD
C In
put
300
/400
W O
utpu
tPo
wer
Sup
plie
s
PS12
5P1
25N
125
12 3 4N
C
Supp
ress
ion
On/
Off
switc
h
P28V
(A)
100
W+
Ret
24
22
PSA
P28
V (B
)10
0 W
+
R
et
P28
V (C
)10
0 W
+
R
et
P28
V (D
)10
0 W
+
R
et
P335V1.68 W
+ Ret
16
14
12
1
08
620
18
13 2
PS28
To s
afet
y G
roun
d
N28
V50
W-
R
et
N15
V10
0 W
-
R
et
P15V
100
W+
Ret
N12
V10
W-
R
et
P12V
25 W
+
R
et
8
6
12
1
016
1
4
P5.
0V15
0 W
+
s
s
Ret
24,2
8,32
20
1
8 2
2,26
,30
PSB
28
2
632
30
P24
N24
UV
Det
ect
125
or 2
4VPo
wer
Enable ControlLogic
Sup
pres
sion
OV
Pro
tect
Sup
pres
sion
OV
Prot
ect
Supp
ress
ion
OV
Prot
ect
Supp
ress
ion
OV
Prot
ect
Sup
pres
sion
OV
Prot
ect
Supp
ress
ion
OV
Pro
tect
Sup
pres
sion
OV
Pro
tect
Sup
pres
sion
OV
Pro
tect
Supp
ress
ion
OV
Pro
tect
Supp
ress
ion
OV
Pro
tect
Yello
w A
vail
Gre
en
Nor
mal
Red
F
ault
Con
trol
Pow
er
PSST
AT
ID12
34 STAT2
STAT1IDGNDIDSIG
31
2
Sup
pres
sion
OV
Prot
ect+
P335
VDC
PS2423 1
From 125VSupply
From 24VSupply
Ret
RKP
SG
2 &
LVP
SG4
335V
Opt
ion
RKP
SG2
& L
VPS
G2
400
W O
ptio
n
IS20
20R
KPSG
2 &
G3
125V
Inpu
t
IS20
20LV
PSG
2,G
3 &
G4
24V
Inpu
t
PS12
5P1
25N
125
12 3 4N
C
Supp
ress
ion
On/
Off
switc
h
IS20
20R
KPS
G1
& IS
2020
LVPS
G1
125/
24V
DC
Inpu
t 4
00 W
Out
put
Pow
er S
uppl
ies
24
22
PSA
P28V
(C)
50 W
+
R
et
P28
V (D
)50
W+
Ret
P28
V (E
)50
W+
Ret
P335V1.68 W
+ Ret
16
14
12
1
08
620
18
13 2
PS28
B
To s
afet
y G
roun
d
N28
V25
W-
R
et
N15
V50
W-
Ret
P15V
50 W
+
R
et
N12
V25
W-
R
et
P12V
50 W
+
R
et
8
6
12
1
016
1
4
P5.
0V75
W x
2+
s
s R
et
24,2
8,32
,20
18,
22,2
6,30
PSB
28
2
632
30
P24
N24
UV
Det
ect
125
or 2
4VPo
wer
Enable ControlLogic
Sup
pres
sion
OV
Prot
ect
Supp
ress
ion
OV
Prot
ect
Supp
ress
ion
OV
Prot
ect
Sup
pres
sion
OV
Prot
ect
Supp
ress
ion
OV
Pro
tect
Sup
pres
sion
OV
Pro
tect
Sup
pres
sion
OV
Pro
tect
Supp
ress
ion
OV
Pro
tect
Supp
ress
ion
OV
Pro
tect
Yello
w A
vail
Gre
en
Nor
mal
Red
F
ault
Con
trol
Pow
er
31
2
Sup
pres
sion
OV
Prot
ect+
P335
VDC
PS2423 1
From 125VSupply
From 24VSupply
Ret
RKP
SG1
335V
IS20
20R
KPS
G1
125V
Inpu
t
IS2020LVPSG124V Input
P28
V (B
)50
W+
Ret
Sup
pres
sion
OV
Prot
ect
P28
V (A
)50
W+
Ret
Sup
pres
sion
OV
Prot
ect
13 2
PS28
C 13 2
PS28
A
+ + +
OV
Faul
tsEn
able
Ena
ble/
Sta
tus
Block Diagram of RKPS and LVPS versions of VME Power Supply
There are currently seven major variations of the VME rack power supply. These variations provide different power supply input and output requirements. The following table defines these variations.
494 • VME Rack Power Supply GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
VME Rack Power Supply Option Definitions
IS2020 Part Number
Input Voltage
Output Rating
+28V PSA Outputs
+28V Remote Outputs
PS335 Output
Status ID Output
Support Redundant Operation
LVPSG1 24 V dc 400W Qty. 5 Qty. 3 No No No RKPSG1 125 V dc 400W Qty. 5 Qty. 3 Yes No No RKPSG2* 125 V dc 400W Qty. 5 Qty. 1 Yes Yes Yes RKPSG3* 125 V dc 400W Qty. 5 Qty. 1 No Yes Yes LVPSG2* 24 V dc 400W Qty. 5 Qty. 1 No Yes Yes LVPSG3* 24 V dc 300W Qty. 3 None No Yes Yes LVPSG4* 24 V dc 300W Qty. 3 None Yes Yes Yes
* Newer design power supplies
With the exception of the number of remote 28 V outputs, the RKPSG2 and LVPSG2 are designed to be direct replacements for the RKPSG1 and LVPSG1 respectively. These two supplies have been replaced with the newer designs (marked with asterisk in the table above).
Installation
The power supply is mounted to the right-hand side of the VME rack on a sheet metal bracket. The dc input, 28 V dc output, and 335 V dc output connections are at the bottom. The newer design also has a status connector on the bottom. Two connectors, PSA and PSB, at the top of the assembly mate with a cable harness carrying power to the VME rack.
Each of the five 28 V dc power modules supplies a section of the VME rack. These sections are labeled A, B, C, D, E, and F. The P28C output or PS28 at the bottom of the power supply can be used to power an external peripheral device. To do this the jumper plug shown on the bracket to the left of the rack must be moved from the Normal position to the Isolated position below.
The fan is only used when the controller is mounted in the rack. It is powered from the top connector on the same bracket, located on the left side of the rack.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VME Rack Power Supply • 495
To prevent electric shock, turn off power to the RPSM to be replaced, then test to verify that no power exists on the module before touching it or any connected circuits.
To prevent equipment damage, do not remove, insert, or adjust any connections while power is applied to the equipment.
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
xx
x
x
VME chassis,21 slots for I/Oand control, orfor just I/O
PowerSupply
J301
Cable fromPDM monitor
Fan
5 slots - A 4 slots - B 4 slots - C 4 slots - D 4 slots - E
+24 Vto fan, usedwith controller
Plug positionP28 normal
Plug positionP28 isolated
Power cables toVME chassis
P28C power to externalperipheral device (moveplug from normal toisolated position)
335 V dc
125V dcinputfromPDM
PSAPSB
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Power supplyTestpoints
Rack EthernetID plug
GND
Power Supply, VME Chassis, and Cabling to External Devices
496 • VME Rack Power Supply GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
To remove the power supply
1 Loosen the PSA/PSB bracket captive fastener at the top front of the module.
2 Separate the PSA/PSB bracket assembly from the RPSM.
3 Disconnect the bottom connectors.
4 Loosen the two front sheet metal bracket captive fasteners.
5 Pull the sheet metal bracket/power module assembly forward, disconnect the four rear side connectors and then slide the assembly off of the control rack.
6 Remove the four mounting screws that hold the RPSM to the bracket and remove it.
Note Reinstall the screws and bracket on the control rack if a replacement module is not going to be installed.
To install the power supply
1 Locate the supply mounting sheet metal bracket and four mounting screws.
2 Position the module on the bracket with the front of the module at the captive fasteners, then install the four mounting screws and tighten.
3 Slide the module bracket assembly on to the control rack, connect the four rear side connectors and then push the assembly in to tighten the two front captive fasteners.
4 Slide the PSA/PSB assembly rear tab into the slot on the bracket located at the top rear of the RPSM.
5 Push the connector assemble into the mating connectors on the top of the RPSM.
6 Tighten the PSA/PSB bracket captive fastener.
7 Connect the power supply bottom connectors.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VME Rack Power Supply • 497
PIN6 RETPIN4 N/CPIN2 N/C
PIN14 RETPIN12 28VD
PIN16 28VC
PIN8 28VEPIN10 RET
PIN28 -28VPIN26 RETPIN24 28VAPIN22 RETPIN20 28VBPIN18 RET
PIN30 RETPIN32 -15V
PIN2 N/C
PIN12 -12VPIN10 RET
PIN4 N/CPIN6 RETPIN8 +15V
PS
A
8
46
1614
18
1012
3028
20
2426
22
32
4
12
86
10
14
PIN18 5V RETPIN20 5V
PIN24 5V
PIN16 +12VPIN14 RET
PIN22 5V RET
PIN32 5V
PIN28 5VPIN26 5V RET
PIN30 5V RET
26
16
20
2422
18
PS
B
3028
32
Power Supply, Top Connectors
498 • VME Rack Power Supply GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
AND
TW
O (2
)W
ITH
STA
R W
ASH
ER
1/4
X 20
STU
D
JAM
NU
TS
NO
.1C
IRC
UIT
PSST
AT
NO
.1ID
SIG
STA
T1N
O.3
IDG
ND
NO
.2
STA
T2N
O.4
RETURNGND
+28VDC
PS28 &PS28A-C
PS335
NO
.1C
IRC
UIT
RETURNGND
+335VDC
PS24
RETURN
RETURN+125VDC
GNDN/C
NO
.1C
IRC
UIT
PS125
+24VDC
NO
.1C
IRC
UIT
GND
PS125 or PS24PS335
PS28C
PS125 or PS24PS335
PS28PSSTA
T
PS28APS28B
IS2020LVPSG1and
IS2020RKPSG1
IS2020LVPSG2 - 4and
IS2020RKPSG2 - 3
Power Supply, Bottom Connectors
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VME Rack Power Supply • 499
Operation
The VME Rack power supply has only one user control, the power switch, and three status LED indicators. The power switch provides front-panel control of the power supply output voltages and when toggled serves as a fault reset. The yellow, red and green LEDs indicate the status of the input power, fault presence, and normal operation.
Note Newer supply designs also have a status output that mimics the status of the green LED and an ID output that uniquely identifies the supply back to the system.
Power Switch
The front panel power switch is a locking type that must be pulled out to change position. This switch is a low voltage control to enable or disable the output voltages. If the red LED is ON indicating a fault condition the power switch can be toggled OFF and then back ON again to clear the fault. The fault will only be cleared if the condition that caused it no longer exists.
Yellow LED
When the power switch is OFF the yellow LED will indicate the status of the input power. If this LED is ON there is power present on the supply input connector. For the newer design, the yellow LED will only turn ON if the input voltage is above the input under-voltage fault threshold.
Red LED
This LED will only be ON if there is input power, the power switch is ON, and a fault has been detected.
Green LED/Status Output
If there is input power, the power switch is ON, and there are no detectable faults, the Green LED will be ON. The newer designs also have a status output that mimics the status of this LED. The status output is a NO solid-state relay contact that will be CLOSED when the green LED is ON.
Fault Conditions
There are three classes of power supply faults:
• Those that transiently shutdown an output • Those that require some reset action to clear • Permanent failures that require the replacement of the supply.
This section describes the first two fault classes and assumes the cause of the fault is external. For a detailed fault diagnostics, refer to the section, Diagnostics and Troubleshooting.
Note When the external condition causing the current limit condition is corrected, the output voltage will return to normal.
500 • VME Rack Power Supply GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
If an overcurrent condition exists on an output, the voltage on that output will fold back as required to maintain the constant current limit output. For every output other than the 5 V supply, this condition is not detectable at the supply and the green LED will remain ON. Detection of a low output voltage due to excessive output current has to be detected at the system level through the power supply voltage monitoring. The newer design also has an over temperature monitor of the output modules and a current limit detector on the optional 335V supply. These additional fault detectors may cause the red LED to come on when an output is in current limit but the red LED will also go out when the output voltage returns to normal.
The 5 V current limit is a special case due to the 5 V under-voltage detector. If the current limit causes the 5 V output voltage to fold back below the UV threshold, all of the other outputs will be disabled until the 5 V output voltage returns to a voltage above the UV threshold.
All of the other faults will shut down one or all of the outputs until the external cause of the fault condition is removed and the supply is reset. A reset can be initiated through the front panel power switch or by removing and reapplying input power to the supply. Output over-voltage faults on the newer design require the removal of input power for a minimum of one minute to reset the fault once the source of the fault has been removed. Below is a power supply fault summary.
• Input under-voltage (Latched) • Input over-voltage (Newer Design Only) • P5 output under-voltage • Output over-voltage (Latched) • Over temperature (Newer Design Only)
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VME Rack Power Supply • 501
The following figure shows the power supply connections to the VME rack and the distribution of the power supply outputs.
IS2020RKPSG1 - 3 or IS2020LVPSG1 - 4
I/O 21 slot rack only
*PS28C"Normal"
*PS28C"Isolation"
FanPower
1
2
1234
1234
Note: The power supply PS28 or PS28C may beisolated from the I/O rack for external use. One plug,two positions Normal (PL2), Isolation (PS3), forselection; Plug is located on left side of rack (from thefront). P28A and P28B are for internal cabinet use only,notto go outside of the cabinet.
* PS28 or PS28C Configuration:
Slots 1 thru 5 Slots 6 thru 9 Slots 10 thru 13 Slots 14 thru 17 Slots 18 thru 21
P28E
PCOMPCOM
P28A P28B P28C P28D
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
scomsThe symbol, represents a "pi" suppression filter:
To s
afet
y gr
ound
SCOM
PL1
PL2
PL3
J5Ether IO
P28BBP28CCP28DDP28EEPCOM
N28DCOMSCOM
P15 N15
ACOM P28AA
Test Pts
24 22
PSA16 14 12 10 8 620 188 612 1016 1424,28,32,20 18,22,26,30
PSB28 2632 30
N28
PL2
PL3
s
s
N28P2
8E
P28D
P28C
P28B
P28A
N28
N15
Ret
Ret
Ret
Ret
Ret
Ret
Ret
s
s
N15 N15
ACOMACOM
P15
N12
P12
P5 Ret
Ret
Ret
Ret
Ret
Ret
Ret
s
s
DCOMP5 P5
DCOM
P15
N12P12
P15
N12P12
P5 P5 P5
P28A
PCOM
SCOM SCOM
21 S
lot O
nly
Inpu
t pow
er
*PS28 or*PS28C
PS28BPS28APS335PS125 or
PS24 Remote28V
VME Rack
Power Supply
Note: SCOM must be connected to ground via therackmounting hardware, metal to metal conductivity, to themounting base and hence to ground.
VME I/O Rack Power Supply and Cables
502 • VME Rack Power Supply GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Specifications Item Description
Input voltage 125 V input 24 V input
70 V to 145 V dc floating supply Up to 10 V pp ripple 18.5 V to 32 V dc floating supply Up to 2 V pp ripple
Input under-voltage Under-voltage protection provided to prevent supply operation when the input voltage is below the minimum operating level.
Input over-voltage* Over-voltage protection provided to prevent supply operation when the input voltage is above the maximum operating level.
Isolation True isolation from input to output, 1500 V
Output voltages Output Voltage Voltage Regulation Capacity Typical Over Voltage
For the RKPSG1 and LVPSG1 supplies
P5 +5 V dc Less than ± 3% 150 W 120% ± 5% P15 +15 V dc Less than ± 3% 50 W 120% ± 5% N15 -15 V dc Less than ± 3% 50 W 120% ± 5% P12 +12 V dc Less than ± 3% 50 W 120% ± 5% N12 -12 V dc Less than ± 3% 25 W 120% ± 5% P28 +28 V dc Less than ± 5% 50 W 120% ± 5% N28 -28 V dc Less than ± 5% 25 W 120% ± 5% P335 +335 V dc Less than ± 5% 1.68 W 110% to 120%
For the RKPSG2 -3 and LVPSG2 - 4 supplies* Note: P5 on these supplies has remote voltage sensing.
P5 +5 V dc Less than ± 3% 150 W 130% ± 5% P15 +15.35 V dc Less than ± 3% 100 W 120% ± 5% N15 -15.35 V dc Less than ± 3% 100 W 120% ± 5% P12 +12.3 V dc Less than ± 3% 25 W 120% ± 5% N12 -12.3 V dc Less than ± 3% 10 W 120% ± 5% P28 +28 V dc Less than ± 5% 100 W 120% ± 5% N28 -28 V dc Less than ± 5% 50 W 120% ± 5% P335 +335 V dc Less than ± 5% 1.68 W 110% to 120%
Power sequencing The 5 V dc supply comes up first, then all the others Total Output Maximum of 400 W Total output LVPSG3 & 4 only*
Maximum of 300 W
Short circuit Short circuit protection on all power supplies, with self-recovery. Note: A 5 V short circuit on the new design will cause a latched fault.
Temperature Ambient air convection cooling 0 to 60ºC Indicating lights Green: Normal Status is OK
Red: Fault Power is applied, but one or more outputs off due to a fault. Yellow: Available Power is applied, but switch is OFF
Status output* NO SSR contact .5 A @ 55 V dc - Closed when the green indicating light is on ID tag output* Dallas DS2502 output. 2502 data = Week and year tested, unit number, part number
and revision
*Only pertain to the newer design power supplies
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VME Rack Power Supply • 503
Diagnostics
Incoming and outgoing voltages and currents are monitored for control and protection purposes. If the red LED is ON, this is not a direct indication that the power supply has failed and has to be replaced. The LED ON could indicate that something is wrong in the system and the fault LED is latched on. The following is a description of the power supply parameters that are monitored and the conditions that can cause faults.
Input Under-voltage (below the minimum operating voltage)
The input voltage has to be above the under-voltage threshold or operation of the supply will be inhibited. For the newer design this is indicated by no LEDs ON. The red LED will come ON and remain on until the input voltage is above the under-voltage threshold and the power switch is toggled. If an under-voltage fault occurs during normal operation, the outputs will be disabled and the red LED will come ON and remain ON until the input voltage is above the under-voltage threshold and the power switch is toggled.
Note If the supply power switch is turned on in this condition there will be no output voltages.
Input Over-voltage (newer design above maximum operating voltage)
If the supply power switch is turned on in this condition there, will be no output voltages and the red LED will come ON and remain on until the input voltage is below the over-voltage threshold and the power switch is toggled. If an over-voltage fault occurs during normal operation, the outputs will be disabled and the red LED will come ON and remain ON until the input voltage is below the over voltage threshold and the power switch is toggled.
Note The input voltage has to be below the over-voltage threshold or operation of the supply will be inhibited and the yellow LED will be ON.
5 V Output Under-voltage (typically below 4.7 V)
The P5 output voltage has to be above the under-voltage threshold or operation of the supply will be inhibited, all supply outputs will be turned off, and the red LED will be ON. If an under-voltage fault occurs during normal operation, the outputs will be disabled and the red LED will come ON and remain ON until the output voltage is above the under-voltage threshold.
5 V Output Over-voltage (typically above 6 V)
The P5 output voltage has to be below the over-voltage threshold or operation of the supply will be inhibited. All supply outputs will be latched OFF and the red LED will be ON until the power switch is toggled. For the newer design, this fault must be reset by removing input power to the supply (wait for one minute and re-apply input power).
Output Over-voltage other than P5 (typically above 120%)
The output voltage has to be below the over-voltage threshold or operation of the supply output that is above the threshold will be inhibited (latched OFF) until the power switch is toggled. The red LED will be ON during this fault. For the newer design, this fault must be reset by removing input power to the supply (wait for one minute and re-apply input power).
504 • VME Rack Power Supply GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Output Over-temperature (newer design typically above 100 degrees C)
The modules that supply the output voltage have to be operated below the over-temperature threshold. A specific supply output module operated above the threshold will be inhibited until the temperature is lowered below the threshold. The red LED will be ON during this fault. An over-temperature of the 5 V module will cause a 5 V under-voltage fault.
Troubleshooting
The supply has no field serviceable components. If a supply is found to be defective it must be replaced. The power supply cover should not be removed in the field.
There are only two indications of a problem on the power supply itself. A problem is indicated when there are no LEDs ON or the red LED is ON. Both conditions will be annunciated on the newer designs through the status output.
No LEDs ON is a good indication of an input voltage problem or a defective supply. If the red LED is ON, the cause could be any of the fault conditions listed above or a defective supply. Below is a list of troubleshooting hints.
Note Over-voltage faults on the newer design must be reset by removing input power to the supply, waiting for one minute, and re-applying input power.
No LEDs ON
Verify that the input connector and voltage to the supply are correct. If they are, then replace the supply. Use caution when powering on the replacement supply because the failure could have been caused by a problem in the system.
Red LED ON and system up
This condition indicates that the 5 V power is OK. Use the system diagnostics and or testpoints on the left bottom of the control rack or at the supply connectors to find the faulted outputs. Try and clear the fault with the input power or switch reset. If the green LED comes ON, the fault was a transient one and may come back. If the red LED is still ON, remove the connector supplying the faulted output and reset the supply. If the red LED is still ON, then a defective supply is the most probable cause. If the green LED comes ON, then the problem is most likely in the system.
Red LED ON and system down
This condition indicates that the 5 V power is not OK. In this case, all of the supply outputs should be off. Try and reset the fault with the input power. If the green LED comes on the fault was a transient one and may come back. If the red LED is still ON, remove the PSA/PSB output connector at the top of the supply and reset the supply. If the red LED is still ON, then a defective supply is the most probable cause. If the green LED comes ON, then the problem is most likely in the system.
Green LED ON and system up but one or more of the voltages out of specification
This condition indicates that the 5 V power is OK. Each supply output has a current limit and short circuit protection. This condition could be caused by a short or failed component in the system. Remove the connector supplying the failed output voltage. If the voltage returns to normal this is an indication of a system problem. If the voltage does not return to normal then the most probable cause is a defective supply.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VME Rack Power Supply • 505
Thermal over-temperature faults (new design only)
Even in the worst case ambient conditions, a thermal fault should not occur if the outputs are not overloaded. A sustained current limit on a supply output will be the most likely cause of a thermal fault.
Configuration
The P28C output or PS28 at the bottom of the power supply can be used to power an external peripheral device. To do this the jumper plug on the bracket to the left of the rack must be moved from the Normal position to the Isolated position below.
Alarms
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
32 P5=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P5 power supply is out of the specified operating limits
A VME rack backplane wiring problem and/or power supply problem
33 P15=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P15 power supply is out of the specified operating limits
If "Remote Control", disable diagnostic and ignore; otherwise probably a back plane wiring or VME power supply problem
34 N15=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The N15 power supply is out of the specified operating limits
If "Remote Control", disable diagnostic and ignore; otherwise probably a VME backplane wiring and/or power supply problem
35 P12=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P12 power supply is out of the specified operating limits
If "Remote I/O", disable diagnostic and ignore; otherwise probably a VME backplane wiring and/or power supply problem
36 N12=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The N12 power supply is out of the specified operating limits
If "Remote I/O", disable diagnostic and ignore; otherwise probably a VME backplane wiring and/or power supply problem
37 P28A=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28A power supply is out of the specified operating limits
If "Remote Control", disable diagnostic and ignore; otherwise probably a VME backplane wiring and/or power supply problem
38 P28B=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28B power supply is out of the specified operating limits
If "Remote Control", disable diagnostic and ignore; otherwise probably a VME backplane wiring and/or power supply problem
39 P28C=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28C power supply is out of the specified operating limits
If "Remote Control" disable diagnostic. Disable diagnostic if not used; otherwise probably a backplane wiring and/or power supply problem
40 P28D=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28D power supply is out of the specified operating limits
If "Remote Control" disable diagnostic. Disable diagnostic if not used; otherwise probably a backplane wiring and/or power supply problem
41 P28E=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28E power supply is out of the specified operating limits
If "Remote Control" disable diagnostic. Disable diagnostic if not used; otherwise probably a backplane wiring and/or power supply problem
42 N28=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The N28 power supply is out of the specified operating limits
If "Remote Control" disable diagnostic. Disable diagnostic if not used; otherwise probably a backplane wiring and/or power supply problem
506 • VME Rack Power Supply GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Notes
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VME Redundant Power Supply • 507
Redundant Power Supply
Functional Description
The redundant power supply module (RPSM) parallels two independent power supplies to provide ten output voltages with improved reliability. ORing diodes are used to OR the outputs of one supply with the outputs from the second redundant supply. Nine of the paralleling circuits have an additional current limit function. All output circuits have an LED status indicator.
The following figure shows the power and signal flow for two paralleled power supplies that provide power to a Mark* VI control rack. To provide redundancy, the outputs of each supply are passed into the RPSM, ORed and the redundant voltages are passed out the RPSM outputs. The RPSM module mounts on the side of the control rack in place of the power supply. The two power supplies that feed the RPSM are remotely mounted.
Supply1
Supply2
RPSM
1PSA
1PSB
2PSA
2PSB
PSA
PSB
PSA
PSB
PSA
PSB
PSSTAT
2PSSTAT
1PSSTAT
PSSTAT
PSSTAT
MarkVI rackconnections
Power
Power
PS28
Power Supply and RPSM Signal Flow
VME Redundant Power Supply
508 • VME Redundant Power Supply GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
1PSSTAT
2PSSTAT
PSSTAT
PS28
2PSA
13151P
SA
1315
13
13
15 13
2PSB
1315
3 1
1PSB
13
PSA PSB
Status LEDs
IS2020RPSM
Mountingscrew
Mountingscrew
Mountingscrew
Mountingscrew
Captivefastener
Captivefastener
Top View
Side View
Slidemounting
plate
Controlrack
RPSM Module and VME Chassis
The RPSM module is mounted to the right hand side of the VME rack on a sheet metal bracket. The status and 28 V dc output connections are at the bottom. Two connectors, PSA and PSB, at the top of the assembly connect with a cable harness carrying power to the VME rack. The four 15-pin connect-N-Lock connectors at the back side of the module are the primary power feeds from the remotely mounted power supplies.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VME Redundant Power Supply • 509
To prevent electric shock, turn off power to the RPSM to be replaced, then test to verify that no power exists on the module before touching it or any connected circuits.
To prevent equipment damage, do not remove, insert, or adjust any connections while power is applied to the equipment.
The RPSM module is mounted to the right hand side of the VME rack on a sheet metal bracket. The status and 28 V dc output connections are at the bottom. Two connectors, PSA and PSB, at the top of the assembly connect with a cable harness carrying power to the VME rack. The four 15-pin connect-N-Lock connectors at the back side of the module are the primary power feeds from the remotely mounted power supplies.
To remove the RPSM
1 Loosen the PSA/PSB bracket captive fastener at the top front of the module.
2 Separate the PSA/PSB bracket assembly from the RPSM.
3 Disconnect the bottom connectors.
4 Loosen the two front sheet metal bracket captive fasteners.
5 Pull the sheet metal bracket/power module assembly forward, disconnect the four rear side connectors and then slide the assembly off of the control rack.
6 Remove the four mounting screws that hold the RPSM to the bracket and remove it.
Note Reinstall the screws and bracket on the control rack if a replacement module is not going to be installed.
To reinstall the RPSM
1 Locate the supply mounting sheet metal bracket and four mounting screws.
2 Position the module on the bracket with the front of the module at the captive fasteners, then install the four mounting screws and tighten.
3 Slide the module bracket assembly on to the control rack, connect the four rear side connectors and then push the assembly in to tighten the two front captive fasteners.
4 Slide the PSA/PSB assembly rear tab into the slot on the bracket located at the top rear of the RPSM.
5 Push the connector assemble into the mating connectors on the top of the RPSM.
6 Tighten the PSA/PSB bracket captive fastener.
7 Connect the power supply bottom connectors.
510 • VME Redundant Power Supply GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
PIN6 RETPIN4 N/CPIN2 N/C
PIN14 RETPIN12 28VD
PIN16 28VC
PIN8 28VEPIN10 RET
PIN28 -28VPIN26 RETPIN24 28VAPIN22 RETPIN20 28VBPIN18 RET
PIN30 RETPIN32 -15V
PIN2 N/C
PIN12 -12VPIN10 RET
PIN4 N/CPIN6 RETPIN8 +15V
PS
A
8
46
1614
18
1012
3028
20
2426
22
32
4
12
86
10
14
PIN18 5V RETPIN20 5V
PIN24 5V
PIN16 +12VPIN14 RET
PIN22 5V RET
PIN32 5V
PIN28 5VPIN26 5V RET
PIN30 5V RET
26
16
20
2422
18
PS
B
3028
32
RPSM Top Connectors
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VME Redundant Power Supply • 511
1PS
A
13
1315
1 3
13 15
1 3
13 15
13
1315
2PSA
2PSB
1PSB
Pin1 P5V1/22 P5V1/23 P5V1/24 P5RTN5 P5RTN6 P5RTN7 NC8 P5SENP9 P5SENN10 P15V1/211 N1212 P12V1/213 P15RTN14 N12RTN1/215 P12RTN
1 & 2PSB
1 & 2PSAPin1 P28AB1/22 N283 N154 AB28RTN5 N28RTN1/26 N15RTN1/27 NC8 P28AB1/29 AB28RTN10 P28E1/211 P28D1/212 P28C1/213 E28RTN14 D28RTN15 C28RTN
RPSM Back Side Connectors
512 • VME Redundant Power Supply GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
PS28
1PSS
TAT
2PSS
TAT
PS
STA
T1 3
2 46
1 32 4
13
41
3
Pin1 IDSIG2 IDGND3 2STAT14 2STAT2
Pin1 IDSIG4 IDGND2 1STAT15 1STAT23 2STAT16 2STAT2
Pin1 P28E2 CHASS3 E28RTN
Pin1 IDSIG2 IDGND3 1STAT14 1STAT2
PSSTAT
PS28
2PSSTAT
1PSSTAT
RPSM Bottom Connectors
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VME Redundant Power Supply • 513
Operation
P28V (A)100 W
24 22PSA
P28V (C)100 W
P28V (D)100 W
P28V (E)100 W
16 14 12 10 8 620 18
1
32 PS28
N28V50 W
PSA
N15V100 W
P15V100 W
N12V10 W
P12V25 W
8 6 10 12 16 14
P5V150 W
20,24,28,32 18,22,26,30
PSB
26 28 30 32
1PSA
2PSA
1PSA
2PSA
–
+ Ret + + +Ret Ret Ret
RetRetRetRetRetRet – – +++
1PSB
2PSB
+ s - s
1
32
4
1
32
4
1
24
5
1PSSTAT
2PSSTAT
PSSTAT
ECB ECB ECB ECB
ECB ECB ECB ECB ECB
RPSAID
1 4 8 9 12 15 11 14 10 13
1 4 8 9 12 15 11 14 10 13
5 2 6 3 10 13 14 11 12 15 1, 2, 3 8 9 4, 5, 6
5 2 6 3 10 13 14 11 12 15 1, 2, 3 8 9 4, 5, 6
P28V (B)
36
RPSM Block Diagram
514 • VME Redundant Power Supply GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Output Voltage ORing
The ten outputs of two supplies are ORed together using low forward drop Schottky diodes. If an output of one of the supplies fails, the corresponding output on the other supply will pick up the full load through the diode. It is not intended that the two supplies equally share the load current, but if a short occurs on a RPSM output, it is possible to supply twice the normal short circuit current to the load. To prevent this, all of the outputs of the ORing diodes, with the exception of the 5 V, have an additional current limit circuit.
Note These circuits will hold the short circuit current to an acceptable level.
Refer to the Specifications section for expected RPSM output voltages accounting for the voltage losses introduced by passing the supply outputs through the ORing circuits. Due to the wiring impedance between the supply outputs and the RPSM, the supplies will tend to share the load. The sharing will reduce the diode and conductor losses so the expected losses for normal operations will be less than with one supply faulted.
Current Limit ECB
Nine of the outputs have electronic circuit breakers (ECBs) to limit the short circuit current. These circuit breakers are of the auto-reset type. Once the supplied output current exceeds the over-current threshold the output will be turned OFF and the reset timer started. Once the reset timer has expired the output will be turned back ON. If the over-current condition still exists, the output will be turned OFF and the reset timer started again. This cycle will continue until the short is removed. The output will then return to normal operation.
Note No current limiting is provided on the RPSM module for the 5 V output.
RPSM Electronic Circuit Breaker Limits
Parameter Min. Typical Max. Units
Reset Time 500 msec
±12 OC Threshold 2.78 3.3 3.89 Amps ±15 OC Threshold 8.30 10 11.70 Amps ±28 OC Threshold 4.15 5 5.85 Amps
Indicator LEDs
All the RPSM supply outputs have green status LEDs to indicate that power is being supplied to the load. The LEDs are located on the front panel of the module. For normal operations these LEDs will be ON solid. If the RPSM is not supplying the correct power to the load, one or more of these LEDs are OFF or flashing.
Note A flashing LED indicates that the output ECB is tripped
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II VME Redundant Power Supply • 515
LED Definitions
LED Description
P5 P5 output voltage indicator P12 P12 output voltage indicator N12 N12 output voltage indicator P15 P15 output voltage indicator N15 N15 output voltage indicator N28 N28 output voltage indicator P28AB P28A/B output voltage indicator P28C P28C output voltage indicator P28D P28D output voltage indicator P28E P28E output voltage indicator
Specification
Item Description
Output Voltage Conditions Minimum Typical Maximum Units +5 V 20 - 30 A 4.90 5.05 5.20 V dc ±12 V 0.1 - 1.6 A 11.64 12.0 12.72 V dc
±15 V 0.1 - 5.3 A 14.55 15.0 15.97 V dc ±28 V 0.2 - 3.2 A 26.6 28.0 29.4 V dc
Outputs P28V (A), P28V (B), P28V (C), P28V (D), P28V (E), all with 100 W capability
PS28 External 28 V output, from P28 (E)
N28V 50 W
N15V 100 W
P15V 100 W
N12V 10 W
P12V 25 W
P5V 150 W
516 • VME Redundant Power Supply GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Diagnostics
Below is a list of fault indications and the possible causes.
All RPSM green LEDs OFF - This is an indication of a problem back at the power supplies and not an RPSM failure.
One or more RPSM green LEDs OFF (but not all) - An RPSM LED OFF condition is an indication that there is no output voltage due to a short in the control rack or an RPSM failure.
5 V output problems - The 5 V output is unique from all of the other outputs. This RPSM output does not have current limit protection and has remote voltage sensing from the power supplies to the RPSM module. With a 5 V transient short or problem in the system, the most likely failure mode will be a 5 V output over-voltage fault back at the power supplies. Under high currents the losses will become high enough to cause the voltage at the power supplies to exceed the over-voltage threshold. Refer to the 5 V paragraph in GEI-100567 VME Power Supply for details. Any time the RPSM P5 green LED is on, the RPSM 5 V output voltage is above 4.55 V.
Redundant power supply replacement - As long as one of the power supplies is fully operational, the RPSM green LEDs will be ON and the correct power will be supplied to the system. When one of the power supplies fails, replacement can be postponed until it is convenient to do so. Before replacing the supply, refer to the troubleshooting guidelines outlined in GEI-100567 VME Power Supply to rule out a transient fault that can be reset such as an input power under-voltage. If the supply is found to be defective, follow removal and installation procedure outlined in the Power Supply section.
Parallel Status/ID
Each status connector from the power supplies has a status and ID signal. The ID signals from the two supplies are wired together along with the ID signal from the RPSM and passed out through the PSSTAT connector. The ID signal output is a single wire LAN line with three DALLAS 2502 ID ICs connected on it. The NO SSR contact status signals from the both supplies are passed through the RPSM and out the PSSTAT connector.
Power Supply 1 and 2 Status SSR NO Contacts
Parameter Conditions Min. Max. Units
V dc rating 55 V dc
V ac rating 55 V peak
Current rating 500 mA
ON resistance 1.0 Ohm
Isolation 1500 V dc
There are no field serviceable components in the RPSM module. If one or more of the green front panel LEDs are OFF, this is not a direct indication that the RPSM module has failed and has to be replaced. An LED OFF could indicate that something is wrong in the system and the fault is not due to the RPSM module.
Configuration
There are no jumpers or hardware settings on the board.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II Power Distribution Modules • 517
PDM Power Distribution Modules
Functional Description
The Power Distribution Modules (PDM) provides 125 V dc and 115 V ac (or 230 V ac) to the Mark* VI system for all racks and terminal boards. There is a second version of the PDM for the control cabinet in those systems using remote I/O cabinets.
Output powerconnectors
TB2 TB1
TB3
Power cables tointerface modules125 V dc, 115/230 V ac
Customer's powercables, 125 V dcand 115/230 V ac
Power Distribution Module(for interface modules)
Inputterminals
AC/DCConverter
Cable toPDM JZ2or JZ3
Cable totransformerinside ac/dcconverter
JTX1115 V
JTX2230 V JZ
Diagnostics toVCMI through J301in <R> rack
DIN-railterminationboard
Filtered dcand ac powerto PDM
Powerfilters
TB1
TB2
One or two converters
Power Distribution Module, Ac to Dc Converter, and Diagnostic Cabling
Power Distribution Modules
518 • Power Distribution Modules GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Installation
The cabling, wiring connections, and fuse locations for the PDM in the interface cabinet are shown in the figure.
125 V dc supply
120 V ac supply
Auxiliary 120V ac supply
PDM Cable Destination
JPD Diagnostic term. brd.JZ2 Ac/dc convert #1JZ3 Ac/dc convert #2JZ1 Cable to door resis.
J1R <R> power supplyJ2R <R> power supplyJ1S <S> power supplyJ2S <S> power supplyJ1T <T> power supplyJ2T <T> power supply
J1C SpareJ1D Spare
J7X <X> power supplyJ7Y <Y> power supplyJ7Z <Z> power supply
J7A TRPG#1J7W TREG
J8A TRLYJ8B TRLYJ8C TRLYJ8D TRLY
J12A TBCIJ12B TBCIJ12C TBCI
J15 MiscellaneousJ16 Miscellaneous
J17 TRLYJ18 TRLYJ19 TRLYJ20 TRLY
Ground referencejumper BJS
JZ1
Note : When connecting ac powerto the power distribution (TB1),verifythat JTX connector on both acsource selectors (see Ac/dcconverter) are plugged into JTX1 for115 V ac, or JTX2 for 230 V ac.
Interface Cabinet PDM Circuit Board
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II Power Distribution Modules • 519
Fuses in Interface and Control Cabinet PDM
Values of the fuses for the PDM interface cabinet are shown in the following table.
Interface Cabinet PDM Fuse Ratings
PDM Fuse* No.
J Connector
CurrentRating
VoltageRating
Vendor Catalog No.
FU1-FU6 J1R, S, T 15 A 125 V Bussmann® GMA-15A FU7-FU10 J1C, D 5 A 125 V Bussmann GMA-5A FU13-FU20 J8A, B, C, D 15 A 125 V Bussmann GMA-15A FU21-FU26** J12A, B, C 1.5 A 125 V Bussmann GMC-1.5A FU27-FU28*** J15, 16 3.2 A 250 V Bussmann MDL-3.2A FU29 J17 15 A 250 V Bussmann ABC-15A FU30 J18 5 A 250 V Bussmann ABC-5A FU31-FU32 J19, 20 15 A 250 V Bussmann ABC-15A FU34-FU39 J7X, Y, Z 5 A 125 V Bussmann GMA-5A *All fuses are ferrule type 5 mm x 20 mm, except for FU27-FU32 which are 0.25" x 1.25 ". **The short circuit rating for FU21-FU26 is 100 A ***The short circuit rating for FU27-FU28 is 70 A
The PDM in the control cabinet (IS2020CCPD) does not supply power to any terminal boards except the TRLY boards. Values for the fuses in the control cabinet PDM are similar to those in the I/O cabinet PDM, except the rating for fuses FU1-FU6 is 5 A instead of 15 A.
Operation
The customer's 125 V dc and 115/230 V ac power is brought into the PDM through power filters. The ac power is cabled out to one or two ac/dc converters which produce 125 V dc. This dc voltage is then cabled back into the PDM and diode coupled to the main dc power, forming a redundant power source. This power is distributed to the VME racks and terminal boards.
Either 115 V ac or 230 V ac can be handled by the ac/dc converters. The transformer cable must be plugged into either JTX1 for 115 V ac, or JTX2 for 230 V ac operation.
Diagnostic information is collected in the PDM and wired out to a DIN rail mounted terminal board. A cable then runs to the VCMI in rack <R> through J301.
Ac feeders, J17-20, are fused and cabled out to the relay terminal boards. 125 V dc feeders are fused and cabled to the interface (I/O) cabinets, protection modules, TRPG, TREG, and TRLY. To ensure a noise free supply to the boards, the PDM is supplied through a control power filter (CPF), which suppresses EMI noise. The CPF rack holds either two or three Corcom 30 A filter modules as shown in the following figure.
Power to the contact inputs first passes through resistors R3 and R4, through TB2, before being fused and cabled to the TBCI boards. Contact inputs operate with 125 V dc excitation.
520 • Power Distribution Modules GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Control Cabinet PDM
Power requirements for the control cabinet are less than for the interface cabinet. The PDM has the same layout but different fuse ratings, since only the control racks and relay output boards require power. For additional noise filtering for the controllers, Corcom power filters are included with the PDM.
1 2 7 83 4 5 6 9 10 11 12
DS200TCPD
DCHIDCLO
AC1HAC1N
AC2H AC2N
P125V
TB1
JZ5
ACSHIJZ2 DACA#1
JZ3 DACA#2
J1RJ2RJ1SJ2S J1T
J2TJ1CJ1D
JZ111096 J7X
J7YJ7ZJ7AJ7W
R122
ohm70W
R222
ohm70W
Door
12 11 10TB3
125 V dcto TREG,
JH1,Contactinputs
J8AJ8BJ8CJ8D
J17
J18J19
J20
R322
ohm70 W
R422
ohm70 W
Door
432
TB2
P125 VR 47
1
N125 VR1112
J12AJ12BJ12C
TB31
23
45
678
9
Chassis
12
P125 VN125 V
+-
P125 VR
N125 VR
10k
10k
332k
332kN125 S(-1.82V)
P125S(+1.82V)
Diagnostic info JPD
J16
32
J15
FU283.2
A
+ P125 V
For busmonitoring
R5, 50 ohm,* 70 W
JZ4
DS2020PDMAG6
3
3
FU273.2 A
21
12
R6, 50 ohm,* 70 W
*Note: Field configurable
Ac feeders
Dc feeders
125 V dc+ P125 - N125
Ac 1115/230 V ac
Ac 2115/230 V ac
Power filter boardACF2ACF1DCF1TB1 5 6 3 4 1 2
Chassis Chassis
TB2 5 6 43 1 2
BJS
FU29
FU31
FU30
FU32
FU1/FU2 SW1
SW5FU9/FU10
[[
[
FU13/FU14
FU19/FU20
FU34/FU35 SW6
FU38/FU39 SW8
FU21/FU22
FU25/FU26
Distribution Module for I/O Cabinet
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II Power Distribution Modules • 521
DS200TCPD
DCHI DCLOAC1H AC1N
AC2H AC2N
P125VJZ5
ACSHI
JZ2
J17
J18
J19
J20
JZ4
Ac feeders toTRLY boards
Dc feeders tocontroller racks<R0>,<S0>,<T0>
DACA#2
DACA#1
TB21
2
3
45
678
9
Chassis
P125 V
N125 V
10k
10k
332k
332k
N125 S(-1.82V)
P125S (+1.82V)
JPD7 81234569
AC1BAT
AC2
J19 Fuse31J20 Fuse32J17 Fuse29
Spare
10
9
35
34
DIN1, Logic_In_1
33
32
31
30
16
DCOMP5V DIN2, Logic_In_2
DIN3, Logic_In_3DIN4, Logic_In_4DIN5, Logic_In_5DIN6, Logic_In_6DIN7, Logic_In_7
28
29
27
26
7
8
5
6One to onecompatabilitybetween screw(TB) and 37-pinconnectornumbers.
Cable to VCMIvia VDSK onfront of <R0>control rack.
DIN-rail transition terminal board
120/250 V, 30 Amp
Out+ Out-
In+ In-Gnd In+ In- In+
120/250 V, 30 Amp
Out+ Out-
In-Gnd
120/250 V, 30 Amp
Out+ Out-
Gnd
Power filters
MOV suppression
37- pinconnector
ACF2ACF1DCF1
Diagnostic information
1 2 3 4 5 6
125 V dc
- N125
Ac1115/230
V ac
Ac2115/230
V ac
ChassisTB1
IS2020CCPD
To safetyground
+P125 AC1H AC1N AC2NAC2H
Analog In 1P125_Grd
Analog In 2N125_GrdAnalog In 3Spare 01
Analog In 4Spare 02
P5VDCOM
BJS
+
+
+
+
FU29
FU30
FU31
FU32
JZ3
FU1/FU2 SW1 J1R
J1TJ1SFU3/FU4
FU5/FU6SW2
SW3
PDM for Controller Cabinet
522 • Power Distribution Modules GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Ground Fault Detection Sensitivity
Note Ground fault detection is performed by the VCMI using signals from the PDM.
Ground fault detection on the floating 125 V dc power bus is based upon monitoring the voltage between the bus and the ground. The bus voltages with respect to ground are normally balanced (in magnitude), that is the positive bus to ground is equal to the negative bus to ground. The bus is forced to the balanced condition by the bridging resistors, Rb (refer to the figure). Bus leakage (or ground fault) from one side will cause the bus voltages with respect to ground to be unbalanced.
P125 Vdc
N125 Vdc
Grd
Jumper
Rb
Rb/2
Rf
Grd Fault
Power Distribution Module
Electrical Circuit Model
Rb
RfVbus/2 Vout,Bus Voltswrt Ground
Vout,PosMonitor1
Vout,NegMonitor2
Ground Fault on Floating 125 Vdc Power Bus
There is a relationship between the bridge resistors, the fault resistance, the bus voltage, and the bus to ground voltage (Vout) as follows:
Vout = Vbus*Rf / [2*(Rf + Rb/2)]
Therefore the threshold sensitivity to ground fault resistance is as follows:
Rf = Vout*Rb / (Vbus – 2*Vout).
The ground fault threshold voltage is typically set at 30 V, that is Vout = 30 V. The bridging resistors are 82 K each. Therefore, from the formula above, the sensitivity of the control panel to ground faults, assuming it is on one side only, is as shown in the following table.
Note On Mark V systems, the bridging resistors are 33 K each so different Vout values result.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II Power Distribution Modules • 523
Sensitivity to Ground Faults
Vbus - Bus voltage
Vout - Measured Bus to ground voltage (threshold)
Rb (Kohms) - bridge resistors (balancing)
Rf (Kohms) -fault resistor
Control System
105 30 82 55 Mark VI 125 30 82 38 Mark VI 140 30 82 31 Mark VI 105 19 82 23 Mark VI 125 19 82 18 Mark VI 140 19 82 15 Mark VI 105 10 82 10 Mark VI
125 10 82 8 Mark VI 140 10 82 7 Mark VI 105 30 33 22 Mark V 125 30 33 15 Mark V 140 30 33 12 Mark V
The results for the case of 125 V dc bus voltage with various fault resistor values is shown in the following figure.
Fault Resistance (Rf) Vs ThresholdVoltage (Vout) at 125 V dc onMark VI
0.0
10.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
Voltage, Vout
Faul
t, R
f
0 10 20 30
Threshold Voltage as Function of Fault Resistance
Results
On Mark VI, when the voltage threshold is configured to 30 V and the voltage bus is 125 V dc, the fault threshold is 38 Ω. When the voltage threshold is configured to 17 V and the voltage bus is 125 V dc, the fault threshold is 15 Ω.
The sensitivity of the ground fault detection is configurable. Balanced bus leakage decreases the sensitivity of the detector.
524 • Power Distribution Modules GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Specifications
Item Specification
Number of input sources One 125 Volt battery One or two 115/230 V ac sources
Control Power filters Dc: One Corcom 30 A filter modules - 120/250 V, 30 A Ac: One or two Corcom 30 A filter modules - 120/250 V, 30 A
AC to DC converters One or two DACA converters – 115 or 230 V ac Redundancy The two or three dc sources are diode coupled to form a redundant power source for the I/O
racks
Outputs Two TMR I/O racks, six total Three VPRO protection modules One TRPG and one TREG board Four AC feeders to TRLY boards Four DC feeders to TRLY boards Three TBCI boards Two spare, two miscellaneous outputs
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II Power Distribution Modules • 525
Diagnostics
As shown in the following figure, the 125 V dc is reduced by a resistance divider network to signal level for monitoring. Other items monitored include the battery voltage, two ac sources, and fuses in the feeders to the relay output boards. In the interface cabinet this diagnostic data is monitored by the VCMI. In the control cabinet it is cabled to the VDSK board and then to the VCMI.
DS2020PDMAGx
TB3
123456789
Chassis
P125 VR
N125 VR
10k
10k
332k
332k N125 S (-1.82V)
P125S (+1.82V)
Din Rail TransitionTermination Board
2829
27267856
Analog In 1P125_Grd
Analog In 4Spare02
Analog In 3Spare01
Analog In 2N125_Grd
37-wire cable
Connect to VCMIvia J301, in <Rx>I/O rack
One to onecompatabilitybetweenscrew (TB)and 37-pinconnectornumbers
37-pinconnector
+
++
+
JPD
AC1BAT
AC2
J19 Fuse31J20 Fuse32J17 Fuse29
Spare
10
9
35
34
DCOM
P5V
DIN1, Logic_In_1
33
32
31
30
16
DCOMP5V DIN2, Logic_In_2
DIN3, Logic_In_3
DIN4, Logic_In_4
DIN5, Logic_In_5
DIN6, Logic_In_6
DIN7, Logic_In_7
7 81234569
PDM Diagnostic Monitoring
526 • Power Distribution Modules GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Configuration
Switches
The PDM for the I/O cabinets has a number of jumpers and switches as follows. Refer to the circuit diagrams for location and function.
Switch Indicator Output Cable Destination
SW1 Yes J1R, J2R <R> Power Supply, 125 V dc SW2 Yes J1S, J2S <S> Power Supply, 125 V dc SW3 Yes J1T, J2T <T> Power Supply, 125 V dc SW4 Yes J1C Spare 125 V dc supply SW5 Yes J1D Spare 125 V dc supply SW6 Yes J7X <X> (or R8) Power, 125 V dc supply SW7 Yes J7Y <Y> (or S8) Power, 125 V dc supply SW8 Yes J7Z <Z> (or T8) Power, 125 V dc supply
Jumpers
Jumpers are located on TB1, and TB2. Resistors are located on TB3 to reduce the 125 V dc to 1.82 V dc for monitoring the bus.
Ground Reference Jumper
Jumper BJS is supplied for isolation of ground reference on systems with an external ground reference. The ground reference bridge across the 125 V dc power has two resistances, one on each side, and BJS connects the center to ground.
Note When more than one PDM is supplied from a common 125 V dc source, remove all the BJS connections except one.
PDM variables including the ac and dc sources, P125 and N125 voltages, and the status of fuses 31, 32, and 33, are monitored by the VCMI in <R> rack. Refer to the VCMI toolbox configuration in GEI-100551, VCMI Bus Master Controller.
Alarms
Fault Fault Description Possible Cause
43 125 Volt Bus = [ ] Volts is Outside of Limits. The 125 Volt bus voltage is out of the specified operating limits.
A source voltage or cabling problem; disable 125 V monitoring if not applicable.
44 125 Volt Bus Ground = [ ] Volts is Outside of Limits. The 125 Volt bus voltage ground is out of the specified operating limits.
Leakage or a fault to ground causing an unbalance on the 125 V bus; disable 125 V monitoring if not applicable.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II Power Distribution Modules • 527
PPDA Power Distribution System Feedback
Functional Description
The Power Distribution System Feedback (PPDA) pack accepts inputs from up to six different power distribution boards. It conditions the board feedback signals and provides a dual redundant Ethernet interface to the controllers. PPDA feedback is structured to be plug and play uses electronic IDs to determine the power distribution boards wired into it. This information is then used to populate the IONet output providing correct feedback from connected boards.
Compatibility
The PPDA I/O pack is hosted by the JPDS or JPDM 28 V dc Control Power boards on the Mark* VIe Modular Power Distribution (PDM) system. It is compatible with the feedback signals created by JPDB, JPDE, and JPDF.
Installation
The PPDA I/O pack mounts on either a JPDS or JPDM 28 V dc control power terminal board.
To install the PPDA pack
1 Securely mount the desired terminal board.
2 Directly plug one PPDA I/O pack for simplex or three PPDA I/O packs for TMR into the terminal board connectors.
3 Mechanically secure the packs using the threaded studs adjacent to the Ethernet ports. The studs slide into a mounting bracket specific to the terminal board type. The bracket location should be adjusted such that there is no right-angle force applied to the DC-62 pin connector between the pack and the terminal board. The adjustment should only be required once in the life of the product.
4 Plug in one or two Ethernet cables depending on the system configuration. The pack will operate over either port. If dual connections are used, the standard practice is to connect ENET1 to the network associated with the R controller.
5 Apply power to the pack by plugging in the connector on the side of the pack. It is not necessary to insert this connector with the power removed from the cable as the I/O pack has inherent soft-start capability that controls current inrush on power application.
6 Configure the I/O pack as necessary.
7 Connect ribbon cables from connector J2 on JPDS or JPDM to daisy chain other core boards feeding information to PPDA.
Note Additional PDM feedback signals may be brought into the PPDA I/O pack through the P2 connector on the host board. The P1 connector is never used on a board that hosts the PPDA I/O pack, PPDA must always be at the end of the feedback cable daisy chain.
528 • Power Distribution Modules GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Diagnostics
The PPDA performs the following self-diagnostic tests:
• A power-up self-test including checks of RAM, flash memory, Ethernet ports, and most of the processor board hardware
• Continuous monitoring of the internal power supplies for correct operation • A check of the electronic ID information from the terminal board, acquisition
card, and processor card confirming the hardware set matches, followed by a check confirming the application code loaded from flash memory is correct for the hardware set
• The analog input hardware includes precision reference voltages in each scan. Measured values are compared against expected values and are used to confirm health of the A/D converter circuits.
• Details of the individual diagnostics are available from the ToolboxST* application. The diagnostic signals are individually latched, and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
Configuration Variable Description Direction Type
L3DIAG_PPDA_R I/O Diagnostic Indication Input BOOL L3DIAG_PPDA_S I/O Diagnostic Indication Input BOOL L3DIAG_PPDA_T I/O Diagnostic Indication Input BOOL LINK_OK_PPDA_R I/O Link Okay Indication Input BOOL LINK_OK_PPDA_S I/O Link Okay Indication Input BOOL LINK_OK_PPDA_T I/O Link Okay Indication Input BOOL ATTN_PPDA_R I/O Attention Indication Input BOOL ATTN_PPDA_S I/O Attention Indication Input BOOL ATTN_PPDA_T I/O Attention Indication Input BOOL
PS18V_PPDA_R I/O 18 V Power Supply Indication Input BOOL PS18V_PPDA_S I/O 18 V Power Supply Indication Input BOOL
PS18V_PPDA_T I/O 18 V Power Supply Indication Input BOOL PS28V_PPDA_R I/O 28 V Power Supply Indication Input BOOL PS28V_PPDA_S I/O 28 V Power Supply Indication Input BOOL PS28V_PPDA_T I/O 28 V Power Supply Indication Input BOOL IOPackTmpr_R I/O pack Temperature (deg F) AnalogInput REAL IOPackTmpr_S I/O pack Temperature (deg F) AnalogInput REAL IOPackTmpr_T I/O pack Temperature (deg F) AnalogInput REAL Pbus_R_LED Pbus R is in Regulation Input BOOL Pbus_S_LED Pbus S is in Regulation Input BOOL Pbus_T_LED Pbus T is in Regulation Input BOOL Src_R_LED All R Pbus Sources OK Input BOOL Src_S_LED All S Pbus Sources OK Input BOOL Src_T_LED All T Pbus Sources OK Input BOOL Aux_LED Aux 28 outputs OK Input BOOL Batt_125V_LED 125 V battery volts OK Input BOOL Batt_125G_LED 125 V battery floating Input BOOL JPDD_125D_LED 125 V JPDD feeds OK Input BOOL Pbus_125P_LED 125 V Pbus feeds OK Input BOOL
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II Power Distribution Modules • 529
Variable Description Direction Type
Batt_24V_LED 24 V battery volts OK Input BOOL Batt_24G_LED 24 V battery floating Input BOOL JPDD_24D_LED 24 V JPDD feeds OK Input BOOL Pbus_24P_LED 24 V Pbus feeds OK Input BOOL AC_Input1_LED Ac input 1 OK Input BOOL AC_Input2_LED Ac input 2 OK Input BOOL AC_JPDA_LED Ac JPDA feeds OK Input BOOL AC_Pbus_LED Ac Pbus feeds OK Input BOOL JPDR_LED JPDR Src Select OK Input BOOL Accelerometer_X Vibration input, X-coordinate AnalogInput REAL Accelerometer_Y Vibration input, Y-coordinate AnalogInput REAL App_1_LED Application driven Output BOOL App_2_LED Application driven Output BOOL App_3_LED Application driven Output BOOL Fault_LED Fault Led - Application driven) Output BOOL
Parameter Description Selections
InFiltEnb1 Enable inputs filtering for terminal board #1 Disable, Enable InFiltEnb2 Enable inputs filtering for terminal board #2 Disable, Enable
InFiltEnb3 Disable, Enable
InFiltEnb4 Disable, Enable
InFiltEnb5 Disable, Enable
InFiltEnb6 Disable, Enable
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II Power Distribution Modules • 531
DS2020DACAG2 ac-dc Power Conversion
Functional Description
The DS2020DACAG2 is a drop in replacement for the DS2020DACAG1. It is backward compatible in systems that used the previous version and it should be used as a replacement part for the previous model. The DACA converts 115/230 V ac input power into 125 V dc output power, and the output power rating is approximately 1000 W.
A DACA is used when the primary power source for a control system is 125 V dc with or without a battery. In addition to power conversion, DACA provides additional local energy storage to extend the ride-through time whenever the Mark VIe Control has a complete loss of control power.
The DS2020DACAG2 model has a higher power rating than the previous module. Also, this new model can be paralleled for greater output current, whereas paralleling was not recommended for the previous model. The DS2020DACAG2 is recommended for all new panel designs.
Installation
The DACA module has four mounting holes in its base. Ac power input and dc output is through a single 12-position connector JZ that is wired into connector JZ2 or JZ3 of the PDM. Selection of 115 V ac or 230 V ac input is made by plugging the DACA internal cable into connector JTX1 for 115 V or JTX2 for 230 V.
Ensure the proper voltage is selected before power is applied to the equipment.
Cable toPDM JZ2Or JZ3
JZJTX2230 V
JTX1115 V
DACAConverter
Cable totransformerinside DACAconverter
DACA Module Wiring
532 • Power Distribution Modules GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
DACA Filter Capacitor Wear Out
The electrolytic capacitors in the DACA module wear out over time due to the ambient temperature of the environment where they are used. The following table shows the calculated life expectancy and recommended replacement schedule for the DACA modules.
DACA Replacement Schedule
Calculated Life Expectancy of DACA Capacitor
Recommended Replacement Schedule*
At 20°C (68 °F) ambient 100 years
At 45°C (113 °F) ambient 20 years At 65°C (149 °F) ambient 5 years *Due to wear out of Electrolytic Capacitor
To replace a DACA power conversion module
1 Remove power from the DACA module. Allow 1 minute for the output voltage to discharge.
2 Remove the power input/output cable (JZ) on the right side of the module top.
3 Remove the four bolts securing the DACA module to the floor of the cabinet.
4 Remove the DACA module.
5 Make note of which receptacle the capacitor power plug is in. This is on the left side of the module top. JTX1 is for 115 V ac and JTX2 is for 230 V ac.
6 Ensure the capacitor power plug is in the same position as the one removed. JTX1 is for 115 V ac and JTX2 is for 230 V ac.
7 Place the new DACA module in the same position as the one removed.
8 Secure the DACA module to the cabinet floor with the four bolts removed from the previous module.
9 Install the power input/output plug (JZ) on the right side of the module top.
10 Restore power to the DACA module.
DACA Power Conversion Modules
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II Power Distribution Modules • 533
Hole size for 1 / 4"TAPTITE (4PL)
Drill Plan
Note: Keep out area is 8.65 in. x 13.9 in. DACA Mounting Pattern
Operation
DACA receives ac power through the cable harness that is plugged into connector JZ. DACA uses a full wave bridge rectifier and an output filter capacitor. If needed, the user must provide an input filter to attenuate harmonic currents injected into the incoming line.
Single DACA Module, Maximum Output Current is 9.5 A dc
Input to DACAV ac RMS
Input Current at Max Load Output Voltage
Load = 1 A dc Output Voltage Load = 9.5 A dc
115 V ac 11 A 119 V dc 107 V dc
230 V ac 6 A
The DACAG2 can be paralleled for greater output current. In parallel operation, current sharing between the two DACAs is critical. Uneven current sharing can cause one of the DACAs to operate beyond its output current rating.
Two DACA Modules with Outputs Paralleled, Maximum Output Current is 16.5 A dc*
Input to DACAV ac RMS
Input Current at Max Load Output Voltage
Load = 1 A dc Output Voltage Load = 15 A dc
115 V ac 20 A 120 V dc 110 V dc
230 V ac 11 A
* The two paralleled DACAs must be connected to one ac voltage source for even output current sharing.
For proper implementation of parallel DACAs, the following must be observed:
• The DACAs must be connected to the same ac source to ensure equal input voltages to the DACAs.
• The maximum output current per DACA is derated for parallel operation. This derating accounts for variance in DACA open circuit voltages and variance in DACA output impedances. The following curve should be used. The maximum recommended total panel current is 16.5 A dc.
534 • Power Distribution Modules GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Probability of overloading one DACA when twoDACAs are paralled; Plotted at various panel loads
Total panel Load, A dc
Prob
abili
ty o
f one
DA
CA
exce
edin
g 9.
5 A
dc
ratin
g
Specifications
Item Specification
Input Voltage 105-132 V ac or 210-265 V ac, 47 to 63 Hz Output Voltage 90 to 145 V dc with a load of 1 to 9.5 A
Over the full range of input voltage Output Current Rating 9.5 A dc, -30 to 45°C (-22 to 113 °F)
Linearly derate to 7.5 A dc at 60°C (140 °F) Output Ripple Voltage 4 V p-p Discharge Rate Nominal input of 115 or 230 V ac, no load, discharge to less than 50 V dc within 1 minute of
removal of input power. V in (V ac) 105 115 132 Initial Load (A dc) 9.5 9.5 9.5 Pout (W) 882 974 1131
Hold Up (time for output to discharge to 70 V dc with constant power load)
Hold Up Time (ms) 19.5 29.5 48.8 Temperature -30 to 60°C (-22 to +140 °F) free convection
Humidity 5 to 95%, non-condensing
UL 508C Safety Standard Industrial Control Equipment CSA 22.2 No. 14 Industrial Control Equipment EN 61010 Section 14.7.2 – Overload Tests EN 61010 Section 14.7.1 – Short Circuit Test EN 61000-4-2 Electrostatic Discharge Susceptibility EN 61000-4-3 Radiated RF Immunity EN 61000-4-4 Electrical Fast Transient Susceptibility EN 61000 –4-5 Surge Immunity EN61000-4-6 Conducted RF Immunity EN 50082-2:1994 Generic Immunity Industrial Environment ENV 55011:1991 - ISM equipment emissions IEC 529 Intrusion Protection Codes/NEMA 1/IP 20
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II Power Distribution Modules • 535
Diagnostics
No diagnostic features are provided on this module.
Configuration
Input voltage selection is made on DACA by plugging the captive cable harness into connector JTX1 for 115 V ac nominal input or connector JTX2 for 230 V ac nominal input.
536 • Power Distribution Modules GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Notes
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II Replacement/Warranty • 537
Pack/Board Replacement
Handling Precautions
To prevent component damage caused by static electricity, treat all boards with static sensitive handling techniques. Wear a wrist grounding strap when handling boards or components, but only after boards or components have been removed from potentially energized equipment and are at a normally grounded workstation.
This equipment contains a potential hazard of electric shock, burn, or death. Ensure that all Lockout/Tag Out procedures are followed prior to replacing terminal boards. Only personnel who are adequately trained and thoroughly familiar with the equipment and the instructions should install, operate, or maintain this equipment.
Printed wiring boards may contain static-sensitive components. Therefore, GE ships all replacement boards in anti-static bags.
Use the following guidelines when handling boards:
• Store boards in anti-static bags or boxes. • Use a grounding strap when handling boards or board components (per previous
Caution criteria).
Replacement Procedures
System troubleshooting should be at the circuit board level. The failed pack/board should be removed and replaced with a spare.
Note The failed pack/board should be returned to GE for repair. Do not attempt to repair it on site.
To prevent electric shock, turn off power to the turbine control, then test to verify that no power exists in the board before touching it or any connected circuits.
To prevent equipment damage, do not remove, insert, or adjust board connections while power is applied to the equipment.
C H A P T E R 8
Replacement/Warranty
538 • Replacement/Warranty GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Replacing V-type Boards
To replace the board
1 Power down the rack and remove the failed board.
2 Replace the board with a spare board of the same type, and move the Ethernet ID plug from the old VPRO board to the replacement.
3 Power up the rack.
4 From the toolbox Outline View, under item Mark VI I/O, locate the failed protection rack.From the shortcut menu, click Download. The board firmware and configuration downloads.
5 Cycle power to the rack to establish communication with the controller.
Replacing T-type Boards
To replace the board
1 Lockout and/or tagout the field equipment and isolate the power source.
2 Check the voltage on each terminal and ensure no voltage is present.
3 Unplug the I/O cable (J-Plugs).
4 If applicable, unplug JF1, JF2 and JG1.
5 If applicable, remove TB3 power cables.
6 Loosen the two screws on the wiring terminal blocks and remove the blocks, leaving the field wiring attached.
7 Remove the terminal board and replace it with a spare board, check that all jumpers are set correctly (the same as in the old board).
8 Screw the terminal blocks back in place and plug in the J-plugs and connect cable to TB3 as before
Replacing D-type Boards
To replace the board
1 Lockout and/or tag out the field equipment and isolate the power source.
2 Unplug the I/O cable (J-plugs).
3 Disconnect all field wire and thermocouples along with shield wire.
4 Remove the terminal board and install the new board.
5 Reconnect all field wire and thermocouples as before.
6 Plug the I/O cable (J-plug) back.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II Replacement/Warranty • 539
Replacing J-type Boards
To replace the board
1 Lockout and/or tag out the field equipment and isolate the power source.
2 Check the voltage on each terminal to ensure no voltage is present.
3 Verify the label and unplug all connectors.
4 Loosen the two screws on each of the terminal blocks and remove the top portion leaving all field wiring in place. If necessary, tie the block to the side out of the way.
5 Remove the mounting screws and the terminal board.
6 Install a new terminal board. Check that all jumpers, if applicable, are in the same position as the ones on the old board.
7 Tighten it securely to the cabinet.
8 Replace the top portion of the terminal blocks and secure it with the screws on each end. Ensure all field wiring is secure.
9 Plug in all wiring connectors.
Replacing S-type Boards
To replace the board
1 Lockout and/or tagout the field equipment and isolate the power source.
2 Check the voltage on each terminal to ensure there is no voltage present.
3 Unplug the I/O cable (J-plugs)
4 If applicable, unplug JF1, JF2, and JG1.
5 If applicable, remove the TB3 power cables.
6 A S-type terminal board uses a Euro-style box terminal block. Gently pry the segment of the terminal block, containing the field wiring, away from the part attached to the terminal board, leaving the wiring in place. If necessary, tie the block to the side out of the way.
7 Remove the mounting screws and terminal board.
8 Install a new terminal board. Check to ensure all jumpers, if applicable, are in the same position as the ones on the old board.
9 Tighten it securely to the cabinet.
10 Slide the segments containing field wiring into the terminal block. Ensure the numbers on the segment with the field wires match the numbers on the terminal block. Press together firmly. Ensure all field wiring is secure.
540 • Replacement/Warranty GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Renewal/Warranty
How to Order a Board
When ordering a replacement board for a GE product, you need to know:
• How to accurately identify the part • If the part is under warranty • How to place the order
Board Identification
A printed wiring board is identified by an alphanumeric part (catalog) number located near its edge. The following figure explains the structure of the part number.
The board’s functional acronym, shown below, is normally based on the board description, or name.
IS 200 xxxx G# A A A
1Backward compatible2Not backward compatible3200 = a base-level board215 = a higher level assembly or added components220 = pack specific assembly230 = a higher level module
Manufacturer (DS & IS for GE in Salem, VA)
Assembly level 3
Functional acronym
Hardware form
Hardware form 2
Functional revision 1
Artwork revision
Board Part Number Conventions
Placing the Order
Renewals/spares (or those not under warranty) should be ordered by contacting the nearest GE Sales or Service Office, or an authorized GE Sales Representative. Be sure to include:
• Complete part number and description • Serial number • Material List (ML) number
Note All digits are important when ordering or replacing any board. The factory may substitute later versions of replacement boards based on availability and design enhancements. However, GE Energy ensures backward compatibility of replacement boards.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II Glossary of Terms • 541
Glossary of Terms
application code
Software that controls the machines or processes, specific to the application.
ARCNET
Attached Resource Computer Network. A LAN communications protocol developed by Datapoint Corporation. The physical (coax and chip) and datalink (token ring and board interface) layer of a 2.5 MHz communication network which serves as the basis for DLAN+. See DLAN+.
attributes
Information, such as location, visibility, and type of data that sets something apart from others. In signals, an attribute can be a field within a record.
Balance of Plant (BOP)
Plant equipment other than the turbine that needs to be controlled.
baud
A unit of data transmission. Baud rate is the number of bits per second transmitted.
Bently Nevada
A manufacturer of shaft vibration monitoring equipment.
BIOS
Basic input/output system. Performs the controller boot-up, which includes hardware self-tests and the file system loader. The BIOS is stored in EEPROM and is not loaded from the toolbox.
bit
Binary Digit. The smallest unit of memory used to store only one piece of information with two states, such as One/Zero or On/Off. Data requiring more than two states, such as numerical values 000 to 999, requires multiple bits (see Word).
Glossary of Terms
542 • Glossary of Terms GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
block
Instruction blocks contain basic control functions, which are connected together during configuration to form the required machine or process control. Blocks can perform math computations, sequencing, or continuous control. The ToolboxST application receives a description of the blocks from the block libraries.
board
Printed wiring board.
Boolean
Digital statement that expresses a condition that is either True or False. In the toolbox, it is a data type for logical signals.
Bus
An electrical path for transmitting and receiving data.
byte
A group of binary digits (bits); a measure of data flow when bytes per second.
CIMPLICITY
Operator interface software configurable for a wide variety of control applications.
COI
Computer Operator Interface that consists of a set of product and application specific operator displays running on a small panel computer hosting Embedded Windows NT.
COM port
Serial controller communication ports (two). COM1 is reserved for diagnostic information and the Serial Loader. COM2 is used for I/O communication
configure
To select specific options, either by setting the location of hardware jumpers or loading software parameters into memory.
CRC
Cyclic Redundancy Check, used to detect errors in Ethernet and other transmissions.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II Glossary of Terms • 543
CT
Current Transformer, used to measure current in an ac power cable.
data server
A PC which gathers control data from input networks and makes the data available to PCs on output networks.
DCS (Distributed Control System)
Control system, usually applied to control of boilers and other process equipment.
DDPT
IS200DDPT Dynamic Pressure Transducer Terminal Board that is used in conjunction with the IS200VAMA VME Acoustic Monitoring Board that is used to monitor acoustic or pressure waves in the turbine combustion chamber.
dead band
A range of values in which the incoming signal can be altered without changing the output response.
device
A configurable component of a process control system.
DIN-rail
European standard mounting rail for electronic modules.
DLAN+
GE Energy LAN protocol, using an ARCNET controller chip with modified ARCNET drivers. A communications link between exciters, drives, and controllers, featuring a maximum of 255 drops with transmissions at 2.5 MBPS.
DRAM
Dynamic Random Access Memory, used in microprocessor-based equipment.
EGD
Ethernet Global Data is a control network and protocol for the controller. Devices share data through EGD exchanges (pages).
EMI
Electro-magnetic interference; this can affect an electronic control system
544 • Glossary of Terms GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
Ethernet
LAN with a 10/100 M baud collision avoidance/collision detection system used to link one or more computers together. Basis for TCP/IP and I/O services layers that conform to the IEEE 802.3 standard, developed by Xerox, Digital, and Intel.
EVA
Early valve actuation, to protect against loss of synchronization.
event
A property of Status_S signals that causes a task to execute when the value of the signal changes.
EX2000 (Exciter)
GE generator exciter control; regulates the generator field current to control the generator output voltage.
EX2100 (Exciter)
Latest version of GE generator exciter control; regulates the generator field current to control the generator output voltage.
fanned input
An input to the terminal board which is connected to all three TMR I/O boards.
fault code
A message from the controller to the HMI indicating a controller warning or failure.
firmware
The set of executable software that is stored in memory chips that hold their content without electrical power, such as EEPROM.
flash
A non-volatile programmable memory device.
forcing
Setting a live signal to a particular value, regardless of the value blockware or I/O is writing to that signal.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II Glossary of Terms • 545
frame rate
Basic scheduling period of the controller encompassing one complete input-compute-output cycle for the controller. It is the system dependent scan rate.
function
The highest level of the blockware hierarchy, and the entity that corresponds to a single .tre file.
gateway
A device that connects two dissimilar LAN or connects a LAN to a wide-area network (WAN), pc, or a mainframe. A gateway can perform protocol and bandwidth conversion.
Graphic Window
A subsystem of the ToolboxST application for viewing and setting the value of live signals.
health
A term that defines whether a signal is functioning as expected.
heartbeat
A signal emitted at regular intervals by software to demonstrate that it is still active.
hexadecimal (hex)
Base 16 numbering system using the digits 0-9 and letters A-F to represent the decimal numbers 0-15. Two hex digits represent 1 byte.
HMI
Human Machine Interface, usually a PC running CIMPLICITY software.
HRSG
Heat Recovery Steam Generator using exhaust from a gas turbine.
ICS
Integrated Control System. ICS combines various power plant controls into a single system.
546 • Glossary of Terms GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers. A United States-based society that develops standards.
initialize
To set values (addresses, counters, registers, and such) to a beginning value prior to the rest of processing.
I/O Device
Input/output hardware device that allow the flow of data into and out
I/O
Input/output interfaces that allow the flow of data into and out of a device
I/O drivers
Interface the controller with input/output devices, such as sensors, solenoid valves, and drives, using a choice of communication networks.
I/O mapping
Method for moving I/O points from one network type to another without needing an interposing application task.
IONet
The Mark VI I/O Ethernet communication network (controlled by the VCMIs)
insert
Adding an item either below or next to another item in a configuration, as it is viewed in the hierarchy of the Outline View of the ToolboxST application.
instance
Update an item with a new definition.
item
A line of the hierarchy of the Outline view of the ToolboxST application, which can be inserted, configured, and edited (such as Function or System Data)
IP Address
The address assigned to a device on an Ethernet communication network.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II Glossary of Terms • 547
LCI Static Starter
This runs the generator as a motor to bring a gas turbine up to starting speed.
logical
A statement of a true sense, such as a Boolean
macro
A group of instruction blocks (and other macros) used to perform part of an application program. Macros can be saved and reused.
Mark VIe Turbine controller
A controller hosted in one or more VME racks that perform turbine-specific speed control, logic, and sequencing.
median
The middle value of three values; the median selector picks the value most likely to be closest to correct.
Modbus
A serial communication protocol developed by Modicon for use between PLCs and other computers.
module
A collection of tasks that have a defined scheduling period in the controller.
MTBFO
Mean Time Between Forced Outage, a measure of overall system reliability.
NEMA
National Electrical Manufacturers Association; a U.S. standards organization.
non-volatile
The memory specially designed to store information even when the power is off.
online
Online mode provides full CPU communications, allowing data to be both read and written. It is the state of the ToolboxST application when it is communicating with the system for which it holds the configuration. Also, a download mode where the device is not stopped and then restarted.
548 • Glossary of Terms GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
pcode
A binary set of records created by the ToolboxST application, which contain the controller application configuration code for a device. Pcode is stored in RAM and flash memory.
period
The time between execution scans for a module or task - also a property of a module that is the base period of all of the tasks in the module
pin
Block, macro, or module parameter that creates a signal used to make interconnections.
Plant Data Highway (PDH)
Ethernet communication network between the HMI Servers and the HMI Viewers and workstations
PLC
Programmable Logic Controller. Designed for discrete (logic) control of machinery. It also computes math (analog) function and performs regulatory control.
PLU
Power load unbalance, detects a load rejection condition which can cause overspeed.
Power Distribution Module (PDM )
The PDM distributes 125 V dc and 115 V ac to the VME racks and I/O terminal boards.
PROFIBUS
An open fieldbus communication standard defined in international standard EN 50 170 and is supported in simplex Mark VIe systems.
Proximitor
Bently Nevada's proximity probes used for sensing shaft vibration.
PT
Potential Transformer, used for measuring voltage in a power cable.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II Glossary of Terms • 549
QNX
A real time operating system used in the controller.
real time
Immediate response, referring to process control and embedded control systems that must respond instantly to changing conditions.
reboot
To restart the controller or the ToolboxST application.
RFI
Radio Frequency Interference is high frequency electromagnetic energy which can affect the system.
register page
A form of shared memory that is updated over a network - register pages can be created and instanced in the controller and posted to the SDB
resources
Also known as groups. Resources are systems (devices, machines, or work stations where work is performed) or areas where several tasks are carried out. Resource configuration plays an important role in the CIMPLICITY system by routing alarms to specific users and filtering the data users receive.
RPSM
IS2020RPSM Redundant Power Supply Module for VME racks that mounts on the side of the control rack instead of the power supply. The two power supplies that feed the RPSM are mounted remotely.
RTD
Resistance Temperature Device used for measuring temperature.
runtime
See product code.
runtime errors
Controller problems indicated on the front panel by coded flashing LEDS, and also in the Log View of the ToolboxST application.
550 • Glossary of Terms GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
sampling rate
The rate at which process signal samples are obtained, measured in samples/second.
Serial Loader
Connects the controller to the toolbox PC using the RS-232C COM ports. The Serial Loader initializes the controller flash file system and sets its TCP/IP address to allow it to communicate with the ToolboxST application over Ethernet.
Server
A pc which gathers data over Ethernet from plant devices, and makes the data available to PC-based operator interfaces known as viewers.
SIFT
Software Implemented Fault Tolerance, a technique for voting the three incoming I/O data sets to find and inhibit errors. Note that Mark VIe also uses output hardware voting.
signal
The basic unit for variable information in the controller.
Simplex
Operation that requires only one set of control and I/O, and generally uses only one channel. The entire Mark VIe control system can operate in simplex mode, or individual VME boards in an otherwise TMR system can operate in implex mode.
stall detection
Detection of stall condition in a gas turbine compressor.
SOE
Sequence of Events, a high-speed record of contact closures taken during a plant upset to allow detailed analysis of the event.
Static Starter
See LCI.
symbols
Created by the ToolboxST application and stored in the controller, the symbol table contains signal names and descriptions for diagnostic messages.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II Glossary of Terms • 551
task
A group of blocks and macros scheduled for execution by the user.
TBAI
Analog input terminal board, interfaces with VAIC.
TBAO
Analog output terminal board, interfaces with VAOC.
TBCC
Thermocouple input terminal board, interfaces with VTCC.
TBCI
Contact input terminal board, interfaces with VCCC or VCRC.
TCP/IP
Communications protocols developed to inter-network dissimilar systems. It is a de facto UNIX standard, but is supported on almost all systems. TCP controls data transfer and IP provides the routing for functions, such as file transfer and e-mail.
TGEN
Generator terminal board, interfaces with VGEN.
TMR
Triple Modular Redundancy. An operation that uses three identical sets of control and I/O (channels R, S, and T) and votes the results.
ToolboxST
A Windows-based software package used to configure the Mark VIe controllers, also exciters and drives.
TPRO
Turbine protection terminal board, interfaces with VPRO.
TPYR
Pyrometer terminal board for blade temperature measurement, interfaces with VPYR.
552 • Glossary of Terms GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II
TREG
Turbine emergency trip terminal board, interfaces with VPRO.
trend
A time-based plot to show the history of values, similar to a recorder, available in the Historian and the ToolboxST application.
TRLY
Relay output terminal board, interfaces with VCCC or VCRC.
TRPG
Primary trip terminal board, interfaces with VTUR.
TRTD
RTD input terminal board, interfaces with VRTD.
TSVO
Servo terminal board, interfaces with VSVO.
TTUR
Turbine terminal board, interfaces with VTUR.
TVIB
Vibration terminal board, interfaces with VVIB.
UCVB
A version of the Mark VIe controller.
Unit Data Highway (UDH)
Connects the Mark VIe controllers, LCI, EX2000, PLCs, and other GE provided equipment to the HMI Servers.
validate
Makes certain that the ToolboxST application items or devices do not contain errors, and verifies that the configuration is ready to be built into pcode.
GEH-6421M Mark VI Turbine Control System Guide Volume II Glossary of Terms • 553
VAMA
IS200VAMA VME Acoustic Monitoring Board that is used in conjunction with the IS200DDPT Dynamic Pressure Transducer Terminal Board to monitor acoustic or pressure waves in the turbine combustion chamber.
VCMI
The Mark VIe VME communication board which links the I/O with the controllers.
VME board
All the Mark VIe boards are hosted in Versa Module Eurocard (VME) racks.
VPRO
Mark VIe Turbine Protection Module, arranged in a self contained TMR subsystem.
Windows NT
Advanced 32-bit operating system from Microsoft for 386-based PCs and above.
word
A unit of information composed of characters, bits, or bytes, that is treated as an entity and can be stored in one location. Also, a measurement of memory length, usually 4, 8, or 16-bits long.
GE Energy 1501 Roanoke Blvd. Salem, VA 24153-6492 USA 1 540 387 7000 www.geenergy.com
g